Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
 
 
 
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
þ   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008
OR
o   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
Commission file number 1-12387
TENNECO INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
     
Delaware   76-0515284
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)  
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
500 North Field Drive
  60045
Lake Forest, IL
  (Zip Code)
(Address of principal executive offices)
   
 
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:  (847) 482-5000
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 
     
    Name of each Exchange
Title of each class
 
on which registered
7.45% Debentures due 2025;
  New York Stock Exchange
8.125% Debentures due 2015;
  New York Stock Exchange
9.20% Debentures due 2012;
  New York Stock Exchange
Common Stock, par value $.01 per share
  New York and Chicago Stock Exchanges
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
     Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes               No     ü   
     Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes               No     ü   
      Note  — Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act from their obligations under those Sections.
     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes     ü         No         
     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.      ü   
     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
 
Large accelerated filer     ü         Accelerated filer          Non-accelerated filer          Smaller reporting company         
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes               No     ü   
     State the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates computed by reference to the price at which the common equity was last sold, or the average bid and asked price of such common equity, as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter.
 
     
Class of Common Equity and Number of Shares
   
held by Non-affiliates at June 30, 2008
 
Market Value held by Non-affiliates*
 
Common Stock, 45,001,634 shares
  $608,600,599
* Based upon the closing sale price on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape for the Common Stock on June 30, 2008.
 
     INDICATE THE NUMBER OF SHARES OUTSTANDING OF EACH OF THE REGISTRANT’S CLASSES OF COMMON STOCK, AS OF THE LATEST PRACTICABLE DATE. Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, 46,905,261 shares outstanding as of February 23, 2009.
 
Documents Incorporated by Reference:
 
     
    Part of the Form 10-K
Document
 
into which incorporated
Portions of Tenneco Inc.’s Definitive Proxy Statement
for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held May 13, 2009
  Part III
 


Table of Contents

 
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT FOR PURPOSES OF THE “SAFE HARBOR” PROVISIONS OF THE PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION REFORM ACT OF 1995
 
This Annual Report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 concerning, among other things, our prospects and business strategies. These forward-looking statements are included in various sections of this report, including the section entitled “Outlook” appearing in Item 7 of this report. The words “may,” “will,” “believe,” “should,” “could,” “plan,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” and similar expressions (and variations thereof), identify these forward-looking statements. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements are based on reasonable assumptions, these expectations may not prove to be correct. Because these forward-looking statements are also subject to risks and uncertainties, actual results may differ materially from the expectations expressed in the forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements include:
 
  •  general economic, business and market conditions, including without limitation the severe financial difficulties facing a number of companies in the automotive industry as a result of the current global economic crisis and the potential impact thereof on labor unrest, supply chain disruptions, weakness in demand and the collectibility of any accounts receivable due to us from such companies;
 
  •  our ability to access the capital or credit markets and the costs of capital, including the recent global financial and liquidity crisis, changes in interest rates, market perceptions of the industries in which we operate or ratings of securities;
 
  •  the recent volatility in the credit markets, the losses which may be sustained by our lenders due to their lending and other financial relationships and the general instability of financial institutions due to a weakened economy;
 
  •  changes in consumer demand, prices and our ability to have our products included on top selling vehicles, such as the recent significant shift in consumer preferences from light trucks, which tend to be higher margin products for our customers and us, to other vehicles in light of higher fuel cost and the impact of the current global economic crisis, and other factors impacting the cyclicality of automotive production and sales of automobiles which include our products, and the potential negative impact on our revenues and margins from such products;
 
  •  changes in automotive manufacturers’ production rates and their actual and forecasted requirements for our products, such as the recent and significant production cuts by automotive manufacturers in response to difficult economic conditions;
 
  •  the overall highly competitive nature of the automotive parts industry, and our resultant inability to realize the sales represented by our awarded book of business (which is based on anticipated pricing for the applicable program over its life, and is subject to increases or decreases due to changes in customer requirements, customer and consumer preferences, and the number of vehicles actually produced by customers);
 
  •  the loss of any of our large original equipment manufacturer (“OEM”) customers (on whom we depend for a substantial portion of our revenues), or the loss of market shares by these customers if we are unable to achieve increased sales to other OEMs;
 
  •  labor disruptions at our facilities or any labor or other economic disruptions at any of our significant customers or suppliers or any of our customers’ other suppliers (such as the 2008 strike at American Axle, which disrupted our supply of products for significant General Motors platforms);
 
  •  increases in the costs of raw materials, including our ability to successfully reduce the impact of any such cost increases through materials substitutions, cost reduction initiatives, low cost country sourcing, and price recovery efforts with aftermarket and OE customers;
 
  •  the cyclical nature of the global vehicle industry, including the performance of the global aftermarket sector and the longer product lives of automobile parts;


i


Table of Contents

 
  •  our continued success in cost reduction and cash management programs and our ability to execute restructuring and other cost reduction plans and to realize anticipated benefits from these plans;
 
  •  costs related to product warranties;
 
  •  the impact of consolidation among automotive parts suppliers and customers on our ability to compete;
 
  •  operating hazards associated with our business;
 
  •  changes in distribution channels or competitive conditions in the markets and countries where we operate, including the impact of changes in distribution channels for aftermarket products on our ability to increase or maintain aftermarket sales;
 
  •  the negative impact of higher fuel prices such as during the first half of 2008 and overall market weakness on discretionary purchases of aftermarket products by consumers;
 
  •  the cost and outcome of existing and any future legal proceedings;
 
  •  economic, exchange rate and political conditions in the foreign countries where we operate or sell our products;
 
  •  customer acceptance of new products;
 
  •  new technologies that reduce the demand for certain of our products or otherwise render them obsolete;
 
  •  our ability to realize our business strategy of improving operating performance;
 
  •  our inability to successfully integrate any acquisitions that we complete;
 
  •  changes by the Financial Accounting Standards Board or the Securities and Exchange Commission of authoritative generally accepted accounting principles or policies;
 
  •  potential legislation, regulatory changes and other governmental actions, including the ability to receive regulatory approvals and the timing of such approvals;
 
  •  the impact of changes in and compliance with laws and regulations, including environmental laws and regulations, environmental liabilities in excess of the amount reserved and the adoption of the current mandated timelines for worldwide emission regulation;
 
  •  acts of war and/or terrorism, including, but not limited to, the events taking place in the Middle East, the current military action in Iraq and Afghanistan, the current situation in North Korea and the continuing war on terrorism, as well as actions taken or to be taken by the United States and other governments as a result of further acts or threats of terrorism, and the impact of these acts on economic, financial and social conditions in the countries where we operate; and
 
  •  the timing and occurrence (or non-occurrence) of other transactions, events and circumstances which may be beyond our control.
 
The risks included here are not exhaustive. Refer to “Part I, Item 1A — Risk Factors” of this report for further discussion regarding our exposure to risks. Additionally, new risk factors emerge from time to time and it is not possible for us to predict all such risk factors, nor to assess the impact such risk factors might have on our business or the extent to which any factor or combination of factors may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. Given these risks and uncertainties, investors should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements as a prediction of actual results.


ii


 

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
             
      Business   1
        Tenneco Inc.    1
        Contributions of Major Businesses   4
        Description of Our Business   5
      Risk Factors   22
      Unresolved Staff Comments   31
      Properties   31
      Legal Proceedings   31
      Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders   33
      Executive Officers of the Registrant   33
 
PART II
      Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities   35
      Selected Financial Data   38
      Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations   40
      Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk   68
      Financial Statements and Supplementary Data   69
      Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure   132
      Controls and Procedures   132
      Other Information   132
 
PART III
      Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance   133
      Executive Compensation   133
      Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters   133
      Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence   134
      Principal Accountant Fees and Services   134
 
PART IV
      Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules   135
  EX-10.61
  EX-10.65
  EX-10.66
  EX-10.67
  EX-10.68
  EX-10.69
  EX-10.70
  EX-10.71
  EX-10.72
  EX-10.73
  EX-10.74
  EX-10.75
  EX-10.76
  EX-10.77
  EX-12
  EX-21
  EX-23
  EX-24
  EX-31.1
  EX-31.2
  EX-32.1


iii


Table of Contents

 
PART I
 
ITEM 1.  BUSINESS.
 
TENNECO INC.
 
General
 
Our company, Tenneco Inc., is one of the world’s largest producers of automotive emission control and ride control products and systems. Our company serves both original equipment vehicle manufacturers (“OEMs”) and the repair and replacement markets, or aftermarket, worldwide. As used herein, the term “Tenneco”, “we”, “us”, “our”, or the “Company” refers to Tenneco Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.
 
Tenneco was incorporated in Delaware in 1996. In 2005, we changed our name from Tenneco Automotive Inc. back to Tenneco Inc. The name Tenneco better represents the expanding number of markets we serve through our commercial and specialty vehicle businesses. Building a stronger presence in these markets complements our core businesses of supplying ride control and emission control products and systems for light vehicles to automotive original equipment and aftermarket customers worldwide. Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “TEN”.
 
Corporate Governance and Available Information
 
We have established a comprehensive corporate governance plan for the purpose of defining responsibilities, setting high standards of professional and personal conduct and assuring compliance with such responsibilities and standards. As part of its annual review process, the Board of Directors monitors developments in the area of corporate governance. Listed below are some of the key elements of our corporate governance plan.
 
For more information about these matters, see our definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held May 13, 2009.
 
Independence of Directors
 
  •  Eight of our nine directors are independent under the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) listing standards.
 
  •  Independent directors are scheduled to meet separately in executive session after every regularly scheduled Board of Directors meeting.
 
  •  We have a lead independent director, Mr. Paul T. Stecko.
 
Audit Committee
 
  •  All members meet the independence standards for audit committee membership under the NYSE listing standards and applicable Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) rules.
 
  •  Two members of the Audit Committee, Messrs. Charles Cramb and Dennis Letham, have been designated by the Board as “audit committee financial experts,” as defined in the SEC rules, and the remaining members of the Audit Committee satisfy the NYSE’s financial literacy requirements.
 
  •  The Audit Committee operates under a written charter which governs its duties and responsibilities, including its sole authority to appoint, review, evaluate and replace our independent auditors.
 
  •  The Audit Committee has adopted policies and procedures governing the pre-approval of all audit, audit-related, tax and other services provided by our independent auditors.
 
Compensation/Nominating/Governance Committee
 
  •  All members meet the independence standards for compensation and nominating committee membership under the NYSE listing standards.


1


Table of Contents

 
  •  The Compensation/Nominating/Governance Committee operates under a written charter that governs its duties and responsibilities, including the responsibility for executive compensation.
 
  •  In December 2005, an Executive Compensation Subcommittee was formed which has the responsibility to consider and approve equity based compensation for our executive officers which is intended to qualify as “performance based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code.
 
Corporate Governance Principles
 
  •  We have adopted Corporate Governance Principles, including qualification and independence standards for directors.
 
Stock Ownership Guidelines
 
  •  We have adopted Stock Ownership Guidelines to align the interests of our executives with the interests of stockholders and promote our commitment to sound corporate governance.
 
  •  The Stock Ownership Guidelines apply to the independent directors, the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, all Executive Vice Presidents and all Senior Vice Presidents.
 
Communication with Directors
 
  •  The Audit Committee has established a process for confidential and anonymous submission by our employees, as well as submissions by other interested parties, regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters.
 
  •  Additionally, the Board of Directors has established a process for stockholders to communicate with the Board of Directors, as a whole, or any independent director.
 
Codes of Business Conduct and Ethics
 
  •  We have adopted a Code of Ethical Conduct for Financial Managers, which applies to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Controller and other key financial managers. This code is filed as Exhibit 14 to this report.
 
  •  We also operate under a Statement of Business Principles that applies to all directors, officers and employees and includes provisions ranging from restrictions on gifts to conflicts of interests. All salaried employees are required to affirm annually in writing their acceptance of, and compliance with, these principles.
 
Related Party Transactions Policy
 
  •  We have adopted a Policy and Procedure for Transactions With Related Persons, under which our Audit Committee must generally pre-approve transactions involving more than $120,000 with our directors, executive officers, five percent or greater stockholders and their immediate family members.
 
Equity Award Policy
 
  •  We have adopted a written policy to be followed for all issuances by our company of compensatory awards in the form of our common stock or any derivative of the common stock.
 
Personal Loans to Executive Officers and Directors
 
  •  We comply with and operate in a manner consistent with the legislation outlawing extensions of credit in the form of a personal loan to or for our directors or executive officers.
 
Our Internet address is www.tenneco.com. We make our proxy statements, annual report to stockholders, annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports, as filed with or furnished to the SEC, available free of charge on our Internet website as soon as


2


Table of Contents

reasonably practicable after submission to the SEC. Securities ownership reports on Forms 3, 4 and 5 are also available free of charge on our website as soon as reasonably practicable after submission to the SEC. The contents of our website are not, however, a part of this report.
 
Our Audit Committee, Compensation/Nominating/Governance Committee and Executive Compensation Subcommittee Charters, Corporate Governance Principles, Stock Ownership Guidelines, Audit Committee policy regarding accounting complaints, Code of Ethical Conduct for Financial Managers, Statement of Business Principles, Policy and Procedures for Transactions with Related Persons, Equity Award Policy, policy for communicating with the Board of Directors and Audit Committee policy regarding the pre-approval of audit, non-audit, tax and other services are available free of charge on our website at www.tenneco.com. In addition, we will make a copy of any of these documents available to any person, without charge, upon written request to Tenneco Inc., 500 North Field Drive, Lake Forest, Illinois 60045, Attn: General Counsel. We intend to satisfy the disclosure requirements under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K and applicable NYSE rules regarding amendments to, or waivers of, our Code of Ethical Conduct for Financial Managers and Statement of Business Principles by posting this information on our website at www.tenneco.com.
 
CEO and CFO Certifications
 
In 2008, our Chief Executive Officer provided to the NYSE and the Chicago Stock Exchange the annual CEO certification regarding our compliance with the corporate governance listing standards of those exchanges. In addition, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission all required certifications regarding the quality of our disclosures in our fiscal 2008 SEC reports. There were no qualifications to these certifications.


3


Table of Contents

 
CONTRIBUTIONS OF MAJOR BUSINESSES
 
For information concerning our operating segments, geographic areas and major products or groups of products, see Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements of Tenneco Inc. included in Item 8. The following tables summarize for each of our operating segments for the periods indicated: (i) net sales and operating revenues; (ii) earnings before interest expense, income taxes and minority interest (“EBIT”); and (iii) expenditures for plant, property and equipment. You should also read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included in Item 7 for information about certain costs and charges included in our results.
 
Net Sales and Operating Revenues:
 
                                                 
    2008     2007     2006  
    (Dollar Amounts in Millions)  
 
North America
  $ 2,641       45 %   $ 2,910       47 %   $ 1,963       42 %
Europe, South America and India
    2,983       50       3,135       51       2,387       51  
Asia Pacific
    543       9       560       9       436       9  
Intergroup sales
    (251 )     (4 )     (421 )     (7 )     (104 )     (2 )
                                                 
Total
  $ 5,916       100 %   $ 6,184       100 %   $ 4,682       100 %
                                                 
 
EBIT:
 
                                                 
    2008     2007     2006  
    (Dollar Amounts in Millions)  
 
North America
  $ (107 )     NM     $ 120       48 %   $ 103       53 %
Europe, South America and India
    85       NM       99       39       81       41  
Asia Pacific
    19       NM       33       13       12       6  
                                                 
Total
  $ (3 )           $ 252       100 %   $ 196       100 %
                                                 
 
Expenditures for plant, property and equipment:
 
                                                 
    2008     2007     2006  
    (Dollar Amounts in Millions)  
 
North America
  $ 108       49 %   $ 106       54 %   $ 100       59 %
Europe, South America and India
    89       40       74       37       51       30  
Asia Pacific
    24       11       18       9       19       11  
                                                 
Total
  $ 221       100 %   $ 198       100 %   $ 170       100 %
                                                 
 
Interest expense, income taxes, and minority interest that were not allocated to our operating segments are:
 
                         
    2008     2007     2006  
    (Millions)  
 
Interest expense (net of interest capitalized)
  $ 113     $ 164     $ 136  
Income tax expense
    289       83       5  
Minority interest
    10       10       6  


4


Table of Contents

 
DESCRIPTION OF OUR BUSINESS
 
We design, manufacture and sell automotive emission control and ride control systems and products, with 2008 revenues of $5.9 billion. We serve both original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) and replacement markets worldwide through leading brands, including Monroe ® , Rancho ® , Clevite ® Elastomers, and Fric Rot tm ride control products and Walker ® , Fonos tm , and Gillet tm emission control products.
 
As a parts supplier, we produce individual component parts for vehicles as well as groups of components that are combined as modules or systems within vehicles. These parts, modules and systems are sold globally to most leading OEMs and throughout all aftermarket distribution channels.
 
Overview of Automotive Parts Industry and Adjacent Markets
 
The automotive parts industry is generally separated into two categories: (1) “original equipment” or “OE” sales, in which parts are sold in large quantities directly for use by OEMs; and (2) “aftermarket” sales, in which parts are sold as replacement parts in varying quantities to a wide range of wholesalers, retailers and installers. In the OE market, parts suppliers are generally divided into tiers — “Tier 1” suppliers, that provide their products directly to OEMs, and “Tier 2” or “Tier 3” suppliers, that sell their products principally to other suppliers for combination into the other suppliers’ own product offerings.
 
Demand for automotive parts in the OE market is generally a function of the number of new vehicles produced, which in turn is a function of prevailing economic conditions and consumer preferences. In 2008, the number of light vehicles produced was 12.7 million in North America, 28.8 million in Europe, South America and India and 26.6 million in Asia Pacific. The term “light vehicles” is comprised of two groups: (1) passenger cars and (2) light trucks. When we refer to “light trucks,” we are including sport-utility vehicles (SUV), crossover vehicles (CUV), pick-up trucks, vans and multi-purpose passenger vehicles. Worldwide new light vehicle production is forecasted to decrease to 59.8 million units in 2009 from approximately 68.1 million units in 2008. Although OE demand is tied to planned vehicle production, parts suppliers also have the opportunity to grow through increasing their product content per vehicle, by further penetrating business with existing customers and by gaining new customers and markets. Companies with global presence and advanced technology, engineering, manufacturing and support capabilities, such as our company, are, we believe, better positioned to take advantage of these opportunities.
 
These same competitive advantages have enabled suppliers such as us to serve customers beyond the light vehicle market. Certain automotive parts suppliers now find themselves being asked to develop and produce components and integrated systems for the commercial market of medium- and heavy-duty trucks, buses, and non-road equipment as well as the recreational segment for two-wheelers and all-terrain vehicles. Tenneco foresees this market diversification as a source of future growth.
 
Demand for aftermarket products is driven by general economic conditions, the quality of OE parts, the number of vehicles in operation, the age of the vehicle fleet, vehicle usage and the average useful life of vehicle parts. Although more vehicles are on the road than ever before, the aftermarket has experienced longer replacement cycles due to the improved quality of OE parts and increases in average useful lives of automotive parts as a result of technological innovation. In addition, the current global economic crisis has negatively impacted aftermarket sales. Suppliers are increasingly being required to deliver innovative aftermarket products that upgrade the performance or safety of a vehicle’s original components to drive aftermarket demand.
 
Industry Trends
 
Currently, we believe several significant existing and emerging trends are dramatically impacting the automotive industry and the other markets we serve. As the dynamics of the automotive industry and our other


5


Table of Contents

markets change, so do the roles, responsibilities and relationships of its participants. Key trends that we believe are affecting parts suppliers include:
 
General Economic Factors and Production Levels
 
The current global financial crisis has materially and negatively impacted our business and our customers’ businesses in the U.S. and globally. These disruptions in financial markets and recent restrictions on liquidity are adversely impacting the availability and cost of incremental credit for many companies.
 
Overall negative economic conditions, including the deterioration of global financial markets, downturns in the real estate and mortgage markets and a weakening job market, have led to slowed economic growth in the U.S., and more recently Europe and the rest of the world. Such conditions have negatively impacted consumer confidence, resulting in delayed purchases of durable consumer goods such as automobiles. Purchases of our customers’ products have been further limited by their customers’ inability to obtain adequate financing for such purchases. There has also been a shift in the North American market away from light trucks, which tend to be higher margin products for our customers and us, to more fuel-efficient passenger cars. These changes have negatively impacted our product sales and profitability.
 
A number of companies in the automotive industry are, and over the last several years have been, facing severe financial difficulties. General Motors, Ford and Chrysler have all announced significant restructuring actions in an effort to improve profitability and remain solvent. The North American automotive manufacturers are burdened with substantial structural and embedded costs, such as facility overhead as well as pension and healthcare costs, that have caused them to seek government financing and even risk bankruptcy. Automakers in other markets in the world are also experiencing financial difficulties from a weakened economy, tightening credit markets, and reduced demand for their products. The automotive supply base in turn has also been faced with severe cash flow problems as a result of the significantly lower production levels of light vehicles, increases in certain raw material, commodity and energy costs and restricted access to additional liquidity through the capital markets.
 
Increasing Environmental Standards
 
OE manufacturers and their parts suppliers are designing products and developing materials to respond to increasingly stringent environmental requirements, a growing diesel market and the demand for better fuel economy. Government regulations adopted over the past decade require substantial reductions in vehicle tailpipe emissions, longer warranties on parts of a vehicle’s pollution control equipment and additional equipment to control fuel vapor emissions. Some of these regulations also mandate more frequent emission inspections for the existing fleet of vehicles. Manufacturers have responded by focusing their efforts towards technological development to minimize pollution. As a leading supplier of emission control systems with strong technical capabilities, we believe we are well positioned operationally to benefit from more rigorous environmental standards. For example, we developed the diesel particulate filter to meet stricter air quality regulations in Europe. Our diesel particulate filters are produced in both Europe on the Mercedes Benz Sprinter and E-class and North America on the GM Duramax, Ford Super Duty, Dodge Ram and International Truck and Engine Corporation (Navistar) medium duty. Our particulate filter and De-NOx converter can reduce particulate emissions by up to 90 percent and nitrogen oxide emissions by up to 85 percent. We also have numerous development contracts with North American, European and Asian light and medium-duty truck manufacturers for our selective catalytic reduction (SCR) systems. In addition, we are actively working on development of a non-road emission aftertreatment system for multiple manufacturers, in order to meet Tier 4 environmental regulations. In China, we have development contracts for complete turnkey SCR systems, including the ELIM-NOx tm urea dosing technology which we acquired in 2007. Several customers have also purchased prototypes of our hydrocarbon injector, acquired with the ELIM-NOx tm technology, for the purpose of actively regenerating diesel particulate filters and Lean NOx Traps through hydrocarbon injection directly into the exhaust system.


6


Table of Contents

Increasing Technologically Sophisticated Content
 
As consumers continue to demand competitively priced vehicles with increased performance and functionality, the number of sophisticated components utilized in vehicles is increasing. By replacing mechanical functions with electronics and by integrating mechanical and electronic functions within a vehicle, OE manufacturers are achieving improved emission control, improved safety and more sophisticated features at lower costs.
 
OEMs are increasingly demanding technological innovation from suppliers to address more stringent emission and other regulatory standards and to improve vehicle performance. To develop innovative products, systems and modules, we have invested $127 million for 2008, $114 million for 2007 and $88 million for 2006, net of customer reimbursements, into engineering, research and development and we continuously seek to take advantage of our technology investments and brand strength by extending our products into new markets and categories. For example, we were the first supplier to develop and commercialize a diesel particulate filter that can virtually eliminate carbon and hydrocarbon emissions with minimal impact on engine performance.
 
We have expanded our competence in diesel particulate filters in Europe and are winning business in North America on these same applications. In addition, we supply Volvo, Audi, Ford and Mercedes Benz with a computerized electronic suspension system that we co-developed with öhlins Racing AB. As other examples, we are sponsoring funded University Research for advanced technologies for both emission control and ride control, and we are participating in the HyTRAN consortium in Europe for the development of practical fuel cell reformers and auxiliary power units.
 
Our customers reimburse us for engineering, research, and development costs on some platforms when we prepare prototypes and incur costs before platform awards. Our engineering, research and development expense for 2008, 2007, and 2006 has been reduced by $120 million, $72 million, and $61 million, respectively, for these reimbursements.
 
Enhanced Vehicle Safety
 
Vehicle safety continues to gain increased industry attention and play a critical role in consumer purchasing decisions. As such, OEMs are seeking out suppliers with new technologies, capabilities and products that have the ability to advance vehicle safety. Continued research and development by select automotive suppliers in roll-over protection systems, smart airbag systems, braking electronics and safer, more durable materials has dramatically advanced the market for safety products and its evolving functional demands. Those suppliers that are able to enhance vehicle safety through innovative products and technologies have a distinct competitive advantage with the consumer, and thus their OEM customers. In the Aftermarket, Tenneco has promoted the “Safety Triangle” of Steering-Stopping-Stability to educate consumers of the detrimental effect of worn shock absorbers on vehicle steering and stopping distances. We further strengthened this message with the introduction of Monroe ® branded brakes as an Aftermarket product offering during 2007. Also during 2007, the new Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (FMVSS) 126 was introduced for electronic stability control (ESC) systems, making those systems mandatory by 2012. We believe that this legislation will encourage more vehicle manufacturers to specify products like Continuously Controlled Electronic Suspension (CES) and Kinetic.
 
Outsourcing and Demand for Systems and Modules
 
OEMs have been steadily moving towards outsourcing automotive parts and systems to simplify the vehicle assembly process, lower costs and reduce vehicle development time. Outsourcing allows OEMs to take advantage of the lower cost structure of the parts suppliers and to benefit from multiple suppliers engaging in simultaneous development efforts. Furthermore, development of advanced electronics has enabled formerly independent vehicle components to become “interactive,” leading to a shift in demand from individual parts to


7


Table of Contents

fully integrated systems. As a result, automotive parts suppliers offer OEMs component products individually, as well as in a variety of integrated forms such as modules and systems:
 
  •  “Modules” are groups of component parts arranged in close physical proximity to each other within a vehicle. Modules are often assembled by the supplier and shipped to the OEM for installation in a vehicle as a unit. Integrated shock and spring units, seats, instrument panels, axles and door panels are examples.
 
  •  “Systems” are groups of component parts located throughout a vehicle which operate together to provide a specific vehicle functionality. Emission control systems, anti-lock braking systems, safety restraint systems, roll control systems and powertrain systems are examples.
 
This shift in demand towards fully integrated systems has created the role of the Tier 1 systems integrator. These systems integrators increasingly have the responsibility to execute a number of activities, such as design, product development, engineering, testing of component systems and purchasing from Tier 2 suppliers. We are an established Tier 1 supplier with many years of product integration experience. We have modules or systems for various vehicle platforms in production worldwide and modules or systems for additional platforms under development. For example, we supply ride control modules for the GM Chevy Silverado, GM Sierra and the VW Transporter and emission control systems for the Ford Super Duty, Toyota Tundra, Chrysler Dodge Ram, Ford Focus, and the GM Acadia, Enclave and Outlook.
 
Global Reach of OE Customers
 
OEMs are increasingly requesting suppliers to provide parts on a global basis to support global vehicle platforms. Also, as the customer base of OEMs has consolidated and emerging markets have become more important to achieving growth, suppliers must be prepared to provide products any place in the world.
 
  •  Growing Importance of Emerging Markets:   Because the North American and Western European automotive markets are relatively mature, OEMs are increasingly focusing on emerging markets for growth opportunities, particularly the so-called BRIC economies of Brazil, Russia, India, and China, and Eastern Europe. This increased OE focus has, in turn, increased the growth opportunities in the aftermarkets in these regions.
 
  •  Governmental Tariffs and Local Parts Requirements:   Many governments around the world require vehicles sold within their country to contain specified percentages of locally produced parts. Additionally, some governments place high tariffs on imported parts.
 
  •  Location of Production Closer to End Markets:   OEMs and parts suppliers have relocated production globally on an “onsite” basis that is closer to end markets. This international expansion allows suppliers to pursue sales in developing markets and take advantage of relatively lower labor costs.
 
With facilities around the world, including the key regions of North America, South America, Europe and Asia, we can supply our customers on a global basis.
 
Global Rationalization of OE Vehicle Platforms
 
OEMs are increasingly designing “global platforms.” A global platform is a basic mechanical structure of a vehicle that can accommodate different features and is in production and/or development in more than one region. Thus, OEMs can design one platform for a number of similar vehicle models. This allows manufacturers to realize significant economies of scale through limiting variations across items such as steering columns, brake systems, transmissions, axles, exhaust systems, support structures and power window and door lock mechanisms. We believe that this shift towards standardization will have a large impact on automotive parts suppliers, who should experience a reduction in production costs as OEMs reduce variations in components. We also expect parts suppliers, once the market recovers, to benefit from higher production volumes per platform and greater economies of scale, as well as reduced total investment costs for molds, dies and prototype development. Light vehicle platforms of over one million units are expected to grow from 35 percent to 49 percent of global OE production from 2008 to 2013.


8


Table of Contents

Extended Product Life of Automotive Parts
 
The average useful life of automotive parts — both OE and replacement — has been steadily increasing in recent years due to innovations in products and technologies. The longer product lives allow vehicle owners to replace parts of their vehicles less often. As a result, although more vehicles are on the road than ever before, the global aftermarket has not grown as fast as the number of vehicles on the road. Accordingly, a supplier’s future viability in the aftermarket will depend, in part, on its ability to reduce costs and leverage its advanced technology and recognized brand names to maintain or achieve additional sales. As a Tier 1 OE supplier, we believe we are well positioned operationally to leverage our products and technology into the aftermarket.
 
Changing Aftermarket Distribution Channels
 
From 1998 to 2008, the number of retail automotive parts stores increased significantly while the number of jobber stores declined more than 14 percent in North America. Major automotive aftermarket retailers, such as AutoZone and Advance Auto Parts, are attempting to increase their commercial sales by selling directly to automotive parts installers in addition to individual consumers. These installers have historically purchased from their local warehouse distributors and jobbers, who are our more traditional customers. This enables the retailers to offer the option of a premium brand, which is often preferred by their commercial customers, or a standard product, which is often preferred by their retail customers. We believe we are well positioned to respond to this trend in the aftermarket because of our focus on cost reduction and high-quality, premium brands.
 
Contracting Supplier Base
 
Over the past few years, automotive suppliers have been consolidating in an effort to become more global, have a broad integrated product and service offering, and gain economies of scale in order to remain competitive amidst growing pricing pressures and increased outsourcing opportunities from the OEMs. One industry consultant projected in 2007 that the number of automotive supplier companies will decrease from 5,600 in 2000 to 2,800 by 2015. We believe that this industry trend will be accelerated by the current economic crisis which is putting additional pressure on automotive suppliers that do not have the size or breadth of operations or the financial profile to survive the severe downturn. A supplier’s viability in this market will depend, in part, on its ability to maintain and increase operating efficiencies and provide value-added services.
 
Analysis of Revenues
 
The table below provides, for each of the years 2008 through 2006, information relating to our net sales and operating revenues, by primary product lines and customer categories.
 
                         
    Net Sales
 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    (Millions)  
 
Emission Control Systems & Products
                       
Aftermarket
  $ 358     $ 370     $ 384  
Original Equipment market
                       
OE Value-add
    2,128       2,288       1,665  
OE Substrate(1)
    1,492       1,673       927  
                         
      3,620       3,961       2,592  
                         
      3,978       4,331       2,976  
                         
Ride Control Systems & Products
                       
Aftermarket
    761       734       690  
Original Equipment market
    1,177       1,119       1,016  
                         
      1,938       1,853       1,706  
                         
Total Revenues
  $ 5,916     $ 6,184     $ 4,682  
                         
 
(1) See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included in Item 7 for a discussion of substrate sales.


9


Table of Contents

 
Brands
 
In each of our operating segments, we manufacture and market leading brand names. Monroe ® ride control products and Walker ® exhaust products are two of the most recognized brand names in the automotive parts industry. We emphasize product value differentiation with these and other key brands such as Monroe Sensa-Trac ® and Reflex ® (shock absorbers and struts), Quiet-Flow ® (mufflers), DynoMax ® (performance exhaust products), Rancho ® (ride control products for the high performance light truck market), Clevite ® Elastomers (elastomeric vibration control components), Marzocchi TM (forks and suspensions for the two-wheeler market) and Lukey (performance exhaust and filters). In Europe, our Gillet tm brand is recognized as a leader in developing highly engineered exhaust systems for OE customers.
 
Customers
 
We have developed long-standing business relationships with our customers around the world. In each of our operating segments, we work together with our customers in all stages of production, including design, development, component sourcing, quality assurance, manufacturing and delivery. With a diverse mix of OE and aftermarket products and facilities in major markets worldwide, we believe we are well-positioned to meet customer needs. We believe we have a strong, established reputation with customers for providing high-quality products at competitive prices, as well as for timely delivery and customer service.
 
Worldwide we serve more than 37 different OEMs, and our products or systems are included on eight of the top 10 passenger car models produced for sale in Europe and eight of the top 10 light truck models produced for sale in North America for 2008. During 2008, our OE customers included:
 
         
North America   Europe   Asia
AM General
CAMI Automotive
Caterpillar
Chrysler
Club Car
Daimler AG
E-Z Go Golf Car
Ford Motor
General Motors
Harley-Davidson
Honda Motor
John Deere
Navistar International
Nissan Motor
Paccar
Toyota Motor
Volkswagen Group
Volvo Truck

Australia
Club Car
Fiat
Ford Motor
General Motors
Mazda Motor
Mitsubishi Motors
Toyota Motor
  BMW
Daimler AG
Fiat
Ford Motor
General Motors
Harley-Davidson
Mazda Motor
Nissan Motor
Paccar
Porsche
PSA Peugeot Citroen
Renault
Scania
Suzuki
Tata Motors
Toyota Motor
Volkswagen Group
Volvo Truck

South America
Daimler AG
Fiat
Ford Motor
General Motors
Navistar (ITEC)
PSA Peugeot Citroen
Renault
Scania
Toyota Motor
Volkswagen Group
  BMW
Brilliance JinBei Automobile
Changan Automobile
Chrysler LLC
First Auto Works
Ford Motor
General Motors
Great Wall Motor Co.
Isuzu Motors
Jiangling Motors
Mazda Motor
Mitsubishi
Nissan Motor
PSA Peugeot Citroen
SAIC Motor Corp.
Toyota Motor
Volkswagen Group


India
Club Car
E-Z Go Golf Car
Ford Motor
General Motors
Mahindra & Mahindra
Suzuki
Tata Motors
TVS Motors


10


Table of Contents

The following customers accounted for 10 percent or more of our net sales in any of the last three years.
 
                         
Customer
  2008     2007     2006  
 
General Motors
    20 %     20 %     14 %
Ford
    11 %     13 %     10 %
Volkswagen Group
    8 %     9 %     10 %
DaimlerChrysler(1)
                11 %
 
 
(1) In 2007, DaimlerChrysler sold approximately 80 percent of its interest in its U.S. unit, Chrysler Group, to Cerberus Capital Management L.P. Daimler AG accounted for approximately 7 percent and 8 percent of our 2008 and 2007 net sales, respectively. The Chrysler Group accounted for approximately 2 percent of our net sales in both 2008 and 2007.
 
As of December 31, 2008, we had net receivables due from General Motors, Ford and Chrysler in North America that totaled $142 million. Of this amount, $26 million was sold by our U.S. securitization program.
 
During 2008, our aftermarket customers were comprised of full-line and specialty warehouse distributors, retailers, jobbers, installer chains and car dealers. These customers included such wholesalers and retailers as National Auto Parts Association (NAPA), Advance Auto Parts, Uni-Select and O’Reilly Automotive in North America and Temot, Group Auto Union, Mekonomen Grossist and Auto Distribution International in Europe. We believe we have a balanced mix of aftermarket customers, with our aftermarket sales accounting for 19 percent of our net sales for 2008. During 2008, our top 10 aftermarket customers accounted for 41 percent of our net aftermarket sales.
 
Competition
 
We operate in highly competitive markets. Customer loyalty is a key element of competition in these markets and is developed through long-standing relationships, customer service, high quality value-added products and timely delivery. Product pricing and services provided are other important competitive factors.
 
In both the OE market and aftermarket, we compete with the vehicle manufacturers, some of which are also customers of ours, and numerous independent suppliers. In the OE market, we believe that we rank among the top two suppliers in the world for both emission control and ride control products and systems for light vehicles. In the aftermarket, we believe that we are the market share leader in the supply of both emission control and ride control products for light vehicles in the markets we serve throughout the world.
 
Seasonality
 
Our business is somewhat seasonal. OE manufacturers’ production requirements have historically been higher in the first two quarters of the year as compared to the last two quarters. Production requirements tend to decrease in the third quarter due to plant shutdowns for model changeovers. In addition, we believe this seasonality is due, in part, to consumer demand for new vehicles softening during the holiday season and as a result of the winter months in North America and Europe. Also, the major North American OEMs generally close their production facilities for the last two weeks of the year. Our aftermarket business also experiences seasonality. Demand for aftermarket products increases during the Spring as drivers prepare for the Summer driving season. Although seasonality does impact our business, actual results may vary from the above trends due to global and local economic dynamics as well as the timing of platform launches and other production related events.
 
Traditionally, during recessionary times such as these, OE sales decline due to reduced consumer demand for automobiles and other capital goods; and aftermarket sales increase as consumers forego purchases and choose instead to keep their vehicles longer, spending on repair and maintenance services. By participating in both the OE and aftermarket segments, we are insulated from these cycles to some extent. However, because of the severe economic downturn we are seeing now, the counter-cyclical nature of our aftermarket business is not yielding the same benefits as in the past. More so than in previous recessions, customers have decreased their spending, impacting not just our OE business but also our aftermarket business.


11


Table of Contents

Emission Control Systems
 
Vehicle emission control products and systems play a critical role in safely conveying noxious exhaust gases away from the passenger compartment and reducing the level of pollutants and engine exhaust noise to an acceptable level. Precise engineering of the exhaust system — from the manifold that connects an engine’s exhaust ports to an exhaust pipe, to the catalytic converter that eliminates pollutants from the exhaust, to the muffler — leads to a pleasant, tuned engine sound, reduced pollutants and optimized engine performance.
 
We design, manufacture and distribute a variety of products and systems designed to reduce pollution and optimize engine performance, acoustic tuning and weight, including the following:
 
  •  Catalytic converters and diesel oxidation catalysts — Devices consisting of a substrate coated with precious metals enclosed in a steel casing used to reduce harmful gaseous emissions, such as carbon monoxide;
 
  •  Diesel Particulate Filters (DPFs) — Devices to eliminate particulate matter emitted from diesel engines;
 
  •  Burner systems — Devices which actively combust fuel and air inside the exhaust system to create extra heat for DPF regeneration, or for improved efficiency of SCR systems;
 
  •  Hydrocarbon vaporizers and injectors — Devices to add fuel to a diesel exhaust system in order to regenerate diesel particulate filters or Lean NOx traps;
 
  •  Lean NOx traps — Devices which reduce Nitrogen Oxide (NOx) emissions from diesel powertrains using capture and store technology;
 
  •  Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) systems — Devices which reduce NOx emissions from diesel powertrains using injected reductants such as AdBLue tm or Diesel Exhaust Fuel (DEF);
 
  •  Mufflers and resonators — Devices to provide noise elimination and acoustic tuning;
 
  •  Exhaust manifolds — Components that collect gases from individual cylinders of a vehicle’s engine and direct them into a single exhaust pipe;
 
  •  Pipes — Utilized to connect various parts of both the hot and cold ends of an exhaust system;
 
  •  Hydroformed assemblies — Forms in various geometric shapes, such as Y-pipes or T-pipes, which provide optimization in both design and installation as compared to conventional pipes; and
 
  •  Hangers and isolators — Used for system installation and noise and vibration elimination.
 
We entered the emission control product line in 1967 with the acquisition of Walker Manufacturing Company, which was founded in 1888. With the acquisition of Heinrich Gillet GmbH & Co. in 1994, we also became one of Europe’s leading OE emission control systems suppliers. When the term “Walker” is used in this document, it refers to our subsidiaries and affiliates that produce emission control products and systems.
 
We supply our emission control offerings to over 41 vehicle-makers for use on over 180 vehicle models, including 7 of the top 10 passenger cars produced for sale in Europe and 6 of the top 10 light trucks produced for sale in North America in 2008. We also supply OE EC products to heavy-duty and specialty vehicle manufacturers including Harley-Davidson, BMW Motorcycle, Daimler Trucks, and International Truck and Engine (Navistar).
 
With respect to catalytic converters, we buy the substrate coated with precious metals, or sometimes the completed catalytic converter, from a third party or directly from the OEM, use them in our manufacturing process and sell them as part of the completed system. This often occurs at the direction of the OEMs. See Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for more information on our sales of these products.
 
In the aftermarket, we manufacture, market and distribute replacement mufflers for virtually all North American, European, and Asian makes of light vehicles under brand names including Quiet-Flow ® , TruFit ® and Aluminox Pro tm , in addition to offering a variety of other related products such as pipes and


12


Table of Contents

catalytic converters (Walker Perfection ® ). We also serve the specialty exhaust aftermarket, where our key offerings include Mega-Flow tm exhaust products for heavy-duty vehicle applications and DynoMax ® high performance exhaust products. We continue to emphasize product value differentiation with other aftermarket brands such as Thrush ® and Fonos tm .
 
The following table provides, for each of the years 2008 through 2006, information relating to our sales of emission control products and systems for certain geographic areas:
 
                         
    Percentage of Net Sales
 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
United States
                       
Aftermarket
    12 %     10 %     19 %
OE market
    88       90       81  
                         
      100 %     100 %     100 %
                         
Foreign Sales
                       
Aftermarket
    8 %     8 %     10 %
OE market
    92       92       90  
                         
      100 %     100 %     100 %
                         
Total Sales by Geographic Area
                       
United States
    32 %     34 %     29 %
Foreign
    68       66       71  
                         
      100 %     100 %     100 %
                         
 
Ride Control Systems
 
Superior ride control is governed by a vehicle’s suspension system, including its shock absorbers and struts. Shock absorbers and struts help maintain vertical loads placed on a vehicle’s tires to help keep the tires in contact with the road. A vehicle’s ability to steer, brake and accelerate depends on the contact between the vehicle’s tires and the road. Worn shocks and struts can allow excess weight transfer from side to side, which is called “roll,” from front to rear, which is called “pitch,” and up and down, which is called “bounce.” Variations in tire-to-road contact can affect a vehicle’s handling and braking performance and the safe operation of a vehicle. Shock absorbers are designed to control vertical loads placed on tires by providing resistance to vehicle roll, pitch and bounce. Thus, by maintaining the tire to road contact, ride control products are designed to function as safety components of a vehicle, in addition to providing a comfortable ride.
 
We design, manufacture and distribute a variety of ride control products and systems. Our ride control offerings include:
 
  •  Shock absorbers — A broad range of mechanical shock absorbers and related components for light- and heavy-duty vehicles. We supply both twin-tube and monotube shock absorbers to vehicle manufacturers and the aftermarket;
 
  •  Struts — A complete line of struts and strut assemblies for light vehicles;
 
  •  Vibration control components (Clevite ® Elastomers) — Generally rubber-to-metal bushings and mountings to reduce vibration between metal parts of a vehicle. Our offerings include a broad range of suspension arms, rods and links for light- and heavy-duty vehicles;
 
  •  Kinetic ® Suspension Technology — A suite of roll control, near equal wheel loading systems ranging from simple mechanical systems to complex hydraulic systems featuring proprietary and patented technology. The Kinetic ® Suspension Technology was incorporated on the Citroen World Rally Car that was featured in the World Rally Championship 2003, 2004 and 2005. Additionally, the Kinetic ® Suspension Technology was incorporated on the Lexus GX 470 sport utility vehicle which resulted in our winning the PACE Award;


13


Table of Contents

 
  •  Advanced suspension systems — Electronically adjustable shock absorbers and suspension systems that change performance based on vehicle inputs such as steering and braking; and
 
  •  Other — We also offer other ride control products such as load assist products, springs, steering stabilizers, adjustable suspension systems, suspension kits and modular assemblies.
 
We supply our ride control offerings to over 38 vehicle-makers for use on over 145 vehicle models, including 6 of the top 10 passenger cars produced for sale in Europe and 7 of the top 10 light truck models produced for sale in North America for 2008. We also supply OE ride control products and systems to a range of heavy-duty and specialty vehicle manufacturers including Volvo Truck, Scania, International Truck and Engine (Navistar), and PACCAR.
 
In the ride control aftermarket, we manufacture, market and distribute replacement shock absorbers for virtually all North American, European and Asian makes of light vehicles under several brand names including Gas Matic ® , Sensa-Trac ® , Monroe Reflex ® and Monroe Adventure ® , as well as Clevite ® Elastomers for elastomeric vibration control components. We also sell ride control offerings for the heavy-duty, off-road and specialty aftermarket, such as our Gas-Magnum ® shock absorbers for the North American heavy-duty category.
 
We entered the ride control product line in 1977 with the acquisition of Monroe Auto Equipment Company, which was founded in 1916, and introduced the world’s first modern tubular shock absorber in 1930. When the term “Monroe” is used in this document it refers to our subsidiaries and affiliates that produce ride control products and systems.
 
The following table provides, for each of the years 2008 through 2006, information relating to our sales of ride control equipment for certain geographic areas:
 
                         
    Percentage of Net Sales
 
    Year Ended
 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
United States
                       
Aftermarket
    53 %     58 %     53 %
OE market
    47       42       47  
                         
      100 %     100 %     100 %
                         
Foreign Sales
                       
Aftermarket
    32 %     31 %     33 %
OE market
    68       69       67  
                         
      100 %     100 %     100 %
                         
Total Sales by Geographic Area
                       
United States
    34 %     32 %     38 %
Foreign
    66       68       62  
                         
      100 %     100 %     100 %
                         
 
Financial Information About Geographic Areas
 
Refer to Note 12 of the consolidated financial statements of Tenneco Inc. included in Item 8 of this report for financial information about geographic areas.
 
Sales, Marketing and Distribution
 
We have separate and distinct sales and marketing efforts for our OE and aftermarket businesses.


14


Table of Contents

For OE sales, our sales and marketing team is an integrated group of professionals, including skilled engineers and program managers, who are organized by customer and product type (e.g., ride control and emission control). Our sales and marketing team provides the appropriate mix of operational and technical expertise needed to interface successfully with the OEMs. Our new business “capture process” involves working closely with the OEM platform engineering and purchasing teams. Bidding on OE automotive platforms typically encompasses many months of engineering and business development activity. Throughout the process, our sales team, program managers and product engineers assist the OE customer in defining the project’s technical and business requirements. A normal part of the process includes our engineering and sales personnel working on customers’ integrated product teams, and assisting with the development of component/system specifications and test procedures. Given that the OE business involves long-term production contracts awarded on a platform-by-platform basis, our strategy is to leverage our engineering expertise and strong customer relationships to obtain platform awards and increase operating margins.
 
For aftermarket sales and marketing, our sales force is generally organized by customer and region and covers multiple product lines. We sell aftermarket products through four primary channels of distribution: (1) the traditional three-step distribution system of full-line warehouse distributors, jobbers and installers; (2) the specialty two-step distribution system of specialty warehouse distributors that carry only specified automotive product groups and installers; (3) direct sales to retailers; and (4) direct sales to installer chains. Our aftermarket sales and marketing representatives cover all levels of the distribution channel, stimulating interest in our products and helping our products move through the distribution system. Also, to generate demand for our products from end-users, we run print and television advertisements and offer pricing promotions. We were one of the first parts manufacturers to offer business-to-business services to customers with TA-Direct, an on-line order entry and customer service tool. In addition, we maintain detailed web sites for each of Walker ® , Monroe ® , Rancho ® , DynoMax ® , Monroe brake brands and our heavy-duty products.
 
Manufacturing and Engineering
 
We focus on achieving superior product quality at the lowest operating costs possible and generally use state-of-the-art manufacturing processes to achieve that goal. Our manufacturing strategy centers on a lean production system designed to reduce overall costs, while maintaining quality standards and reducing manufacturing cycle time. In addition, we have implemented Six Sigma in our processes to minimize product defects and improve operational efficiencies. We deploy new technology to differentiate our products from our competitors’ and to achieve higher quality and productivity. We continue to adapt our capacity to customer demand, both expanding capabilities in growth areas as well as reallocating capacity away from demand segments in decline.
 
Emission Control
 
Our consolidated businesses operate 11 emission control manufacturing facilities in the U.S. and 41 emission control manufacturing facilities outside of the U.S. We operate 12 of these international manufacturing facilities through joint ventures in which we own a controlling interest. We operate five emission control engineering and technical facilities worldwide and share two other such facilities with our ride control operations. In addition, three joint ventures in which we hold a non-controlling interest operate a total of three manufacturing facilities outside the U.S.
 
Within each of our emission control manufacturing facilities, operations are organized by component (e.g., muffler, catalytic converter, pipe, resonator and manifold). Our manufacturing systems incorporate cell-based designs, allowing work-in-process to move through the operation with greater speed and flexibility. We continue to invest in plant and equipment to stay competitive in the industry. For instance, in our Smithville, Tennessee, OE manufacturing facility, we have developed a muffler assembly cell that utilizes laser welding. This allows for quicker change-over times in the process as well as less material used and less weight for the product. There is also a reduced cycle time compared to traditional joining and increased manufacturing precision for superior durability and performance. In 2007, we introduced the Measured and Matched Converter technique in North America. This allows us to maintain the optimum GBD (Gap Bulk Density) in our converter manufacturing operations with Tenneco proprietary processing. This process, coupled with cold


15


Table of Contents

spinning of the converter body, versus traditional cone to can welding, allows for more effective use of material through reduced welding, lower cost, and better performance of the product.
 
In an effort to further improve our OE customer service and position ourselves as a Tier-1 OE systems supplier, we have been developing some of our emission control manufacturing operations into “just-in-time” or “JIT” systems. In this system, a JIT facility located close to our OE customer’s manufacturing plant receives product components from both our manufacturing operations and independent suppliers, and then assembles and ships products to the OEMs on an as-needed basis. To manage the JIT functions and material flow, we have advanced computerized material requirements planning systems linked with our customers’ and supplier partners’ resource management systems. We have three emission control JIT assembly facilities in the United States and 21 throughout the rest of the world.
 
Our engineering capabilities include advanced predictive design tools, advanced prototyping processes and state-of-the-art testing equipment. These technological capabilities make us a “full system” integrator to the OEMs, supplying complete emission control systems from the manifold to the tailpipe, to provide full emission and noise control. We have expanded our engineering capabilities with the acquisition of Combustion Component Associates’s ELIM-NOx tm mobile emission technology that includes urea and hydrocarbon injection, and electronic controls and software for selective catalytic reduction. We have also developed advanced predictive engineering tools, including KBM&E (Knowledge Based Manufacturing & Engineering). The innovation of our KBM&E (which we call TEN-KBM&E) is a modular toolbox set of CAD embedded applications for manufacturing and engineering compliant design. The encapsulated TEN-KBM&E content is driven by an analytical method which continuously captures and updates the knowledge of our main manufacturing and engineering processes.
 
Ride Control
 
Our consolidated businesses operate eight ride control manufacturing facilities in the U.S. and 23 ride control manufacturing facilities outside the U.S. We operate two of these international facilities through joint ventures in which we own a controlling interest. We operate seven engineering and technical facilities worldwide and share two other such facilities with our emission control operations.
 
Within each of our ride control manufacturing facilities, operations are organized by product (e.g., shocks, struts and vibration control products) and include computer numerically controlled and conventional machine centers; tube milling and drawn-over-mandrel manufacturing equipment; metal inert gas and resistance welding; powdered metal pressing and sintering; chrome plating; stamping; and assembly/test capabilities. Our manufacturing systems incorporate cell-based designs, allowing work-in-process to move through the operation with greater speed and flexibility.
 
As in the emission control business, in an effort to further improve our OE customer service and position us as a Tier 1 OE module supplier, we have been developing some of our manufacturing operations into JIT systems. We have three JIT ride control facilities outside the U.S.
 
In designing our shock absorbers and struts, we use advanced engineering and test capabilities to provide product reliability, endurance and performance. Our engineering capabilities feature advanced computer-aided design equipment and testing facilities. Our dedication to innovative solutions has led to such technological advances as:
 
  •  Adaptive damping systems — adapt to the vehicle’s motion to better control undesirable vehicle motions;
 
  •  Electronically adjustable suspensions — change suspension performance based on a variety of inputs such as steering, braking, vehicle height, and velocity; and
 
  •  Air leveling systems — manually or automatically adjust the height of the vehicle.
 
Conventional shock absorbers and struts generally compromise either ride comfort or vehicle control. Our innovative grooved-tube, gas-charged shock absorbers and struts provide both ride comfort and vehicle control, resulting in improved handling, reduced vibration and a wider range of vehicle control. This technology can


16


Table of Contents

be found in our premium quality Sensa-Trac ® shock absorbers. We further enhanced this technology by adding the SafeTech tm fluon banded piston, which improves shock absorber performance and durability. We introduced the Monroe Reflex ® shock absorber, which incorporates our Impact Sensor tm device. This technology permits the shock absorber to automatically switch in milliseconds between firm and soft compression damping when the vehicle encounters rough road conditions, thus maintaining better tire-to-road contact and improving handling and safety. We have also developed an innovative computerized electronic suspension system, which features dampers developed by Tenneco and electronic valves designed by öhlins Racing AB. The continuously controlled electronic suspension (“CES”) ride control system is featured on Audi, Volvo, Ford and Mercedes Benz vehicles.
 
Quality Control
 
Quality control is an important part of our production process. Our quality engineers establish performance and reliability standards in the product’s design stage, and use prototypes to confirm that the component/system can be manufactured to specifications. Quality control is also integrated into the manufacturing process, with shop operators being responsible for quality control of their specific work product. In addition, our inspectors test work-in-progress at various stages to ensure components are being fabricated to meet customers’ requirements.
 
We believe our commitment to quality control and sound management practices and policies is demonstrated by our successful participation in the International Standards Organization/Technical Specifications certification process (“ISO/TS”). ISO/TS certifications are semi-annual or annual audits that certify that a company’s facilities meet stringent quality and business systems requirements. Without ISO or TS certification, we would not be able to supply our products for the aftermarket or the OE market, respectively, either locally or globally. Of those manufacturing facilities where we have determined that TS certification is required to service our customers or would provide us with an advantage in securing additional business, 96 percent have achieved TS 16949:2002 certification. For strategic reasons, we have no immediate plans to certify the remaining plants. Of those manufacturing facilities where we have determined that ISO 9000 certification is required or would provide us with an advantage in securing additional business, all have achieved ISO 9000 certification.
 
Business Strategy
 
We strive to strengthen our global market position by designing, manufacturing, delivering and marketing technologically innovative emission control and ride control products and systems for OEMs and the aftermarket. We work toward achieving a balanced mix of products, markets and customers by capitalizing on emerging economic trends, specific regional preferences and changing customer requirements. We target both mature and developing markets for not just light vehicles, but also for commercial and specialty vehicles. We further enhance our operations by focusing on operational excellence in all functional areas.
 
The key components of our business strategy are described below:
 
Sharply Reduce Costs to Help Counteract the Current Global Economic Crisis
 
We are aggressively responding to the current global economic crisis and the resulting significantly reduced production levels by executing comprehensive global restructuring and cost-reduction initiatives. In the fourth quarter of 2008, we launched a global restructuring program that we estimate will generate annual savings of about $58 million once fully implemented by the end of 2009. The restructuring program, which has a payback period of less than one year, includes actions to permanently reduce our fixed cost base and actions to flex our costs in the current economic environment, such as:
 
  •  Permanently eliminating 1,100 jobs worldwide, which is in addition to 1,150 jobs previously eliminated in 2008;
 
  •  Closing three North American manufacturing plants and an engineering facility in Australia;
 
  •  Suspending matching contributions to employee 401 (k) programs; and
 
  •  Cutting spending on information technology, sales and marketing programs.


17


Table of Contents

 
We are also flexing our operations to address these market conditions, implementing temporary layoffs of hourly workers at our plants worldwide that are impacted by customers’ plant shutdowns. In North America, where customer production cuts have been the greatest, we have also initiated salaried employee furloughs. In Europe, we have eliminated all temporary positions and are working successfully with various works councils to pursue similar cost reduction efforts including reduced work hours. In addition, we have frozen 2009 salaries at 2008 levels, and implemented other salary control actions, and we have cut total compensation for our top 50 executives by more than 60% on average.
 
In addition, we are strategically reducing capital expenditures and engineering investments where possible without compromising our long-term growth prospects. We are eliminating or deferring regional expansion projects, cutting spending tied to delayed customer launches, redeploying assets where feasible, and eliminating all discretionary capital spending. We are focusing on developing technologies and capabilities tied to business launching within the next two to three years, except in those instances where the customer is paying upfront for engineering and advance technology developments on programs launching in 2012 and beyond. This has allowed us to continue all programs critical to our growth with limited near-term cash impact.
 
We are also focusing on generating cash flow through working capital improvements, particularly by reducing inventories and strengthening our management of payables and receivables.
 
Development and Commercialization of Advanced Technologies
 
We continue to identify and target new, fast-growing niche markets and commercialize new technologies for these markets as well as our existing markets. We focus on commercializing innovative, value-added products with an emphasis on highly engineered systems and complex assemblies and modules. By anticipating customer needs and preferences, we are continually capturing global market opportunities with our advanced technologies, and increasing our content per vehicle. As a result of increasing emissions standards requiring advanced aftertreatment products and systems, we believe available emission control content per light and commercial vehicles will continue to rise over the next several years. With our ELIM-NOx tm technology, we offer an integrated Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) system to meet the increasingly stringent emissions regulations being introduced around the world. We also believe that consumers’ greater emphasis on automotive comfort, handling and safety could allow available ride control content per light vehicle to rise. We are selling Continuously Controlled Electronic Suspension (CES) shock absorbers to Volvo, Audi, Mercedes, VW, and Ford, among others, and engineered elastomers to manufacturers with unique needs.
 
Growth in Adjacent Markets
 
One of our goals is to apply our existing design, engineering and manufacturing capabilities to penetrate a variety of adjacent markets and to achieve growth in higher-margin businesses. For example, we are aggressively leveraging our technology and engineering leadership in emission and ride control into adjacent markets, such as the heavy-duty market for trucks, buses, agricultural equipment, construction machinery and other commercial vehicles. As an established leading supplier of heavy-duty ride control and elastomer products, we are already serving customers like Volvo Truck, Navistar (International Truck and Engine), Freightliner and PACCAR. We also see tremendous opportunity to expand our presence with our emission control products and systems in the heavy-duty market beyond North America and Europe into China and elsewhere. Also, we recently added the ride control products and technologies of Gruppo Marzocchi to our existing exhaust systems for two-wheelers obtained from the Gabilan Manufacturing acquisition. With our newly-formed relationship with Caterpillar as its global diesel emission control system integration supplier, we demonstrate our commitment to penetrate the market for off-road equipment.
 
Growth in Developing Economies
 
We continue to adjust our global footprint to follow our customers into growth regions around the world and capture our fair share of new business. Recently, we built or expanded several facilities in India, opened a second emissions control facility in St. Petersburg, Russia, and opened a new manufacturing plant in Korea. As OEMs have entered the fast-growing economies of Brazil, Russia, India, China, and Thailand, we have


18


Table of Contents

followed, building the capability to engineer and produce locally cutting-edge technologies and products and thus allowing us to capture new business in these markets.
 
Leverage Global Engineering and Advanced System Capabilities
 
Given the current economic crisis, we are strategically managing engineering investments without compromising our long-term growth prospects, by focusing on developing technologies and capabilities tied to business launching within the next two to three years. An exception to that are those instances where the customer is paying upfront for engineering and advance technology developments on programs launching in 2012 and beyond. This strategy allows us to continue all programs critical to our growth with minimal near-term cash impact. We continue our long tradition of developing highly engineered systems and complex assemblies and modules designed to provide value-added solutions to customers and increase vehicle content generally and thus, generate higher profit margins than individualized components. Integrating electronically many of our engineering and manufacturing facilities globally, we believe, has helped us to maintain our presence on top-selling vehicles. In addition, our just-in-time and in-line sequencing manufacturing and distribution capabilities have enabled us to be more responsive to our customers’ needs.
 
Expand Our Aftermarket Business
 
We manufacture and market leading, brand-name products to a diversified global aftermarket customer base. Monroe ® ride control products and Walker ® emission control products, which have been offered to consumers since the 1930s, are two of the most recognized brand-name products in the automotive parts industry. We believe our brand equity in the aftermarket is a key asset especially as customers consolidate and channels of distribution converge.
 
Additionally, we seek to strengthen our competitive position with OEMs. Our market knowledge, coupled with our leading aftermarket presence, strengthens our ties with our OE customer base and drives acceptance of our aftermarket products and technologies for use in original equipment vehicle manufacturing.
 
We continue to emphasize product value differentiation with our brands, including the: Monroe Reflex ® and Monroe Sensa-Trac ® lines of shock absorbers, Walker’s Quiet-Flow ® muffler, Rancho ® ride control products, DynoMax ® exhaust products, Walker Ultra tm catalytic converters, Monroe ® Dynamics and Ceramics brakes, and in European markets, Walker tm and Aluminox Pro tm mufflers.
 
Our plans to grow and gain market share in the aftermarket business call for: adding new products, increasing the coverage to current brands, and offering our brands to, and increasing our aftermarket penetration of, new product segments. To this end, we introduced in North America a ride control line extension, the Quick Strut which is a complete module incorporating the spring and upper mount. This product results in a much easier and quicker installation that even do-it-yourself consumers and body-shop technicians can perform without the special tools and skills required previously. In addition, Monroe ® Dynamics and Ceramic Disc brake pads were introduced in the United States in 2006. A number of other opportunities are being explored to extend our existing well-known brands, such as Monroe ® , and our product line generally to segments not previously served.
 
Execute Focused Transactions
 
In the past, we have successfully identified and capitalized on strategic acquisitions and alliances to achieve growth. Through these acquisitions and alliances, we have (1) expanded our product portfolio with complementary technologies; (2) realized incremental business from existing customers; (3) gained access to new customers; and (4) achieved leadership positions in geographic markets outside North America.
 
We signed exclusive licensing agreements for burner systems used in the regeneration of Diesel Particulate Filters (DPFs) with Woodward Governor Company and for vaporizer technologies with another company. These technologies, which complemented our array of existing emissions control products, enabled us to provide integrated aftertreatment systems as demanded by commercial vehicle manufacturers and others.


19


Table of Contents

We developed a strategic alliance with Futaba, a leading exhaust manufacturer in Japan, and formed a joint venture based in Burnley, England. We also created an alliance with Hitachi (as successor to Tokico Ltd. following its acquisition of Tokico), a leading Japanese ride control manufacturer. These alliances help us grow our business with Japan-based OEMs by leveraging the geographical reach of each partner to serve global vehicle platforms of these OEMs.
 
We established a presence in Thailand through a joint venture that supplies exhaust components for GM and Isuzu. Our joint venture operations in Dalian and Shanghai positioned us as a leading exhaust supplier in the rapidly growing Chinese market. Also, we increased our China footprint and OEM coverage on emission control products and systems through two joint ventures, partnering with Eberspächer International GmbH to source luxury cars produced by BMW and Audi, and with Chengdu Lingchuan Mechanical Plant to supply various Ford platforms.
 
Our operations in China are being expanded through investments in both manufacturing and engineering facilities. We opened our first wholly-owned operation in China, an elastomer manufacturing facility in Suzhou. In addition, through an extension of our joint venture with Shanghai Tractor and Engine Company, a subsidiary of Shanghai Automotive Industry Corp., we established a local engineering center to develop automotive exhaust products. Finally, we increased our ownership stake in the Tenneco (Beijing) Ride Control System Company Limited (a joint venture with Beijing Automotive Industry Corp.) from 51 percent to 65 percent in 2006.
 
In September 2007, we acquired the mobile emissions business of Combustion Components Associates, Inc., a manufacturer of air pollution control technologies. The acquisition augmented Tenneco’s system integration capabilities and offerings related to Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) technologies designed to meet future, more stringent diesel emissions regulations for passenger cars, trucks, and other vehicles.
 
In May 2008, we acquired from Delphi Automotive System LLC certain ride control assets at Delphi’s Kettering, Ohio facility to allow us to grow our OE ride control business globally. This acquisition should allow us to diversify our ride control business in North America and elsewhere.
 
In September 2008, we acquired the suspension business of Gruppo Marzocchi, an Italy-based worldwide leading supplier of suspension technology for the two-wheeler market. This acquisition diversifies our business beyond light vehicles and brings us strong brands, leading products and advanced technology capabilities.
 
In February 2009, we signed a joint agreement with GE Transportation, a unit of General Electric Company, to develop a proprietary SCR and aftertreatment technology designed to reduce and control diesel engine emissions for various transportation and other applications. We will collaborate with GE Transportation on the development and production of GE’s Hydrocarbon-Selective Catalytic Reduction catalyst technology (HC-SCR), a diesel aftertreatment innovation aimed at reducing harmful nitrogen oxide (NOx) emissions as effectively as urea-based SCR systems. Additionally, we will work with GE Transportation to further develop and integrate the HC-SCR technology into complete aftertreatment systems for both locomotive and off-highway vehicle markets. Once fully developed, this technology will also be offered to customers in the on-road, marine and stationary power markets.
 
We intend to continue to pursue strategic alliances, joint ventures, acquisitions and other transactions that complement or enhance our existing products, technology, systems development efforts, customer base and/or global presence. We will align with companies that have proven products, proprietary technology, advanced research capabilities, broad geographic reach, and/or strong market positions to further strengthen our product leadership, technological edge, international reach or customer relationships.
 
Operational Excellence
 
We will continue to strive for operational excellence by optimizing our manufacturing and engineering footprint, enhancing our Six Sigma processes and Lean productivity tools, managing the complexities of our global supply chain to realize purchasing economies of scale while satisfying diverse and global requirements, and supporting our businesses with robust information technology systems. We will make investments in our operations and infrastructure as required to achieve our strategic goals. We will be mindful of the changing


20


Table of Contents

market conditions that might necessitate adjustments to our resources and manufacturing capacity around the world. We will remain committed to protecting the environment as well as the health and safety of our employees.
 
Environmental Matters
 
We estimate that we and our subsidiaries will make expenditures for plant, property and equipment for environmental matters of approximately $2 million in both 2009 and 2010.
 
For additional information regarding environmental matters, see Item 3, “Legal Proceedings,” Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Environmental and Other Matters,” and Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements of Tenneco Inc. included in Item 8.
 
Employees
 
As of December 31, 2008, we had approximately 21,000 employees of which approximately 53 percent were covered by collective bargaining agreements. European works councils cover 22 percent of our total employees, a majority of whom are also included under collective bargaining agreements. Several of our existing labor agreements in the United States and Mexico are scheduled for renegotiation in 2009. In addition, agreements are expiring in 2009 in Europe and South America covering plants in France, Portugal, the United Kingdom and Brazil. We regard our employee relations as satisfactory.
 
Other
 
The principal raw material that we use is steel. We obtain steel from a number of sources pursuant to various contractual and other arrangements. We believe that an adequate supply of steel can presently be obtained from a number of different domestic and foreign suppliers. For the past several years, we have experienced higher steel prices which we have addressed by evaluating alternative materials and processes, reviewing material substitution opportunities, increasing component and assembly outsourcing to low cost countries and aggressively negotiating with our customers to allow us to recover these higher costs from them. While the global economic crisis has reduced the pressure on raw material prices, market prices remain volatile.
 
We hold a number of domestic and foreign patents and trademarks relating to our products and businesses. We manufacture and distribute our products primarily under the Walker ® and Monroe ® brand names, which are well-recognized in the marketplace and are registered trademarks. The patents, trademarks and other intellectual property owned by or licensed to us are important in the manufacturing, marketing and distribution of our products.


21


Table of Contents

ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS.
 
The recent unprecedented deterioration in the global economy, global credit markets and the financial services industry has severely and negatively affected the automotive industry and our business, financial position and liquidity.
 
The current economic crisis arising out of the subprime mortgage market collapse and the resulting worldwide financial industry turmoil has resulted in a severe and global tightening of credit and liquidity crisis. As a result, nearly every major economy in the world now faces a widespread reduction of business activity, seized-up credit markets and rising unemployment. These conditions have led to a dramatic decline in the housing markets in the United States and Western Europe and low consumer confidence, which has resulted in delayed and reduced purchases of durable consumer goods such as automobiles. As a result, our OEM customers significantly reduced their production schedules during 2008, particularly in the second half of the year. OE production schedules for 2009 are projected to be at their lowest levels in decades and the outlook for 2009 is uncertain.
 
We face several additional or increased risks as a result of the current economic crisis and its significant impact on the automotive industry, including the following:
 
Disruptions in the financial markets are adversely impacting the availability and cost of credit which could materially and negatively affect our company.   The recent global financial crisis has materially and negatively impacted our business and our customers’ businesses in the U.S. and globally. Longer term disruptions in the capital and credit markets could further adversely affect our customers’ and our ability to access the liquidity that is necessary to fund our operations. These disruptions are also adversely affecting the U.S. and world economy, further negatively impacting consumer spending patterns in the automotive industry. Purchases of our customers’ products may be limited by their customers’ inability to obtain adequate financing for such purchases. In addition, as our customers and suppliers respond to rapidly changing consumer preferences, they may require access to additional capital. If that capital is not available or its cost is prohibitively high, their businesses would be negatively impacted which could result in further restructuring or even reorganization under bankruptcy laws. Any such negative impact, in turn, could materially and negatively affect our company either through loss of sales to any of our customers so affected or through inability to meet our commitments (or inability to meet them without excess expense) because of loss of supplies from any of our suppliers so affected. There are no assurances that government responses to these disruptions will restore consumer confidence or improve the liquidity of the financial markets.
 
In addition, lending institutions, including the lenders under our revolving credit facility, have suffered and may continue to suffer losses due to their lending and other financial relationships, especially because of the general weakening of the global economy and increased financial instability of many borrowers. As a result, lenders may become insolvent, which could affect the actual availability of credit under our revolving credit facility, or our ability to obtain other financing on satisfactory terms and in adequate amounts, if at all. If this were to occur, our sources of liquidity may prove to be insufficient, and our financial condition or results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.
 
Financial difficulties facing other automotive companies may have a material and adverse impact on us.   A number of companies in the automotive industry are, and over the last several years have been, facing severe financial difficulties. General Motors, Ford and Chrysler have all announced significant restructuring actions in an effort to improve profitability and remain solvent. The North American automotive manufacturers are burdened with substantial structural and embedded costs, such as facility overhead as well as pension and healthcare costs, that have caused them to seek government financing and even discuss the possibility of bankruptcy. Automakers in other markets in the world are also experiencing difficulties from a weakened economy, tightening credit markets and reduced demand for their products. The automotive supply base in turn has also been faced with severe cash flow problems as a result of the significantly lower production levels of light vehicles, increases in certain raw material, commodity and energy costs and restricted access to additional liquidity through the credit markets. Several suppliers have filed for bankruptcy protection or ceased operations.


22


Table of Contents

Severe financial difficulties, including bankruptcy, of any automotive manufacturer or significant automotive supplier would have a significant disruptive effect on the entire automotive industry, leading to supply chain disruptions and labor unrest, among other things. For example, if a parts supplier were to cease operations, it could force the automotive manufacturers to whom the supplier provides parts to shut down their operations. This, in turn, could force other suppliers, including us, to shut down production at plants that are producing products for these automotive manufacturers. Severe financial difficulties at any of our major suppliers could have a material adverse effect on us if we are unable to obtain on a timely basis the quantity and quality of components we require to produce our products.
 
Financial difficulties at any of our major customers could have a material adverse impact on us if such customer were unable to pay for the products we provide or we experience a loss of, or material reduction in, business from such customer. If any of our major customers cannot fund their operations or file for bankruptcy, we may incur significant write offs of accounts receivable, incur impairment charges or require additional restructuring actions beyond our current global restructuring plans. In addition, a bankruptcy filing by General Motors, Ford or a few of our other large customers could result in a default under our U.S. securitization agreement. Our inability to collect receivables in a timely manner or to sell receivables under our U.S. securitization program may have a material adverse effect on our liquidity.
 
Our failure to comply with the covenants contained in our senior credit facility or the indentures for our other debt instruments, including as a result of events beyond our control, could result in an event of default, which could materially and adversely affect our operating results and our financial condition.   Our senior credit facility and receivables securitization program in the U.S. require us to maintain certain financial ratios. Our senior credit facility and our other debt instruments require us to comply with various operational and other covenants. If there were an event of default under any of our debt instruments that was not cured or waived, the holders of the defaulted debt could cause all amounts outstanding with respect to that debt to be due and payable immediately. We cannot assure you that our assets or cash flow would be sufficient to fully repay borrowings under our outstanding debt instruments, either upon maturity or if accelerated, upon an event of default, or that, we would be able to refinance or restructure the payments on those debt securities.
 
For example, in February 2009, we sought an amendment to our senior credit facility to revise the financial ratios we are required to maintain thereunder. The revised financial ratios were based on a set of projections that we shared with our lenders. If, in the future, we are required to obtain similar amendments as a result of our inability to meet the financial ratios in those projections, there can be no assurance that those amendments will be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all. If, as or when required, we are unable to repay, refinance or restructure our indebtedness under our senior credit facility, or amend the covenants contained therein, the lenders under our senior credit facility could elect to terminate their commitments thereunder, cease making further loans and institute foreclosure proceedings against our assets. Under such circumstances, we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation. In addition, any event of default or declaration of acceleration under one of our debt instruments could also result in an event of default under one or more of our other financing agreements, including our other debt instruments and/or the agreements under which we sell certain of our accounts receivable. This would have a material adverse impact on our liquidity, financial position and results of operations.
 
Our working capital requirements may negatively affect our liquidity and capital resources.   Our working capital requirements can vary significantly, depending in part on the level, variability and timing of our customers’ worldwide vehicle production and the payment terms with our customers and suppliers. Our liquidity could also be adversely impacted if our suppliers were to suspend normal trade credit terms and require payment in advance or payment on delivery of purchases. If our working capital needs exceed our cash flows from operations, we would look to our cash balances and availability for borrowings under our borrowing arrangements to satisfy those needs, as well as potential sources of additional capital, which may not be available on satisfactory terms and in adequate amounts, if at all.
 
Any further continuation of the global economic downturn or other factors that reduce consumer demand for our products or reduce prices could materially and adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations.   Demand for and pricing of our products are subject to economic conditions and other factors


23


Table of Contents

present in the various domestic and international markets where the products are sold. Demand for our OE products is subject to the level of consumer demand for new vehicles that are equipped with our parts. The level of new light vehicle purchases is cyclical, affected by such factors as general economic conditions, interest rates, consumer confidence, consumer preferences, patterns of consumer spending, fuel cost and the automobile replacement cycle.
 
As described above, the recent unprecedented deterioration in the global economy, global credit markets and the financial services industry has negatively impacted our operations, including by leading to a rapid decline in light vehicle purchases. In 2008, North American light vehicle production decreased 16 percent from 2007. European production was particularly impacted by the economic crisis and deteriorating industry conditions during the fourth quarter of 2008, when light vehicle production declined 27 percent as compared to the fourth quarter of 2007. In addition, significant increases in gasoline prices in the United States, particularly during the first half of 2008, accelerated the shift in the North American market away from light trucks, which tend to be higher margin products for OEMs and suppliers, to more fuel-efficient passenger cars. During 2008, SUV and pick-up truck business accounted for 54 percent of our North American OE revenues, down from 72 percent in 2007. A further decline in automotive sales and production would likely cause a decline in our sales to vehicle manufacturers, and could result in a decline in our results of operations and financial condition.
 
Demand for our aftermarket, or replacement, products varies based upon such factors as general economic conditions, the level of new vehicle purchases, which initially displaces demand for aftermarket products, the severity of winter weather, which increases the demand for certain aftermarket products, and other factors, including the average useful life of parts and number of miles driven.
 
The highly cyclical nature of the automotive industry presents a risk that is outside our control and that cannot be accurately predicted. For example, many predict that the current global economic crisis will continue well into 2009 and possibly 2010 and we cannot assure you that we would be able to maintain or improve our results of operations in a stagnant or recessionary economic environment. Further decreases in demand for automobiles and automotive products generally, or in the demand for our products in particular, could materially and adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations.
 
Our significant amount of debt makes us more sensitive to the effects of the global economic crisis; our level of indebtedness and provisions in our debt agreements could limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry.   Our significant amount of debt makes us more vulnerable to changes in our results of operations because a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations is dedicated to servicing our indebtedness and is not available for other purposes. Our level of indebtedness could have other negative consequences to us, including the following:
 
  •  limiting our ability to borrow money or sell stock for our working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements or other general corporate purposes;
 
  •  limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our operations, our business or the industry in which we compete;
 
  •  our leverage may place us at a competitive disadvantage by limiting our ability to invest in the business or in further research and development;
 
  •  making us more vulnerable to downturns in our business or the economy; and
 
  •  there would be a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition if we were unable to service our indebtedness or obtain additional financing, as needed.
 
Our ability to make payments on our indebtedness depends on our ability to generate cash in the future. If we do not generate sufficient cash flow to meet our debt service and working capital requirements, we may need to seek additional financing or sell assets. This may make it more difficult for us to obtain financing on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all. Without any such financing, we could be forced to sell assets to make up for any shortfall in our payment obligations under unfavorable circumstances.


24


Table of Contents

As a result of the global credit market crisis, conditions for asset sales have become very difficult as tight global credit conditions have adversely affected the ability of potential buyers to finance such asset purchases. In addition, our senior credit agreement and our other debt agreements contain covenants which limit our ability to sell assets and also restrict the use of proceeds from any asset sale. Moreover, our senior credit facility is secured on a first priority basis by, among other things, substantially all of our and our subsidiary guarantors’ tangible and intangible domestic assets. If necessary, we may not be able to sell assets quickly enough or for sufficient amounts to enable us to meet our obligations.
 
In addition, our senior credit agreement and our other debt agreements contain other restrictive covenants that limit our flexibility in planning for or reacting to changes in our business and our industry, including limitations on incurring additional indebtedness, making investments, granting liens and merging or consolidating with other companies. Our senior credit facility also requires us to maintain certain financial ratios. Complying with these restrictive covenants and financial ratios may impair our ability to finance our future operations or capital needs or to engage in other favorable business activities.
 
Declines in the price of our common stock could have an adverse effect on its liquidity.   Our common stock is currently listed on the NYSE. The NYSE maintains continued listing requirements relating to, among other things, market capitalization and minimum stock price (including that the average closing price of common stock be not less than $1.00 for 30 consecutive trading days). On February 26, 2009, the NYSE notified issuers that it had submitted to the SEC an immediately effective rule that would suspend the $1.00 minimum price requirement and other capitalization standards on a temporary basis initially through June 30, 2009. Although we are currently in compliance with NYSE listing requirements, our stock price declined severely during 2008. If in the future we are unable to satisfy the NYSE criteria for continued listing, we would be notified by the NYSE and given an opportunity to take corrective action. If we are not brought into compliance after the cure period (generally six months), our stock could be subject to delisting. A delisting of common stock could negatively impact us by reducing the liquidity and market price of our common stock and reducing the number of investors willing to hold or acquire our common stock. This could negatively impact our ability to raise additional funds through equity financing, which in turn could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
We are dependent on large customers for future revenue. The loss of any of these customers or the loss of market share by these customers could have a material adverse impact on us.
 
We depend on major vehicle manufacturers for a substantial portion of our net sales. For example, during 2008, General Motors, Ford, Volkswagen, and Daimler AG accounted for 20 percent, 11 percent, 8 percent, and 7 percent of our net sales, respectively. The loss of all or a substantial portion of our sales to any of our large-volume customers could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations by reducing cash flows and our ability to spread costs over a larger revenue base. We may make fewer sales to these customers for a variety of reasons, including but not limited to: (1) loss of awarded business; (2) reduced or delayed customer requirements; (3) strikes or other work stoppages affecting production by the customers; or (4) reduced demand for our customers’ products.
 
During the past several years, General Motors and Ford have lost market share particularly in the United States, primarily to Asian competitors. While we are actively targeting Japanese, Chinese and Korean automakers, any further market share loss by these North American-based and European-based automakers could, if we are unable to achieve increased sales to the Asian OE manufacturers, have a material adverse effect on our business.
 
We may be unable to realize sales represented by our awarded business, which could materially and adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations.
 
The realization of future sales from awarded business is inherently subject to a number of important risks and uncertainties, including the number of vehicles that our OE customers will actually produce, the timing of that production and the mix of options that our OE customers and consumers may choose. Prior to 2008, substantially all of our North American vehicle manufacturing customers had slowed or maintained at


25


Table of Contents

relatively flat levels new vehicle production for several years. More recently, new vehicle production has decreased dramatically as a result of the global economic crisis. We believe that production volumes for 2009 will decline in most regions of the world due to the global economic crisis, current OE manufacturers’ inventory levels and uncertainty regarding the willingness or ability of OEMs to continue to support vehicle sales. In addition, our customers generally have the right to replace us with another supplier at any time for a variety of reasons and have demanded price decreases over the life of awarded business. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that we will in fact realize any or all of the future sales represented by our awarded business. Any failure to realize these sales could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, and liquidity.
 
In many cases, we must commit substantial resources in preparation for production under awarded OE business well in advance of the customer’s production start date. In certain instances, the terms of our OE customer arrangements permit us to recover these pre-production costs if the customer cancels the business through no fault of our company. Although we have been successful in recovering these costs under appropriate circumstances in the past, we can give no assurance that our results of operations will not be materially impacted in the future if we are unable to recover these types of pre-production costs related to OE cancellation of awarded business.
 
The hourly workforce in the automotive industry is highly unionized and our business could be adversely affected by labor disruptions.
 
Although we consider our current relations with our employees to be satisfactory, if major work disruptions were to occur, our business could be adversely affected by, for instance, a loss of revenues, increased costs or reduced profitability. We have not experienced a material labor disruption in our workforce in the last ten years, but there can be no assurance that we will not experience a material labor disruption at one of our facilities in the future in the course of renegotiation of our labor arrangements or otherwise. In addition, substantially all of the hourly employees of North American vehicle manufacturers and many of their other suppliers are represented by the United Automobile, Aerospace and Agricultural Implement Workers of America under collective bargaining agreements. Vehicle manufacturers and such suppliers and their employees in other countries are also subject to labor agreements. A work stoppage or strike at our production facilities, at those of a significant customer, or at a significant supplier of ours or any of our customers, such as the 2008 strike at American Axle which resulted in 30 General Motors’ facilities in North America being idled for several months, could have an adverse impact on us by disrupting demand for our products and/or our ability to manufacture our products.
 
We have experienced significant increases in raw materials pricing, and further changes in the prices of raw materials could have a material adverse impact on us.
 
Significant increases in the cost of certain raw materials used in our products, to the extent they are not timely reflected in the price we charge our customers or otherwise mitigated, could materially and adversely impact our results. For example, since 2004, we have experienced significant increases in processed metal and steel prices. While the global economic crisis has reduced the pressure on raw material prices, market prices remain volatile. We addressed these increases in 2006, 2007 and 2008 by evaluating alternative materials and processes, reviewing material substitution opportunities, increasing component and assembly outsourcing to low cost countries and aggressively negotiating with our customers to allow us to recover these higher costs from them. In addition to these actions, we continue to pursue productivity initiatives and review opportunities to reduce costs through restructuring activities. We cannot assure you, however, that these actions will be effective in containing margin pressures from any further raw material price increases.
 
We may be unable to realize our business strategy of improving operating performance, growing our business and generating savings and improvements.
 
We regularly implement strategic and other initiatives designed to improve our operating performance and grow our business. The failure to achieve the goals of these initiatives could have a material adverse effect on our business, particularly since we rely on these initiatives to offset pricing pressures from our suppliers and


26


Table of Contents

our customers, as described above, as well as to manage the impacts of production cuts such as the significant production decreases we are experiencing as a result of the global economic crisis. Furthermore, the terms of our senior credit agreement may restrict the types of initiatives we undertake, as the agreement restricts our uses of cash, requires us to maintain financial ratios and otherwise prohibits us from undertaking certain activities. In the past we have been successful in obtaining the consent of our senior lenders where appropriate in connection with our initiatives. We cannot assure you, however, that we will be able to pursue, successfully implement or realize the expected benefits of any initiative or that we will be able to sustain improvements made to date.
 
In addition, we believe that increasingly stringent environmental standards for emissions have presented and will continue to present an important opportunity for us to grow our emissions control business. We cannot assure you, however, that environmental standards for emissions will continue to become more stringent or that the adoption of any new standards will not be delayed beyond our expectations.
 
We may incur material costs related to product warranties, environmental and regulatory matters and other claims, which could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
From time to time, we receive product warranty claims from our customers, pursuant to which we may be required to bear costs of repair or replacement of certain of our products. Vehicle manufacturers are increasingly requiring their outside suppliers to guarantee or warrant their products and to be responsible for the operation of these component products in new vehicles sold to consumers. Warranty claims may range from individual customer claims to full recalls of all products in the field. We cannot assure you that costs associated with providing product warranties will not be material, or that those costs will not exceed any amounts reserved in our consolidated financial statements. For a description of our accounting policies regarding warranty reserves, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Critical Accounting Policies” included in Item 7.
 
Additionally, we are subject to a variety of environmental and pollution control laws and regulations in all jurisdictions in which we operate. Soil and groundwater remediation activities are being conducted at certain of our current and former real properties. We record liabilities for these activities when environmental assessments indicate that the remedial efforts are probable and the costs can be reasonably estimated. On this basis, we have established reserves that we believe are adequate for the remediation activities at our current and former real properties for which we could be held responsible. Although we believe our estimates of remediation costs are reasonable and are based on the latest available information, the cleanup costs are estimates and are subject to revision as more information becomes available about the extent of remediation required. In future periods, we could be subject to cash or non-cash charges to earnings if we are required to undertake material additional remediation efforts based on the results of our ongoing analyses of the environmental status of our properties, as more information becomes available to us.
 
We also from time to time are involved in legal proceedings, claims or investigations that are incidental to the conduct of our business. Some of these proceedings allege damages against us relating to environmental liabilities, intellectual property matters, personal injury claims, taxes, employment matters or commercial or contractual disputes. For example, we are subject to a number of lawsuits initiated by a significant number of claimants alleging health problems as a result of exposure to asbestos. Many of these cases involve significant numbers of individual claimants. Many of these cases also involve numerous defendants, with the number of defendants in some cases exceeding 200 defendants from a variety of industries. As major asbestos manufacturers or other companies that used asbestos in their manufacturing processes continue to go out of business, we may experience an increased number of these claims.
 
We vigorously defend ourselves in connection with all of the matters described above. We cannot, however, assure you that the costs, charges and liabilities associated with these matters will not be material, or that those costs, charges and liabilities will not exceed any amounts reserved for them in our consolidated financial statements. In future periods, we could be subject to cash costs or non-cash charges to earnings if any of these matters is resolved unfavorably to us. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial


27


Table of Contents

Condition and Results of Operations — Environmental and Other Matters,” included in Item 7 for further description.
 
We may have difficulty competing favorably in the highly competitive automotive parts industry.
 
The automotive parts industry is highly competitive. Although the overall number of competitors has decreased due to ongoing industry consolidation, we face significant competition within each of our major product areas, including from new competitors entering the markets which we serve. The principal competitive factors include price, quality, service, product performance, design and engineering capabilities, new product innovation, global presence and timely delivery. As a result, many suppliers have established or are establishing themselves in emerging, low-cost markets to reduce their costs of production and be more conveniently located for customers. Although we are also pursuing a low-cost country production strategy and otherwise continue to seek process improvements to reduce costs, we cannot assure you that we will be able to continue to compete favorably in this competitive market or that increased competition will not have a material adverse effect on our business by reducing our ability to increase or maintain sales or profit margins.
 
The decreasing number of automotive parts customers and suppliers could make it more difficult for us to compete favorably.
 
Our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected because the customer base for automotive parts is decreasing in both the original equipment market and aftermarket. As a result, we are competing for business from fewer customers. Due to the cost focus of these major customers, we have been, and expect to continue to be, requested to reduce prices as part of our initial business quotations and over the life of vehicle platforms we have been awarded. We cannot be certain that we will be able to generate cost savings and operational improvements in the future that are sufficient to offset price reductions requested by existing customers and necessary to win additional business.
 
Furthermore, the trend toward consolidation and bankruptcies among automotive parts suppliers is resulting in fewer, larger suppliers who benefit from purchasing and distribution economies of scale. If we cannot achieve cost savings and operational improvements sufficient to allow us to compete favorably in the future with these larger companies, our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected due to a reduction of, or inability to increase, sales.
 
We may not be able to successfully respond to the changing distribution channels for aftermarket products.
 
Major automotive aftermarket retailers, such as AutoZone and Advance Auto Parts, are attempting to increase their commercial sales by selling directly to automotive parts installers in addition to individual consumers. These installers have historically purchased from their local warehouse distributors and jobbers, who are our more traditional customers. We cannot assure you that we will be able to maintain or increase aftermarket sales through increasing our sales to retailers. Furthermore, because of the cost focus of major retailers, we have occasionally been requested to offer price concessions to them. Our failure to maintain or increase aftermarket sales, or to offset the impact of any reduced sales or pricing through cost improvements, could have an adverse impact on our business and operating results.
 
Longer product lives of automotive parts are adversely affecting aftermarket demand for some of our products.
 
The average useful life of automotive parts has steadily increased in recent years due to innovations in products and technologies. The longer product lives allow vehicle owners to replace parts of their vehicles less often. As a result, a portion of sales in the aftermarket has been displaced. This has adversely impacted, and could continue to adversely impact, our aftermarket sales. Also, any additional increases in the average useful lives of automotive parts would further adversely affect the demand for our aftermarket products. Recently, we have experienced relative stabilization in our aftermarket business due to our ability to win new customers and recover steel price increases through selling price increases. However, there can be no assurance that we will


28


Table of Contents

be able to maintain this stabilization. Aftermarket sales represented approximately 19 percent and 18 percent of our net sales in 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
Any acquisitions we make could disrupt our business and seriously harm our financial condition.
 
We may, from time to time, consider acquisitions of complementary companies, products or technologies. Acquisitions involve numerous risks, including difficulties in the assimilation of the acquired businesses, the diversion of our management’s attention from other business concerns and potential adverse effects on existing business relationships with current customers and suppliers. In addition, any acquisitions could involve the incurrence of substantial additional indebtedness. We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully integrate any acquisitions that we pursue or that such acquisitions will perform as planned or prove to be beneficial to our operations and cash flow. Any such failure could seriously harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
We are subject to risks related to our international operations.
 
We have manufacturing and distribution facilities in many regions and countries, including Australia, China, India, North America, Europe and South America, and sell our products worldwide. For 2008, approximately 56 percent of our net sales were derived from operations outside North America. International operations are subject to various risks which could have a material adverse effect on those operations or our business as a whole, including:
 
  •  exposure to local economic conditions;
 
  •  exposure to local political conditions, including the risk of seizure of assets by a foreign government;
 
  •  exposure to local social unrest, including any resultant acts of war, terrorism or similar events;
 
  •  exposure to local public health issues and the resultant impact on economic and political conditions;
 
  •  currency exchange rate fluctuations;
 
  •  hyperinflation in certain foreign countries;
 
  •  controls on the repatriation of cash, including imposition or increase of withholding and other taxes on remittances and other payments by foreign subsidiaries; and
 
  •  export and import restrictions.
 
Exchange rate fluctuations could cause a decline in our financial condition and results of operations.
 
As a result of our international operations, we generate a significant portion of our net sales and incur a significant portion of our expenses in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. To the extent we are unable to match revenues received in foreign currencies with costs paid in the same currency, exchange rate fluctuations in that currency could have a material adverse effect on our business. For example, where we have significantly more costs than revenues generated in a foreign currency, we are subject to risk if the foreign currency in which our costs are paid appreciates against the currency in which we generate revenue because the appreciation effectively increases our cost in that country.
 
The financial condition and results of operations of some of our operating entities are reported in foreign currencies and then translated into U.S. dollars at the applicable exchange rate for inclusion in our consolidated financial statements. As a result, appreciation of the U.S. dollar against these foreign currencies generally will have a negative impact on our reported revenues and operating profit while depreciation of the U.S. dollar against these foreign currencies will generally have a positive effect on reported revenues and operating profit. For example, our European operations were positively impacted in 2007 and 2006 due to the strengthening of the Euro against the U.S. dollar. However, in 2008, the dollar strengthened against the Euro which had a negative effect on our results of operations. Our South American operations were negatively impacted by the devaluation in 2000 of the Brazilian currency as well as by the devaluation of the Argentine


29


Table of Contents

currency in 2002. We do not generally seek to mitigate this translation effect through the use of derivative financial instruments.
 
Entering new markets poses new competitive threats and commercial risks.
 
As we have expanded into markets beyond light vehicles, we expect to diversify our product sales by leveraging technologies being developed for the light vehicle segment. Such diversification requires investments and resources which may not be available as needed. We cannot guarantee that we will be successful in leveraging our capabilities into new markets and thus, in meeting the needs of these new customers and competing favorably in these new markets. If those customers experience reduced demand for their products or financial difficulties, our future prospects will be negatively affected as well.
 
Impairment in the carrying value of long-lived assets and goodwill could negatively affect our operating results.
 
We have a significant amount of long-lived assets and goodwill on our consolidated balance sheet. Under generally accepted accounting principles, long-lived assets, excluding goodwill, are required to be reviewed for impairment whenever adverse events or changes in circumstances indicate a possible impairment. If business conditions or other factors cause profitability and cash flows to decline, we may be required to record non-cash impairment charges. Goodwill must be evaluated for impairment annually or more frequently if events indicate it is warranted. If the carrying value of our reporting units exceeds their current fair value as determined based on the discounted future cash flows of the related business, the goodwill is considered impaired and is reduced to fair value by a non-cash charge to earnings. Events and conditions that could result in impairment in the value of our long-lived assets and goodwill include changes in the industries in which we operate, particularly the impact of the current downturn in the global economy, as well as competition and advances in technology, adverse changes in the regulatory environment, or other factors leading to reduction in expected long-term sales or profitability. For example, during 2008 we were required to record a $114 million asset impairment charge to write-off the remaining goodwill related to our 1996 acquisition of Clevite Industries.
 
The value of our deferred tax assets could become impaired, which could materially and adversely affect our operating results.
 
As of December 31, 2008, we had approximately $45 million in net deferred tax assets. These deferred tax assets include net operating loss carryovers that can be used to offset taxable income in future periods and reduce income taxes payable in those future periods. We periodically determine the probability of the realization of deferred tax assets, using significant judgments and estimates with respect to, among other things, historical operating results, expectations of future earnings and tax planning strategies. For example, we were required to record charges during 2008 for a valuation allowance against our U.S. deferred tax assets. These charges were attributable to the significant decline in production which resulted from the current global economic crisis and the accounting requirement to project that the current negative operating environment will continue through the expiration of the net operating loss carry-forward periods. If we determine in the future that there is not sufficient positive evidence to support the valuation of these assets, due to the risk factors described herein or other factors, we may be required to further adjust the valuation allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets. Such a reduction could result in material non-cash expenses in the period in which the valuation allowance is adjusted and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
 
Our expected annual effective tax rate could be volatile and materially change as a result of changes in mix of earnings and other factors.
 
Our overall effective tax rate is equal to our total tax expense as a percentage of our total profit or loss before tax. However, tax expenses and benefits are determined separately for each tax paying entity or group of entities that is consolidated for tax purposes in each jurisdiction. Losses in certain jurisdictions may provide no current financial statement tax benefit. As a result, changes in the mix of projected profits and losses between jurisdictions, among other factors, could have a significant impact on our overall effective tax rate.


30


Table of Contents

ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.
 
None.
 
ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES.
 
We lease our principal executive offices, which are located at 500 North Field Drive, Lake Forest, Illinois, 60045.
 
Walker’s consolidated businesses operate 11 manufacturing facilities in the U.S. and 41 manufacturing facilities outside of the U.S., operate five engineering and technical facilities worldwide and share two other such facilities with Monroe. Twenty-one of these manufacturing plants are JIT facilities. In addition, three joint ventures in which we hold a noncontrolling interest operate a total of three manufacturing facilities outside the U.S., two of which are JIT facilities.
 
Monroe’s consolidated businesses operate eight manufacturing facilities in the U.S. and 23 manufacturing facilities outside the U.S., operate seven engineering and technical facilities worldwide and share two other such facilities with Walker. Three of these manufacturing plants are JIT facilities.
 
The above-described manufacturing locations outside of the U.S. are located in Argentina, Australia, Belgium, Brazil, Canada, China, the Czech Republic, France, Germany, India, Italy, Korea, Mexico, New Zealand, Poland, Portugal, Russia, Spain, South Africa, Sweden, Thailand and the United Kingdom. We also have sales offices located in Algeria, Croatia, Greece, Hungary, Japan, Lithuania, Singapore, Taiwan, Turkey and the Ukraine.
 
We own approximately one-half of the properties described above and lease the other half. We hold 14 of the above-described international manufacturing facilities through seven joint ventures in which we own a controlling interest. In addition, three joint ventures in which we hold a noncontrolling interest operate a total of three manufacturing facilities outside the U.S. We also have distribution facilities at our manufacturing sites and at a few offsite locations, substantially all of which we lease.
 
We believe that substantially all of our plants and equipment are, in general, well maintained and in good operating condition. They are considered adequate for present needs and, as supplemented by planned construction, are expected to remain adequate for the near future.
 
We also believe that we have generally satisfactory title to the properties owned and used in our respective businesses.
 
ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.
 
We are subject to a variety of environmental and pollution control laws and regulations in all jurisdictions in which we operate. We expense or capitalize, as appropriate, expenditures for ongoing compliance with environmental regulations that relate to current operations. We expense costs related to an existing condition caused by past operations that do not contribute to current or future revenue generation. We record liabilities when environmental assessments indicate that remedial efforts are probable and the costs can be reasonably estimated. Estimates of the liability are based upon currently available facts, existing technology, and presently enacted laws and regulations taking into consideration the likely effects of inflation and other societal and economic factors. We consider all available evidence including prior experience in remediation of contaminated sites, other companies’ cleanup experiences and data released by the United States Environmental Protection Agency or other organizations. These estimated liabilities are subject to revision in future periods based on actual costs or new information. Where future cash flows are fixed or reliably determinable, we have discounted the liabilities. All other environmental liabilities are recorded at their undiscounted amounts. We evaluate recoveries separately from the liability and, when they are assured, recoveries are recorded and reported separately from the associated liability in our consolidated financial statements.
 
As of December 31, 2008, we were designated as a potentially responsible party in one Superfund site. Including the Superfund site, we may have the obligation to remediate current or former facilities, and we estimate our share of environmental remediation costs at these facilities to be approximately $11 million. For


31


Table of Contents

the Superfund site and the current and former facilities, we have established reserves that we believe are adequate for these costs. Although we believe our estimates of remediation costs are reasonable and are based on the latest available information, the cleanup costs are estimates and are subject to revision as more information becomes available about the extent of remediation required. At some sites, we expect that other parties will contribute to the remediation costs. In addition, at the Superfund site, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act provides that our liability could be joint and several, meaning that we could be required to pay in excess of our share of remediation costs. Our understanding of the financial strength of other potentially responsible parties at the Superfund site, and of other liable parties at our current and former facilities, has been considered, where appropriate, in our determination of our estimated liability. We believe that any potential costs associated with our current status as a potentially responsible party in the Superfund site, or as a liable party at our current or former facilities, will not be material to our consolidated results of operations, financial position or cash flows.
 
From time to time we are subject to product warranty claims whereby we are required to bear costs of repair or replacement of certain of our products. Warranty claims may range from individual customer claims to full recalls of all products in the field. We believe that our warranty reserve is appropriate; however, actual claims incurred could differ from the original estimates requiring adjustments to the reserve. The reserve is included in current and long-term liabilities on the balance sheet. See Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements of Tenneco Inc. and Consolidated Subsidiaries included in Item 8 for information regarding our warranty reserves.
 
We also from time to time are involved in legal proceedings, claims or investigations that are incidental to the conduct of our business. Some of these proceedings allege damages against us relating to environmental liabilities (including toxic tort, property damage and remediation), intellectual property matters (including patent, trademark and copyright infringement, and licensing disputes), personal injury claims (including injuries due to product failure, design or warnings issues, and other product liability related matters), taxes, employment matters, and commercial or contractual disputes, sometimes related to acquisitions or divestitures. For example, one of our Argentina subsidiaries is currently defending against a criminal complaint alleging the failure to comply with laws requiring the proceeds of export transactions to be collected, reported and/or converted to local currency within specified time periods. We vigorously defend ourselves against all of these claims. In future periods, we could be subjected to cash costs or non-cash charges to earnings if any of these matters is resolved on unfavorable terms. However, although the ultimate outcome of any legal matter cannot be predicted with certainty, based on current information, including our assessment of the merits of the particular claim, we do not expect that these legal proceedings or claims will have any material adverse impact on our future consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
 
In addition, we are subject to a number of lawsuits initiated by a significant number of claimants alleging health problems as a result of exposure to asbestos. A small percentage of claims have been asserted by railroad workers alleging exposure to asbestos products in railroad cars manufactured by The Pullman Company, one of our subsidiaries. Nearly all of the claims are related to alleged exposure to asbestos in our automotive emission control products. Only a small percentage of these claimants allege that they were automobile mechanics and a significant number appear to involve workers in other industries or otherwise do not include sufficient information to determine whether there is any basis for a claim against us. We believe, based on scientific and other evidence, it is unlikely that mechanics were exposed to asbestos by our former muffler products and that, in any event, they would not be at increased risk of asbestos-related disease based on their work with these products. Further, many of these cases involve numerous defendants, with the number of each in some cases exceeding 200 defendants from a variety of industries. Additionally, the plaintiffs either do not specify any, or specify the jurisdictional minimum, dollar amount for damages. As major asbestos manufacturers continue to go out of business or file for bankruptcy, we may experience an increased number of these claims. We vigorously defend ourselves against these claims as part of our ordinary course of business. In future periods, we could be subject to cash costs or non-cash charges to earnings if any of these matters is resolved unfavorably to us. To date, with respect to claims that have proceeded sufficiently through the judicial process, we have regularly achieved favorable resolution. During 2008, voluntary dismissals were initiated on behalf of 635 plaintiffs and are in process; we were dismissed from an additional 74 cases.


32


Table of Contents

Accordingly, we presently believe that these asbestos-related claims will not have a material adverse impact on our future consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
 
ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS.
 
No matters were submitted to the vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of 2008.
 
ITEM 4.1.  EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT.
 
The following provides information concerning the persons who serve as our executive officers as of February 28, 2009.
 
     
Name (and Age at
   
December 31, 2008)
  Offices Held
 
Gregg M. Sherrill (55)
  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Hari N. Nair (48)
  Executive Vice President and President — International
Kenneth R. Trammell (48)
  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Neal A. Yanos (46)
  Executive Vice President, North America
Brent J. Bauer (53)
  Senior Vice President and General Manager — North American Original Equipment Emission Control
Timothy E. Jackson (51)
  Senior Vice President and Chief Technology Officer
Richard P. Schneider (61)
  Senior Vice President — Global Administration
David A. Wardell (54)
  Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary
Michael J. Charlton (50)
  Vice President, Global Supply Chain Management and Manufacturing
Paul D. Novas (50)
  Vice President and Controller
 
Gregg M. Sherrill  — Mr. Sherrill was named the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Tenneco in January 2007. Mr. Sherrill joined us from Johnson Controls Inc., where he served since 1998, most recently as President, Power Solutions. From 2002 to 2003, Mr. Sherrill served as the Vice President and Managing Director of Europe, South Africa and South America for Johnson Controls’ Automotive Systems Group. Prior to joining Johnson Controls, Mr. Sherrill held various engineering and manufacturing assignments over a 22-year span at Ford Motor Company, including Plant Manager of Ford’s Dearborn, Michigan engine plant and Director of Supplier Technical Assistance. Mr. Sherrill became a director of our company in January 2007.
 
Hari N. Nair  — Mr. Nair was named our Executive Vice President and President — International effective March 2007. Previously, Mr. Nair served as Executive Vice President and Managing Director of our business in Europe, South America and India. Before that, he was Senior Vice President and Managing Director — International. Prior to December 2000, Mr. Nair was the Vice President and Managing Director — Emerging Markets. Previously, Mr. Nair was the Managing Director for Tenneco Automotive Asia, based in Singapore and responsible for all operations and development projects in Asia. He began his career with the former Tenneco Inc. in 1987, holding various positions in strategic planning, marketing, business development, quality and finance. Prior to joining Tenneco, Mr. Nair was a senior financial analyst at General Motors Corporation focusing on European operations.
 
Kenneth R. Trammell  — Mr. Trammell has served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since January 2006. Mr. Trammell was named our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in September 2003, having served as our Vice President and Controller since September 1999. From April 1997 to November 1999, he served as Corporate Controller of Tenneco Inc. He joined Tenneco Inc. in May 1996 as Assistant Controller. Before joining Tenneco Inc., Mr. Trammell spent 12 years with the international public accounting firm of Arthur Andersen LLP, last serving as a senior manager.
 
Neal A. Yanos  — Mr. Yanos was named Executive Vice President, North America in July 2008. Prior to that, he served as our Senior Vice President and General Manager — North American Original Equipment


33


Table of Contents

Ride Control and North American Aftermarket since May 2003. He joined our Monroe ride control division as a process engineer in 1988 and since that time has served in a broad range of assignments including product engineering, strategic planning, business development, finance, program management and marketing, including Director of our North American original equipment GM/VW business unit and most recently as our Vice President and General Manager — North American Original Equipment Ride Control from December 2000. Before joining our company, Mr. Yanos was employed in various engineering positions by Sheller Globe Inc. from 1985 to 1988.
 
Brent J. Bauer  — Mr. Bauer joined Tenneco Automotive in August 1996 as a Plant Manager and was named Vice President and General Manager — European Original Equipment Emission Control in September 1999. Mr. Bauer was named Vice President and General Manager — European and North American Original Equipment Emission Control in July 2001. Currently, Mr. Bauer serves as the Senior Vice President and General Manager — North American Original Equipment Emission Control. Prior to joining Tenneco, he was employed at AeroquipVickers Corporation for 20 years in positions of increasing responsibility serving most recently as Director of Operations.
 
Timothy E. Jackson  — Mr. Jackson joined us as Senior Vice President and General Manager — North American Original Equipment and Worldwide Program Management in June 1999. He served in this position until August 2000, at which time he was named Senior Vice President — Global Technology. From 2002 to 2005, Mr. Jackson served as Senior Vice President — Manufacturing, Engineering and Global Technology. In July 2005, Mr. Jackson was named Senior Vice President — Global Technology and General Manager, Asia Pacific. In March 2007, he was named our Chief Technology Officer. Mr. Jackson joined us from ITT Industries where he was President of that company’s Fluid Handling Systems Division. With over 20 years of management experience, 14 within the automotive industry, he was also Chief Executive Officer for HiSAN, a joint venture between ITT Industries and Sanoh Industrial Company. Mr. Jackson has also served in senior management positions at BF Goodrich Aerospace and General Motors Corporation.
 
Richard P. Schneider  — Mr. Schneider was named as our Senior Vice President — Global Administration in 1999 and is responsible for the development and implementation of human resources programs and policies and employee communications activities for our worldwide operations. Prior to 1999, Mr. Schneider served as our Vice President — Human Resources. He joined us in 1994 from International Paper Company where, during his 20 year tenure, he held key positions in labor relations, management development, personnel administration and equal employment opportunity.
 
David A. Wardell  — Mr. Wardell joined Tenneco in May 2007 as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary. He is responsible for managing the company’s worldwide legal affairs including corporate governance. Prior to joining Tenneco, Mr. Wardell was associated with Abbott Laboratories where he held several positions of increasing responsibility, most recently being named Associate General Counsel, Pharmaceutical Products Group Legal Operations in 2005. Before joining Abbott Laboratories, Mr. Wardell spent over ten years in the legal department of Bristol-Myers Squibb Company, where he spent six years living and working in London, England providing legal support to various business units in Europe, the Middle East and Africa. Mr. Wardell started his legal career as a New York County Assistant District Attorney.
 
Michael J. Charlton  — Mr. Charlton was named our Vice President, Global Supply Chain Management and Manufacturing in November 2008. Mr. Charlton served as Tenneco’s Managing Director for India from January 2008 until November 2008. Prior to that, he served as the operations director for the Company’s emission control business in Europe since 2005. Prior to joining Tenneco in 2005, Mr. Charlton held a variety of positions of increasing responsibility at TRW Automotive, the most recent being Lead Director, European Purchasing and Operations for the United Kingdom.
 
Paul D. Novas  — Mr. Novas was named our Vice President and Controller in July 2006. Mr. Novas served as Vice President, Finance and Administration for Tenneco Europe from January 2004 until July 2006 and as Vice President and Treasurer of Tenneco from November 1999 until January 2004. Mr. Novas joined Tenneco in 1996 as assistant treasurer responsible for corporate finance and North American treasury


34


Table of Contents

operations. Prior to joining Tenneco, Mr. Novas worked in the treasurer’s office of General Motors Corporation for ten years.
 
PART II
 
ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS, AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.
 
Our outstanding shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share, are listed on the New York and Chicago Stock Exchanges. The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low sales prices of our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transactions Tape.
 
                 
    Sales Prices  
Quarter
  High     Low  
 
2008
               
1st
  $ 29.41     $ 20.18  
2nd
    30.41       13.52  
3rd
    16.92       9.58  
4th
    10.63       1.31  
2007
               
1st
  $ 27.34     $ 23.04  
2nd
    35.81       25.49  
3rd
    37.73       28.11  
4th
    33.46       24.16  
 
As of February 23, 2009, there were approximately 21,403 holders of record of our common stock, including brokers and other nominees.
 
The declaration of dividends on our common stock is at the discretion of our Board of Directors. The Board has not adopted a dividend policy as such; subject to legal and contractual restrictions, its decisions regarding dividends are based on all considerations that in its business judgment are relevant at the time. These considerations may include past and projected earnings, cash flows, economic, business and securities market conditions and anticipated developments concerning our business and operations.
 
We are highly leveraged and restricted with respect to the payment of dividends under the terms of our financing arrangements. On January 10, 2001, we announced that our Board of Directors eliminated the regular quarterly dividend on the Company’s common stock. The Board took this action in response to then-current industry conditions, primarily greater than anticipated production volume reductions by OEMs in North America and continued softness in the global aftermarket. We have not paid dividends on our common stock since the fourth quarter of 2000. There are no current plans to reinstate a dividend on our common stock, as the Board of Directors intends to retain any earnings for use in our business for the foreseeable future. For additional information concerning our payment of dividends, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included in Item 7.
 
See “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters” included in Item 12 for information regarding securities authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plans.


35


Table of Contents

Purchase of equity securities by the issuer and affiliated purchasers
 
The following table provides information relating to our purchase of shares of our common stock in the fourth quarter of 2008. All of these purchases reflect shares withheld upon vesting of restricted stock to satisfy minimum tax withholding obligations.
 
                 
    Total Number of
    Average Price
 
Period
  Shares Purchased     Paid  
 
October 2008
    1,506     $ 3.18  
November 2008
           
December 2008
    983       2.91  
                 
Total
    2,489     $ 3.07  
 
We presently have no publicly announced repurchase plan or program, but intend to continue to satisfy statutory minimum tax withholding obligations in connection with the vesting of outstanding restricted stock through the withholding of shares.
 
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
 
None.


36


Table of Contents

Share Performance
 
The following graph shows a five year comparison of the cumulative total stockholder return on Tenneco’s common stock as compared to the cumulative total return of two other indexes: a custom composite index (“Peer Group”) and the Standard & Poor’s 500 Composite Stock Price Index. The companies included in the Peer Group are: ArvinMeritor Inc., American Axle & Manufacturing Co., Borg Warner Inc., Cummins Inc., Johnson Controls Inc., Lear Corp., Magna International Inc. and TRW Automotive Holdings Corp. (beginning in the second quarter of 2004). These comparisons assume an initial investment of $100 and the reinvestment of dividends.
 
COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*
Among Tenneco, Inc., The S&P 500 Index
And A Peer Group
 
(PERFORMANCE GRAPH)
 
$100 invested on 12/31/03 in stock or index, including reinvestment of dividends.
Fiscal year ending December 31.
 
Copyright © 2009 S&P, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies Inc. All rights reserved.
 
                                                             
      12/31/03       12/31/04       12/31/05       12/31/06       12/31/07       12/31/08  
Tenneco Inc. 
      100.00         257.70         293.12         369.51         389.69         44.10  
S&P 500
      100.00         110.88         116.33         134.70         142.10         89.53  
Peer Group
      100.00         110.56         108.17         125.10         164.30         69.61  
                                                             
 
The graph and other information furnished in the section titled “Share Performance” under this Part II, Item 5 of this Form 10-K shall not be deemed to be “soliciting” material or to be “filed” with the Securities and Exchange Commission or subject to Regulation 14A or 14C, or to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


37


Table of Contents

ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.
 
TENNECO INC. AND CONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARIES
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
                                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006     2005     2004(a)(b)  
    (Millions Except Share and Per Share Amounts)  
 
Statements of Income (Loss) Data:
                                       
Net sales and operating revenues —
                                       
North America
  $ 2,641     $ 2,910     $ 1,963     $ 2,033     $ 1,966  
Europe, South America and India
    2,983       3,135       2,387       2,110       1,940  
Asia Pacific
    543       560       436       371       380  
Intergroup sales
    (251 )     (421 )     (104 )     (74 )     (73 )
                                         
    $ 5,916     $ 6,184     $ 4,682     $ 4,440     $ 4,213  
                                         
Income (loss) before interest expense, income taxes, and minority interest —
                                       
North America
  $ (107 )   $ 120     $ 103     $ 148     $ 131  
Europe, South America and India
    85       99       81       53       19  
Asia Pacific
    19       33       12       16       20  
                                         
Total
    (3 )     252       196       217       170  
Interest expense (net of interest capitalized)
    113       164       136       133       178  
Income tax expense (benefit)
    289       83       5       26       (21 )
Minority interest
    10       10       6       2       4  
                                         
Net income (loss)
  $ (415 )   $ (5 )   $ 49     $ 56     $ 9  
                                         
Average number of shares of common stock outstanding
                                       
Basic
    46,406,095       45,809,730       44,625,220       43,088,558       41,534,810  
Diluted
    46,406,095       45,809,730       46,755,573       45,321,225       44,180,460  
Basic earnings (loss) per share of common stock
  $ (8.95 )   $ (0.11 )   $ 1.11     $ 1.30     $ 0.22  
Diluted earnings (loss) per share of common stock
  $ (8.95 )   $ (0.11 )   $ 1.05     $ 1.24     $ 0.21  
 
                                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006     2005     2004(a)(b)  
    (Millions Except Ratio and Percent Amounts)  
 
Balance Sheet Data:
                                       
Total assets
  $ 2,828     $ 3,590     $ 3,274     $ 2,945     $ 3,134  
Short-term debt
    49       46       28       22       19  
Long-term debt
    1,402       1,328       1,357       1,361       1,402  
Minority interest
    31       31       28       24       24  
Shareholders’ equity
    (251 )     400       226       137       170  
Statement of Cash Flows Data:
                                       
Net cash provided by operating activities
  $ 160     $ 158     $ 203     $ 123     $ 218  
Net cash used by investing activities
    (261 )     (202 )     (172 )     (164 )     (131 )
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities
    58       (10 )     12       (28 )     (15 )
Cash payments for plant, property and equipment
    (233 )     (177 )     (177 )     (140 )     (132 )


38


Table of Contents

                                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006     2005     2004(a)(b)  
    (Millions Except Ratio and Percent Amounts)  
 
Other Data:
                                       
EBITDA including minority interest(c)
  $ 219     $ 457     $ 380     $ 394     $ 347  
Ratio of EBITDA including minority interest to interest expense
    1.94       2.79       2.79       2.96       1.95  
Ratio of total debt to EBITDA including minority interest
    6.63       3.01       3.64       3.51       4.10  
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(d)
          1.46       1.35       1.55        
 
 
NOTE: Our consolidated financial statements for the three years ended December 31, 2008, which are discussed in the following notes, are included in this Form 10-K under Item 8.
 
(a) Prior to the first quarter of 2005, inventories in the U.S. based operations (17 percent of our total consolidated inventories at December 31, 2004) were valued using the last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) method and all other inventories were valued using the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) or average cost methods at the lower of cost or market value. Effective January 1, 2005, we changed our accounting method for valuing inventory for our U.S. based operations from the LIFO method to the FIFO method. As a result, all U.S. inventories are now stated at the lower of cost, determined on a FIFO basis, or market. We elected to change to the FIFO method as we believe it is preferable for the following reasons: 1) the change provides better matching of revenue and expenditures and 2) the change achieves greater consistency in valuing our global inventory. Additionally, we initially adopted LIFO as it provided certain U.S. tax benefits which we no longer realize due to our U.S. net operating losses (when applied for tax purposes, tax laws require that LIFO be applied for accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) as well). In accordance with GAAP, the change in inventory accounting has been applied by restating prior years’ consolidated financial statements.
 
(b) In October 2004 and July 2005, we announced a change in the structure of our organization which changed the components of our reportable segments. The European segment now includes our South American and Indian operations. While this has no impact on our consolidated results, it changes our segment results.
 
(c) EBITDA including minority interest is a non-GAAP measure defined as net income before extraordinary items, cumulative effect of changes in accounting principle, interest expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization and minority interest. We use EBITDA including minority interest, together with GAAP measures, to evaluate and compare our operating performance on a consistent basis between time periods and with other companies that compete in our markets but which may have different capital structures and tax positions, which can have an impact on the comparability of interest expense, minority interest and tax expense. We also believe that using this measure allows us to understand and compare operating performance both with and without depreciation expense, which can vary based on several factors. We believe EBITDA including minority interest is useful to our investors and other parties for these same reasons.
 
EBITDA including minority interest should not be used as a substitute for net income or for net cash provided by operating activities prepared in accordance with GAAP. It should also be noted that EBITDA including minority interest may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies and, furthermore, that it excludes expenditures for debt financing, taxes and future capital requirements that are essential to our ongoing business operations. For these reasons, EBITDA including minority interest is of value to management and investors only as a supplement to, and not in lieu of, GAAP results. EBITDA including minority interest is derived from the statements of income (loss) as follows:
 
                                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006     2005     2004(a)  
    (Millions)  
 
Net income (loss)
  $ (415 )   $ (5 )   $ 49     $ 56     $ 9  
Minority interest
    10       10       6       2       4  
Income tax expense (benefit)
    289       83       5       26       (21 )
Interest expense, net of interest capitalized
    113       164       136       133       178  
Depreciation and amortization of other intangibles
    222       205       184       177       177  
                                         
Total EBITDA including minority interest
  $ 219     $ 457     $ 380     $ 394     $ 347  
                                         
 
(d) For purposes of computing this ratio, earnings generally consist of income before income taxes and fixed charges excluding capitalized interest. Fixed charges consist of interest expense, the portion of rental expense considered representative of the interest factor and capitalized interest. Earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges by $121 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 and by $9 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. See Exhibit 12 to this Form 10-K for the calculation of this ratio.

39


Table of Contents

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.
 
As you read the following review of our financial condition and results of operations, you should also read our consolidated financial statements and related notes beginning on page 69.
 
Executive Summary
 
We are one of the world’s leading manufacturers of automotive emission control and ride control products and systems. We serve both original equipment (OE) vehicle designers and manufacturers and the repair and replacement markets, or aftermarket, globally through leading brands, including Monroe ® , Rancho ® , Clevite ® Elastomers and Fric Rot tm ride control products and Walker ® , Fonos tm , and Gillet tm emission control products. Worldwide we serve more than 37 different original equipment manufacturers, and our products or systems are included on eight of the top 10 passenger car models produced for sale in Europe and eight of the top 10 light truck models produced for sale in North America for 2008. Our aftermarket customers are comprised of full-line and specialty warehouse distributors, retailers, jobbers, installer chains and car dealers. We operate 83 manufacturing facilities worldwide and employ approximately 21,000 people to service our customers’ demands.
 
The recent unprecedented deterioration in the global economy and global credit markets has negatively impacted global business activity in general, and specifically the automotive industry in which we operate. The market turmoil and tightening of credit, as well as the recent and dramatic decline in the housing market in the United States and Western Europe, have led to a lack of consumer confidence evidenced by a rapid decline in light vehicle purchases in 2008. Light vehicle production decreased by 16 percent in North America and five percent in Europe in 2008 from 2007 levels. General Motors, Ford and Chrysler in particular are burdened with substantial structural cost, such as pension and healthcare, that have impacted their profitability, and may ultimately result in severe financial difficulty, including bankruptcy.
 
In response to current economic conditions, some of our customers are expected to eliminate certain light vehicle models in order to remain financially viable. Changes in the models produced by our customers may have an adverse effect on our market share. Additionally, while we expect that light vehicle production volumes will recover in future years, continued declines in consumer demand may have an adverse effect on the financial condition of our OE customers, and on our future results of operations.
 
General Motors, Ford and Chrysler represented 20%, 11% and 2%, respectively, of our 2008 net sales and operating revenues. As of December 31, 2008, we had net receivables due from General Motors, Ford and Chrysler in North America that totaled $142 million. Financial difficulties at any of our major customers could have an adverse impact on the level of our future revenues and collection of our receivables if such customers were unable to pay for the products we provide or we experience a loss of, or significant reduction in, business from such customers. In addition, a bankruptcy filing by a significant customer could result in a condition of default under our U.S. accounts receivables securitization agreement, which would have an adverse effect on our liquidity.
 
Continued deterioration in the industry, or the bankruptcy or one or more of our major customers, may have an impact on our ability to meet future financial covenants which would require us to enter into negotiations with our senior credit lenders to request additional covenant relief. Such conditions and events may also result in incremental charges related to impairment of goodwill, intangible assets and long-lived assets, and in charges to record an additional valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets.
 
In the event that such financial difficulties or the bankruptcy of one of our major customers diminishes our future revenues or collection of receivables, we would pursue a range of actions to meet our cash flow needs. Such actions include additional restructuring initiatives and other cost reductions, sales of assets, reductions to working capital and capital spending, issuance of equity and other alternatives to enhance our financial and operating position.
 
Factors that continue to be critical to our success include winning new business awards, managing our overall global manufacturing footprint to ensure proper placement and workforce levels in line with business


40


Table of Contents

needs, maintaining competitive wages and benefits, maximizing efficiencies in manufacturing processes, fixing or eliminating unprofitable businesses and reducing overall costs. In addition, our ability to adapt to key industry trends, such as a shift in consumer preferences to other vehicles in response to higher fuel costs and other economic and social factors, increasing technologically sophisticated content, changing aftermarket distribution channels, increasing environmental standards and extended product life of automotive parts, also play a critical role in our success. Other factors that are critical to our success include adjusting to economic challenges such as increases in the cost of raw materials and our ability to successfully reduce the impact of any such cost increases through material substitutions, cost reduction initiatives and other methods.
 
We have a substantial amount of indebtedness. As such, our ability to generate cash — both to fund operations and service our debt — is also a significant area of focus for our company. See “Liquidity and Capital Resources” below for further discussion of cash flows and “Risk Factors” included in Item 1A.
 
Total revenues for 2008 were $5.9 billion, a four percent decrease compared to 2007. Excluding the impact of currency and substrate sales, revenue was down $177 million, or four percent, driven primarily by lower OE production in North America, Europe and China and lower European aftermarket sales. Partially offsetting these declines were increased North American aftermarket sales and higher sales in South America and India.
 
Gross margin for 2008 was 14.4 percent, down 1.4 percentage points from 15.8 percent in 2007. Lower OE production volumes, the vehicle mix shift away from light trucks, manufacturing fixed cost absorption and currency losses negatively impacted overall gross margin. Partially offsetting these declines were the contributions from our new platform launches and lower restructuring charges.
 
Selling, general and administrative expense was down $7 million in 2008, at $392 million, including $22 million in restructuring and restructuring-related expense and $7 million in aftermarket changeover costs, compared to $399 million in 2007 which included $3 million in restructuring and restructuring-related expense and $5 million in aftermarket changeover costs. Lower administrative costs and intense efforts to cut discretionary spending drove the improvement. Engineering expense was $127 million and $114 million in 2008 and 2007, respectively, as we continued to make strategic investments in preparation for new platform launches and in the technology necessary for capturing future growth opportunities. In total, we reported selling, general, administrative and engineering expenses in 2008 at 8.8 percent of revenues, as compared to 8.3 percent of revenues in 2007.
 
Earnings before interest expense, taxes and minority interest (“EBIT”) was a loss of $3 million for 2008 compared to earnings of $252 million in 2007. Lower OE production, manufacturing fixed cost absorption, higher depreciation, restructuring and aftermarket changeover costs, the impact of the goodwill impairment charge and the negative impact of currency more than accounted for the year-over-year decline. Partially offsetting the decline were the contributions from our new platform launches, lower selling, general and administrative costs, and savings from our restructuring activities.
 
Results from Operations
 
Net Sales and Operating Revenues for Years 2008 and 2007
 
The following tables reflect our revenues for the years of 2008 and 2007. We present these reconciliations of revenues in order to reflect the trend in our sales in various product lines and geographic regions separately from the effects of doing business in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. We have not reflected any currency impact in the 2007 table since this is the base period for measuring the effects of currency during 2008 on our operations. We believe investors find this information useful in understanding period-to-period comparisons in our revenues.
 
Additionally, we show the component of our revenue represented by substrate sales in the following table. While we generally have primary design, engineering and manufacturing responsibility for OE emission control systems, we do not manufacture substrates. Substrates are porous ceramic filters coated with a catalyst — precious metals such as platinum, palladium and rhodium. These are supplied to us by Tier 2 suppliers and directed by our OE customers. We generally earn a small margin on these components of the


41


Table of Contents

system. As the need for more sophisticated emission control solutions increases to meet more stringent environmental regulations, and as we capture more diesel aftertreatment business, these substrate components have been increasing as a percentage of our revenue. While these substrates dilute our gross margin percentage, they are a necessary component of an emission control system. We view the growth of substrates as a key indicator that our value-add content in an emission control system is moving toward the higher technology hot-end gas and diesel business.
 
Our value-add content in an emission control system includes designing the system to meet environmental regulations through integration of the substrates into the system, maximizing use of thermal energy to heat up the catalyst quickly, efficiently managing airflow to reduce back pressure as the exhaust stream moves past the catalyst, managing the expansion and contraction of the emission control system components due to temperature extremes experienced by an emission control system, using advanced acoustic engineering tools to design the desired exhaust sound, minimizing the opportunity for the fragile components of the substrate to be damaged when we integrate it into the emission control system and reducing unwanted noise, vibration and harshness transmitted through the emission control system.
 
We present these substrate sales separately in the following table because we believe investors utilize this information to understand the impact of this portion of our revenues on our overall business and because it removes the impact of potentially volatile precious metals pricing from our revenues. While our original equipment customers generally assume the risk of precious metals pricing volatility, it impacts our reported revenues. Excluding “substrate” catalytic converter and diesel particulate filter sales removes this impact.
 
                                         
    Year Ended December 31, 2008  
                            Revenues
 
                      Substrate
    Excluding
 
                Revenues
    Sales
    Currency and
 
          Currency
    Excluding
    Excluding
    Substrate
 
    Revenues     Impact     Currency     Currency     Sales  
    (Millions)  
 
North America Original Equipment
                                       
Ride Control
  $ 493     $ (5 )   $ 498     $     $ 498  
Emission Control
    1,591       (2 )     1,593       773       820  
                                         
Total North America Original Equipment
    2,084       (7 )     2,091       773       1,318  
North America Aftermarket
                                       
Ride Control
    390             390             390  
Emission Control
    156             156             156  
                                         
Total North America Aftermarket
    546             546             546  
Total North America
    2,630       (7 )     2,637       773       1,864  
Europe Original Equipment
                                       
Ride Control
    479       27       452             452  
Emission Control
    1,487       54       1,433       498       935  
                                         
Total Europe Original Equipment
    1,966       81       1,885       498       1,387  
Europe Aftermarket
                                       
Ride Control
    213       10       203             203  
Emission Control
    190       7       183             183  
                                         
Total Europe Aftermarket
    403       17       386             386  
South America & India
    389       17       372       52       320  
Total Europe, South America & India
    2,758       115       2,643       550       2,093  
Asia
    342       29       313       101       212  
Australia
    186       6       180       15       165  
                                         
Total Asia Pacific
    528       35       493       116       377  
                                         
Total Tenneco
  $ 5,916     $ 143     $ 5,773     $ 1,439     $ 4,334  
                                         


42


Table of Contents

                                         
    Year Ended December 31, 2007  
                            Revenues
 
                      Substrate
    Excluding
 
                Revenues
    Sales
    Currency and
 
          Currency
    Excluding
    Excluding
    Substrate
 
    Revenues     Impact     Currency     Currency     Sales  
    (Millions)  
 
North America Original Equipment
                                       
Ride Control
  $ 514     $     $ 514     $     $ 514  
Emission Control
    1,850             1,850       924       926  
                                         
Total North America Original Equipment
    2,364             2,364       924       1,440  
North America Aftermarket
                                       
Ride Control
    385             385             385  
Emission Control
    152             152             152  
                                         
Total North America Aftermarket
    537             537             537  
Total North America
    2,901             2,901       924       1,977  
Europe Original Equipment
                                       
Ride Control
    427             427             427  
Emission Control
    1,569             1,569       556       1,013  
                                         
Total Europe Original Equipment
    1,996             1,996       556       1,440  
Europe Aftermarket
                                       
Ride Control
    201             201             201  
Emission Control
    207             207             207  
                                         
Total Europe Aftermarket
    408             408             408  
South America & India
    333             333       41       292  
Total Europe, South America and India
    2,737             2,737       597       2,140  
Asia
    352             352       125       227  
Australia
    194             194       27       167  
                                         
Total Asia Pacific
    546             546       152       394  
                                         
Total Tenneco
  $ 6,184     $     $ 6,184     $ 1,673     $ 4,511  
                                         
 
Revenues from our North American operations decreased $271 million in 2008 compared to 2007. Higher aftermarket sales were more than offset by lower North American OE revenues. North American OE emission control revenues were down $259 million in 2008. Excluding substrate sales and currency, revenues were down $106 million compared to last year. This decrease was primarily due to a 16% year-over-year decline in industry production volumes, including a temporary stop of production on the Toyota Tundra, as well as significant reduction in customer light truck production which included the Ford Super Duty and F150, GMT 900 and the Chevrolet Trailblazer and GMC Envoy. North American OE ride control revenues for 2008 were down $21 million from the prior year or down $16 million excluding unfavorable currency. Revenues of $84 million from our recently acquired Kettering, Ohio ride-control operations helped offset the significantly lower light truck production. Our total North American OE revenues, excluding substrate sales and currency, decreased nine percent in 2008 compared to 2007. The North American light truck production rate decreased 25 percent while production rates for passenger cars decreased three percent. Aftermarket revenues for North America were $546 million in 2008, an increase of $9 million compared to the prior year, driven by higher volumes in both product lines as well as higher pricing to offset material cost increases. Aftermarket ride control revenues increased one percent in 2008 while aftermarket emission control revenues increased three percent in 2008.
 
Our European, South American and Indian segment’s revenues increased $21 million or one percent in 2008 compared to last year. Total Europe OE revenues were $1,966 million, down one percent from last year. Excluding favorable currency and substrate sales, total European OE revenue was down four percent while total light vehicle production for Europe was down five percent. Europe OE emission control revenues decreased five percent to $1,487 million from $1,569 million in the prior year. Excluding substrate sales and a favorable impact of $54 million due to currency, Europe OE emission control revenues decreased eight percent from 2007, primarily


43


Table of Contents

due to lower volumes on the Opel Astra and Vectra, the BMW 3 Series and Volvo. Improved volumes on the BMW 1 series, VW Golf, the new Jaguar XF, and the Ford Mondea and C-Max helped partially offset the emission control decrease. Europe OE ride control revenues of $479 million in 2008 were up 12 percent year-over-year. Excluding currency, revenues increased by six percent in 2008 due to favorable volumes on the Suzuki Splash, VW Passat and Transporter, Ford Focus, the new Mazda 2 and Mercedes C-class. Also benefiting 2008 Europe OE ride control revenues were $18 million from our recently acquired suspension business of Gruppo Marzocchi. European aftermarket revenues decreased $5 million in 2008 compared to last year. When adjusted for currency, aftermarket revenues were down $22 million year-over-year. Excluding the $10 million favorable impact of currency, ride control aftermarket revenues were $2 million better when compared to prior year. Emission control aftermarket revenues were down $24 million, excluding $7 million in currency benefit, due to overall market declines. South American and Indian revenues were $389 million during 2008, compared to $333 million in the prior year. Stronger OE and aftermarket sales and currency appreciation drove this increase.
 
Revenues from our Asia Pacific segment decreased $18 million to $528 million in 2008 compared to $546 million in 2007. Excluding the impact of substrate sales and currency, revenues decreased to $377 million from $394 million in the prior year. Asian revenues for 2008 were $342 million, down three percent from last year. Although overall China OE production was up slightly, GM, Volkswagen, Ford and Brilliance, our largest customers in this region, all took unplanned downtime during the year. Revenues for Australia were down $8 million, to $186 million in 2008 compared to $194 million in the prior year. Excluding substrate sales and favorable currency of $6 million, Australian revenue was down $2 million versus 2007.
 
Net Sales and Operating Revenues for Years 2007 and 2006
 
The following tables reflect our revenues for the years of 2007 and 2006. See “Net Sales and Operating Revenues for Years 2008 and 2007” for a description of why we present these reconciliations of revenue.
 
                                         
    Year Ended December 31, 2007  
                            Revenues
 
                      Substrate
    Excluding
 
                Revenues
    Sales
    Currency and
 
          Currency
    Excluding
    Excluding
    Substrate
 
    Revenues     Impact     Currency     Currency     Sales  
    (Millions)  
 
North America Original Equipment
                                       
Ride Control
  $ 514     $     $ 514     $     $ 514  
Emission Control
    1,850       5       1,845       924       921  
                                         
Total North America Original Equipment
    2,364       5       2,359       924       1,435  
North America Aftermarket
                                       
Ride Control
    385             385             385  
Emission Control
    152             152             152  
                                         
Total North America Aftermarket
    537             537             537  
Total North America
    2,901       5       2,896       924       1,972  
Europe Original Equipment
                                       
Ride Control
    427       37       390             390  
Emission Control
    1,569       120       1,449       511       938  
                                         
Total Europe Original Equipment
    1,996       157       1,839       511       1,328  
Europe Aftermarket
                                       
Ride Control
    201       15       186             186  
Emission Control
    207       16       191             191  
                                         
Total Europe Aftermarket
    408       31       377             377  
South America & India
    333       24       309       39       270  
Total Europe, South America & India
    2,737       212       2,525       550       1,975  
Asia
    352       15       337       123       214  
Australia
    194       23       171       25       146  
                                         
Total Asia Pacific
    546       38       508       148       360  
                                         
Total Tenneco
  $ 6,184     $ 255     $ 5,929     $ 1,622     $ 4,307  
                                         


44


Table of Contents

                                         
    Year Ended December 31, 2006  
                            Revenues
 
                      Substrate
    Excluding
 
                Revenues
    Sales
    Currency and
 
          Currency
    Excluding
    Excluding
    Substrate
 
    Revenues     Impact     Currency     Currency     Sales  
    (Millions)  
 
North America Original Equipment
                                       
Ride Control
  $ 483     $     $ 483     $     $ 483  
Emission Control
    928             928       272       656  
                                         
Total North America Original Equipment
    1,411             1,411       272       1,139  
North America Aftermarket
                                       
Ride Control
    383             383             383  
Emission Control
    162             162             162  
                                         
Total North America Aftermarket
    545             545             545  
Total North America
    1,956             1,956       272       1,684  
Europe Original Equipment
                                       
Ride Control
    380             380             380  
Emission Control
    1,264             1,264       519       745  
                                         
Total Europe Original Equipment
    1,644             1,644       519       1,125  
Europe Aftermarket
                                       
Ride Control
    178             178             178  
Emission Control
    211             211             211  
                                         
Total Europe Aftermarket
    389             389             389  
South America & India
    272             272       32       240  
Total Europe, South America and India
    2,305             2,305       551       1,754  
Asia
    246             246       85       161  
Australia
    175             175       19       156  
                                         
Total Asia Pacific
    421             421       104       317  
                                         
Total Tenneco
  $ 4,682     $     $ 4,682     $ 927     $ 3,755  
                                         
 
Revenues from our North American operations increased $945 million in 2007 compared to 2006. Higher sales from new North American OE platform launches more than offset lower aftermarket revenues. Total North American OE revenues increased 68 percent to $2,364 million in 2007 from $1,411 million in 2006. North American OE emission control revenues were up 99 percent to $1,850 million, from $928 million in 2006. Substrate emission control sales excluding currency increased 239 percent to $924 million, from $272 million in 2006. Excluding substrate sales and currency impact, OE emission control sales increased 41 percent from 2006. This increase was primarily due to significant new OE platform launches which included GM’s Lambda crossover, the Ford Super Duty gas and diesel pick-up trucks, GM’s light duty pick-up trucks and vans with Duramax diesel engines, Toyota’s Tundra gasoline pick-up truck, the International Truck and Engine medium duty diesel platform, GM’s three-quarter ton gasoline powered pick-up trucks, and the Dodge Ram three-quarter ton diesel pick-up truck. North American OE ride control revenues for 2007 increased seven percent from 2006. Expanded ride-control content on the GMT900 platform, the launch of the GMT360 platform, and strong sales of Chrysler’s Jeep Wrangler, and Ford Ranger and Superduty, was partially offset by lower ride-control commercial vehicle sales. Total North American light vehicle production fell by two percent in 2007 with a seven percent production decrease in passenger cars being partially offset by a three percent increase in light truck production. Aftermarket revenues for North America were $537 million in 2007, representing a decrease of $8 million compared to 2006. Volume decreases on our continuing business were partially offset by new customer wins and price increases to recover steel costs.


45


Table of Contents

Aftermarket ride control revenues were $385 million in 2007, an increase of $2 million from 2006. Aftermarket emission control revenues were $152 million in 2007, down $10 million from 2006.
 
Our European, South American and Indian segment’s revenues increased $432 million or 19 percent in 2007 compared to 2006. Total Europe OE revenues were $1,996 million, up 21 percent from 2006. Excluding favorable currency and substrate sales, total European OE revenue was up 18 percent while total light vehicle production for Europe was up six percent. Europe OE emission control revenues increased 24 percent to $1,569 million from $1,264 million in 2006. Excluding the impact of $120 million of favorable currency and $511 million in substrate sales, OE emission control revenues increased 26 percent from 2006 due to a growing position on the hot-end of exhaust platforms, new launches and higher OE volumes on the BMW 1 and 3-Series, Daimler’s Sprinter, C – Class, and Smart, Volvo’s V50 and V70, PSA’s Picasso and Ford’s Mondeo. Europe OE ride control revenues increased by $47 million in 2007, up 12 percent from $380 million in 2006. Excluding currency, revenues increased by three percent in 2007 due to improved volumes on the Ford Focus, Ford Galaxy and Mondeo with electronic shocks, Dacia Logan, VW Transporter, Mazda 2, and Mercedes C – Class with electronic shocks, partially offset with lower volumes on the Audi A4 and a shift in some production for the Audi A6 to our Chinese operations. European aftermarket sales were $408 million in 2007 compared to $389 million in 2006. Excluding $31 million of favorable currency, European aftermarket revenues declined three percent in 2007 compared to 2006. Ride control aftermarket revenues, excluding the impact of currency, were up five percent from 2006, reflecting strong volumes and improved pricing. Emission control aftermarket revenues were down nine percent, excluding $16 million in currency benefit, due to lower volumes which more than offset improved pricing. South American and Indian revenues were $333 million in 2007, compared to $272 million in 2006. Stronger OE and aftermarket sales and currency appreciation drove this increase.
 
Revenues from our Asia Pacific segment, which includes Asia and Australia, increased $125 million to $546 million in 2007, as compared to $421 million in 2006. Excluding the impact of substrate sales and currency, Asian revenues increased $53 million in 2007 compared to 2006 driven by higher OE sales in China due to new launches and higher emission control volumes on existing platforms. In Australia, industry OE production declines negatively impacted revenues. Excluding substrate sales and favorable currency of $23 million, Australian revenue was down $10 million due to lower volumes.
 
Earnings before Interest Expense, Income Taxes and Minority Interest (“EBIT”) for Years 2008 and 2007
 
                         
    Year Ended
       
    December 31,        
    2008     2007     Change  
    (Millions)  
 
North America
  $ (107 )   $ 120     $ (227 )
Europe, South America and India
    85       99       (14 )
Asia Pacific
    19       33       (14 )
                         
    $ (3 )   $ 252     $ (255 )
                         


46


Table of Contents

The EBIT results shown in the preceding table include the following items, discussed below under “Restructuring and Other Charges” and “Liquidity and Capital Resources — Capitalization”, which have an effect on the comparability of EBIT results between periods:
 
                 
    Year Ended
 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
    (Millions)  
 
North America
               
Restructuring and restructuring-related expenses
  $ 16     $ 3  
New aftermarket customer changeover costs(1)
    7       5  
Goodwill impairment charge(2)
    114        
Europe, South America and India
               
Restructuring and restructuring-related expenses
    22       22  
Asia Pacific
               
Restructuring and restructuring-related expenses
    2        
 
 
(1) Represents costs associated with changing new aftermarket customers from their prior suppliers to an inventory of our products. Although our aftermarket business regularly incurs changeover costs, we specifically identify in the table above those changeover costs that, based on the size or number of customers involved, we believe are of an unusual nature for the period in which they were incurred.
 
(2) Non-cash asset impairment charge related to goodwill for Tenneco’s 1996 acquisition of Clevite Industries.
 
EBIT for North American operations was a loss of $107 million in 2008, a decrease of $227 million from $120 million of earnings one year ago. OE industry production volume declines and unfavorable product mix from reduced sales on light trucks negatively impacted EBIT by $89 million. SUV and pick-up truck business accounted for 54 percent of 2008 revenues compared to 72 percent of 2007 revenues. Lower manufacturing cost absorption driven by significant downward changes to customer production schedules reduced EBIT by an additional $31 million. Higher depreciation expense related to capital expenditures to support our sizeable 2007 emission control platform launches further reduced EBIT. North America’s 2008 EBIT was also negatively impacted by $16 million in restructuring and restructuring-related costs, goodwill impairment charge of $114 million, changeover costs for new aftermarket customers of $7 million and unfavorable currency exchange of $20 million, related to the Mexican Peso and Canadian dollar. These decreases were partially offset by higher aftermarket volumes and new OE platform launches in both emission and ride control business which combined to impact EBIT favorably by $29 million as well as focused spending reduction efforts to help counter the eroding North American industry environment, mainly in lower selling, general and administrative costs. Restructuring and restructuring-related costs of $3 million and changeover costs for new aftermarket customers of $5 million were included in 2007 EBIT.
 
Our European, South American and Indian segment’s EBIT was $85 million for 2008, down $14 million from $99 million in 2007. OE production volume declines, unfavorable vehicle mix, lower aftermarket sales volumes and related manufacturing fixed cost absorption had a combined $45 million unfavorable impact on 2008 EBIT. Currency further reduced EBIT by $6 million. These decreases were partially offset by the impact of our new OE platform launches, improved pricing, restructuring savings, and reduced SG&A spending due to discretionary spending controls and overhead reduction efforts. Restructuring and restructuring-related expenses of $22 million were included in EBIT for each of 2008 and 2007.
 
EBIT for our Asia Pacific segment, which includes Asia and Australia, decreased $14 million to $19 million in 2008 compared to $33 million in the prior year. Lower OE production volumes and the related manufacturing fixed cost absorption combined to reduce EBIT by $12 million. Favorable currency of $4 million partially offset these declines. Included in Asia Pacific’s 2008 EBIT were $2 million in restructuring and restructuring-related expenses.
 
Currency had a $22 million unfavorable impact on overall company EBIT for 2008, as compared to the prior year.


47


Table of Contents

EBIT for Years 2007 and 2006
 
                         
    Year Ended
       
    December 31,        
    2007     2006     Change  
    (Millions)  
 
North America
  $ 120     $ 103     $ 17  
Europe, South America and India
    99       81       18  
Asia Pacific
    33       12       21  
                         
    $ 252     $ 196     $ 56  
                         
 
The EBIT results shown in the preceding table include the following items, discussed below under “Restructuring and Other Charges” and “Liquidity and Capital Resources — Capitalization”, which have an effect on the comparability of EBIT results between periods:
 
                 
    Year Ended
 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
    (Millions)  
 
North America
               
Restructuring and restructuring-related expenses
  $ 3     $ 13  
New aftermarket customer changeover costs(1)
    5       6  
Pension replacement(2)
          (7 )
Reserve for receivable from former affiliate
          3  
Europe, South America and India
               
Restructuring and restructuring-related expenses
    22       8  
Asia Pacific
               
Restructuring and restructuring-related expenses
          6  
 
 
(1) Represents costs associated with changing new aftermarket customers from their prior suppliers to an inventory of our products. Although our aftermarket business regularly incurs changeover costs, we specifically identify in the table above those changeover costs that, based on the size or number of customers involved, we believe are of an unusual nature for the period in which they were incurred.
 
(2) In August 2006, we announced that we were freezing future accruals under our U.S. defined benefit pension plans for substantially all our U.S. salaried and non-union hourly employees effective December 31, 2006. In lieu of those benefits, we are offering additional benefits under our defined contribution plan.
 
EBIT for North American operations increased to $120 million from $103 million in 2006. The improvement was primarily driven by the $22 million impact of higher OE volumes due to new platform launches, lower selling, general and administrative expenses, manufacturing efficiencies of $25 million driven by Lean and Six Sigma, lower changeover cost and lower restructuring costs of $10 million. These increases were partially offset by higher steel costs of $38 million, incremental launch costs of $2 million, increased spending on engineering and a softer aftermarket. Included in North America’s 2007 EBIT is $3 million in restructuring and restructuring-related expenses and $5 million in customer changeover costs. Included in North America’s 2006 EBIT were $13 million in restructuring and restructuring-related expenses, $6 million in customer changeover costs, $3 million of expense in connection with booking a reserve for a receivable from a former affiliate and a $7 million benefit due to changes to our U.S. retirement plans for salaried and non-union hourly employees described above. Currency had a $1 million favorable impact on North American EBIT for 2007.
 
Our European, South American and Indian segment’s EBIT was $99 million for 2007, up $18 million from $81 million in 2006. Higher OE volumes on existing business and new platform launches had a combined $28 million impact, favorable currency of $10 million, manufacturing efficiencies of $43 million gained through Lean manufacturing and Six Sigma programs drove the improvement. These increases were


48


Table of Contents

partially offset by material cost increases which included $26 million of higher steel costs, higher SG&A of $8 million, net alloy surcharge of $10 million and increased spending on engineering of $5 million. Restructuring and restructuring-related expenses of $22 million were included in EBIT of 2007 compared to $8 million in 2006.
 
EBIT for our Asia Pacific segment, which includes Asia and Australia, increased $21 million to $33 million in 2007 compared to $12 million in 2006. Increased volume had an impact of $10 million driven primarily by OE production and new launches in China, reduced restructuring charges of $6 million and favorable currency of $4 million was partially offset by $5 million of increased steel costs and reduced light vehicle production in Australia. Included in Asia Pacific’s 2006 EBIT were $6 million in restructuring and restructuring-related expenses.
 
Currency had a $15 million favorable impact on overall company EBIT for 2007, as compared to 2006.
 
EBIT as a Percentage of Revenue for Years 2008, 2007 and 2006
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
North America
    (4 )%     4 %     5 %
Europe, South America and India
    3 %     4 %     4 %
Asia Pacific
    4 %     6 %     3 %
Total Tenneco
          4 %     4 %
 
In North America, EBIT as a percentage of revenue for 2008 was down eight percentage points from prior year levels. OE industry production volume declines, unfavorable product mix, lower manufacturing cost absorption driven by significant downward changes to customer production schedules, goodwill impairment charge, higher depreciation expense, and unfavorable currency impact drove the decrease. During 2008, North American results included higher restructuring and restructuring-related charges and aftermarket changeover costs. In Europe, South America and India, EBIT margin for 2008 was down one percentage point from prior year. Lower OE production volumes and the related manufacturing fixed cost absorption, aftermarket sales declines, unfavorable currency impact and increased investments in engineering were partially offset by new platform launches. Restructuring and restructuring-related expenses were the same as prior year. EBIT as a percentage of revenue for our Asia Pacific segment decreased two percentage points in 2008 versus the prior year. OE production volume decreases and manufacturing fixed cost absorption, drove the decline. Favorable currency partially offset the decline in EBIT margin. Asia Pacific 2008 results included higher restructuring and restructuring-related expenses over prior year.
 
In North America, EBIT as a percentage of revenue for 2007 was down one percentage point from 2006 levels. The benefits from our new platform launches, lower selling, general and administrative expenses and manufacturing efficiencies were more than offset by the margin impact from an increase in lower margin substrate sales, lower North American light vehicle production volumes, higher material costs, incremental launch costs, increased investments in engineering and soft aftermarket conditions. During 2007, North American results included lower restructuring and restructuring-related charges and lower aftermarket changeover costs. In Europe, South America and India, EBIT margin for 2007 was flat with 2006. Higher European OE volumes on existing business, new platform launches, favorable currency and manufacturing efficiencies were offset by higher material costs and restructuring charges. Restructuring and restructuring-related expenses were higher than 2006. EBIT as a percentage of revenue for our Asia Pacific segment increased three percentage points in 2007 versus 2006. OE production increases in China, favorable currency and benefits from 2006’s restructuring activities drove the improvement. Lower restructuring and restructuring-related expenses also benefited EBIT margin.
 
Interest Expense, Net of Interest Capitalized
 
We reported interest expense in 2008 of $113 million net of interest capitalized of $6 million ($102 million in our U.S. operations and $11 million in our foreign operations), down from $164 million ($162 million


49


Table of Contents

in our U.S. operations and $2 million in our foreign operations) a year ago. The requirement to mark to market the interest rate swaps described below decreased interest expense by $7 million for 2008, versus a decrease to expense of $6 million in 2007. Included in the 2007 results was $5 million related to a charge to expense the unamortized portion of debt issuance costs related to our amended and restated senior credit facility in connection with our debt refinancing in the first quarter of 2007 and $21 million related to a net charge to expense the costs associated with the tender premium and fees, the write-off of deferred debt issuance costs and the write-off of previously recognized debt issuance premium in connection with our November 2007 refinancing transaction. Interest expense decreased in 2008 compared to the prior year as a result of a decrease in our variable and fixed rate debt and lower rates on both our variable rate debt and a portion of our fixed rate debt.
 
We reported interest expense of $164 million in 2007 compared to $136 million ($134 million in our U.S. operations and $2 million in our foreign operations) in 2006, net of interest capitalized of $6 million in each year. Of the increase, $5 million related to a charge to expense the unamortized portion of debt issuance costs related to our 2003 amended and restated senior credit facility in connection with our debt refinancing in the first quarter of 2007 and $21 million related to a net charge to expense the costs associated with the tender premium and fees, the write-off of deferred debt issuance costs and the write-off of previously recognized debt issuance premium in connection with our November 2007 refinancing transaction. The requirement to mark the fixed-to-floating interest rate swaps to market reduced interest expense by $6 million in 2007 and increased interest expense by $1 million in 2006. The remainder of the change was due to higher borrowing during the year to fund growth.
 
See more detailed explanations on our debt structure, prepayments and the amendment and restatement of our senior credit facility in March 2007 and our November 2007 refinancing transaction, and their impact on our interest expense, in “Liquidity and Capital Resources — Capitalization” later in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis.
 
In April 2004, we entered into fixed-to-floating interest rate swaps covering $150 million of our fixed interest rate debt. The change in market value of these swaps is recorded as part of interest expense and other long-term assets or liabilities. On December 16, 2008, we terminated the swaps. In consideration for the termination of these interest rate swaps we received $6 million in cash. Since entering into these swaps, we have realized a net cumulative benefit of $8 million through December 16, 2008, in reduced interest payments. On December 31, 2008, we had $1.010 billion in long-term debt obligations that have fixed interest rates. Of that amount, $245 million is fixed through July 2013, $500 million is fixed through November 2014, $250 million is fixed through November 2015, and the remainder is fixed from 2009 through 2025. We also have $397 million in long-term debt obligations that are subject to variable interest rates. See Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements of Tenneco Inc. and Consolidated Subsidiaries in Item 8.
 
Income Taxes
 
We reported income tax expense of $289 million in 2008 which included $244 million in tax charges primarily related to recording a valuation allowance against our U.S. deferred tax assets, repatriating cash from Brazil as a result of strong performance in South America over the past several years and changes in foreign tax rates. We reported $83 million of income tax expense in 2007 which included $56 million in tax charges primarily related to a $66 million non-cash tax charge to realign the company’s European ownership structure, partially offset by net tax benefits of $10 million related to a reduction in foreign income tax rates and adjustments for prior year income tax returns. Income tax expense for 2006 was $5 million which include tax benefits of $15 million comprised of a FAS 109 adjustment, adjustments for prior year income tax returns, a Czech investment credit and resolution of tax issues with former affiliates.
 
Restructuring and Other Charges
 
Over the past several years we have adopted plans to restructure portions of our operations. These plans were approved by the Board of Directors and were designed to reduce operational and administrative overhead costs throughout the business. In the fourth quarter of 2001 our Board of Directors approved a restructuring


50


Table of Contents

plan, a project known as Project Genesis, which was designed to lower our fixed costs, relocate capacity, reduce our work force, improve efficiency and utilization, and better optimize our global footprint. We have subsequently engaged in various other restructuring projects related to Project Genesis. We incurred $27 million in restructuring and restructuring-related costs during 2006, of which $23 million was recorded in cost of sales and $4 million was recorded in selling, general and administrative expense. We incurred $25 million in restructuring and restructuring-related costs during 2007, of which $22 million was recorded in cost of sales and $3 million was recorded in selling, general and administrative expense. In 2008, we incurred $40 million in restructuring and restructuring-related costs, of which $17 million was recorded in cost of sales and $23 million was recorded in selling, general, administrative and engineering expense. At December 31, 2008, our restructuring reserve was $22 million, primarily related to actions announced in October 2008, including European head count reductions and North American facility closures and head count reductions, and the remaining obligations for the Wissembourg, France plant closure. At December 31, 2007, our restructuring reserve was $16 million, primarily related to obligations for the Wissembourg, France plant closure.
 
Under the terms of our amended and restated senior credit agreement that took effect on March 16, 2007, we were allowed to exclude $80 million of cash charges and expenses, before taxes, related to cost reduction initiatives incurred after March 16, 2007 from the calculation of the financial covenant ratios required under our senior credit facility. As of December 31, 2008, we had excluded $62 million in allowable charges relating to restructuring initiatives against the $80 million available under the terms of the March 2007 amended and restated senior credit facility.
 
On January 13, 2009, we announced that we will postpone closing an original equipment ride control plant in the United States as part of our current global restructuring program. We still expect, as announced in October 2008, the elimination of 1,100 positions. We now estimate that we will record up to $31 million in charges, of which approximately $25 million represents cash expenditures, in connection with the restructuring program announced in the fourth quarter of 2008. We recorded $24 million of these charges in 2008 and expect to record the remaining $7 million in 2009. We now expect to generate approximately $58 million in annual savings beginning in 2009 related to this restructuring program. Various restructuring projects announced prior to the fourth quarter of 2008 are still being completed, and when complete, will generate an additional $20 million in annual savings.
 
The February 2009 amendment resets the exclusion allowing us to exclude $40 million of cash charges and expenses related to cost reduction initiatives incurred after February 23, 2009.
 
Earnings (Loss) Per Share
 
We reported a net loss of $415 million or $8.95 per diluted common share for 2008, as compared to a net loss of $5 million or $0.11 per diluted common share for 2007. Included in the results for 2008 were negative impacts from expenses related to our restructuring activities, new aftermarket customer changeover costs, a goodwill impairment charge and tax adjustments. The net impact of these items decreased earnings per diluted share by $9.37. Included in the results for 2007 were negative impacts from expenses related to our restructuring activities, new aftermarket customer changeover costs, charges relating to refinancing activities and tax adjustments. The net impact of these items decreased earnings per diluted share by $1.93.
 
We reported a net loss of $5 million or $0.11 per diluted common share for 2007, as compared to net income of $49 million or $1.05 per diluted common share for 2006. Included in the results for 2007 were negative impacts from expenses related to our restructuring activities, new aftermarket customer changeover costs, charges relating to refinancing activities and tax adjustments. The net impact of these items decreased earnings per diluted share by $1.93. Included in the results for 2006 were negative impacts from expenses related to our restructuring activities, new aftermarket customer changeover costs and expense in connection with booking a reserve for a receivable from a former affiliate, partially offset by a positive impact from tax adjustments and a benefit from replacing the defined benefit pension plans in the U.S. The net impact of these items decreased earnings per diluted share by $0.10.


51


Table of Contents

Dividends on Common Stock
 
On January 10, 2001, our Board of Directors eliminated the quarterly dividend on our common stock. There are no current plans to reinstate a dividend on our common stock.
 
Outlook
 
In 2009, OE production schedules are projected to be at their lowest point in decades and the outlook for 2009 is uncertain. According to Global Insight, North American light vehicle production levels are expected to decline an estimated 24 percent in 2009 compared to 2008, with passenger car production levels expected to decrease by 26 percent and light trucks projected to decline by 22 percent. Light vehicle production for 2009 in Europe is projected by Global Insight to fall by 12 percent compared to 2008, with estimated production declines of 13 percent in Western Europe and 10 percent in Eastern Europe. Compared to 2008, Global Insight projects production to fall in South America by 15 percent, but will remain flat in India in 2009. Global Insight also projects that China’s 2009 light vehicle production will increase by three percent over 2008. We anticipate that the global aftermarket for 2009 will be down as a result of the global economic crisis. We will continue to support our strong brands and aggressively pursue new customers, actions that we hope will help offset some of the softness in the aftermarket.
 
We will continue to closely watch market conditions, specifically the credit markets, unemployment rates and trends in light vehicle purchases by consumers. To address the impact of the current global economic conditions, we will focus on cost reduction and cash generation activities including aggressive global restructuring initiatives, continued reduced compensation and benefit actions, ongoing discretionary spending cuts and additional cash generating activities from working capital improvements, especially global inventory reductions and capital spending cuts. While we are tightly controlling engineering spending, we continue to support customer programs and technology needed for environmental mandates.
 
The outlook for the next several quarters and predictions regarding a recovery are uncertain. In the meantime, we will continue to plan conservatively, aggressively manage our cash and stay well-positioned for a recovery. Given these conditions, it is not possible at this time to provide any OE revenue guidance. Future global OE production projections are too unreliable for us to provide guidance regarding our OE revenue growth. However, we will continue to benefit from new stricter emissions regulations. Our highly competitive technology is driving content growth and new business over the next five years in traditional and adjacent markets including on and off-road commercial vehicles and locomotives.
 
Cash Flows for 2008 and 2007
 
                 
    Year Ended
 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
    (Millions)  
 
Cash provided (used) by:
               
Operating activities
  $ 160     $ 158  
Investing activities
    (261 )     (202 )
Financing activities
    58       (10 )
 
Operating Activities
 
For 2008, operating activities provided $160 million in cash compared to $158 million in cash from last year. Cash used for working capital during 2008 was $31 million versus $83 million in 2007. Receivables provided cash of $126 million compared to a use of cash of $116 million in the prior year. The cash provided by receivables reflects an increase of $22 million in securitized accounts receivable. Inventory cash flow represented a cash inflow of $19 million during 2008 versus a cash outflow of $66 million in the prior year. The improvement was primarily due to a significant decrease in cash used for inventories of catalytic converters sourced from South Africa. Accounts payable used cash of $181 million compared to last year’s


52


Table of Contents

cash inflow of $100 million driven by the rapid decline in global production. Cash taxes were $62 million for 2008, compared to $60 million in the prior year.
 
One of our European subsidiaries receives payment from one of its OE customers whereby the accounts receivable are satisfied through the delivery of negotiable financial instruments. We may collect these financial instruments before their maturity date by either selling them at a discount or using them to satisfy accounts receivable that have previously been sold to a European bank. Any of these financial instruments which are not sold are classified as other current assets as they do not meet our definition of cash equivalents. The amount of these financial instruments that was collected before their maturity date and sold at a discount totaled $23 million as of December 31, 2008, compared with $15 million at the same date in 2007. No negotiable financial instruments were held by our European subsidiary as of December 31, 2008 or December 31, 2007.
 
In certain instances several of our Chinese subsidiaries receive payment from OE customers and satisfy vendor payments through the receipt and delivery of negotiable financial instruments. Financial instruments used to satisfy vendor payables and not redeemed totaled $6 million and $23 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and were classified as notes payable. Financial instruments received from OE customers and not redeemed totaled $6 million and $8 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and were classified as other current assets. One of our Chinese subsidiaries that issues its own negotiable financial instruments to pay its vendors is required to maintain a cash balance if they exceed certain credit limits with the financial institution that guarantees those financial instruments. A restricted cash balance was not required at that Chinese subsidiary as of December 31, 2008 and 2007.
 
The negotiable financial instruments received by one of our European subsidiaries and some of our Chinese subsidiaries are checks drawn by our OE customers and guaranteed by their banks that are payable at a future date. The use of these instruments for payment follows local commercial practice. Because negotiable financial instruments are financial obligations of our customers and are guaranteed by our customers’ banks, we believe they represent a lower financial risk than the outstanding accounts receivable that they satisfy which are not guaranteed by a bank.
 
Investing Activities
 
Cash used for investing activities was $59 million higher in 2008 compared to 2007. Cash payments for plant, property and equipment were $233 million in 2008 versus payments of $177 million in 2007. The increase of $56 million in cash payments for plant, property and equipment was to support new business that has been awarded for 2010 and 2011. Cash of $19 million was used to acquire ride control assets at Delphi’s Kettering, Ohio location during 2008. In September 2008, we acquired Gruppo Marzocchi which resulted in a $3 million cash inflow ($4 million cash acquired net of $1 million cash consideration paid). Cash of $16 million was used to acquire Combustion Components Associates’ ELIM-NOx tm technology during 2007. Cash payments for software-related intangible assets were $15 million in 2008 compared to $19 million in 2007.
 
Financing Activities
 
Cash flow from financing activities was a $58 million inflow in 2008 compared to an outflow of $10 million in 2007. The increase was mainly due to higher borrowings under our revolving credit facility.
 
Cash Flows for 2007 and 2006
 
                 
    Year Ended
 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
    (Millions)  
 
Cash provided (used) by:
               
Operating activities
  $ 158     $ 203  
Investing activities
    (202 )     (172 )
Financing activities
    (10 )     12  


53


Table of Contents

Operating Activities
 
For the year ended December 31, 2007, cash flow provided from operating activities was $158 million as compared to $203 million in 2006. For 2007 cash used by working capital was $83 million compared to cash provided of $7 million for 2006. Receivables were a cash use of $116 million for 2007, a $92 million increase from 2006. Inventory was a use of cash of $66 million compared to cash use of $57 million in 2006. Inventory was up year-over-year due to the ramp-up of future platform launches. The year-over-year increase in the use of cash for both accounts receivable and inventory was primarily a result of working capital requirements for our new platform launches in North America. In addition to the higher level of receivables related to the revenue increase, we must carry higher inventory levels for these new platforms, a portion of which relates to higher value substrates sourced from South Africa. This inventory from South Africa increased our cash outflow from operating activities during 2007 by $33 million. Accounts payable provided cash of $100 million versus cash inflow of $91 million in 2006. Cash interest payments of $177 million in 2007 were higher than 2006 payments of $137 million as a result of higher interest rates on our variable portion of debt, increased average borrowings, and costs related to our refinancing activities of $26 million. Cash tax payments were $60 million in 2007 compared to $26 million in 2006. We made tax payments in 2007 to resolve audits related to prior years’ operations and for separation from the old Tenneco packaging company. In addition, cash collected from former affiliates in 2006 offset other cash tax payments.
 
One of our European subsidiaries receives payment from one of its OE customers whereby the accounts receivable are satisfied through the delivery of negotiable financial instruments. We may collect these financial instruments before their maturity date by either selling them at a discount or using them to satisfy accounts receivable that have previously been sold to a European bank. Any of these financial instruments which are not sold are classified as other current assets as they do not meet our definition of cash equivalents. The amount of these financial instruments that was collected before their maturity date and sold at a discount totaled $15 million at December 31, 2007 and $26 million at December 31, 2006. No negotiable financial instruments were held by our European subsidiary as of December 31, 2007 or December 31, 2006.
 
In certain instances several of our Chinese subsidiaries receive payment from OE customers and satisfy vendor payments through the receipt and delivery of negotiable financial instruments. Financial instruments used to satisfy vendor payables and not redeemed totaled $23 million and $12 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, and were classified as notes payable. Financial instruments received from OE customers and not redeemed totaled $8 million and $9 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, and were classified as other current assets. One of our Chinese subsidiaries that issues its own negotiable financial instruments to pay its vendors is required to maintain a cash balance at a financial institution that guarantees those financial instruments. No financial instruments were outstanding at that Chinese subsidiary as of December 31, 2007. As of December 31, 2006 the required cash balance was less than $1 million and was classified as cash and cash equivalents.
 
The negotiable financial instruments received by one of our European subsidiaries and some of our Chinese subsidiaries are checks drawn by our OE customers and guaranteed by their banks that are payable at a future date. The use of these instruments for payment follows local commercial practice. Because negotiable financial instruments are financial obligations of our customers and are guaranteed by our customers’ banks, we believe they represent a lower financial risk than the outstanding accounts receivable that they satisfy which are not guaranteed by a bank.
 
Investing Activities
 
Cash used for investing activities was $202 million in 2007, $30 million greater than in 2006. In 2007, we received $10 million in cash from the sale of assets. Cash payments for plant, property and equipment (PP&E) were $177 million in 2007, equal to 2006. In 2007, we spent $16 million to acquire Combustion Components Associates’ ELIM-NOx tm technology. Cash payments for software-related intangible assets were $19 million in 2007 compared to $13 million in 2006.


54


Table of Contents

Financing Activities
 
Cash flow from financing activities was a $10 million outflow in 2007 compared to an inflow of $12 million in 2006. The primary reason for the change is debt issuance costs due to our long-term debt refinancing activities in 2007.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
Capitalization
 
                         
    Year Ended
       
    December 31,        
    2008     2007     % Change  
    (Millions)  
 
Short-term debt and maturities classified as current
  $ 49     $ 46       7 %
Long-term debt
    1,402       1,328       6  
                         
Total debt
    1,451       1,374       6  
                         
Total minority interest
    31       31        
Shareholders’ equity
    (251 )     400       NM  
                         
Total capitalization
  $ 1,231     $ 1,805       (32 )%
                         
 
General.   Short-term debt, which includes maturities classified as current and borrowings by foreign subsidiaries, was $49 million and $46 million as of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. Borrowings under our revolving credit facilities, which are classified as long-term debt, were approximately $239 million and $169 million as of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007.
 
The 2008 decrease in shareholders’ equity primarily resulted from $127 million of translation of foreign balances into U.S. dollars and a net loss of $415 million, primarily related to tax charges for a valuation allowance on deferred tax assets and an impairment charge for goodwill. While our book equity balance was negative at December 31, 2008, it had no effect on our business operations. We have no debt covenants that are based upon our book equity, and there are no other agreements that are adversely impacted by our negative book equity.
 
Overview and Recent Transactions.   Our financing arrangements are primarily provided by a committed senior secured financing arrangement with a syndicate of banks and other financial institutions. The arrangement is secured by substantially all our domestic assets and pledges of up to 66 percent of the stock of certain first-tier foreign subsidiaries, as well as guarantees by our material domestic subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2008, the senior credit facility consisted of a five-year, $150 million term loan A maturing in March 2012, a five-year, $550 million revolving credit facility maturing in March 2012, and a seven-year $130 million tranche B-1 letter of credit/revolving loan facility maturing in March 2014. Our outstanding debt also includes $245 million of 10 1 / 4 percent senior secured notes due July 15, 2013, $250 million of 8 1 / 8  percent senior notes due November 15, 2015, and $500 million of 8 5 / 8 percent senior subordinated notes due November 15, 2014.
 
On February 23, 2009, in light of the challenging macroeconomic environment and auto production outlook, we amended our senior credit facility to increase the allowable consolidated net leverage ratio (consolidated indebtedness net of cash divided by consolidated EBITDA as defined in the senior credit facility agreement) and reduce the allowable consolidated interest coverage ratio (consolidated EBITDA divided by consolidated interest expense as defined in the senior credit facility agreement). These changes are detailed in the table below.
 
Beginning February 23, 2009 and following each fiscal quarter thereafter, the margin we pay on borrowings under our term loan A and revolving credit facility will incur interest at an annual rate equal to, at our option, either (i) the London Interbank Offered Rate plus a margin of 550 basis points or (ii) a rate consisting of the greater of (a) the JPMorgan Chase prime rate plus a margin of 450 basis points, and (b) the Federal Funds rate plus 50 basis points plus a margin of 450 basis points. The margin we pay on these


55


Table of Contents

borrowings will be reduced by 50 basis points following each fiscal quarter for which our consolidated net leverage ratio is less than 5.0, and will be further reduced following each fiscal quarter for which the consolidated net leverage ratio is less than 4.0.
 
Also beginning February 23, 2009 and following each fiscal quarter thereafter, the margin we pay on borrowings under our tranche B-1 facility will incur interest at an annual rate equal to, at our option, either (i) the London Interbank Offered Rate plus a margin of 550 basis points; or (ii) a rate consisting of the greater of (a) the JPMorgan Chase prime rate plus a margin of 450 basis points, and (b) the Federal Funds rate plus 50 basis points plus a margin of 450 basis points. The margin we pay on these borrowings will be reduced by 50 basis points following each fiscal quarter for which our consolidated net leverage ratio is less than 5.0.
 
The February 23, 2009 amendment to our senior credit facility also placed further restrictions on our operations including limitations on: (i) debt incurrence, (ii) incremental loan extensions, (iii) liens, (iv) restricted payments, (v) optional prepayments of junior debt, (vi) investments, (vii) acquisitions, and (viii) mandatory prepayments. The definition of EBIDTA was amended to allow for $40 million of cash restructuring charges taken after the date of the amendment and $4 million annually in aftermarket changeover costs. We agreed to pay each consenting lender a fee. The lender fee plus amendment costs were approximately $8 million.
 
On December 23, 2008, we amended a financial covenant effective for the fourth quarter of 2008 in our senior secured credit facility which increased the consolidated net leverage ratio (consolidated indebtedness net of cash divided by consolidated EBITDA as defined in the senior credit facility agreement) by increasing the maximum ratio to 4.25 from 4.0. We agreed to increase the margin we pay on the borrowings under our senior credit facility as outlined in the table below. In addition, we agreed to pay each consenting lender a fee. The lender fee plus amendment costs were approximately $3 million.
 
In December 2008, we terminated the fixed-to-floating interest rate swaps we entered into in April 2004. The change in the market value of these swaps was recorded as part of interest expense with an offset to other long-term assets or liabilities. At the termination date, we had recorded a reduction in interest expense and a long-term asset of $6 million, which the counter-parties to the swaps paid us in cash.
 
On November 20, 2007, we issued $250 million of 8 1 / 8  percent Senior Notes due November 15, 2015 through a private placement offering. The offering and related transactions were designed to (1) reduce our interest expense and extend the maturity of a portion of our debt (by using the proceeds of the offering to tender for $230 million of our outstanding $475 million 10 1 / 4  percent senior secured notes due 2013), (2) facilitate the realignment of the ownership structure of some of our foreign subsidiaries and (3) otherwise amend certain of the covenants in the indenture for our 10 1 / 4  percent senior secured notes to be consistent with those contained in our 8 5 / 8  percent senior subordinated notes, including conforming the limitation on incurrence of indebtedness and the absence of a limitation on issuances or transfers of restricted subsidiary stock, and make other minor modifications.
 
The ownership structure realignment was designed to allow us to more rapidly use our U.S. net operating losses and reduce our cash tax payments. The realignment involved the creation of a new European holding company which now owns some of our foreign entities. We may further alter the components of the realignment from time to time. If market conditions permit, we may offer debt issued by the new European holding company. This realignment utilized part of our U.S. net operating tax losses. Consequently, we recorded a non-cash charge of $66 million in the fourth quarter of 2007.
 
The offering of new notes and related repurchase of our senior secured notes reduced our annual interest expense by approximately $3 million for 2008 and increased our total debt outstanding to third-parties by approximately $20 million. In connection with the offering and the related repurchase of our senior secured notes, we also recorded non-recurring pre-tax charges related to the tender premium and fees, the write-off of deferred debt issuance costs, and the write-off of previously recognized issuance premium totaling $21 million in the fourth quarter of 2007.
 
In July 2008, we exchanged $250 million principal amount of 8 1 / 8  percent Senior Notes due 2015 which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, for and in replacement of all outstanding


56


Table of Contents

8 1 / 8  percent Senior Notes due 2015 which we issued on November 20, 2007 in a private placement. The terms of the new notes are substantially identical to the terms of the notes for which they were exchanged, except that the transfer restrictions and registration rights applicable to the original notes generally do not apply to the new notes.
 
In March 2007, we refinanced our $831 million senior credit facility. At that time, the transaction reduced the interest rates we paid on all portions of the facility. While the total amount of the new senior credit facility is $830 million, approximately the same as the previous facility, we changed the components of the facility to enhance our financial flexibility. We increased the amount of commitments under our revolving loan facility from $320 million to $550 million, reduced the amount of commitments under our tranche B-1 letter of credit/revolving loan facility from $155 million to $130 million and replaced the $356 million term loan B with a $150 million term loan A. As of December 31, 2008, the senior credit facility consisted of a five-year, $150 million term loan A maturing in March 2012, a five-year, $550 million revolving credit facility maturing in March 2012, and a seven-year $130 million tranche B-1 letter of credit/revolving loan facility maturing in March 2014.
 
At that time, the refinancing of the prior facility allowed us to: (i) amend the consolidated net debt to EBITDA ratio, (ii) eliminate the fixed charge coverage ratio, (iii) eliminate the restriction on capital expenditures, (iv) increase the amount of acquisitions permitted, (v) improve the flexibility to repurchase and retire higher cost junior debt, (vi) increase our ability to enter into capital leases, (vii) increase the ability of our foreign subsidiaries to incur debt, (viii) increase our ability to pay dividends and repurchase common stock, (ix) increase our ability to invest in joint ventures, (x) allow for the increase in the existing tranche B-1 facility and/or the term loan A or the addition of a new term loan of up to $275 million in order to reduce our 10 1 / 4  percent senior secured notes, and (xi) make other modifications.
 
Following the refinancing, the term loan A facility is payable in twelve consecutive quarterly installments, commencing June 30, 2009 as follows: $6 million due each of June 30, September 30, December 31, 2009 and March 31, 2010, $15 million due each of June 30, September 30, December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2011, and $17 million due each of June 30, September 30, December 31, 2011 and March 16, 2012. The revolving credit facility requires that any amounts drawn be repaid by March 2012. Prior to that date, funds may be borrowed, repaid and reborrowed under the revolving credit facility without premium or penalty. Letters of credit may be issued under the revolving credit facility.
 
The tranche B-1 letter of credit/revolving loan facility requires repayment by March 2014. We can borrow revolving loans and issue letters of credit under the $130 million tranche B-1 letter of credit/revolving loan facility. The tranche B-1 letter of credit/revolving loan facility is reflected as debt on our balance sheet only if we borrow money under this facility or if we use the facility to make payments for letters of credit. There is no additional cost to us for issuing letters of credit under the tranche B-1 letter of credit/revolving loan facility, however outstanding letters of credit reduce our availability to borrow revolving loans under this portion of the facility. We pay the tranche B-1 lenders interest equal to LIBOR plus a margin, as set forth below, which is offset by the return on the funds deposited with the administrative agent by the lenders which earn interest at an annual rate approximately equal to LIBOR less 25 basis points. Outstanding revolving loans reduce the funds on deposit with the administrative agent which in turn reduce the earnings of those deposits.


57


Table of Contents

Senior Credit Facility — Interest Rates and Fees.   Borrowings and letters of credit issued under the senior credit facility bear interest at an annual rate equal to, at our option, either (i) the London Interbank Offered Rate plus a margin as set forth in the table below; or (ii) a rate consisting of the greater of the JP Morgan Chase prime rate or the Federal Funds rate, plus a margin as set forth in the table below.
 
                                         
    For the Period  
    1/01/2006
    4/3/2006
    3/16/2007
    12/23/2008
       
    thru
    thru
    thru
    thru
    Beginning
 
    4/2/2006     3/15/2007     12/22/2008     2/22/2009     2/23/2009  
 
Applicable Margin over LIBOR for Revolving Loans
    2.75 %     2.75 %     1.50 %     3.00 %     5.50 %
Applicable Margin over LIBOR for Term Loan B Loans
    2.25 %     2.00 %     N/A       N/A       N/A  
Applicable Margin over LIBOR for Term Loan A Loans
    N/A       N/A       1.50 %     3.00 %     5.50 %
Applicable Margin over LIBOR for Tranche B-1 Loans
    2.25 %     2.00 %     1.50 %     3.00 %     5.50 %
Applicable Margin for Prime-based Loans
    1.75 %     1.75 %     0.50 %     2.00 %     4.50 %
Applicable Margin for Federal Funds base Loans
    2.125 %     2.125 %     1.00 %     2.50 %     5.00 %
Commitment Fee
    0.375 %     0.375 %     0.35 %     0.50 %     0.75 %
 
Senior Credit Facility — Other Terms and Conditions.   As described above, we are highly leveraged. Our senior credit facility requires that we maintain financial ratios equal to or better than the following consolidated net leverage ratio (consolidated indebtedness net of cash divided by consolidated EBITDA, as defined in the senior credit facility agreement), and consolidated interest coverage ratio (consolidated EBITDA divided by consolidated interest expense, as defined under the senior credit facility agreement) at the end of each period indicated. Failure to maintain these ratios will result in a default under our senior credit facility. The financial ratios required under the senior credit facility and, the actual ratios we achieved for four quarters of 2008, are shown in the following tables:
 
                                                                 
    Quarter Ended  
    March 31,
    June 30,
    September 30,
    December 31,
 
    2008     2008     2008     2008  
    Req.     Act.     Req.     Act.     Req.     Act.     Req.     Act.  
 
Leverage Ratio (maximum)
    4.00       2.79       4.00       2.92       4.00       3.27       4.25       3.66  
Interest Coverage Ratio (minimum)
    2.10       4.06       2.10       4.22       2.10       4.08       2.10       3.64  
 
The financial ratios required under the senior credit facility for 2009 and beyond are set forth below.
 
                 
          Interest
 
    Leverage
    Coverage
 
Period Ending
  Ratio     Ratio  
 
March 31, 2009
    5.50       2.25  
June 30, 2009
    7.35       1.85  
September 30, 2009
    7.90       1.55  
December 31, 2009
    6.60       1.60  
March 31, 2010
    5.50       2.00  
June 30, 2010
    5.00       2.25  
September 30, 2010
    4.75       2.30  
December 31, 2010
    4.50       2.35  
March 31, 2011
    4.00       2.55  
June 30, 2011
    3.75       2.55  
September 30, 2011
    3.50       2.55  
December 31, 2011
    3.50       2.55  
2012 and 2013
    3.50       2.75  


58


Table of Contents

The senior credit facility agreement provides the ability to refinance our senior subordinated notes and/or our senior secured notes in an amount equal to the sum of (i) the net cash proceeds of equity issued after March 16, 2007, plus (ii) the portion of annual excess cash flow (as defined in the senior credit facility agreement) that is not required to be applied to the payment of the credit facilities and which is not used for other purposes, provided that the amount of the subordinated notes and the aggregate amount of the senior secured notes and the subordinated notes that may be refinanced is capped based upon the pro forma consolidated leverage ratio after giving effect to such refinancing as shown in the following table:
 
                 
          Aggregate Senior and
 
    Subordinated Notes
    Subordinate Note
 
Proforma Consolidated Leverage Ratio
  Maximum Amount     Maximum Amount  
 
Greater than or equal to 3.0x
  $ 0 million     $ 10 million  
Greater than or equal to 2.5x
  $ 100 million     $ 300 million  
Less than 2.5x
  $ 125 million     $ 375 million  
 
In addition, the senior secured notes may be refinanced with (i) the net cash proceeds of incremental facilities and permitted refinancing indebtedness (as defined in the senior credit facility agreement), (ii) the net cash proceeds of any new senior or subordinated unsecured indebtedness, (iii) proceeds of revolving credit loans (as defined in the senior credit facility agreement), (iv) up to €200 million of unsecured indebtedness of the company’s foreign subsidiaries and (v) cash generated by the company’s operations provided that the amount of the senior secured notes that may be refinanced is capped based upon the pro forma consolidated leverage ratio after giving effect to such refinancing as shown in the following table:
 
         
    Aggregate Senior and
 
    Subordinate Note
 
Proforma Consolidated Leverage Ratio
  Maximum Amount  
 
Greater than or equal to 3.0x
  $ 10 million  
Greater than or equal to 2.5x
  $ 300 million  
Less than 2.5x
  $ 375 million  
 
The senior credit facility agreement also contains restrictions on our operations that are customary for similar facilities, including limitations on: (i) incurring additional liens; (ii) sale and leaseback transactions (except for the permitted transactions as described in the amended and restated agreement); (iii) liquidations and dissolutions; (iv) incurring additional indebtedness or guarantees; (v) investments and acquisitions; (vi) dividends and share repurchases; (vii) mergers and consolidations; and (viii) refinancing of subordinated and 10 1 / 4 percent senior secured notes. Compliance with these requirements and restrictions is a condition for any incremental borrowings under the senior credit facility agreement and failure to meet these requirements enables the lenders to require repayment of any outstanding loans. As of December 31, 2008, we were in compliance with all the financial covenants and operational restrictions of the facility.
 
Our senior credit facility does not contain any terms that could accelerate payment of the facility or affect pricing under the facility as a result of a credit rating agency downgrade.
 
Senior Secured, Senior and Senior Subordinated Notes.   As of December 31, 2008, our outstanding debt also included $245 million of 10 1 / 4  percent senior secured notes due July 15, 2013, $250 million of 8 1 / 8  percent senior notes due November 15, 2015, and $500 million of 8 5 / 8  percent senior subordinated notes due November 15, 2014. We can redeem some or all of the notes at any time after July 15, 2008 in the case of the senior secured notes, November 15, 2009 in the case of the senior subordinated notes and November 15, 2011 in the case of the senior notes. If we sell certain of our assets or experience specified kinds of changes in control, we must offer to repurchase the notes. We are permitted to redeem up to 35 percent of the senior notes with the proceeds of certain equity offerings completed before November 15, 2010.
 
Our senior secured, senior and senior subordinated notes require that, as a condition precedent to incurring certain types of indebtedness not otherwise permitted, our consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio, as calculated on a proforma basis, be greater than 2.00. We have not incurred any of the types of indebtedness not otherwise permitted by the indentures. The indentures also contain restrictions on our operations, including limitations on: (i) incurring additional indebtedness or liens; (ii) dividends; (iii) distributions and stock


59


Table of Contents

repurchases; (iv) investments; (v) asset sales and (vi) mergers and consolidations. Subject to limited exceptions, all of our existing and future material domestic wholly owned subsidiaries fully and unconditionally guarantee these notes on a joint and several basis. In addition, the senior secured notes and related guarantees are secured by second priority liens, subject to specified exceptions, on all of our and our subsidiary guarantors’ assets that secure obligations under our senior credit facility, except that only a portion of the capital stock of our subsidiary guarantor’s domestic subsidiaries is provided as collateral and no assets or capital stock of our direct or indirect foreign subsidiaries secure the notes or guarantees. There are no significant restrictions on the ability of the subsidiaries that have guaranteed these notes to make distributions to us. The senior subordinated notes rank junior in right of payment to our senior credit facility and any future senior debt incurred. As of December 31, 2008, we were in compliance with the covenants and restrictions of these indentures.
 
Accounts Receivable Securitization.   In addition to our senior credit facility, senior secured notes, senior notes and senior subordinated notes, we also sell some of our accounts receivable on a nonrecourse basis in North America and Europe. In North America, we have an accounts receivable securitization program with two commercial banks. We sell original equipment and aftermarket receivables on a daily basis under this program. We had sold accounts receivable under this program of $101 million and $100 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. This program is subject to cancellation prior to its maturity date if we (i) fail to pay interest or principal payments on an amount of indebtedness exceeding $50 million, (ii) default on the financial covenant ratios under the senior credit facility, or (iii) fail to maintain certain financial ratios in connection with the accounts receivable securitization program. In January 2009, the U.S. program was amended and extended to March 2, 2009 at a facility size of $120 million. These revisions will have the affect of reducing the amount of receivables sold by approximately $10 million to $30 million compared to the terms of the previous program. On February 23, 2009 this program was renewed for 364 days to February 22, 2010 at a facility size of $100 million. As part of the renewal, the margin we pay the banks increased. While the funding costs incurred by the banks are expected to be down in 2009, we estimate that the additional margin would otherwise increase the loss we record on the sale of receivables by approximately $4 million annually. We also sell some receivables in our European operations to regional banks in Europe. At December 31, 2008, we had sold $78 million of accounts receivable in Europe up from $57 million at December 31, 2007. The arrangements to sell receivables in Europe are provided under 10 separate arrangements, by various financial institutions in each of the foreign jurisdictions. The commitments for these arrangements are generally for one year but may be cancelled with 90 day notice prior to renewal. In four instances, the arrangement provides for cancellation by financial institution at any time upon 30 days, or less, notification. If we were not able to sell receivables under either the North American or European securitization programs, our borrowings under our revolving credit agreements may increase. These accounts receivable securitization programs provide us with access to cash at costs that are generally favorable to alternative sources of financing, and allow us to reduce borrowings under our revolving credit agreements.
 
Capital Requirements.   We believe that cash flows from operations, combined with available borrowing capacity described above, assuming that we maintain compliance with the financial covenants and other requirements of our loan agreement, will be sufficient to meet our future capital requirements for the following year. Our ability to meet the financial covenants depends upon a number of operational and economic factors, many of which are beyond our control. Factors that could impact our ability to comply with the financial covenants include the rate at which consumers continue to buy new vehicles and the rate at which they continue to repair vehicles already in service, as well as our ability to successfully implement our restructuring plans and offset higher raw material prices. Further deterioration in North American vehicle production levels, weakening in the global aftermarket, or a further reduction in vehicle production levels in Europe, beyond our expectations, could impact our ability to meet our financial covenant ratios. In the event that we are unable to meet these financial covenants, we would consider several options to meet our cash flow needs. These options could include renegotiations with our senior credit lenders, additional cost reduction or restructuring initiatives, sales of assets or common stock, or other alternatives to enhance our financial and operating position. Should we be required to implement any of these actions to meet our cash flow needs, we believe we can do so in a reasonable time frame.


60


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations.
 
Our remaining required debt principal amortization and payment obligations under lease and certain other financial commitments as of December 31, 2008 are shown in the following table:
 
                                                         
    Payments due in:  
                                  Beyond
       
    2009     2010     2011     2012     2013     2013     Total  
    (Millions)  
 
Obligations:
                                                       
Revolver borrowings
  $     $     $     $ 109     $     $ 130     $ 239  
Senior term loans
    17       50       66       17                   150  
Senior secured notes
                      1       245             246  
Senior subordinated notes
                                  500       500  
Senior notes
                                  250       250  
Capital leases
    4       4                               8  
Other subsidiary debt
    1       1       1       1       1       4       9  
Short-term debt
    44                                     44  
                                                         
Debt and capital lease obligations
    66       55       67       128       246       884       1,446  
Operating leases
    16       13       11       6       4       14       64  
Interest payments
    105       105       105       97       75       78       565  
Capital commitments
    55                                     55  
                                                         
Total Payments
  $ 242     $ 173     $ 183     $ 231     $ 325     $ 976     $ 2,130  
                                                         
 
If we do not maintain compliance with the terms of our senior credit facility, senior secured notes indenture, senior notes indenture and senior subordinated notes indenture described above, all amounts under those arrangements could, automatically or at the option of the lenders or other debt holders, become due. Additionally, each of those facilities contains provisions that certain events of default under one facility will constitute a default under the other facility, allowing the acceleration of all amounts due. We currently expect to maintain compliance with terms of all of our various credit agreements for the foreseeable future.
 
Included in our contractual obligations is the amount of interest to be paid on our long-term debt. As our debt structure contains both fixed and variable rate interest debt, we have made assumptions in calculating the amount of the future interest payments. Interest on our senior secured notes, senior subordinated notes, and senior notes is calculated using the fixed rates of 10 1 / 4 percent, 8 5 / 8  percent, and 8 1 / 8  percent respectively. Interest on our variable rate debt is calculated as LIBOR plus the applicable margin in effect at December 31, 2008 for the Eurodollar, Term Loan A and Tranche B-1 loans and Prime plus the applicable margin in effect on December 31, 2008 on the prime-based loans. We have assumed that both LIBOR and the Prime rate will remain unchanged for the outlying years. See “— Capitalization.”
 
We have also included an estimate of expenditures required after December 31, 2008 to complete the projects authorized at December 31, 2008, in which we have made substantial commitments in connection with purchasing plant, property and equipment for our operations. For 2009, we expect our capital expenditure budget to be about $160 million.
 
We have not included purchase obligations as part of our contractual obligations as we generally do not enter into long-term agreements with our suppliers. In addition, the agreements we currently have do not specify the volumes we are required to purchase. If any commitment is provided, in many cases the agreements state only the minimum percentage of our purchase requirements we must buy from the supplier. As a result, these purchase obligations fluctuate from year-to-year and we are not able to quantify the amount of our future obligation.
 
We have not included material cash requirements for unrecognized tax benefits or taxes as we are a taxpayer in certain foreign jurisdictions but not in the U.S. Additionally, it is difficult to estimate taxes to be


61


Table of Contents

paid as changes in where we generate income can have a significant impact on future tax payments. We have also not included cash requirements for funding pension and postretirement benefit costs. Based upon current estimates, we believe we will be required to make contributions of approximately $34 million to those plans in 2009. Pension and postretirement contributions beyond 2009 will be required but those amounts will vary based upon many factors, including the performance of our pension fund investments during 2009. In addition, we have not included cash requirements for environmental remediation. Based upon current estimates we believe we will be required to spend approximately $11 million over the next 20 to 30 years. However, due to possible modifications in remediation processes and other factors, it is difficult to determine the actual timing of the payments. See “— Environmental and Other Matters.”
 
We occasionally provide guarantees that could require us to make future payments in the event that the third party primary obligor does not make its required payments. We have not recorded a liability for any of these guarantees.
 
Additionally, we have from time to time issued guarantees for the performance of obligations by some of our subsidiaries, and some of our subsidiaries have guaranteed our debt. All of our existing and future material domestic wholly-owned subsidiaries fully and unconditionally guarantee our senior credit facility, our senior secured notes, our senior notes and our senior subordinated notes on a joint and several basis. The arrangement for the senior credit facility is also secured by first-priority liens on substantially all our domestic assets and pledges of up to 66 percent of the stock of certain first-tier foreign subsidiaries. Our $245 million senior secured notes are also secured by second-priority liens on substantially all our domestic assets, excluding some of the stock of our domestic subsidiaries. No assets or capital stock of our direct or indirect foreign subsidiaries secure these notes. You should also read Note 14 of the condensed consolidated financial statements of Tenneco Inc., where we present the Supplemental Guarantor Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements.
 
We have issued guarantees through letters of credit in connection with some obligations of our affiliates. As of December 31, 2008, we have guaranteed $47 million in letters of credit to support some of our subsidiaries’ insurance arrangements, foreign employee benefit programs, environmental remediation activities and cash management and capital requirements.
 
Critical Accounting Policies
 
We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Preparing our consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The following paragraphs include a discussion of some critical areas where estimates are required.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
We recognize revenue for sales to our original equipment and aftermarket customers when title and risk of loss passes to the customers under the terms of our arrangements with those customers, which is usually at the time of shipment from our plants or distribution centers. In connection with the sale of exhaust systems to certain original equipment manufacturers, we purchase catalytic converters and diesel particulate filters or components thereof including precious metals (“substrates”) on behalf of our customers which are used in the assembled system. These substrates are included in our inventory and “passed through” to the customer at our cost, plus a small margin, since we take title to the inventory and are responsible for both the delivery and quality of the finished product. Revenues recognized for substrate sales were $1,492 million, $1,673 million and $927 million in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. For our aftermarket customers, we provide for promotional incentives and returns at the time of sale. Estimates are based upon the terms of the incentives and historical experience with returns. Certain taxes assessed by governmental authorities on revenue producing transactions, such as value added taxes, are excluded from revenue and recorded on a net basis.


62


Table of Contents

Shipping and handling costs billed to customers are included in revenues and the related costs are included in cost of sales in our Statements of Income (Loss).
 
Warranty Reserves
 
Where we have offered product warranty, we also provide for warranty costs. Those estimates are based upon historical experience and upon specific warranty issues as they arise. While we have not experienced any material differences between these estimates and our actual costs, it is reasonably possible that future warranty issues could arise that could have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.
 
Pre-production Design and Development and Tooling Assets
 
We expense pre-production design and development costs as incurred unless we have a contractual guarantee for reimbursement from the original equipment customer. We had current and long-term receivables of $12 million and $20 million on the balance sheet at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, for guaranteed pre-production design and development reimbursement arrangements with our customers. In addition, plant, property and equipment includes $53 million and $62 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, for original equipment tools and dies that we own, and prepayments and other includes $22 million and $33 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, for in-process tools and dies that we are building for our original equipment customers.
 
Income Taxes
 
In accordance with SFAS No. 109 “Accounting for Income Taxes” (SFAS No. 109), we evaluate our deferred income taxes quarterly to determine if valuation allowances are required or should be adjusted. SFAS No. 109 requires that companies assess whether valuation allowances should be established against their deferred tax assets based on consideration of all available evidence, both positive and negative, using a “more likely than not” standard. This assessment considers, among other matters, the nature, frequency and amount of recent losses, the duration of statutory carryforward periods, and tax planning strategies. In making such judgments, significant weight is given to evidence that can be objectively verified.
 
Valuation allowances have been established for deferred tax assets based on a “more likely than not” threshold. The ability to realize deferred tax assets depends on our ability to generate sufficient taxable income within the carryforward periods provided for in the tax law for each tax jurisdiction. We have considered the following possible sources of taxable income when assessing the realization of our deferred tax assets:
 
  •  Future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences;
 
  •  Taxable income or loss, based on recent results, exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards; and,
 
  •  Tax-planning strategies.
 
In 2008, we recorded tax expense of $289 million primarily related to establishing a valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets in the U.S. In the U.S. we utilize the results from 2007 and 2008 as a measure of the cumulative losses in recent years. Accounting standards do not permit us to give any consideration to a likely economic recovery in the U.S. or the recent new business we have won particularly in the commercial vehicle segment in evaluating the requirement to record a valuation allowance. Consequently, we concluded that our ability to fully utilize our NOLs was limited due to projecting the current negative economic environment into the future and the impact of the current negative operating environment on our tax planning strategies. As a result of tax planning strategies which have not yet been implemented but which we plan to implement and which do not depend upon generating future taxable income, we continue to carry deferred tax assets in the U.S. of $70 million relating to the expected utilization of those NOLs. The federal NOL expires beginning in 2020 through 2028. The state NOL expires in various years through 2028.
 
If our operating performance improves on a sustained basis, our conclusion regarding the need for a valuation allowance could change, resulting in the reversal of some or all of the valuation allowance in the


63


Table of Contents

future. The charge to establish the U.S. valuation allowance also includes items related to the losses allocable to certain U.S. state jurisdictions where it was determined that tax attributes related to those jurisdictions were potentially not realizable.
 
Going forward, we will be required to record a valuation allowance against deferred tax assets generated by taxable losses in each period in the U.S. as well as in other foreign countries. Our future provision for income taxes will include no tax benefit with respect to losses incurred and no tax expense with respect to income generated in these jurisdictions until the respective valuation allowance is eliminated. This will cause variability in our effective tax rate.
 
Our capital structure impacts the U.S. pretax loss because most of our debt is in the U.S. resulting in a significant amount of our interest expense being incurred in the U.S. In 2008, interest expense was $102 million in the U.S. and $11 million outside the U.S. Interest expense in the U.S. was $162 million and $134 million in 2007 and 2006, respectively. Interest expense outside the U.S. was $2 million in each of 2007 and 2006.
 
Stock-Based Compensation
 
Effective January 1, 2006, we began accounting for our stock-based compensation plans in accordance with SFAS No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment,” which requires a fair value method of accounting for compensation costs related to our stock-based compensation plans. Under the fair value method recognition provision of the Statement, a share-based payment is measured at the grant date based upon the value of the award and is recognized as expense over the vesting period. Determining the fair value of share-based awards requires judgment in estimating employee and market behavior. If actual results differ significantly from these estimates, stock-based compensation expense and our results of operations could be materially impacted. As of December 31, 2008, there was approximately $4 million, net of tax, of total unrecognized compensation costs related to these stock-based awards that is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 0.9 years as compared to $4 million, net of tax, and a weighted average period of 0.8 years as of December 31, 2007.
 
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
 
As required by SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” we evaluate goodwill for impairment in the fourth quarter of each year, or more frequently if events indicate it is warranted. We compare the estimated fair value of our reporting units with goodwill to the carrying value of the unit’s assets and liabilities to determine if impairment exists within the recorded balance of goodwill. We estimate the fair value of each reporting unit using the income approach which is based on the present value of estimated future cash flows. The income approach is dependent on a number of factors, including estimates of market trends, forecasted revenues and expenses, capital expenditures, weighted average cost of capital and other variables. These estimates are based on assumptions that we believe to be reasonable, but which are inherently uncertain.
 
During the fourth quarter of 2008, all of our reporting units passed this test with the exception of our North American Original Equipment Ride Control reporting unit whose carrying value exceeded the estimated fair value. Under SFAS No. 142, we were required to calculate the implied fair value of goodwill of the North America Original Equipment Ride Control reporting unit by allocating the estimated fair value to the assets and liabilities of this reporting unit as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination and the fair value of the reporting unit was the acquisition price. As a result of this test, we determined that the remaining amount of goodwill related to our elastomer business acquired in 1996 was impaired due to the significant decline in production. Accordingly, we recorded an impairment charge of $114 million during the fourth quarter of 2008. During the fourth quarter of 2007, all of our reporting units passed the goodwill impairment test.
 
Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits
 
We have various defined benefit pension plans that cover some of our employees. We also have postretirement health care and life insurance plans that cover some of our domestic employees. Our pension and postretirement health care and life insurance expenses and valuations are dependent on assumptions used


64


Table of Contents

by our actuaries in calculating those amounts. These assumptions include discount rates, health care cost trend rates, long-term return on plan assets, retirement rates, mortality rates and other factors. Health care cost trend rate assumptions are developed based on historical cost data and an assessment of likely long-term trends. Retirement rates are based primarily on actual plan experience while mortality rates are based upon the general population experience which is not expected to differ materially from our experience.
 
Our approach to establishing the discount rate assumption for both our domestic and foreign plans starts with high-quality investment-grade bonds adjusted for an incremental yield based on actual historical performance. This incremental yield adjustment is the result of selecting securities whose yields are higher than the “normal” bonds that comprise the index. Based on this approach, for 2008 we raised the weighted-average discount rate for all of our pension plans to 6.2 percent from 5.9 percent. The discount rate for postretirement benefits was left unchanged at 6.2 percent for 2008.
 
Our approach to determining expected return on plan asset assumptions evaluates both historical returns as well as estimates of future returns, and is adjusted for any expected changes in the long-term outlook for the equity and fixed income markets. As a result, our estimate of the weighted-average long-term rate of return on plan assets for all of our pension plans for 2008 was lowered to 7.9 percent from 8.2 percent.
 
Except in the U.K., our pension plans generally do not require employee contributions. Our policy is to fund our pension plans in accordance with applicable U.S. and foreign government regulations and to make additional payments as funds are available to achieve full funding of the accumulated benefit obligation. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, all legal funding requirements had been met. Other postretirement benefit obligations, such as retiree medical, and certain foreign pension plans are not funded.
 
Effective December 31, 2006, we froze future accruals under our defined benefit plans for substantially all U.S. salaried and non-union hourly employees and replaced these benefits with additional contributions under defined contribution plans. These changes reduced expense in 2007 by approximately $11 million from 2006. Additionally, we realized a one-time benefit of $7 million in the fourth quarter 2006 related to curtailing the defined benefit pension plans.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
Footnote 1 to the consolidated financial statements of Tenneco Inc. located in Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplemental Data is incorporated herein by reference.
 
Derivative Financial Instruments
 
Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk
 
We use derivative financial instruments, principally foreign currency forward purchase and sale contracts with terms of less than one year, to hedge our exposure to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Our primary exposure to changes in foreign currency rates results from intercompany loans made between affiliates to minimize the need for borrowings from third parties. Additionally, we enter into foreign currency forward purchase and sale contracts to mitigate our exposure to changes in exchange rates on certain intercompany and third-party trade receivables and payables. We manage counter-party credit risk by entering into derivative financial instruments with major financial institutions that can be expected to fully perform under the terms of such agreements. We do not enter into derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes.
 
In managing our foreign currency exposures, we identify and aggregate existing offsetting positions and then hedge residual exposures through third-party derivative contracts. The following table summarizes by major currency the notional amounts, weighted-average settlement rates, and fair value for foreign currency forward purchase and sale contracts as of December 31, 2008. The fair value of our foreign currency forward contracts is based on an internally developed model which incorporates observable inputs including quoted


65


Table of Contents

spot rates, forward exchange rates and discounted future expected cash flows utilizing market interest rates with similar quality and maturity characteristics. All contracts in the following table mature in 2009.
 
                             
        December 31, 2008  
        Notional Amount
    Weighted Average
    Fair Value in
 
        in Foreign Currency     Settlement Rates     U.S. Dollars  
        (Millions Except Settlement Rates)  
 
Australian dollars
  —Purchase     32       .711     $ 23  
    —Sell     (7 )     .711       (5 )
British pounds
  —Purchase     14       1.459       20  
    —Sell     (12 )     1.459       (17 )
European euro
  —Purchase                  
    —Sell     (9 )     1.400       (13 )
South African rand
  —Purchase     285       0.106       30  
    —Sell     (45 )     0.106       (5 )
U.S. dollars
  —Purchase     9       1.002       9  
    —Sell     (46 )     1.002       (46 )
Other
  —Purchase     577       0.011       7  
    —Sell     (1 )     0.822       (1 )
                             
                        $ 2  
                             
 
Interest Rate Risk
 
Our financial instruments that are sensitive to market risk for changes in interest rates are primarily our debt securities. We use our revolving credit facilities to finance our short-term and long-term capital requirements. We pay a current market rate of interest on these borrowings. Our long-term capital requirements have been financed with long-term debt with original maturity dates ranging from five to ten years. On December 31, 2008, we had $1.010 billion in long-term debt obligations that have fixed interest rates. Of that amount, $245 million is fixed through July 2013, $500 million is fixed through November 2014, $250 million is fixed through November 2015, and the remainder is fixed from 2009 through 2025. We also have $397 million in long-term debt obligations that are subject to variable interest rates. See Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements of Tenneco Inc. and Consolidated Subsidiaries included in Item 8.
 
We estimate that the fair value of our long-term debt at December 31, 2008 was about 51 percent of its book value. A one percentage point increase or decrease in interest rates would increase or decrease the annual interest expense we recognize in the income statement and the cash we pay for interest expense by about $4 million.
 
Environmental and Other Matters
 
We are subject to a variety of environmental and pollution control laws and regulations in all jurisdictions in which we operate. We expense or capitalize, as appropriate, expenditures for ongoing compliance with environmental regulations that relate to current operations. We expense costs related to an existing condition caused by past operations that do not contribute to current or future revenue generation. We record liabilities when environmental assessments indicate that remedial efforts are probable and the costs can be reasonably estimated. Estimates of the liability are based upon currently available facts, existing technology, and presently enacted laws and regulations taking into consideration the likely effects of inflation and other societal and economic factors. We consider all available evidence including prior experience in remediation of contaminated sites, other companies’ cleanup experiences and data released by the United States Environmental Protection Agency or other organizations. These estimated liabilities are subject to revision in future periods based on actual costs or new information. Where future cash flows are fixed or reliably determinable, we have discounted the liabilities. All other environmental liabilities are recorded at their undiscounted amounts. We


66


Table of Contents

evaluate recoveries separately from the liability and, when they are assured, recoveries are recorded and reported separately from the associated liability in our consolidated financial statements.
 
As of December 31, 2008, we were designated as a potentially responsible party in one Superfund site. Including the Superfund site, we may have the obligation to remediate current or former facilities, and we estimate our share of environmental remediation costs at these facilities to be approximately $11 million. For the Superfund site and the current and former facilities, we have established reserves that we believe are adequate for these costs. Although we believe our estimates of remediation costs are reasonable and are based on the latest available information, the cleanup costs are estimates and are subject to revision as more information becomes available about the extent of remediation required. At some sites, we expect that other parties will contribute to the remediation costs. In addition, at the Superfund site, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act provides that our liability could be joint and several, meaning that we could be required to pay in excess of our share of remediation costs. Our understanding of the financial strength of other potentially responsible parties at the Superfund site, and of other liable parties at our current and former facilities, has been considered, where appropriate, in our determination of our estimated liability. We believe that any potential costs associated with our current status as a potentially responsible party in the Superfund site, or as a liable party at our current or former facilities, will not be material to our results of operations, financial position or cash flows.
 
We also from time to time are involved in legal proceedings, claims or investigations that are incidental to the conduct of our business. Some of these proceedings allege damages against us relating to environmental liabilities (including toxic tort, property damage and remediation), intellectual property matters (including patent, trademark and copyright infringement, and licensing disputes), personal injury claims (including injuries due to product failure, design or warnings issues, and other product liability related matters), taxes, employment matters, and commercial or contractual disputes, sometimes related to acquisitions or divestitures. For example, one of our Argentina subsidiaries is currently defending against a criminal complaint alleging the failure to comply with laws requiring the proceeds of export transactions to be collected, reported and/or converted to local currency within specified time periods. We vigorously defend ourselves against all of these claims. In future periods, we could be subjected to cash costs or non-cash charges to earnings if any of these matters is resolved on unfavorable terms. However, although the ultimate outcome of any legal matter cannot be predicted with certainty, based on current information, including our assessment of the merits of the particular claim, we do not expect that these legal proceedings or claims will have any material adverse impact on our future consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
 
In addition, we are subject to a number of lawsuits initiated by a significant number of claimants alleging health problems as a result of exposure to asbestos. A small percentage of claims have been asserted by railroad workers alleging exposure to asbestos products in railroad cars manufactured by The Pullman Company, one of our subsidiaries. Nearly all of the claims are related to alleged exposure to asbestos in our automotive emission control products. Only a small percentage of these claimants allege that they were automobile mechanics and a significant number appear to involve workers in other industries or otherwise do not include sufficient information to determine whether there is any basis for a claim against us. We believe, based on scientific and other evidence, it is unlikely that mechanics were exposed to asbestos by our former muffler products and that, in any event, they would not be at increased risk of asbestos-related disease based on their work with these products. Further, many of these cases involve numerous defendants, with the number of each in some cases exceeding 200 defendants from a variety of industries. Additionally, the plaintiffs either do not specify any, or specify the jurisdictional minimum, dollar amount for damages. As major asbestos manufacturers continue to go out of business or file for bankruptcy, we may experience an increased number of these claims. We vigorously defend ourselves against these claims as part of our ordinary course of business. In future periods, we could be subject to cash costs or non-cash charges to earnings if any of these matters is resolved unfavorably to us. To date, with respect to claims that have proceeded sufficiently through the judicial process, we have regularly achieved favorable resolution. During 2008, voluntary dismissals were initiated on behalf of 635 plaintiffs and are in process; we were dismissed from an additional 74 cases. Accordingly, we presently believe that these asbestos-related claims will not have a material adverse impact on our future consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.


67


Table of Contents

Employee Stock Ownership Plans
 
We have established Employee Stock Ownership Plans for the benefit of our employees. Under the plans, subject to limitations in the Internal Revenue Code, participants may elect to defer up to 75 percent of their salary through contributions to the plan, which are invested in selected mutual funds or used to buy our common stock. Prior to January 1, 2009, we matched in cash 50 percent of each employee’s contribution up to eight percent of the employee’s salary. We have temporarily discontinued these matching contributions to salaried and hourly U.S. employees as a result of the recent global economic downturn. We will continue to reevaluate the Company’s ability to restore the matching contribution for the U.S. employees. In connection with freezing the defined benefit pension plans for nearly all U.S. based salaried and non-union hourly employees effective December 31, 2006, and the related replacement of those defined benefit plans with defined contribution plans, we are making additional contributions to the Employee Stock Ownership Plans. These additional contributions are not affected by the temporary disruption of matching contributions discussed above. We recorded expense for these contributions of approximately $18 million, $17 million and $7 million in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, of which $10 million in each of 2008 and 2007 related to contributions for the defined benefit replacement plans. Matching contributions vest immediately. Defined benefit replacement contributions fully vest on the employee’s third anniversary of employment.
 
ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.
 
The section entitled “Derivative Financial Instruments” in Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” is incorporated herein by reference.


68


 

ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.
 
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF TENNECO INC.
AND CONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARIES
 
         
    Page
 
    70  
    71  
    73  
    74  
    75  
    76  
    77  
    78  
    131  


69


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
 
Management of Tenneco Inc. is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). Management’s internal control system is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements. All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations, including the possibility of human error or circumvention or overriding of controls. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation and may not prevent or detect misstatements in financial reporting. Further, due to changing conditions and adherence to established policies and controls, internal control effectiveness may vary over time.
 
Management assessed the company’s effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting. In making this assessment, it used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework.
 
During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, we designed and implemented remediation steps over our accounting for income taxes material weakness previously reported in our Annual Report on Form 10-K dated February 29, 2008, as described within Item 9A. Based on our assessment we have concluded that the company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2008.
 
Our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008 has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report, which is included herein.
 
February 27, 2009


70


Table of Contents

 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Tenneco Inc.
 
We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Tenneco Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management Report on Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on that risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
 
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of December 31, 2008 and the related consolidated statements of income (loss), cash flows, changes in shareholders’ equity and comprehensive income (loss) and financial statement schedule for the year ended December 31, 2008, and our report dated February 27, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements and financial statement schedule.
 
Deloitte & Touche LLP
Chicago, Illinois
February 27, 2009


71


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Tenneco Inc.
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Tenneco Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of income (loss), cash flows, changes in shareholders’ equity, and comprehensive income (loss) for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 8. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.
 
As discussed in Note 11, effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted the measurement date provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans — an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R) .
 
As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, on December 31, 2006, the Company adopted the recognition and disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans — an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132(R).
 
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 27, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
Deloitte & Touche LLP
Chicago, Illinois
February 27, 2009


72


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (LOSS)
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    (Millions Except Share and Per Share Amounts)  
 
Revenues
                       
Net sales and operating revenues
  $ 5,916     $ 6,184     $ 4,682  
                         
Costs and expenses
                       
Cost of sales (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown below)
    5,063       5,210       3,836  
Goodwill impairment charge
    114              
Engineering, research, and development
    127       114       88  
Selling, general, and administrative
    392       399       373  
Depreciation and amortization of intangibles
    222       205       184  
                         
      5,918       5,928       4,481  
                         
Other income (expense)
                       
Loss on sale of receivables
    (10 )     (10 )     (9 )
Other income
    9       6       4  
                         
      (1 )     (4 )     (5 )
                         
Income (loss) before interest expense, income taxes, and minority interest
    (3 )     252       196  
Interest expense (net of interest capitalized of $6 million, $6 million and $6 million, respectively)
    113       164       136  
Income tax expense
    289       83       5  
Minority interest
    10       10       6  
                         
Net income (loss)
  $ (415 )   $ (5 )   $ 49  
                         
Earnings (loss) per share
                       
Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding —
                       
Basic
    46,406,095       45,809,730       44,625,220  
Diluted
    46,406,095       45,809,730       46,755,573  
Basic earnings (loss) per share of common stock
  $ (8.95 )   $ (0.11 )   $ 1.11  
Diluted earnings (loss) per share of common stock
  $ (8.95 )   $ (0.11 )   $ 1.05  
 
The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral
part of these statements of income (loss).


73


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
    (Millions)  
 
ASSETS
Current assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 126     $ 188  
Receivables —
               
Customer notes and accounts, net
    529       732  
Other
    45       25  
Inventories
    513       539  
Deferred income taxes
    18       36  
Prepayments and other
    107       121  
                 
      1,338       1,641  
                 
Other assets:
               
Long-term receivables, net
    11       19  
Goodwill
    95       208  
Intangibles, net
    26       26  
Deferred income taxes
    88       370  
Other
    125       141  
                 
      345       764  
                 
Plant, property, and equipment, at cost
    2,960       2,978  
Less — Accumulated depreciation and amortization
    (1,815 )     (1,793 )
                 
      1,145       1,185  
                 
    $ 2,828     $ 3,590  
                 
 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
               
Short-term debt (including current maturities of long-term debt)
  $ 49     $ 46  
Trade payables
    790       987  
Accrued taxes
    30       41  
Accrued interest
    22       22  
Accrued liabilities
    201       213  
Other
    65       49  
                 
      1,157       1,358  
                 
Long-term debt
    1,402       1,328  
                 
Deferred income taxes
    51       114  
                 
Postretirement benefits
    377       288  
                 
Deferred credits and other liabilities
    61       71  
                 
Commitments and contingencies
               
Minority interest
    31       31  
                 
Shareholders’ equity:
               
Common stock
           
Premium on common stock and other capital surplus
    2,809       2,800  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (318 )     (73 )
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)
    (2,502 )     (2,087 )
                 
      (11 )     640  
Less — Shares held as treasury stock, at cost
    240       240  
                 
      (251 )     400  
                 
    $ 2,828     $ 3,590  
                 
 
The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral
part of these balance sheets.


74


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    (Millions)  
 
Operating Activities
                       
Net income (loss)
  $ (415 )   $ (5 )   $ 49  
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to cash provided by operating activities —
                       
Depreciation and amortization of other intangibles
    222       205       184  
Goodwill impairment charge
    114              
Deferred income taxes
    204       25       (41 )
Stock-based compensation
    10       9       7  
Loss on sale of assets
    10       8       3  
Changes in components of working capital —
                       
(Increase) decrease in receivables
    126       (116 )     (24 )
(Increase) decrease in inventories
    19       (66 )     (57 )
(Increase) decrease in prepayments and other current assets
    1       15       (25 )
Increase (decrease) in payables
    (181 )     100       91  
Increase (decrease) in accrued taxes
    4       (25 )     15  
Increase (decrease) in accrued interest
          (10 )     2  
Increase (decrease) in other current liabilities
          19       5  
Change in long-term assets
    16       6       3  
Change in long-term liabilities
    19       (13 )     (11 )
Other
    11       6       2  
                         
Net cash provided by operating activities
    160       158       203  
                         
Investing Activities
                       
Proceeds from sale of assets
    3       10       17  
Cash payments for plant, property, and equipment
    (233 )     (177 )     (177 )
Cash payments for software related intangible assets
    (15 )     (19 )     (13 )
Cash payment for net assets purchased
          (16 )      
Acquisition of businesses (net of cash acquired)
    (16 )            
Investments and other
                1  
                         
Net cash used by investing activities
    (261 )     (202 )     (172 )
                         
Financing Activities
                       
Issuance of common shares
    2       8       17  
Issuance of long-term debt
    1       400        
Debt issuance costs on long-term debt
    (2 )     (11 )      
Increase (decrease) in bank overdrafts
    (1 )     7        
Retirement of long-term debt
    (6 )     (591 )     (4 )
Net increase (decrease) in revolver borrowings and short-term debt excluding current maturities of long-term debt
    77       183       3  
Distribution to minority interest partners
    (13 )     (6 )     (4 )
                         
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities
    58       (10 )     12  
                         
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
    (19 )     40       18  
                         
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    (62 )     (14 )     61  
Cash and cash equivalents, January 1
    188       202       141  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents, December 31 (Note)
  $ 126     $ 188     $ 202  
                         
Supplemental Cash Flow Information
                       
Cash paid during the year for interest
  $ 117     $ 177     $ 137  
Cash paid during the year for income taxes (net of refunds)
    62       60       26  
Non-cash Investing and Financing Activities
                       
Period ended balance of payables for plant, property, and equipment
  $ 28     $ 40     $ 18  
Assumption of debt from business acquisition
    10              
 
 
Note:  Cash and cash equivalents include highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase.
 
The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral
part of these statements of cash flows.


75


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
                                                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount  
    (Millions Except Share Amounts)  
 
Common Stock
                                               
Balance January 1
    47,892,532     $       47,085,274     $       45,544,668     $  
Issued (Reacquired) pursuant to benefit plans
    238,982             209,558             (104,240 )      
Stock options exercised
    182,976             597,700             1,644,846        
                                                 
Balance December 31
    48,314,490             47,892,532             47,085,274        
                                                 
Premium on Common Stock and Other Capital Surplus
                                               
Balance January 1
            2,800               2,790               2,776  
Premium on common stock issued pursuant to benefit plans
            9               10               14  
                                                 
Balance December 31
            2,809               2,800               2,790  
                                                 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
                                               
Balance January 1
            (73 )             (252 )             (281 )
Adoption of recognition provision of Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (SFAS) No. 158, net of tax of $31 million
                                        (59 )
Measurement date implementation of SFAS No. 158, net of tax of $7 million
                          14                
Other comprehensive income (loss)
            (245 )             165               88  
                                                 
Balance December 31
            (318 )             (73 )             (252 )
                                                 
Retained Earnings (Accumulated Deficit)
                                               
Balance January 1
            (2,087 )             (2,072 )             (2,118 )
Net income (loss)
            (415 )             (5 )             49  
Measurement date implementation of SFAS No. 158, net of tax of $2 million
                          (8 )              
Other
                          (2 )             (3 )
                                                 
Balance December 31
            (2,502 )             (2,087 )             (2,072 )
                                                 
Less — Common Stock Held as Treasury Stock, at Cost
                                               
Balance January 1 and December 31
    1,294,692       240       1,294,692       240       1,294,692       240  
                                                 
Total
          $ (251 )           $ 400             $ 226  
                                                 
 
The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral
part of these statements of changes in shareholders’ equity.


76


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
 
                                                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    Accumulated
          Accumulated
          Accumulated
       
    Other
          Other
          Other
       
    Comprehensive
    Comprehensive
    Comprehensive
    Comprehensive
    Comprehensive
    Comprehensive
 
    Income
    Income
    Income
    Income
    Income
    Income
 
    (Loss)     (Loss)     (Loss)     (Loss)     (Loss)     (Loss)  
                (Millions)              
 
Net Income (Loss)
          $ (415 )           $ (5 )           $ 49  
                                                 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
                                               
Cumulative Translation Adjustment
                                               
Balance January 1
  $ 85             $ (53 )           $ (149 )        
Translation of foreign currency statements
    (127 )     (127 )     138       138       96       96  
                                                 
Balance December 31
    (42 )             85               (53 )        
                                                 
Additional Liability for Pension Benefits
                                               
Balance January 1
    (158 )             (199 )             (132 )        
Additional liability for pension and postretirement benefits, net of tax of $9 million in 2008, $(15) million in 2007, and $2 million in 2006
    (118 )     (118 )     27       27       (5 )     (5 )
Measurement date implementation of SFAS No. 158, net of tax of $7 million
                14                    
Deferred tax valuation allowance adjustment
                            (3 )     (3 )
                                                 
Balance December 31
    (276 )             (158 )             (140 )        
                                                 
Adoption of recognition provision of SFAS No. 158, net of tax of $31 million
                            (59 )      
                                                 
Balance December 31
  $ (318 )           $ (73 )           $ (252 )        
                                                 
Other comprehensive income (loss)
            (245 )             165               88  
                                                 
Comprehensive Income (Loss)
          $ (660 )           $ 160             $ 137  
                                                 
 
The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral
part of these statements of comprehensive income (loss).


77


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1.  Summary of Accounting Policies
 
Consolidation and Presentation
 
Our consolidated financial statements include all majority-owned subsidiaries. We carry investments in 20 percent to 50 percent owned companies as an equity method investment, at cost plus equity in undistributed earnings since the date of acquisition and cumulative translation adjustments. We have eliminated intercompany transactions.
 
Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior period cash flow statements to conform to the current year presentation. We have reclassified $12 million and $8 million from the line item other operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 respectively, into two new line items, change in long-term assets and change in long-term liabilities to provide additional details on our cash flow statement. We have also reclassified $15 million and $(1) million respectively, from the line item other operating activities to classify currency movement with the related line items. The $15 million reclassification from other operating activities decreased the line item increase (decrease) in payables by $(16) million and increased the line item increase (decrease) in other current liabilities by $1 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The $(1) million reclassification from other operating activities decreased the line item increase (decrease) in payables by $(1) million and increased the line increase (decrease) in other current liabilities by $2 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. We have also reclassified several amounts within the operating section of the cash flow statement, none of which were significant, to conform to the current year presentation. Additionally, we have reclassified $(7) million for the year ended December 31, 2007, from the line item increase (decrease) in payables in the operating section of the cash flow to a new line item increase (decrease) in bank overdrafts in the financing section. The reclassification for bank overdrafts was less than $1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006.
 
In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 158 “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit and Other Postretirement Plans.” Effective January 1, 2007, Tenneco elected to early-adopt the measurement date provisions of SFAS No. 158. We previously presented the transition adjustment as part of other comprehensive income in our statement of comprehensive income and statement of changes in shareholders’ equity for the year ended December 31, 2007. The transition adjustment should have been reported as a direct adjustment to the balance of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as of December 31, 2007. Other comprehensive income for the year ended December 31, 2007 was previously reported as $179 million. The amount of other comprehensive income for the year ended December 31, 2007 should have been reported as $165 million. The previously reported amount of comprehensive income for the year ended December 31, 2007 was $174 million and the amount that should have been reported is $160 million. We have revised the presentation of comprehensive income and other comprehensive income for 2007 in the accompanying financial statements in this Form 10-K. The statement of income (loss), balance sheet and statement of cash flows were not affected.
 
Sales of Accounts Receivable
 
We have an agreement to sell an interest in some of our U.S. trade accounts receivable to a third party. Receivables become eligible for the program on a daily basis, at which time the receivables are sold to the third party without recourse, net of a discount, through a wholly-owned subsidiary. Under this agreement, as well as individual agreements with third parties in Europe, we have sold accounts receivable of $179 million and $157 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. We recognized a loss of $10 million, $10 million and $9 million during 2008, 2007, and 2006 respectively, representing the discount from book values at which these receivables were sold to the third party. The discount rate varies based on funding cost incurred by the third party, which has averaged approximately five percent during 2008. We retain ownership of the remaining interest in the pool of receivables not sold to the third party. The retained interest represents


78


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
a credit enhancement for the program. We record the retained interest based upon the amount we expect to collect from our customers, which approximates book value.
 
In January 2009, the U.S. program was amended and extended to March 2, 2009 at a facility size of $120 million. These revisions will have the affect of reducing the amount of receivables sold by approximately $10 million to $30 million compared to the terms of the previous program. On February 23, 2009 this program was further extended for 364 days to February 22, 2010 at a facility size of $100 million.
 
Inventories
 
At December 31, 2008 and 2007, inventory by major classification was as follows:
 
                 
    2008     2007  
    (Millions)  
 
Finished goods
  $ 211     $ 212  
Work in process
    143       175  
Raw materials
    114       111  
Materials and supplies
    45       41  
                 
    $ 513     $ 539  
                 
 
Our inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market value using the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) or average cost methods.
 
Goodwill and Intangibles, net
 
As required by SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” we evaluate goodwill for impairment in the fourth quarter of each year, or more frequently if events indicate it is warranted. We compare the estimated fair value of our reporting units with goodwill to the carrying value of the unit’s assets and liabilities to determine if impairment exists within the recorded balance of goodwill. We estimate the fair value of each reporting unit using the income approach which is based on the present value of estimated future cash flows. The income approach is dependent on a number of factors, including estimates of market trends, forecasted revenues and expenses, capital expenditures, weighted average cost of capital and other variables. These estimates are based on assumptions that we believe to be reasonable, but which are inherently uncertain.
 
During the fourth quarter of 2008, all of our reporting units passed this test with the exception of our North America Original Equipment Ride Control reporting unit whose carrying value exceeded the estimated fair value. Under SFAS No. 142, we were required to calculate the implied fair value of goodwill of the North America Original Equipment Ride Control reporting unit by allocating the estimated fair value to the assets and liabilities of this reporting unit as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination and the fair value of the reporting unit was the acquisition price. As a result of this testing, we determined that the remaining amount of goodwill related to our elastomer business acquired in 1996 was impaired due to the significant decline in light vehicle production in 2008 and anticipated in future periods. Accordingly, we recorded an impairment charge of $114 million during the fourth quarter of 2008. During the fourth quarter of 2007, all of our reporting units passed the goodwill impairment test.


79


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The changes in the net carrying amount of goodwill for the twelve months ended December 31, 2008, were as follows:
 
                                 
          Europe,
             
    North
    South America
    Asia
       
    America     and India     Pacific     Total  
    (Millions)  
 
Balance at December 31, 2007
  $ 138     $ 60     $ 10     $ 208  
Acquisition of business
          10             10  
Goodwill impairment write-off
    (114 )                 (114 )
Translation adjustments
          (7 )     (2 )     (9 )
                                 
Balance at December 31, 2008
  $ 24     $ 63     $ 8     $ 95  
                                 
 
During 2008, we acquired the suspension business of Gruppo Marzocchi which resulted in the recognition of $10 million in goodwill. We have capitalized certain intangible assets, primarily trademarks and patents, based on their estimated fair value at the date we acquired them. We amortize these intangible assets on a straight-line basis over periods ranging from five to 30 years. Amortization of intangibles amounted to $3 million in 2008, $1 million in 2007, and less than $1 million in 2006, and is included in the statements of income caption “Depreciation and amortization of intangibles.” The carrying amount and accumulated amortization were as follows:
 
                                 
    December 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
    Gross Carrying
    Accumulated
    Gross Carrying
    Accumulated
 
    Value     Amortization     Value     Amortization  
    (Millions)     (Millions)  
 
Amortized Intangible Assets
                               
Customer contract
  $ 8     $ (2 )   $ 8     $ (1 )
Patents
    3       (3 )     3       (2 )
Technology rights
    23       (3 )     20       (2 )
                                 
Total
  $ 34     $ (8 )   $ 31     $ (5 )
                                 
 
Estimated amortization of intangible assets over the next five years is expected to be $2 million in 2009 through 2012 and $4 million in 2013. During 2007, we spent $16 million to acquire Combustion Components Associates’ ELIM-NOx tm technology which we began amortizing in 2008. The weighted-average amortization period for the ELIM-NOx tm acquisition is 10 years.
 
Plant, Property, and Equipment, at Cost
 
At December 31, 2008 and 2007, plant, property, and equipment, at cost, by major category were as follows:
 
                 
    2008     2007  
    (Millions)  
 
Land, buildings, and improvements
  $ 490     $ 496  
Machinery and equipment
    2,282       2,288  
Other, including construction in progress
    188       194  
                 
    $ 2,960     $ 2,978  
                 
 
We depreciate these properties excluding land on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Useful lives range from 10 to 50 years for buildings and improvements and from three to 25 years for machinery and equipment.


80


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Notes and Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
 
Short and long-term notes receivable outstanding were $14 million and $23 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The allowance for doubtful accounts on short-term and long-term notes receivable was $3 million at both December 31, 2008 and 2007.
 
At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the allowance for doubtful accounts on short-term and long-term accounts receivable was $21 million and $22 million, respectively.
 
Pre-production Design and Development and Tooling Assets
 
We expense pre-production design and development costs as incurred unless we have a contractual guarantee for reimbursement from the original equipment customer. We had current and long-term receivables of $12 million and $20 million on the balance sheet at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, for guaranteed pre-production design and development reimbursement arrangements with our customers. In addition, plant, property and equipment includes $53 million and $62 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, for original equipment tools and dies that we own. Prepayments and other includes $22 million and $33 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, for in-process tools and dies that we are building for our original equipment customers.
 
Internal Use Software Assets
 
We capitalize certain costs related to the purchase and development of software that we use in our business operations. We amortize the costs attributable to these software systems over their estimated useful lives, ranging from three to 15 years, based on various factors such as the effects of obsolescence, technology, and other economic factors. Capitalized software development costs, net of amortization, were $74 million and $86 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and are recorded in other long-term assets. Amortization of software development costs was approximately $24 million, $21 million and $17 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, and is included in the statements of income (loss) caption “Depreciation and amortization of intangibles.” Additions to capitalized software development costs, including payroll and payroll-related costs for those employees directly associated with developing and obtaining the internal use software, are classified as investing activities in the statements of cash flows.
 
Income Taxes
 
In accordance with SFAS No. 109 “Accounting for Income Taxes” (SFAS No. 109), we evaluate our deferred income taxes quarterly to determine if valuation allowances are required or should be adjusted. SFAS No. 109 requires that companies assess whether valuation allowances should be established against their deferred tax assets based on consideration of all available evidence, both positive and negative, using a “more likely than not” standard. This assessment considers, among other matters, the nature, frequency and amount of recent losses, the duration of statutory carryforward periods, and tax planning strategies. In making such judgments, significant weight is given to evidence that can be objectively verified.
 
Valuation allowances have been established for deferred tax assets based on a “more likely than not” threshold. The ability to realize deferred tax assets depends on our ability to generate sufficient taxable income within the carryforward periods provided for in the tax law for each tax jurisdiction. We have considered the following possible sources of taxable income when assessing the realization of our deferred tax assets:
 
  •  Future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences;
 
  •  Taxable income or loss, based on recent results, exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards; and,
 
  •  Tax-planning strategies.


81


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
In 2008, we recorded tax expense of $289 million primarily related to establishing a valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets in the U.S. In the U.S. we utilize the results from 2007 and 2008 as a measure of the cumulative losses in recent years. Accounting standards do not permit us to give any consideration to a likely economic recovery in the U.S. or the recent new business we have won particularly in the commercial vehicle segment in evaluating the requirement to record a valuation allowance. Consequently, we concluded that our ability to fully utilize our NOLs was limited due to projecting the current negative economic environment into the future and the impact of the current negative operating environment on our tax planning strategies. As a result of tax planning strategies which have not yet been implemented but which we plan to implement and which do not depend upon generating future taxable income, we continue to carry deferred tax assets in the U.S. of $70 million relating to the expected utilization of those NOLs. The federal NOL expires beginning in 2020 through 2028. The state NOL expires in various years through 2028.
 
If our operating performance improves on a sustained basis, our conclusion regarding the need for a valuation allowance could change, resulting in the reversal of some or all of the valuation allowance in the future. The charge to establish the U.S. valuation allowance also includes items related to the losses allocable to certain U.S. state jurisdictions where it was determined that tax attributes related to those jurisdictions were potentially not realizable.
 
Going forward, we will be required to record a valuation allowance against deferred tax assets generated by taxable losses in each period in the U.S. as well as in other foreign countries. Our future provision for income taxes will include no tax benefit with respect to losses incurred and no tax expense with respect to income generated in these jurisdictions until the respective valuation allowance is eliminated. This will cause variability in our effective tax rate.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
We recognize revenue for sales to our original equipment and aftermarket customers when title and risk of loss pass to the customers under the terms of our arrangements with those customers, which is usually at the time of shipment from our plants or distribution centers. In connection with the sale of exhaust systems to certain original equipment manufacturers, we purchase catalytic converters and diesel particulate filters or components thereof including precious metals (“substrates”) on behalf of our customers which are used in the assembled system. These substrates are included in our inventory and “passed through” to the customer at our cost, plus a small margin, since we take title to the inventory and are responsible for both the delivery and quality of the finished product. Revenues recognized for substrate sales were $1,492 million, $1,673 million and $927 million in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. For our aftermarket customers, we provide for promotional incentives and returns at the time of sale. Estimates are based upon the terms of the incentives and historical experience with returns. Certain taxes assessed by governmental authorities on revenue producing transactions, such as value added taxes, are excluded from revenue and recorded on a net basis. Shipping and handling costs billed to customers are included in revenues and the related costs are included in cost of sales in our Statements of Income (Loss).
 
Warranty Reserves
 
Where we have offered product warranty, we also provide for warranty costs. Those estimates are based upon historical experience and upon specific warranty issues as they arise. While we have not experienced any material differences between these estimates and our actual costs, it is reasonably possible that future warranty issues could arise that could have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.
 
Earnings Per Share
 
We compute basic earnings per share by dividing income available to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding. The computation of diluted earnings per share is


82


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
similar to the computation of basic earnings per share, except that we adjust the weighted-average number of shares outstanding to include estimates of additional shares that would be issued if potentially dilutive common shares had been issued. In addition, we adjust income available to common shareholders to include any changes in income or loss that would result from the assumed issuance of the dilutive common shares. Due to the net loss for the year ended December 31, 2008, the calculation of diluted earnings per share does not include the dilutive effect from shares of restricted stock and stock options. See Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements of Tenneco Inc.
 
Engineering, Research and Development
 
We expense engineering, research, and development costs as they are incurred. Engineering, research, and development expenses were $127 million for 2008, $114 million for 2007 and $88 million for 2006, net of reimbursements from our customers. Of these amounts, $26 million in 2008, $18 million in 2007 and $13 million in 2006 relate to research and development, which includes the research, design, and development of a new unproven product or process. Additionally, $46 million, $59 million and $45 million of engineering, research, and development expense for 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively, relates to improvements and enhancements to existing products and processes. The remainder of the expenses in each year relate to engineering costs we incurred for application of existing products and processes to vehicle platforms. Further, our customers reimburse us for engineering, research, and development costs on some platforms when we prepare prototypes and incur costs before platform awards. Our engineering, research, and development expense for 2008, 2007, and 2006 has been reduced by $120 million, $72 million and $61 million, respectively, for these reimbursements.
 
Foreign Currency Translation
 
We translate the consolidated financial statements of foreign subsidiaries into U.S. dollars using the exchange rate at each balance sheet date for assets and liabilities and a weighted-average exchange rate for revenues and expenses in each period. We record translation adjustments for those subsidiaries whose local currency is their functional currency as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss in shareholders’ equity. We recognize transaction gains and losses arising from fluctuations in currency exchange rates on transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currency in earnings as incurred, except for those transactions which hedge purchase commitments and for those intercompany balances which are designated as long-term investments. Our results included foreign currency transaction losses of $11 million in 2008, gains of $15 million in 2007, and losses of $8 million in 2006, respectively.
 
Risk Management Activities
 
We use derivative financial instruments, principally foreign currency forward purchase and sale contracts with terms of less than one year, to hedge our exposure to changes in foreign currency exchange rates, and interest rate swaps to manage our exposure to changes in interest rates. Our primary exposure to changes in foreign currency rates results from intercompany loans made between affiliates to minimize the need for borrowings from third parties. Net gains or losses on these foreign currency exchange contracts that are designated as hedges are recognized in the income statement to offset the foreign currency gain or loss on the underlying transaction. From time to time we may enter into foreign currency forward purchase and sale contracts to mitigate our exposure to changes in exchange rates on some intercompany and third party trade receivables and payables. Since these anticipated transactions are not firm commitments, we mark these forward contracts to market each period and record any gain or loss in the income statement. We recognize the net gains or losses on these contracts on the accrual basis in the balance sheet caption “Accumulated other comprehensive loss.” In the statement of cash flows, cash receipts or payments related to these exchange contracts are classified consistent with the cash flows from the transaction being hedged.
 
We do not enter into derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes.


83


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
In December 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (FSP) FAS 132(R)-1 “Employers’ Disclosure about Postretirement Benefit Plan Assets.” FSP FAS 132(R)-1 amends SFAS No. 132(R), “Employers’ Disclosure about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits,” and provides guidance on disclosure for an employer’s plan assets of a defined benefit pension or other postretirement plan. FSP FAS 132(R)-1 requires disclosure of plan asset investment policies and strategies, the fair value of each major category of plan assets, information about inputs and valuation techniques used to develop fair value measurements of plan assets, and additional disclosure about significant concentrations of risk in plan assets for an employer’s pension and other postretirement plans. FSP FAS 132(R)-1 is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2009. We do not believe the adoption of FSP FAS 132(R)-1 will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements, however, we will expand our footnote disclosures relating to our pension plan to meet the disclosure requirements of FSP FAS 132(R)-1.
 
In December 2008, the FASB issued FSP FAS 140-4 and FIN 46(R)-8 “Disclosures by Public Entities (Enterprises) about Transfers of Financial Assets and Interests in Variable Interest Entities.” The objective of this FSP is to provide greater transparency to financial statement users about a transferor’s continuing involvement with transferred financial assets and an enterprises involvement with variable interest entities and qualifying special-purpose entities. This FSP amends SFAS No. 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities,” to require public entities to provide additional disclosures about transfers of financial assets. Additionally, this FSP amends FASB Interpretation No. 46-R, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities,” to require public enterprises to provide additional disclosures about their involvement with variable interest entities. FSP FAS 140-4 and FIN 46(R)-8 is effective for the first reporting period (interim or annual) ending after December 15, 2008. The adoption of FSP FAS 140-4 and FIN 46(R)-8 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements or disclosures.
 
In October 2008, the FASB issued FSP 157-3, “Determining the Fair Value of a Financial Asset When the Market for That Asset Is Not Active.” FSP 157-3 provides clarification to SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” and key considerations in determining the fair value of a financial asset when the market for that financial asset is not active. FSP 157-3 is effective upon issuance, including prior periods for which financial statements have not been issued. We reviewed the illustrative example provided in FSP FAS 157-3 and have concluded that the adoption of FSP 157-3 does not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements or disclosures.
 
In September 2008, the Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) issued EITF Issue No. 08-7 (EITF 08-7), “Accounting for Defensive Intangible Assets.” EITF 08-7 defines a defensive intangible asset as an intangible asset acquired by an entity in a business combination or an asset acquisition that the entity does not intend to actively use but rather intends to “lock up” the asset to prevent competitors from obtaining access to the asset. EITF 08-7 requires a defensive intangible asset to be accounted for as a separate unit of accounting and should be assigned a useful life that reflects the entity’s consumption of the expected benefits related to the asset. EITF 08-7 is effective prospectively for intangible assets acquired on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008. We do not believe the adoption of EITF 08-7 will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements or disclosures.
 
In September 2008, the EITF issued EITF Issue No. 08-06 (EITF 08-6), “Equity Method Investment Accounting Considerations.” EITF 08-6 requires that the initial carrying value of an equity method investment should be based on the cost accumulation model described in SFAS No. 141(R), “Business Combinations.” EITF 08-6 also concluded that an equity method investor (1) should not separately test an investee’s underlying indefinite-life intangible assets for impairment, (2) should account for an investee’s share as if the equity method investor sold a proportionate share of its investment and (3) should continue applying the guidance of APB Opinion No. 18, “The Equity Method of Accounting for Investors of Common Stock,” upon a change in the investor’s accounting from the equity to the cost method. EITF 08-6 is effective on a


84


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
prospective basis in fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008 including interim periods within those fiscal years. We do not believe the adoption of EITF 08-6 will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements or disclosures.
 
In June 2008, the FASB issued FSP EITF 03-6-1, “Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions are Participating Securities.” FSP EITF 03-6-1 requires that unvested share-based payment awards that contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) are participating and shall be included in the computation of EPS pursuant to the two-class method. FSP EITF 03-6-1 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008 and interim periods within those years. FSP EITF 03-6-1 will not have any effect on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
 
In May 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 162, “The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles” (SFAS No. 162). SFAS No. 162 identifies the sources of accounting principles and the framework for selecting principles to be used in the preparation and presentation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. This statement will be effective 60 days after the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) approves the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board’s amendments to AU Section 411, “The Meaning of Present Fairly in Conformity with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.” The adoption of SFAS No. 162 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
 
In April 2008, the FASB issued FSP 142-3, “Determination of Useful Life of Intangible Assets.” FSP 142-3 amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under FASB Statement No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” and requires additional disclosure relating to an entity’s renewal or extension of recognized intangible assets. FSP 142-3 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008 and interim periods within those fiscal years. We do not expect the adoption of FSP 142-3 to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
 
In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, “Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133” (SFAS No. 161). SFAS No. 161 requires enhanced disclosures about an entity’s derivative and hedging activities including how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, how an entity accounts for derivatives and hedges and how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance and cash flows. SFAS No. 161 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008. We believe our current financial statement disclosures in this Annual Report meet the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 161. Accordingly, we do not expect SFAS No. 161 to have a material impact on our consolidated financials.
 
In February 2008, the FASB issued FSP 140-3, “Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets and Repurchase Financing Transactions.” FSP 140-3 provides guidance on accounting for a transfer of a financial asset and a repurchase financing which is a repurchase agreement that relates to a previously transferred financial asset between the same counterparties that is entered into contemporaneously with, or in contemplation of, the initial transfer. FSP 140-3 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. We do not expect FSP 140-3 to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
 
In February 2008, the FASB issued FSP 157-1, “Application of FASB Statement No. 157 to FASB Statement No. 13 and Other Accounting Pronouncements That Address Fair Value Measurements for Purposes of Lease Classification or Measurement Under Statement 13.” FSP 157-1 provides a scope exception to SFAS No. 157 which does not apply under Statement 13 and other accounting pronouncements that address fair value measurements for purposes of lease classification or measurement under Statement 13. FSP 157-1 is


85


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
effective upon the initial adoption of SFAS No. 157. FSP 157-1 did not have a material impact to our consolidated financial statements.
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (Revised 2007), “Business Combinations” (SFAS No. 141(R)). SFAS No. 141(R) requires an acquirer to recognize the assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, contractual contingencies and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree at the acquisition date at their fair values as of that date. SFAS No. 141(R) provides guidance on the accounting for acquisition-related costs, restructuring costs related to the acquisition and the measurement of goodwill and a bargain purchase. SFAS No. 141(R) applies prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after December 15, 2008. We do not expect the adoption of this statement to have a material impact to our consolidated financial statements.
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements-an amendment of ARB No. 51.” SFAS No. 160 amends ARB 51 to establish accounting and reporting standards for the noncontrolling (minority) interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. It clarified that a noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary is an ownership interest in the consolidated entity that should be reported as equity in the consolidated financial statements, establishes a single method of accounting for changes in a parent’s ownership interest in a subsidiary that does not result in deconsolidation and provides for expanded disclosure in the consolidated financial statements relating to the interests of the parent’s owners and the interests of the noncontrolling owners of the subsidiary. SFAS No. 160 applies prospectively (except for the presentation and disclosure requirements) for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008. The presentation and disclosure requirements will be applied retrospectively for all periods presented. The adoption of this statement will change the presentation of our consolidated financial statements based on the new disclosure requirements for noncontrolling interests.
 
In December 2007, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulleting No. 110 (SAB 110). SAB 110 amends and replaces Question 6 of Section D.2 Topic 14, “Share-Based Payment.” Question 6 of Topic 14:D.2 (as amended) expresses the views of the staff regarding the use of a “simplified” method in developing an estimate of the expected term of “plain vanilla” share options in accordance with SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment” (SFAS No. 123(R)). SAB 110 was effective January 1, 2008. The adoption of SAB 110 had no impact to our consolidated financial statements.
 
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurement.” This statement defines fair value, establishes a fair value hierarchy for measuring fair value under generally accepted accounting principles and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. FSP 157-2 issued in February 2008 delays the effective date of SFAS No. 157 for nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities to fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008 and interim periods within those fiscal years. We have adopted the measurement and disclosure impact of SFAS No. 157 relating to our financial assets and financial liabilities which are measured on a recurring basis (at least annually) effective January 1, 2008. See Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements of Tenneco Inc. and Consolidated Subsidiaries. We do not expect the adoption of the nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities portion of SFAS No. 157 to have a material impact to our consolidated financial statements.
 
In June 2007, the EITF issued EITF 06-11, “Accounting for Income Tax Benefits of Dividends on Share-Based Payment Awards.” EITF 06-11 provides the final consensus on the application of paragraphs 62 and 63 of SFAS No. 123(R) on the accounting for income tax benefits relating to the payment of dividends on equity-classified employee share-based payment awards that are charged to retained earnings. EITF 06-11 affirms that the realized income tax benefit from dividends or dividend equivalents that are charged to retained earnings for equity classified nonvested equity shares, nonvested equity share units, and outstanding equity share options should be recognized as an increase in additional paid-in-capital. Additionally, EITF 06-11 provides


86


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
guidance on the amount of tax benefits from dividends that are reclassified from additional paid-in-capital to the income statement when an entity’s estimate of forfeitures changes. EITF 06-11 is effective prospectively to the income tax benefits that result from dividends on equity-classified employee share-based payment awards that are declared in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2007. The adoption of EITF 06-11, on January 1, 2008, did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
 
In June 2007, the EITF issued EITF 07-3, “Accounting for Nonrefundable Advance Payments for Goods or Services Received for Use in Future Research and Development Activities.” EITF 07-3 requires the deferral and capitalization of nonrefundable advance payments for goods or services that an entity will use in research and development activities pursuant to an executory contractual agreement. Expenditures which are capitalized under EITF 07-3 should be expensed as the goods are delivered or the related services are performed. EITF 07-3 is effective prospectively for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2007 and interim periods within those fiscal years. EITF 07-3 is applicable to new contracts entered into after the effective date of this Issue. The adoption of EITF 07-3, on January 1, 2008, did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
 
In April 2007, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 39-1, “Amendment of FASB Interpretation No. 39” (FIN 39-1). This amendment allows a reporting entity to offset fair value amounts recognized for derivative instruments with fair value amounts recognized for the right to reclaim or realize cash collateral. Additionally, this amendment requires disclosure of the accounting policy on the reporting entity’s election to offset or not offset amounts for derivative instruments. FIN 39-1 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The adoption of FIN 39-1 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
 
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities.” This statement permits companies to choose to measure at fair value many financial instruments and certain other items that are not currently required to be measured at fair value. SFAS No. 159 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning on or after November 15, 2007. As we did not elect the fair value option, the adoption of SFAS 159 did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
 
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R).” Part of this Statement was effective as of December 31, 2006, and requires companies that have defined benefit pension plans and other postretirement benefit plans to recognize the funded status of those plans on the balance sheet on a prospective basis from the effective date. The funded status of these plans is determined as of the plans’ measurement dates and represents the difference between the amount of the obligations owed to participants under each plan (including the effects of future salary increases for defined benefit plans) and the fair value of each plan’s assets dedicated to paying those obligations. To record the funded status of those plans, unrecognized prior service costs and net actuarial losses experienced by the plans will be recorded in the Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) section of shareholders’ equity on the balance sheet. The initial adoption as of December 31, 2006 resulted in a reduction of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) in shareholders’ equity of $59 million.
 
In addition, SFAS No. 158 requires that companies using a measurement date for their defined benefit pension plans and other postretirement benefit plans other than their fiscal year end, change the measurement date effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2008. Effective January 1, 2007, we elected to early adopt the measurement date provision of SFAS No. 158. Adoption of this part of the statement was not material to our financial position and results of operations.


87


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Use of Estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. These estimates include, among others allowances for doubtful receivables, promotional and product returns, pension and post-retirement benefit plans, income taxes, and contingencies. These items are covered in more detail elsewhere in Note 1, Note 8, Note 11, and Note 13 of the consolidated financial statements of Tenneco Inc. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
2.  Fair Value
 
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157 “Fair Value Measurement” which is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. We adopted SFAS No. 157 on January 1, 2008, with the exception of the application of this statement to non-recurring, nonfinancial assets and liabilities. The adoption of SFAS No. 157 did not have a material impact on our fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 defines fair value as the price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. SFAS No. 157 establishes a fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value into the following levels:
 
Level 1 — Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
 
  Level 2 — Inputs, other than quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly.
 
Level 3 — Unobservable inputs based on our own assumptions.
 
The fair value of our recurring financial assets and liabilities at December 31, 2008 are as follows:
 
                         
    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
    (Millions)  
 
Financial Assets:
                       
Foreign exchange forward contracts
    n/a     $ 2       n/a  
 
Foreign exchange forward contracts  — We use foreign exchange forward purchase and sales contracts with terms of less than one year to hedge our exposure to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. The fair value of our foreign exchange forward contracts is based on a model which incorporates observable inputs including quoted spot rates, forward exchange rates and discounted future expected cash flows utilizing market interest rates with similar quality and maturity characteristics. The change in fair value of these foreign exchange forward contracts is recorded as part of currency gains (losses) and other current liabilities or assets.
 
Interest rate swaps  — In December 2008, we elected to terminate our fixed-to-floating interest rate swap contracts covering $150 million of our fixed interest rate debt. In consideration for the termination of the swaps, we received $6 million.


88


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
3.  Earnings (Loss) Per Share
 
Earnings (loss) per share of common stock outstanding were computed as follows:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    (Millions Except Share and Per Share Amounts)  
 
Basic earnings (loss) per share —
                       
Net income (loss)
  $ (415 )   $ (5 )   $ 49  
                         
Average shares of common stock outstanding
    46,406,095       45,809,730       44,625,220  
                         
Earnings (loss) per average share of common stock
  $ (8.95 )   $ (0.11 )   $ 1.11  
                         
Diluted earnings (loss) per share —
                       
Net income (loss)
  $ (415 )   $ (5 )   $ 49  
                         
Average shares of common stock outstanding
    46,406,095       45,809,730       44,625,220  
Effect of dilutive securities:
                       
Restricted stock
                400,954  
Stock options
                1,729,399  
                         
Average shares of common stock outstanding including dilutive securities
    46,406,095       45,809,730       46,755,573  
                         
Earnings (loss) per average share of common stock
  $ (8.95 )   $ (0.11 )   $ 1.05  
                         
 
As a result of the net loss in 2008 and 2007, the calculation of diluted earnings per share does not include the dilutive effect of 8,915 and 206,960 shares of restricted stock and 955,072 and 1,509,462 stock options in 2008 and 2007, respectively. In addition, options to purchase 2,194,304, 1,311,427, and 1,344,774 shares of common stock and 426,553, 262,434 and zero shares of restricted stock were outstanding at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, but were not included in the computation of diluted EPS because the options were anti-dilutive for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
4.  Acquisitions
 
On September 1, 2008, we acquired the suspension business of Gruppo Marzocchi, an Italy based worldwide leader in supplying suspension technology in the two wheeler market. The consideration paid for the Marzocchi acquisition included cash of approximately $1 million, plus the assumption of Marzocchi’s net debt (debt less cash acquired) of about $6 million. The Marzocchi acquisition is accounted for as a purchase business combination with assets acquired and liabilities assumed recorded in our consolidated balance sheet as of September 1, 2008 including $10 million in goodwill. The acquisition of the Gruppo Marzocchi suspension business includes a manufacturing facility in Bologna, Italy, associated engineering and intellectual property, the Marzocchi brand name, sales, marketing and customer service operations in the United States and Canada, and purchasing and sales operations in Taiwan. The final allocation of the purchase price is pending the fair value appraisal of the long-lived assets acquired which will be completed by the third quarter of 2009.
 
On May 30, 2008, we acquired from Delphi Automotive Systems LLC certain ride control assets and inventory at Delphi’s Kettering, Ohio facility. We are utilizing the purchased assets in other locations to grow our OE ride control business globally. We paid approximately $10 million for existing ride control components inventory and approximately $9 million for certain machinery and equipment. In conjunction with the purchase agreement, we entered into an agreement to lease a portion of the Kettering facility from Delphi and we have entered into a long-term supply agreement with General Motors Corporation to continue supplying passenger


89


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
car shocks and struts to General Motors from the Kettering facility. The final allocation of the purchase price is pending the fair value appraisal of the fixed assets acquired which will be completed by the second quarter of 2009.
 
In September 2007, we acquired Combustion Components Associates’ ELIM-NOx tm technology for $16 million. The acquisition included a complete reactant dosing system design and associated intellectual property including granted patents and patent applications yet to be granted for selective catalytic reduction emission control systems that reduce emissions of oxides of nitrogen from diesel powered vehicles. The technology can be used for both urea and hydrocarbon injection. We have recorded the acquisition as part of intangible assets on our balance sheet.
 
5.  Restructuring and Other Charges
 
Over the past several years we have adopted plans to restructure portions of our operations. These plans were approved by the Board of Directors and were designed to reduce operational and administrative overhead costs throughout the business. In the fourth quarter of 2001 our Board of Directors approved a restructuring plan, a project known as Project Genesis, which was designed to lower our fixed costs, relocate capacity, reduce our work force, improve efficiency and utilization, and better optimize our global footprint. We have subsequently engaged in various other restructuring projects related to Project Genesis. We incurred $27 million in restructuring and restructuring-related costs during 2006, of which $23 million was recorded in cost of sales and $4 million was recorded in selling, general and administrative expense. We incurred $25 million in restructuring and restructuring-related costs during 2007, of which $22 million was recorded in cost of sales and $3 million was recorded in selling, general and administrative expense. In 2008, we incurred $40 million in restructuring and restructuring-related costs, of which $17 million was recorded in cost of sales and $23 million was recorded in selling, general, administrative and engineering expense. At December 31, 2008, our restructuring reserve was $22 million, primarily related to actions announced in October 2008, including European headcount reductions and North American facility closures and headcount reductions, and the remaining obligations for the Wissembourg, France plant closure. At December 31, 2007, our restructuring reserve was $16 million, primarily related to obligations for the Wissembourg, France plant closure.
 
Under the terms of our amended and restated senior credit agreement that took effect on March 16, 2007, we were allowed to exclude $80 million of cash charges and expenses, before taxes, related to cost reduction initiatives incurred after March 16, 2007 from the calculation of the financial covenant ratios required under our senior credit facility. As of December 31, 2008, we have excluded $62 million in allowable charges relating to restructuring initiatives against the $80 million available under the terms of the March 2007 amended and restated senior credit facility. The February 2009 amendment resets the exclusion allowing us to exclude $40 million of cash charges and expenses related to cost reduction initiatives incurred after February 20, 2009.
 
On January 13, 2009, we announced that we will postpone closing an original equipment ride control plant in the United States as part of our current global restructuring program. We still expect, as announced in October 2008, the elimination of 1,100 positions. We now estimate that we will record up to $31 million in charges, of which approximately $25 million represents cash expenditures in connection with the restructuring program announced in the fourth quarter of 2008. We recorded $24 million of these charges in 2008 and expect to record the remaining $7 million in 2009.
 
The February 2009 amendment resets the exclusion allowing us to exclude $40 million of cash charges and expenses related to cost reduction initiatives incurred after February 23, 2009.


90


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
6.  Long-Term Debt, Short-Term Debt, and Financing Arrangements
 
Long-Term Debt
 
A summary of our long-term debt obligations at December 31, 2008 and 2007, is set forth in the following table:
 
                 
    2008     2007  
    (Millions)  
 
Tenneco Inc. —
               
Revolver borrowings due 2012 and 2014, average effective interest rate 4.4% in 2008 and 5.8% in 2007
  $ 239     $ 169  
Senior Term Loans due 2012, average effective interest rate 4.8% in 2008 and 7.2% in 2007
    150       150  
10 1 / 4 % Senior Secured Notes due 2013, including unamortized premium
    250       250  
8 5 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014
    500       500  
8 1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2015
    250       250  
Debentures due 2012 through 2025, average effective interest rate 8.4% in 2008 and 9.3% in 2007
    1       3  
Other subsidiaries —
               
Notes due 2009 through 2017, average effective interest rate 4.8% in 2008 and 4.6% in 2007
    17       12  
                 
      1,407       1,334  
Less — maturities classified as current
    5       6  
                 
Total long-term debt
  $ 1,402     $ 1,328  
                 
 
The aggregate maturities and sinking fund requirements applicable to the long-term debt outstanding at December 31, 2008, are $22 million, $55 million, $67 million, $128 million, and $246 million for 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively. In 2009, we plan to repay $17 million of the senior term loan due 2012 by increasing our revolver borrowings which are classified as long-term debt. Accordingly, we have classified the $17 million repayment as long term debt.
 
Short-Term Debt
 
Our short-term debt includes the current portion of long-term obligations and borrowing by foreign subsidiaries. Information regarding our short-term debt as of and for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 is as follows:
 
                 
    2008     2007  
    (Millions)  
 
Maturities classified as current
  $ 5     $ 6  
Notes payable
    44       40  
                 
Total short-term debt
  $ 49     $ 46  
                 
 


91


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
                 
    2008     2007  
    Notes Payable(a)     Notes Payable(a)  
    (Dollars in Millions)  
 
Outstanding borrowings at end of year
  $ 44     $ 40  
Weighted average interest rate on outstanding borrowings at end of year(b)
    10.5 %     4.0 %
Approximate maximum month-end outstanding borrowings during year
  $ 49     $ 40  
Approximate average month-end outstanding borrowings during year
  $ 43     $ 28  
Weighted average interest rate on approximate average month-end outstanding borrowings during year(b)
    7.1 %     4.5 %
 
 
(a) Includes borrowings under both committed credit facilities and uncommitted lines of credit and similar arrangements.
 
(b) This calculation does not include the commitment fees to be paid on the unused revolving credit facilities balances which are recorded as interest expense for accounting purposes.
 
Financing Arrangements
 
                                         
    Committed Credit Facilities(a) as of December 31, 2008  
                      Letters of
       
    Term     Commitments     Borrowings     Credit(b)     Available  
    (Millions)  
 
Tenneco Inc. revolving credit agreement
    2012     $ 550     $ 109     $ 47     $ 394  
Tenneco Inc. tranche B letter of credit/revolving loan agreement
    2014       130       130              
Tenneco Inc. Senior Term Loans
    2012       150       150              
Subsidiaries’ credit agreements
    2009-2017       87       53             34  
                                         
            $ 917     $ 442     $ 47     $ 428  
                                         
 
 
(a) We generally are required to pay commitment fees on the unused portion of the total commitment.
 
(b) Letters of credit reduce the available borrowings under the tranche B letter of credit/revolving loan agreement.
 
Overview and Recent Transactions.   Our financing arrangements are primarily provided by a committed senior secured financing arrangement with a syndicate of banks and other financial institutions. The arrangement is secured by substantially all our domestic assets and pledges of up to 66 percent of the stock of certain first-tier foreign subsidiaries, as well as guarantees by our material domestic subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2008, the senior credit facility consisted of a five-year, $150 million term loan A maturing in March 2012, a five-year, $550 million revolving credit facility maturing in March 2012, and a seven-year $130 million tranche B-1 letter of credit/revolving loan facility maturing in March 2014. Our outstanding debt also includes $245 million of 10 1 / 4 percent senior secured notes due July 15, 2013, $250 million of 8 1 / 8  percent senior notes due November 15, 2015, and $500 million of 8 5 / 8  percent senior subordinated notes due November 15, 2014.
 
On February 23, 2009, in light of the challenging macroeconomic environment and auto production outlook, we amended our senior credit facility to increase the allowable consolidated net leverage ratio (consolidated indebtedness net of cash divided by consolidated EBITDA as defined in the senior credit facility agreement) and reduce the allowable consolidated interest coverage ratio (consolidated EBITDA divided by

92


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
consolidated interest expense as defined in the senior credit facility agreement). These changes are detailed in the table below.
 
Beginning February 23, 2009 and following each fiscal quarter thereafter, the margin we pay on borrowings under our term loan A and revolving credit facility will incur interest at an annual rate equal to, at our option, either (i) the London Interbank Offered Rate plus a margin of 550 basis points, or (ii) a rate consisting of the greater of (a) the JPMorgan Chase prime rate plus a margin of 450 basis points, and (b) the Federal Funds rate plus 50 basis points plus a margin of 450 basis points, The margin we pay on these borrowings will be reduced by 50 basis points following each fiscal quarter for which our consolidated net leverage ratio is less than 5.0, and will be further reduced following each fiscal quarter for which the consolidated net leverage ratio is less than 4.0.
 
Also beginning February 23, 2009 and following each fiscal quarter thereafter, the margin we pay on borrowings under our tranche B-1 facility will incur interest at an annual rate equal to, at our option, either (i) the London Interbank Offered Rate plus a margin of 550 basis points, or (ii) a rate consisting of the greater of (a) the JPMorgan Chase prime rate plus a margin of 450 basis points, and (b) the Federal Funds rate plus 50 basis points plus a margin of 450 basis points. The margin we pay on these borrowings will be reduced by 50 basis points following each fiscal quarter for which our consolidated net leverage ratio is less than 5.0.
 
The February 23, 2009 amendment to our senior credit facility also placed further restrictions on our operations including limitations on: (i) debt incurrence, (ii) incremental loan extensions, (iii) liens, (iv) restricted payments, (v) optional prepayments of junior debt, (vi) investments, (vii) acquisitions, and (viii) mandatory prepayments. The definition of EBIDTA was amended to allow for $40 million of cash restructuring charges taken after the date of the amendment and $4 million annually in aftermarket changeover costs. We agreed to pay each consenting lender a fee. The lender fee plus amendment costs were approximately $8 million.
 
On December 23, 2008, we amended a financial covenant effective for the fourth quarter of 2008 in our senior secured credit facility which increased the consolidated net leverage ratio (consolidated indebtedness net of cash divided by consolidated EBITDA as defined in the senior credit facility agreement) by increasing the maximum ratio to 4.25 from 4.0. We agreed to increase the margin we pay on the borrowings under our senior credit facility as outlined in the table below. In addition, we agreed to pay each consenting lender a fee. The lender fee plus amendment costs were approximately $3 million.
 
In December 2008, we terminated the fixed-to-floating interest rate swaps we entered into in April 2004. The change in the market value of these swaps was recorded as part of interest expense with an offset to other long-term assets or liabilities. At the termination date, we had recorded a reduction in interest expense and a long-term asset of $6 million, which the counterparties to the swaps paid us in cash.
 
On November 20, 2007, we issued $250 million of 8 1 / 8  percent Senior Notes due November 15, 2015 through a private placement offering. The offering and related transactions were designed to (1) reduce our interest expense and extend the maturity of a portion of our debt (by using the proceeds of the offering to tender for $230 million of our outstanding $475 million 10 1 / 4  percent senior secured notes due 2013), (2) facilitate the realignment of the ownership structure of some of our foreign subsidiaries and (3) otherwise amend certain of the covenants in the indenture for our 10 1 / 4  percent senior secured notes to be consistent with those contained in our 8 5 / 8  percent senior subordinated notes, including conforming the limitation on incurrence of indebtedness and the absence of a limitation on issuances or transfers of restricted subsidiary stock, and make other minor modifications.
 
The ownership structure realignment was designed to allow us to more rapidly use our U.S. net operating losses and reduce our cash tax payments. The realignment involved the creation of a new European holding company which now owns some of our foreign entities. We may further alter the components of the realignment from time to time. If market conditions permit, we may offer debt issued by the new European


93


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
holding company. This realignment utilized part of our U.S. net operating tax losses. Consequently, we recorded a non-cash charge of $66 million in the fourth quarter of 2007.
 
The offering of new notes and related repurchase of our senior secured notes reduced our annual interest expense by approximately $3 million for 2008 and increased our total debt outstanding to third parties by approximately $20 million. In connection with the offering and the related repurchase of our senior secured notes, we also recorded non-recurring pre-tax charges related to the tender premium and fees, the write-off of deferred debt issuance costs, and the write-off of previously recognized issuance premium totaling $21 million in the fourth quarter of 2007.
 
In July 2008, we exchanged $250 million principal amount of 8 1 / 8  percent Senior Notes due 2015 which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, for and in replacement of all outstanding 8 1 / 8  percent Senior Notes due 2015 which we issued on November 20, 2007 in a private placement. The terms of the new notes are substantially identical to the terms of the notes for which they were exchanged, except that the transfer restrictions and registration rights applicable to the original notes generally do not apply to the new notes.
 
In March 2007, we refinanced our $831 million senior credit facility. At that time, the transaction reduced the interest rates we paid on all portions of the facility. While the total amount of the new senior credit facility is $830 million, approximately the same as the previous facility, we changed the components of the facility to enhance our financial flexibility. We increased the amount of commitments under our revolving loan facility from $320 million to $550 million, reduced the amount of commitments under our tranche B-1 letter of credit/revolving loan facility from $155 million to $130 million and replaced the $356 million term loan B with a $150 million term loan A. As of December 31, 2008, the senior credit facility consisted of a five-year, $150 million term loan A maturing in March 2012, a five-year, $550 million revolving credit facility maturing in March 2012, and a seven-year $130 million tranche B-1 letter of credit/revolving loan facility maturing in March 2014.
 
At that time, the refinancing of the prior facility allowed us to: (i) amend the consolidated net debt to EBITDA ratio, (ii) eliminate the fixed charge coverage ratio, (iii) eliminate the restriction on capital expenditures, (iv) increase the amount of acquisitions permitted, (v) improve the flexibility to repurchase and retire higher cost junior debt, (vi) increase our ability to enter into capital leases, (vii) increase the ability of our foreign subsidiaries to incur debt, (viii) increase our ability to pay dividends and repurchase common stock, (ix) increase our ability to invest in joint ventures, (x) allow for the increase in the existing tranche B-1 facility and/or the term loan A or the addition of a new term loan of up to $275 million in order to reduce our 10 1 / 4  percent senior secured notes, and (xi) make other modifications.
 
Following the refinancing, the term loan A facility is payable in twelve consecutive quarterly installments, commencing June 30, 2009 as follows: $6 million due each of June 30, September 30, December 31, 2009 and March 31, 2010, $15 million due each of June 30, September 30, December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2011, and $17 million due each of June 30, September 30, December 31, 2011 and March 16, 2012. The revolving credit facility requires that any amounts drawn be repaid by March 2012. Prior to that date, funds may be borrowed, repaid and reborrowed under the revolving credit facility without premium or penalty. Letters of credit may be issued under the revolving credit facility.
 
The tranche B-1 letter of credit/revolving loan facility requires repayment by March 2014. We can borrow revolving loans and issue letters of credit under the $130 million tranche B-1 letter of credit/revolving loan facility. The tranche B-1 letter of credit/revolving loan facility is reflected as debt on our balance sheet only if we borrow money under this facility or if we use the facility to make payments for letters of credit. There is no additional cost to us for issuing letters of credit under the tranche B-1 letter of credit/revolving loan facility, however outstanding letters of credit reduce our availability to borrow revolving loans under this portion of the facility. We pay the tranche B-1 lenders interest equal to LIBOR plus a margin, as set forth below, which is


94


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
offset by the return on the funds deposited with the administrative agent by the lenders which earn interest at an annual rate approximately equal to LIBOR less 25 basis points. Outstanding revolving loans reduce the funds on deposit with the administrative agent which in turn reduce the earnings of those deposits.
 
Senior Credit Facility — Interest Rates and Fees.   Borrowings and letters of credit issued under the senior credit facility bear interest at an annual rate equal to, at our option, either (i) the London Interbank Offered Rate plus a margin as set forth in the table below; or (ii) a rate consisting of the greater of the JP Morgan Chase prime rate or the Federal Funds rate, plus a margin as set forth in the table below.
 
                                         
    For the Period  
    1/01/2006
    4/3/2006
    3/16/2007
    12/23/2008
       
    thru
    thru
    thru
    thru
    Beginning
 
    4/2/2006     3/15/2007     12/22/2008     2/22/2009     2/23/2009  
 
Applicable Margin over LIBOR for Revolving Loans
    2.75 %     2.75 %     1.50 %     3.00 %     5.50 %
Applicable Margin over LIBOR for Term Loan B Loans
    2.25 %     2.00 %     N/A       N/A       N/A  
Applicable Margin over LIBOR for Term Loan A Loans
    N/A       N/A       1.50 %     3.00 %     5.50 %
Applicable Margin over LIBOR for Tranche B-1 Loans
    2.25 %     2.00 %     1.50 %     3.00 %     5.50 %
Applicable Margin for Prime-based Loans
    1.75 %     1.75 %     0.50 %     2.00 %     4.50 %
Applicable Margin for Federal Funds base Loans
    2.125 %     2.125 %     1.00 %     2.50 %     5.00 %
Commitment Fee
    0.375 %     0.375 %     0.35 %     0.50 %     0.75 %
 
Senior Credit Facility — Other Terms and Conditions.   As described above, we are highly leveraged. Our senior credit facility requires that we maintain financial ratios equal to or better than the following consolidated net leverage ratio (consolidated indebtedness net of cash divided by consolidated EBITDA, as defined in the senior credit facility agreement), and consolidated interest coverage ratio (consolidated EBITDA divided by consolidated interest expense, as defined under the senior credit facility agreement) at the end of each period indicated. Failure to maintain these ratios will result in a default under our senior credit facility. The financial ratios required under the senior credit facility and, the actual ratios we achieved for four quarters of 2008, are shown in the following tables:
 
                                                                 
    Quarter Ended  
    March 31,
    June 30,
    September 30,
    December 31,
 
    2008     2008     2008     2008  
    Req.     Act.     Req.     Act.     Req.     Act.     Req.     Act.  
 
Leverage Ratio (maximum)
    4.00       2.79       4.00       2.92       4.00       3.27       4.25       3.66  
Interest Coverage Ratio (minimum)
    2.10       4.06       2.10       4.22       2.10       4.08       2.10       3.64  


95


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The financial ratios required under the senior credit facility for 2009 and beyond are set forth below:
 
                 
          Interest
 
    Leverage
    Coverage
 
Period Ending
  Ratio     Ratio  
 
March 31, 2009
    5.50       2.25  
June 30, 2009
    7.35       1.85  
September 30, 2009
    7.90       1.55  
December 31, 2009
    6.60       1.60  
March 31, 2010
    5.50       2.00  
June 30, 2010
    5.00       2.25  
September 30, 2010
    4.75       2.30  
December 31, 2010
    4.50       2.35  
March 31, 2011
    4.00       2.55  
June 30, 2011
    3.75       2.55  
September 30, 2011
    3.50       2.55  
December 31, 2011
    3.50       2.55  
2012 and 2013
    3.50       2.75  
 
The senior credit facility agreement provides the ability to refinance our senior subordinated notes and/or our senior secured notes in an amount equal to the sum of (i) the net cash proceeds of equity issued after March 16, 2007, plus (ii) the portion of annual excess cash flow (as defined in the senior credit facility agreement) that is not required to be applied to the payment of the credit facilities and which is not used for other purposes, provided that the amount of the subordinated notes and the aggregate amount of the senior secured notes and the subordinated notes that may be refinanced is capped based upon the pro forma consolidated leverage ratio after giving effect to such refinancing as shown in the following table:
 
                 
          Aggregate Senior and
 
Proforma Consolidated
  Subordinated Notes
    Subordinate Note
 
Leverage Ratio
  Maximum Amount     Maximum Amount  
 
Greater than or equal to 3.0x
  $ 0 million     $ 10 million  
Greater than or equal to 2.5x
  $ 100 million     $ 300 million  
Less than 2.5x
  $ 125 million     $ 375 million  
 
In addition, the senior secured notes may be refinanced with (i) the net cash proceeds of incremental facilities and permitted refinancing indebtedness (as defined in the senior credit facility agreement), (ii) the net cash proceeds of any new senior or subordinated unsecured indebtedness, (iii) proceeds of revolving credit loans (as defined in the senior credit facility agreement), (iv) up to €200 million of unsecured indebtedness of the company’s foreign subsidiaries and (v) cash generated by the company’s operations provided that the amount of the senior secured notes that may be refinanced is capped based upon the pro forma consolidated leverage ratio after giving effect to such refinancing as shown in the following table:
 
         
    Aggregate Senior and
 
Proforma Consolidated
  Subordinate Note
 
Leverage Ratio
  Maximum Amount  
 
Greater than or equal to 3.0x
  $ 10 million  
Greater than or equal to 2.5x
  $ 300 million  
Less than 2.5x
  $ 375 million  
 
The senior credit facility agreement also contains restrictions on our operations that are customary for similar facilities, including limitations on: (i) incurring additional liens; (ii) sale and leaseback transactions


96


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
(except for the permitted transactions as described in the amended and restated agreement); (iii) liquidations and dissolutions; (iv) incurring additional indebtedness or guarantees; (v) investments and acquisitions; (vi) dividends and share repurchases; (vii) mergers and consolidations; and (viii) refinancing of subordinated and 10 1 / 4 percent senior secured notes. Compliance with these requirements and restrictions is a condition for any incremental borrowings under the senior credit facility agreement and failure to meet these requirements enables the lenders to require repayment of any outstanding loans. As of December 31, 2008, we were in compliance with all the financial covenants and operational restrictions of the facility.
 
Our senior credit facility does not contain any terms that could accelerate payment of the facility or affect pricing under the facility as a result of a credit rating agency downgrade.
 
Senior Secured, Senior and Senior Subordinated Notes.   As of December 31, 2008, our outstanding debt also included $245 million of 10 1 / 4  percent senior secured notes due July 15, 2013, $250 million of 8 1 / 8  percent senior notes due November 15, 2015, and $500 million of 8 5 / 8 percent senior subordinated notes due November 15, 2014. We can redeem some or all of the notes at any time after July 15, 2008 in the case of the senior secured notes, November 15, 2009 in the case of the senior subordinated notes and November 15, 2011 in the case of the senior notes. If we sell certain of our assets or experience specified kinds of changes in control, we must offer to repurchase the notes. We are permitted to redeem up to 35 percent of the senior notes with the proceeds of certain equity offerings completed before November 15, 2010.
 
Our senior secured, senior and senior subordinated notes require that, as a condition precedent to incurring certain types of indebtedness not otherwise permitted, our consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio, as calculated on a proforma basis, be greater than 2.00. We have not incurred any of the types of indebtedness not otherwise permitted by the indentures. The indentures also contain restrictions on our operations, including limitations on: (i) incurring additional indebtedness or liens; (ii) dividends; (iii) distributions and stock repurchases; (iv) investments; (v) asset sales and (vi) mergers and consolidations. Subject to limited exceptions, all of our existing and future material domestic wholly-owned subsidiaries fully and unconditionally guarantee these notes on a joint and several basis. In addition, the senior secured notes and related guarantees are secured by second priority liens, subject to specified exceptions, on all of our and our subsidiary guarantors’ assets that secure obligations under our senior credit facility, except that only a portion of the capital stock of our subsidiary guarantor’s domestic subsidiaries is provided as collateral and no assets or capital stock of our direct or indirect foreign subsidiaries secure the notes or guarantees. There are no significant restrictions on the ability of the subsidiaries that have guaranteed these notes to make distributions to us. The senior subordinated notes rank junior in right of payment to our senior credit facility and any future senior debt incurred. As of December 31, 2008, we were in compliance with the covenants and restrictions of these indentures.
 
Accounts Receivable Securitization.   In addition to our senior credit facility, senior secured notes, senior notes and senior subordinated notes, we also sell some of our accounts receivable on a nonrecourse basis in North America and Europe. In North America, we have an accounts receivable securitization program with two commercial banks. We sell original equipment and aftermarket receivables on a daily basis under this program. We had sold accounts receivable under this program of $101 million and $100 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. This program is subject to cancellation prior to its maturity date if we (i) fail to pay interest or principal payments on an amount of indebtedness exceeding $50 million, (ii) default on the financial covenant ratios under the senior credit facility, or (iii) fail to maintain certain financial ratios in connection with the accounts receivable securitization program. In January 2009, our U.S. program was amended and extended to March 2, 2009 at a facility size of $120 million. These revisions will have the affect of reducing the amount of receivables sold by approximately $10 million to $30 million compared to the terms of the previous program. On February 23, 2009 this program was renewed for 364 days to February 22, 2010 at a facility size of $100 million. As part of the renewal, the margin we pay the banks increased. While the funding costs incurred by the banks are expected to be down in 2009, we estimate that the additional margin would otherwise increase the loss we record on the sale of receivables by approximately


97


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
$4 million annually. We also sell some receivables in our European operations to regional banks in Europe. At December 31, 2008, we had sold $78 million of accounts receivable in Europe up from $57 million at December 31, 2007. The arrangements to sell receivables in Europe are provided under 10 separate arrangements, by various financial institutions in each of the foreign jurisdictions. The commitments for these arrangements are generally for one year but may be cancelled with 90 day notice prior to renewal. In four instances, the arrangement provides for cancellation by the financial institution at any time upon 30 days, or less, notification. If we were not able to sell receivables under either the North American or European securitization programs, our borrowings under our revolving credit agreements may increase. These accounts receivable securitization programs provide us with access to cash at costs that are generally favorable to alternative sources of financing, and allow us to reduce borrowings under our revolving credit agreements.
 
7.  Financial Instruments
 
The carrying and estimated fair values of our financial instruments by class at December 31, 2008 and 2007 were as follows:
 
                                 
    2008     2007  
    Carrying
    Fair
    Carrying
    Fair
 
    Amount     Value     Amount     Value  
          (Millions)        
    Assets (Liabilities)  
 
Long-term debt (including current maturities)
  $ 1,407     $ 713     $ 1,334     $ 1,324  
Instruments with off-balance sheet risk:
                               
Foreign currency contracts
          2             (2 )
Financial guarantees
                       
 
Asset and Liability Instruments  — The fair value of cash and cash equivalents, short and long-term receivables, accounts payable, and short-term debt was considered to be the same as or was not determined to be materially different from the carrying amount.
 
Long-term Debt  — The fair value of our fixed rate subordinated notes is based on quoted market prices. The fair value of our borrowings under our senior credit facility and other long-term debt instruments is based on the market value of debt with similar maturities, interest rates and risk characteristics.
 
Instruments With Off-Balance Sheet Risk
 
Foreign Currency Contracts  — Note 1 of the consolidated financial statements of Tenneco Inc. and Consolidated Subsidiaries, “Summary of Accounting Policies — Risk Management Activities” describes our


98


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
use of and accounting for foreign currency exchange contracts. The following table summarizes by major currency the contractual amounts of foreign currency contracts we utilize:
 
                                 
    Notional Amount  
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
    2008     2007  
    Purchase     Sell     Purchase     Sell  
          (Millions)        
 
Foreign currency contracts (in U.S.$):
                               
Australian dollars
  $ 23     $ 5     $ 11     $ 2  
British pounds
    20       17       8       2  
Canadian dollars
          1              
European euro
          13       1       143  
South Africa rand
    30       5       60       13  
U.S. dollars
    9       46       136       62  
Other
    7             4        
                                 
    $ 89     $ 87     $ 220     $ 222  
                                 
 
We manage our foreign currency risk by entering into derivative financial instruments with major financial institutions that can be expected to fully perform under the terms of such agreements. Based on exchange rates at December 31, 2008 and 2007, the cost of replacing these contracts in the event of non-performance by the counterparties would not have been material. The face value of these instruments is recorded in other current assets or liabilities.
 
Financial Guarantees  — We have from time to time issued guarantees for the performance of obligations by some of our subsidiaries, and some of our subsidiaries have guaranteed our debt. All of our existing and future material domestic wholly-owned subsidiaries fully and unconditionally guarantee our senior credit facility, our senior secured notes, our senior notes and our senior subordinated notes on a joint and several basis. The arrangement for the senior credit facility is also secured by first-priority liens on substantially all our domestic assets and pledges of up to 66 percent of the stock of certain first-tier foreign subsidiaries. Our $245 million senior secured notes are also secured by second-priority liens on substantially all our domestic assets, excluding some of the stock of our domestic subsidiaries. No assets or capital stock of our direct or indirect foreign subsidiaries secure these notes. You should also read Note 14 of these consolidated financial statements of Tenneco Inc., where we present the Supplemental Guarantor Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements.
 
We have issued guarantees through letters of credit in connection with some obligations of our affiliates. As of December 31, 2008, we have guaranteed $47 million in letters of credit to support some of our subsidiaries’ insurance arrangements, foreign employee benefit programs, environmental remediation activities and cash management and capital requirements.
 
Interest Rate Swaps  — In December 2008, we elected to terminate our fixed-to-floating interest rate swap contracts covering $150 million of our fixed interest rate debt. The change in market value of these swaps was recorded as part of interest expense and other long-term assets or liabilities prior to their termination. We received $6 million in consideration with respect to the termination of the interest rate swaps.
 
Negotiable Financial Instruments  — One of our European subsidiaries receives payment from one of its OE customers whereby the accounts receivable are satisfied through the delivery of negotiable financial instruments. We may collect these financial instruments before their maturity date by either selling them at a discount or using them to satisfy accounts receivable that have previously been sold to a European bank. Any of these financial instruments which are not sold are classified as other current assets as they do not meet our definition of cash equivalents. The amount of these financial instruments that was collected before their maturity date and sold at a discount totaled $23 million as of December 31, 2008, compared with $15 million at the same date in 2007. No negotiable financial instruments were held by our European subsidiary as of December 31, 2008 or December 31, 2007.


99


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
In certain instances several of our Chinese subsidiaries receive payment from OE customers and satisfy vendor payments through the receipt and delivery of negotiable financial instruments. Financial instruments used to satisfy vendor payables and not redeemed totaled $6 million and $23 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and were classified as notes payable. Financial instruments received from OE customers and not redeemed totaled $6 million and $8 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and were classified as other current assets. One of our Chinese subsidiaries that issues its own negotiable financial instruments to pay its vendors is required to maintain a cash balance if they exceed certain credit limits with the financial institution that guarantees those financial instruments. A restricted cash balance was not required at that Chinese subsidiary as of December 31, 2008 and 2007.
 
The negotiable financial instruments received by one of our European subsidiaries and some of our Chinese subsidiaries are checks drawn by our OE customers and guaranteed by their banks that are payable at a future date. The use of these instruments for payment follows local commercial practice. Because negotiable financial instruments are financial obligations of our customers and are guaranteed by our customers’ banks, we believe they represent a lower financial risk than the outstanding accounts receivable that they satisfy which are not guaranteed by a bank.
 
8.  Income Taxes
 
The domestic and foreign components of our income before income taxes and minority interest are as follows:
 
                         
    Year Ended
 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    (Millions)  
 
U.S. loss before income taxes
  $ (257 )   $ (99 )   $ (66 )
Foreign income before income taxes
    141       187       126  
                         
Income (loss) before income taxes and minority interest
  $ (116 )   $ 88     $ 60  
                         
 
Following is a comparative analysis of the components of income tax expense:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    (Millions)  
 
Current —
                       
U.S. 
  $ 42     $     $  
State and local
                 
Foreign
    12       58       46  
                         
      54       58       46  
                         
Deferred —
                       
U.S. 
    190       38       (28 )
State and local
    45       5       (1 )
Foreign
          (18 )     (12 )
                         
      235       25       (41 )
                         
Income tax expense
  $ 289     $ 83     $ 5  
                         


100


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Following is a reconciliation of income taxes computed at the statutory U.S. federal income tax rate (35 percent for all years presented) to the income tax expense reflected in the statements of income (loss):
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    (Millions)  
 
Income tax expense (benefit) computed at the statutory U.S. federal income tax rate
  $ (41 )   $ 31     $ 21  
Increases (reductions) in income tax expense resulting from:
                       
Foreign income taxed at different rates and foreign losses with no tax benefit
    (6 )     (3 )     (4 )
Taxes on repatriation of dividends
    15       1       2  
State and local taxes on income, net of U.S. federal income tax benefit
    2       (1 )     (1 )
Changes in valuation allowance for tax loss carryforwards and credits
    233       6       3  
Amortization of tax goodwill
    (6 )     (2 )     (2 )
Income exempt from tax due to tax holidays
          (5 )     (3 )
Investment tax credit earned
    (1 )     (1 )     (8 )
European ownership structure realignment
          66        
Foreign earnings subject to U.S. federal income tax
    3       4       3  
Adjustment of prior years taxes
    (2 )     (9 )     3  
Impact of foreign tax law changes
    10       (7 )     (1 )
Tax contingencies
    40       6       (10 )
Goodwill impairment
    40              
Other
    2       (3 )     2  
                         
Income tax expense
  $ 289     $ 83     $ 5  
                         
 
The components of our net deferred tax asset were as follows:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
    (Millions)  
 
Deferred tax assets —
               
Tax loss carryforwards:
               
U.S. 
  $ 165     $ 181  
State
    56       57  
Foreign
    44       61  
Investment tax credit benefits
    46       54  
Postretirement benefits other than pensions
    48       56  
Pensions
    81       45  
Bad debts
    2       1  
Sales allowances
    5       5  
Other
    107       87  
Valuation allowance
    (336 )     (89 )
                 
Total deferred tax assets
    218       458  
                 
Deferred tax liabilities —
               
Tax over book depreciation
    92       101  
Other
    81       70  
                 
Total deferred tax liabilities
    173       171  
                 
Net deferred tax assets
  $ 45     $ 287  
                 


101


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Following is a reconciliation of deferred taxes to the deferred taxes shown in the balance sheet:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
    (Millions)  
 
Balance Sheet:
               
Current portion — deferred tax asset
  $ 18     $ 36  
Non-current portion — deferred tax asset
    88       370  
Current portion — deferred tax liability shown in other current liabilities
    (10 )     (5 )
Non-current portion — deferred tax liability
    (51 )     (114 )
                 
Net deferred tax assets
  $ 45     $ 287  
                 
 
We had potential tax assets of $336 million and $89 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, that were not recognized on our balance sheet as a result of the valuation allowance recorded. These unrecognized tax assets resulted primarily from U.S. tax loss carryforwards, foreign tax loss carryforwards, foreign investment tax credits and U.S. state net operating losses that are available to reduce future U.S., U.S. state and foreign tax liabilities.
 
In accordance with SFAS No. 109 “Accounting for Income Taxes,” we evaluate our deferred income taxes quarterly to determine if valuation allowances are required or should be adjusted. SFAS No. 109 requires that companies assess whether valuation allowances should be established against their deferred tax assets based on consideration of all available evidence, both positive and negative, using a “more likely than not” standard. This assessment considers, among other matters, the nature, frequency and amount of recent losses, the duration of statutory carryforward periods, and tax planning strategies. In making such judgments, significant weight is given to evidence that can be objectively verified.
 
Valuation allowances have been established for deferred tax assets based on a “more likely than not” threshold. The ability to realize deferred tax assets depends on our ability to generate sufficient taxable income within the carryforward periods provided for in the tax law for each tax jurisdiction. We have considered the following possible sources of taxable income when assessing the realization of our deferred tax assets:
 
  •  Future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences;
 
  •  Taxable income or loss, based on recent results, exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards; and,
 
  •  Tax-planning strategies.
 
In 2008, we recorded tax expense of $289 million primarily related to establishing a valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets in the U.S. In the U.S. we utilize the results from 2007 and 2008 as a measure of the cumulative losses in recent years. Accounting standards do not permit us to give any consideration to a likely economic recovery in the U.S. or the recent new business we have won particularly in the commercial vehicle segment in evaluating the requirement to record a valuation allowance. Consequently, we concluded that our ability to fully utilize our NOLs was limited due to projecting the current negative economic environment into the future and the impact of the current negative operating environment on our tax planning strategies. As a result of tax planning strategies which have not yet been implemented but which we plan to implement and which do not depend upon generating future taxable income, we continue to carry deferred tax assets in the U.S. of $70 million relating to the expected utilization of those NOLs. The federal NOL expires beginning in 2020 through 2028. The state NOL expires in various years through 2028.
 
If our operating performance improves on a sustained basis, our conclusion regarding the need for a valuation allowance could change, resulting in the reversal of some or all of the valuation allowance in the future. The charge to establish the U.S. valuation allowance also includes items related to the losses allocable


102


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
to certain state jurisdictions where it was determined that tax attributes related to those jurisdictions were potentially not realizable.
 
Going forward, we will be required to record a valuation allowance against deferred tax assets generated by taxable losses in each period in the U.S. as well as in other foreign countries. Our future provision for income taxes will include no tax benefit with respect to losses incurred and no tax expense with respect to income generated in these jurisdictions until the respective valuation allowance is eliminated. This will cause variability in our effective tax rate.
 
We do not provide for U.S. income taxes on unremitted earnings of foreign subsidiaries, except for the earnings of our Brazilian operations and certain of our China operations, as our present intention is to reinvest the unremitted earnings in our foreign operations. Unremitted earnings of foreign subsidiaries were approximately $546 million at December 31, 2008. We estimated that the amount of U.S. and foreign income taxes that would be accrued or paid upon remittance of the assets that represent those unremitted earnings was $212 million.
 
We have tax sharing agreements with our former affiliates that allocate tax liabilities for prior periods and establish indemnity rights on certain tax issues.
 
In July 2006, the FASB issued Financial Interpretation No. 48 (FIN 48), “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes,” which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in the financial statements in accordance with SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” FIN 48 provides that a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position may be recognized when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including resolutions of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits. Income tax positions must meet a more-likely-than-not recognition threshold at the effective date to be recognized upon the adoption of FIN 48 and in subsequent periods. This interprepation also provides guidance on measurement, derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006.
 
We adopted the provisions of FIN 48 on January 1, 2007. As a result of the implementation, the Company recognized approximately a $1 million decrease in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits, which was accounted for as an increase to the January 1, 2007, balance of retained earnings. A reconciliation of our uncertain tax positions is as follows:
 
                 
    2008     2007  
 
Uncertain tax positions —
               
Balance January 1
  $ 44     $ 42  
Gross increases in tax positions in current period
    16       3  
Gross increases in tax positions in prior period
    56       6  
Gross decreases in tax positions in prior period
    (12 )     (5 )
Gross decreases — settlements
    (8 )     (1 )
Gross decreases — statute of limitations expired
    (13 )     (1 )
                 
Balance December 31
  $ 83     $ 44  
                 
 
Included in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2008 and 2007 were $75 million and $41 million respectively, of tax benefits, that, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate. We recognize accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. Related to the uncertain tax benefits noted above, we did not accrue penalties in 2008, in 2007 we accrued $1 million for penalties. Additionally, we accrued interest of $2 million in 2008 and $3 million in 2007, respectively, related to unrecognized tax benefits. We have recognized in total, a liability for penalties of $1 million at


103


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
December 31, 2008 and $2 million at December 31, 2007 and a liability for interest of $7 million at December 31, 2008 and $5 million at December 31, 2007, respectively.
 
Our unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2008 and 2007 included foreign exposures relating to the disallowance of deductions, global transfer pricing and various other issues. We believe it is reasonably possible that a decrease of up to $21 million in unrecognized tax benefits related to the expiration of foreign statute of limitations and the conclusion of foreign income tax examinations may occur within the coming year.
 
We are subject to taxation in the U.S. and various state and foreign jurisdictions. As of December 31, 2008, our tax years open to examination in primary jurisdictions are as follows:
 
         
    Open To Tax
 
    Year  
 
United States — due to NOL
    1998  
Germany
    2002  
Belgium
    2006  
Canada
    2005  
UK
    2006  
Spain
    2003  
 
9.  Common Stock
 
We have authorized 135 million shares ($0.01 par value) of common stock, of which 48,314,490 shares and 47,892,532 shares were issued at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. We held 1,294,692 shares of treasury stock at both December 31, 2008 and 2007.
 
Equity Plans  — In December 1996, we adopted the 1996 Stock Ownership Plan, which permitted the granting of a variety of awards, including common stock, restricted stock, performance units, stock equivalent units, stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), and stock options to our directors, officers, employees and consultants. The 1996 plan, which terminated as to new awards on December 31, 2001, was renamed the “Stock Ownership Plan.” In December 1999, we adopted the Supplemental Stock Ownership Plan, which permitted the granting of a variety of similar awards to our directors, officers, employees and consultants. We were authorized to deliver up to about 1.1 million treasury shares of common stock under the Supplemental Stock Ownership Plan, which also terminated as to new awards on December 31, 2001. In March 2002, we adopted the 2002 Long-Term Incentive Plan which permitted the granting of a variety of similar awards to our officers, directors, employees and consultants. Up to 4 million shares of our common stock were authorized for delivery under the 2002 Long-Term Incentive Plan. In March 2006, we adopted the 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan which replaced the 2002 Long-Term Incentive Plan and permits the granting of a variety of similar awards to directors, officers, employees and consultants. As of December 31, 2008, up to 1,214,048 shares of our common stock remain authorized for delivery under the 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan. Our nonqualified stock options have 7 to 20 year terms and vest equally over a three-year service period from the date of the grant.
 
We have granted restricted common stock to our directors and certain key employees. These awards generally require, among other things, that the award holder remain in service to our company during the restriction period. We also have granted stock equivalent units and long-term performance units to certain key employees that are payable in cash. At December 31, 2008, the long-term performance units outstanding included a one year stub 2008 grant payable in the first quarter of 2009, a three year grant for 2007-2009 payable in the first quarter of 2010 and a three year grant for 2008-2010 payable in the first quarter of 2011. Payment is based on the attainment of specified performance goals. The grant value is indexed to the stock


104


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
price. In addition, we have granted SARs to certain key employees in our Asian and Indian operations that are payable in cash after a three-year service period. The grant value is indexed to the stock price.
 
Accounting Method  — The impact of recognizing compensation expense related to nonqualified stock options is contained in the table below.
 
                 
    Year Ended
 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
    (Millions)  
 
Selling, general and administrative
  $ 4     $ 4  
                 
Loss before interest expense, income taxes and minority interest
    (4 )     (4 )
Income tax benefit
          (1 )
                 
Net loss
  $ (4 )   $ (3 )
                 
Decrease in basic earnings per share
  $ (0.09 )   $ (0.06 )
Decrease in diluted earnings per share
  $ (0.09 )   $ (0.06 )
 
For stock options awarded to retirement eligible employees, we immediately accelerate the recognition of any outstanding compensation cost when employees become retiree eligible before the end of the explicit vesting period.
 
As of December 31, 2008, there was approximately $4 million of total unrecognized compensation costs related to these stock-based awards that we expect to recognize over a weighted average period of 0.9 years.
 
Compensation expense for restricted stock, stock equivalent units, long-term performance units and SARs net of tax, was $5 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 and was recorded in selling, general, and administrative expense on the statement of income (loss).
 
Cash received from option exercises for the year ended December 31, 2008, was $2 million. Stock option exercises during 2008 would have generated an excess tax benefit of approximately $1 million. Pursuant to footnote 82 of SFAS No. 123(R), this benefit was not recorded as we have federal and state net operating losses which are not currently being utilized. As a result, the excess tax benefit had no impact on our financial position or statement of cash flows.
 
Assumptions  — We calculated the fair values of stock option awards using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the weighted average assumptions listed below. The fair value of share-based awards is determined at the time the awards are granted which is generally in January of each year, and requires judgment in estimating employee and market behavior. If actual results differ significantly from these estimates, stock-based compensation expense and our results of operations could be materially impacted.
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Stock Options
                       
Weighted average grant date fair value, per share
  $ 8.03     $ 9.93     $ 9.27  
Weighted average assumptions used:
                       
Expected volatility
    37.7 %     38.4 %     42.6 %
Expected lives
    4.1       4.1       5.1  
Risk-free interest rates
    2.8 %     4.7 %     4.2 %
Dividend yields
    0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %
 
Expected lives of options are based upon the historical and expected time to post-vesting forfeiture and exercise. We believe this method is the best estimate of the future exercise patterns currently available.


105


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The risk-free interest rates are based upon the Constant Maturity Rates provided by the U.S. Treasury. For our valuations, we used the continuous rate with a term equal to the expected life of the options.
 
Stock Options  — The following table reflects the status and activity for all options to purchase common stock for the period indicated:
 
                                 
    Year Ended December 31, 2008  
          Weighted
    Weighted Avg.
       
    Shares
    Avg.
    Remaining
    Aggregate
 
    Under
    Exercise
    Life in
    Intrinsic
 
    Option     Prices     Years     Value  
    (Millions)  
 
Outstanding Stock Options
                               
Outstanding, January 1, 2008
    2,820,889     $ 13.10       4.6     $ 46  
Granted
    580,750       23.75                  
Canceled
                           
Forfeited
    (3,740 )     22.50                  
Exercised
    (43,824 )     4.64               1  
                                 
Outstanding, March 31, 2008
    3,354,075       15.05       5.0       37  
Granted
    3,306       25.26                  
Canceled
                           
Forfeited
    (14,528 )     23.98                  
Exercised
    (40,585 )     11.35               1  
                                 
Outstanding, June 30, 2008
    3,302,268       15.06       4.5       31  
Granted
    9,130       12.77                  
Canceled
                           
Forfeited
    (17,732 )     21.84                  
Exercised
    (95,767 )     8.42               1  
                                 
Outstanding, September 30, 2008
    3,197,899       15.06       4.3       13  
Granted
                           
Canceled
                           
Forfeited
    (45,723 )     19.90                  
Exercised
    (2,800 )     2.90                
                                 
Outstanding, December 31, 2008
    3,149,376     $ 15.16       4.1     $ 1  
                                 
Vested or Expected to Vest, December 31, 2008
    3,041,606     $ 14.82       4.1     $ 1  
                                 
Exercisable, December 31, 2008
    2,144,163     $ 10.80       3.6     $ 1  
                                 


106


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Restricted Stock  — The following table reflects the status for all nonvested restricted shares for the period indicated:
 
                 
    Year Ended
 
    December 31, 2008  
          Weighted Avg.
 
          Grant Date
 
    Shares     Fair Value  
 
Nonvested Restricted Shares
               
Nonvested balance at January 1, 2008
    469,394     $ 24.91  
Granted
    227,830       23.75  
Vested
    (235,145 )     24.10  
Forfeited
           
                 
Nonvested balance at March 31, 2008
    462,079     $ 24.75  
Granted
    1,653       25.26  
Vested
    (11,442 )     23.80  
Forfeited
    (2,975 )     24.48  
                 
Nonvested balance at June 30, 2008
    449,315     $ 24.77  
Granted
    6,040       12.76  
Vested
    (4,487 )     25.69  
Forfeited
    (1,466 )     24.24  
                 
Nonvested balance at September 30, 2008
    449,402     $ 24.61  
Granted
           
Vested
    (5,164 )     25.62  
Forfeited
    (8,770 )     25.26  
                 
Nonvested balance at December 31, 2008
    435,468     $ 24.58  
 
The fair value of restricted stock grants is equal to the average market price of our stock at the date of grant. As of December 31, 2008, approximately $6 million of total unrecognized compensation costs related to restricted stock awards is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.5 years.
 
Long-term Performance Units and SARs  — Long-term performance units and SARs are paid in cash and recognized as a liability based upon their fair value. As of December 31, 2008, less than $1 million of total unrecognized compensation cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 1.8 years.
 
Rights Plan
 
On September 9, 1998, we adopted a Rights Plan and established an independent Board committee to review it every three years. The Rights Plan was adopted to deter coercive takeover tactics and to prevent a potential acquirer from gaining control of us in a transaction that is not in the best interests of our shareholders. Generally, under the Rights Plan, if a person became the beneficial owner of 15 percent or more of our outstanding common stock, each right entitled its holder to purchase, at the right’s exercise price, a number of shares of our common stock or, under certain circumstances, of the acquiring person’s common stock, having a market value of twice the right’s exercise price. Rights held by the 15 percent or more holders would become void and will not be exercisable. The Rights Plan expired in September 2008.


107


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
10.  Preferred Stock
 
We had 50 million shares of preferred stock ($0.01 par value) authorized at December 31, 2008 and 2007. No shares of preferred stock were outstanding at those dates.
 
11.  Pension Plans, Postretirement and Other Employee Benefits
 
We have various defined benefit pension plans that cover some of our employees. We adopted the recognition provisions of SFAS 158, “Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans,” on December 31, 2006, which resulted in a $59 million after-tax reduction of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss in shareholders’ equity as of December 31, 2006. Effective January 1, 2007, we elected to early-adopt the measurement date provisions of SFAS No. 158, “Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans.” As a result, the measurement date used to determine the measurement of our pension plan assets and benefit obligations changed from September 30th in 2006 to December 31st in 2007 for both our domestic and foreign plans.
 
The changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss as a result of our adoption of the measurement date provision of SFAS No. 158 consisted of the following components:
 
                         
    2007  
    US     Foreign     Total  
    (Millions)  
 
Net actuarial gain
  $ (18 )   $ (23 )   $ (41 )
Recognized actuarial loss
    (2 )     (6 )     (8 )
Currency translation adjustment
          9       9  
Recognition of prior service cost
    (1 )     (2 )     (3 )
                         
Total recognized in other comprehensive loss before tax effects
  $ (21 )   $ (22 )   $ (43 )
                         
 
Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss for pension benefits consist of the following components:
 
                 
    2007  
    US     Foreign  
    (Millions)  
 
Net actuarial loss
  $ 81     $ 101  
Prior service cost
    3       14  
                 
    $ 84     $ 115  
                 
 
As a result of the change in measurement date, on January 1, 2007, the following adjustments were made to retained earnings (accumulated deficit) and other comprehensive income (both net of tax effects) for our defined benefit pension plans:
 
                 
    US     Foreign  
    (Millions)  
 
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit), net of tax
  $ (3 )   $ (2 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax
    8       6  


108


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Pension benefits are based on years of service and, for most salaried employees, on average compensation. Our funding policy is to contribute to the plans amounts necessary to satisfy the funding requirement of applicable federal or foreign laws and regulations. Of our $610 million benefit obligation at December 31, 2008, approximately $537 million required funding under applicable federal and foreign laws. At December 31, 2008, we had approximately $361 million in assets to fund that obligation. The balance of our benefit obligation, $73 million, did not require funding under applicable federal or foreign laws and regulations. Pension plan assets were invested in the following classes of securities:
 
                                 
    Percentage of Fair Market Value  
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
    2008     2007  
    US     Foreign     US     Foreign  
 
Equity Securities
    59 %     51 %     69 %     61 %
Debt Securities
    41 %     37 %     31 %     34 %
Real Estate
          3 %           1 %
Other
          9 %           4 %
 
Our investment policy for both our domestic and foreign plans is to invest more heavily in equity securities than debt securities. Targeted pension plan allocations are 70 percent in equity securities and 30 percent in debt securities, with acceptable tolerance levels of plus or minus five percent within each category for our domestic plans. In light of recent volatility in the capital markets, we have elected to maintain a lower equity allocation. We will revisit the current allocation compared to the targeted allocation when stability returns to the markets. Our foreign plans are individually managed to different target levels depending on the investing environment in each country.
 
Our approach to determining expected return on plan asset assumptions evaluates both historical returns as well as estimates of future returns, and adjusts for any expected changes in the long-term outlook for the equity and fixed income markets for both our domestic and foreign plans.


109


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
A summary of the change in benefit obligation, the change in plan assets, the development of net amount recognized, and the amounts recognized in the balance sheets for the pension plans and postretirement benefit plans follows:
 
                                                 
    Pension     Postretirement  
    2008     2007     2008     2007  
    US     Foreign     US     Foreign     US     US  
    (Millions)  
 
Change in benefit obligation:
                                               
Benefit obligation at December 31 of the previous year
  $ 313     $ 364     $ 325     $ 348     $ 152     $ 158  
Adjustment to benefit obligation
          17                          
Currency rate conversion
          (73 )           23              
Settlement
          (2 )                        
Curtailment
                                   
Service cost
    1       5       1       5       2       2  
Interest cost
    20       20       19       19       9       9  
Plan amendments
                      1       (10 )      
Acquisition
          3                          
Actuarial (gain)/ loss
    14       (45 )     (15 )     (25 )     (2 )     (3 )
Benefits paid
    (14 )     (17 )     (18 )     (14 )     (8 )     (9 )
Participants’ contributions
          4             4              
Impact of change in measurement data
                1       3             (5 )
                                                 
Benefit obligation at December 31
  $ 334     $ 276     $ 313     $ 364     $ 143     $ 152  
                                                 
Change in plan assets:
                                               
Fair value at December 31 of the previous year
  $ 249     $ 282     $ 229     $ 231     $     $  
Adjustment to plan assets
          17                          
Currency rate conversion
          (57 )           17              
Settlement
          (2 )                        
Actual return on plan assets
    (78 )     (50 )     13       9              
Employer contributions
    8       19       16       20       9       10  
Participants’ contributions
          4             4              
Benefits paid
    (14 )     (17 )     (18 )     (14 )     (9 )     (10 )
Impact of change in measurement date
                9       15              
                                                 
Fair value at December 31
  $ 165     $ 196     $ 249     $ 282     $     $  
                                                 
Development of net amount recognized:
                                               
Unfunded status at December 31
  $ (169 )   $ (80 )   $ (64 )   $ (82 )   $ (143 )   $ (152 )
Post measurement date contributions
                                   
Unrecognized cost:
                                               
Actuarial loss
    192       95       81       101       80       87  
Prior service cost
    3       11       3       14       (46 )     (42 )
                                                 
Net amount recognized at December 31
  $ 26     $ 26     $ 20     $ 33     $ (109 )   $ (107 )
                                                 
Amounts recognized in the balance sheets as of December 31
                                               
Noncurrent assets
  $     $     $     $ 3     $     $  
Current liabilities
    (7 )     (2 )     (5 )     (2 )     (9 )     (10 )
Noncurrent liabilities
    (162 )     (78 )     (59 )     (83 )     (134 )     (142 )
                                                 
Net amount recognized
  $ (169 )   $ (80 )   $ (64 )   $ (82 )   $ (143 )   $ (152 )
                                                 


110


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Assets of one plan may not be utilized to pay benefits of other plans. Additionally, the prepaid (accrued) pension cost has been recorded based upon certain actuarial estimates as described below. Those estimates are subject to revision in future periods given new facts or circumstances.
 
The pension results for the year ended December 31, 2008 include amounts relating to our acquisition of Gruppo Marzocchi on September 1, 2008. In addition, during the year 2008, the Company adjusted the beginning balance of both the foreign pension benefit obligation and related plan assets by $17 million to include a cash balance plan relating to a foreign subsidiary.
 
Net periodic pension costs (income) for the years 2008, 2007, and 2006, consist of the following components:
 
                                                 
    2008     2007     2006  
    US     Foreign     US     Foreign     US     Foreign  
    (Millions)  
 
Service cost — benefits earned during the year
  $ 1     $ 5     $ 1     $ 5     $ 15     $ 6  
Interest on prior year’s projected benefit obligation
    20       20       19       19       19       16  
Expected return on plan assets
    (23 )     (21 )     (21 )     (20 )     (19 )     (16 )
Curtailment gain
                            (25 )      
Settlement loss
          1                          
Recognition of:
                                               
Actuarial loss
    3       4       2       6       21       1  
Prior service cost
    1       1       1       2       6       6  
                                                 
Net pension costs
  $ 2     $ 10     $ 2     $ 12     $ 17     $ 13  
                                                 
Other comprehensive loss
  $     $     $     $     $     $  
                                                 
 
Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss for pension benefits consist of the following components:
 
                                 
    2008     2007  
    US     Foreign     US     Foreign  
    (Millions)  
 
Net actuarial loss
  $ 192     $ 95     $ 81     $ 101  
Prior service cost
    3       11       3       14  
                                 
    $ 195     $ 106     $ 84     $ 115  
                                 
 
In 2009, we expect to recognize the following amounts, which are currently reflected in accumulated other comprehensive income, as components of net periodic benefit cost:
 
                 
    2009  
    US     Foreign  
    (Millions)  
 
Net actuarial loss
  $ 2     $ 4  
Prior service cost
    1       1  
                 
    $ 3     $ 5  
                 


111


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets for all pension plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets at December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007 were as follows:
 
                                 
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
    2008     2007  
    US     Foreign     US     Foreign  
    (Millions)  
 
Projected Benefit Obligation
  $ 334     $ 271     $ 314     $ 273  
Accumulated Benefit Obligation
    333       266       314       260  
Fair Value of Plan Assets
    165       191       249       188  
 
The following estimated benefit payments are payable from the pension plans to participants:
 
                 
Year
  US     Foreign  
    (Millions)  
 
2009
  $ 21     $ 10  
2010
    29       10  
2011
    17       14  
2012
    18       11  
2013
    18       12  
2014-2018
    108       65  
 
The following assumptions were used in the accounting for the pension plans for the years of 2008, 2007, and 2006:
 
                                 
    2008     2007  
    US     Foreign     US     Foreign  
 
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations
                               
Discount rate
    6.2 %     6.3 %     6.2 %     5.6 %
Rate of compensation increase
    N/A       3.1 %     N/A       4.4 %
 
                                                 
    2008     2007     2006  
    US     Foreign     US     Foreign     US     Foreign  
 
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost
                                               
Discount rate
    6.2 %     5.6 %     6.0 %     5.0 %     5.8 %     5.0 %
Expected long-term return on plan assets
    8.8 %     7.7 %     8.8 %     7.6 %     8.8 %     7.6 %
Rate of compensation increase
    N/A       4.4 %     N/A       4.3 %     3.2 %     4.3 %
 
We made contributions of $27 million to our pension plans during 2008. Based on current actuarial estimates, we believe we will be required to make contributions of $24 million to those plans during 2009. Pension contributions beyond 2009 will be required, but those amounts will vary based upon many factors, including the performance of our pension fund investments during 2009.
 
Effective December 31, 2006, we froze future accruals under our defined benefit plans for substantially all U.S. salaried and non-union hourly employees and replaced these benefits with additional contributions under defined contribution plans. These changes reduced expense in 2007 by approximately $11 million from 2006. Additionally, we realized a one-time benefit of $7 million in the fourth quarter 2006 related to curtailing the defined benefit pension plans. As of December 31, 2008, we froze future accruals for the formerly unionized employees at Grass Lake, Michigan participating in the Tenneco Pension Plan for Hourly Employees defined benefit plan.


112


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The Tenneco Pension Plan for Hourly Employees, Tenneco Clevite Division Retirement Plan, Tenneco Angola Hourly Bargaining Pension Plan and Tenneco Local 878 (UAW) Retirement Income Plan pension plans were merged into the Tenneco Retirement Plan for Salaried Employees effective December 31, 2008. The plans were merged to reduce the cost of plan administration. There were no changes to the terms of the plans or to the benefits provided.
 
We have life insurance plans which provided benefit to a majority of our U.S. employees. We also have postretirement plans for our U.S. employees hired before January 1, 2001. The plans cover salaried employees retiring on or after attaining age 55 who have at least 10 years of service with us after attaining age 45. For hourly employees, the postretirement benefit plans generally cover employees who retire according to one of our hourly employee retirement plans. All of these benefits may be subject to deductibles, co-payment provisions and other limitations, and we have reserved the right to change these benefits. For those employees hired after January 1, 2001, we do not provide any postretirement benefits. Our postretirement healthcare and life insurance plans are not funded. The measurement date used to determine postretirement benefit obligations is December 31st.
 
On September 1, 2003, we changed our retiree medical benefits program to provide participating retirees with continued access to group health coverage while reducing our subsidization of the program. This negative plan amendment is being amortized over the average remaining service life to retirement eligibility of active plan participants as a reduction of service cost beginning September 1, 2003.
 
In July 2004, we entered into a settlement with a group of the retirees which were a part of the September 2003 change mentioned above. This settlement provided the group with increased coverage, and as a result, a portion of the negative plan amendment was reversed and a positive plan amendment put in place. The effect of the settlement increased our 2004 postretirement benefit expense by approximately $1 million and increased our accumulated postretirement benefit obligation by approximately $13 million.
 
Net periodic postretirement benefit cost for the years 2008, 2007, and 2006, consists of the following components:
 
                         
    2008     2007     2006  
    (Millions)  
 
Service cost — benefits earned during the year
  $ 2     $ 2     $ 2  
Interest on accumulated postretirement benefit obligation
    8       9       9  
Recognition of:
                       
Actuarial loss
    5       6       6  
Prior service cost
    (5 )     (5 )     (6 )
                         
Net periodic pension cost
  $ 10     $ 12     $ 11  
                         
 
In 2009, we expect to recognize the following amounts, which are currently reflected in accumulated other comprehensive income, as components of net periodic benefit cost:
 
         
    2009  
 
Net actuarial loss
  $ 5  
Prior service cost
    (6 )
         
    $ (1 )
         


113


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The following estimated postretirement benefit payments are payable from the plans to participants:
 
         
    Postretirement
 
Year
  Benefits  
    (Millions)  
 
2009
  $ 10  
2010
    10  
2011
    10  
2012
    11  
2013
    11  
2014-2018
    53  
 
The weighted average assumed health care cost trend rate used in determining the 2008 accumulated postretirement benefit obligation was 9 percent, declining to 5 percent by 2014. The healthcare cost trend rate was 10 percent for both 2007 and 2006, in each case trending down to 5 percent over succeeding periods.
 
The following assumptions were used in the accounting for postretirement cost for the years of 2008, 2007 and 2006:
 
                 
    2008     2007  
 
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations
               
Discount rate
    6.2 %     6.2 %
Rate of compensation increase
    4.0 %     4.0 %
 
                         
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost
                       
Discount rate
    6.2 %     6.0 %     5.8 %
Rate of compensation increase
    4.0 %     4.0 %     4.5 %
 
The effect of a one-percentage-point increase or decrease in the 2008 assumed health care cost trend rates on total service cost and interest and the postretirement benefit obligation are as follows:
 
                 
    One-Percentage
    One-Percentage
 
    Point Increase     Point Decrease  
    (Millions)  
 
Effect on total of service cost and interest cost
  $ 1     $ (1 )
Effect on postretirement benefit obligation
    13       (11 )
 
Based on current actuarial estimates, we believe we will be required to make postretirement contributions of approximately $10 million during 2009.
 
Employee Stock Ownership Plans (401(k) Plans)  — We have established Employee Stock Ownership Plans for the benefit of our employees. Under the plans, subject to limitations in the Internal Revenue Code, participants may elect to defer up to 75 percent of their salary through contributions to the plan, which are invested in selected mutual funds or used to buy our common stock. Prior to January 1, 2009, we matched in cash 50 percent of each employee’s contribution up to eight percent of the employee’s salary. We have temporarily discontinued these matching contributions to salaried and hourly U.S. employees as a result of the recent global economic downturn. We will continue to reevaluate the Company’s ability to restore the matching contribution for the U.S. employees. In connection with freezing the defined benefit pension plans for nearly all U.S. based salaried and non-union hourly employees effective December 31, 2006, and the related replacement of those defined benefit plans with defined contribution plans, we are making additional contributions to the Employee Stock Ownership Plans. These additional contributions are not affected by the temporary disruption of matching contributions discussed above. We recorded expense for these contributions


114


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
of approximately $18 million, $17 million and $7 million in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, of which $10 million in each of 2008 and 2007 related to contributions for the defined benefit replacement plans. Matching contributions vest immediately. Defined benefit replacement contributions fully vest on the employee’s third anniversary of employment.
 
12.  Segment and Geographic Area Information
 
We are a global manufacturer with three geographic reportable segments: (1) North America, (2) Europe, South America and India (“Europe”), and (3) Asia Pacific. Each segment manufactures and distributes ride control and emission control products primarily for the automotive industry. We have not aggregated individual operating segments within these reportable segments. We evaluate segment performance based primarily on income before interest expense, income taxes, and minority interest. Products are transferred between segments and geographic areas on a basis intended to reflect as nearly as possible the “market value” of the products.


115


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Segment results for 2008, 2007, and 2006 are as follows:
 
                                         
    Segment  
    North
          Asia
    Reclass &
       
    America     Europe     Pacific     Elims     Consolidated  
    (Millions)  
 
At December 31, 2008, and for the Year Then Ended
                                       
Revenues from external customers
  $ 2,630     $ 2,758     $ 528     $     $ 5,916  
Intersegment revenues
    11       225       15       (251 )      
Interest income
          10       1             11  
Depreciation and amortization of intangibles
    108       97       17             222  
Income (loss) before interest expense, income taxes, and minority interest
    (107 )     85       19             (3 )
Total assets
    1,120       1,352       322       34       2,828  
Investment in affiliated companies
          14                   14  
Expenditures for plant, property and equipment
    108       89       24             221  
Noncash items other than depreciation and amortization
    (122 )     (11 )                 (133 )
At December 31, 2007, and for the Year Then Ended
                                       
Revenues from external customers
  $ 2,901     $ 2,737     $ 546     $     $ 6,184  
Intersegment revenues
    9       398       14       (421 )      
Interest income
          12                   12  
Depreciation and amortization of intangibles
    103       86       16             205  
Income before interest expense, income taxes, and minority interest
    120       99       33             252  
Total assets
    1,555       1,605       368       62       3,590  
Investment in affiliated companies
          10                   10  
Expenditures for plant, property and equipment
    106       74       18             198  
Noncash items other than depreciation and amortization
    (18 )     (1 )     1             (18 )
At December 31, 2006, and for the Year Then Ended
                                       
Revenues from external customers
  $ 1,956     $ 2,305     $ 421     $     $ 4,682  
Intersegment revenues
    7       82       15       (104 )      
Interest income
          7                   7  
Depreciation and amortization of intangibles
    92       79       13             184  
Income before interest expense, income taxes, and minority interest
    103       81       12             196  
Total assets
    1,460       1,422       301       91       3,274  
Investment in affiliated companies
          9                   9  
Expenditures for plant, property and equipment
    100       51       19             170  
Noncash items other than depreciation and amortization
    (14 )     4       (1 )           (11 )


116


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The following table shows information relating to our external customer revenues for each product or each group of similar products:
 
                         
    Net Sales
 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    (Millions)  
 
Emission Control Systems & Products
                       
Aftermarket
  $ 358     $ 370     $ 384  
Original Equipment market OE Value-add
    2,128       2,288       1,665  
OE Substrate
    1,492       1,673       927  
                         
      3,620       3,961       2,592  
                         
      3,978       4,331       2,976  
                         
Ride Control Systems & Products
                       
Aftermarket
    761       734       690  
OE market
    1,177       1,119       1,016  
                         
      1,938       1,853       1,706  
                         
Total Revenues
  $ 5,916     $ 6,184     $ 4,682  
                         
 
During 2008, sales to four major customers comprised approximately 20 percent, 13 percent, 9 percent and 7 percent of consolidated net sales and operating revenues. During 2007, sales to four major customers comprised approximately 20 percent, 14 percent, 9 percent and 8 percent of consolidated net sales and operating revenues. During 2006, sales to four major customers comprised approximately 14 percent, 11 percent, 11 percent and 11 percent of consolidated net sales and operating revenues.
 
                                                 
    Geographic Area  
    United
                Other
    Reclass &
       
    States     Germany     Canada     Foreign(a)     Elims     Consolidated  
    (Millions)  
 
At December 31, 2008, and for the Year Then Ended
                                               
Revenues from external customers(b)
  $ 1,954     $ 898     $ 483     $ 2,581     $     $ 5,916  
Long-lived assets(c)
    421       130       74       656             1,281  
Total assets
    1,066       429       112       1,335       (114 )     2,828  
At December 31, 2007, and for the Year Then Ended
                                               
Revenues from external customers(b)
  $ 2,121     $ 1,036     $ 590     $ 2,437     $     $ 6,184  
Long-lived assets(c)
    410       151       89       695             1,345  
Total assets
    1,476       477       150       1,621       (134 )     3,590  
At December 31, 2006, and for the Year Then Ended
                                               
Revenues from external customers(b)
  $ 1,538     $ 842     $ 248     $ 2,054     $     $ 4,682  
Long-lived assets(c)
    402       139       73       637             1,251  
Total assets
    1,365       329       122       1,553       (95 )     3,274  
 
 
Note:  (a) Revenues from external customers and long-lived assets for individual foreign countries other than Germany and Canada are not material.
 
(b) Revenues are attributed to countries based on location of the shipper.
 
(c) Long-lived assets include all long-term assets except goodwill, intangibles and deferred tax assets.


117


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
13.  Commitments and Contingencies
 
Capital Commitments
 
We estimate that expenditures aggregating approximately $55 million will be required after December 31, 2008 to complete facilities and projects authorized at such date, and we have made substantial commitments in connection with these facilities and projects.
 
Lease Commitments
 
We have long-term leases for certain facilities, equipment and other assets. The minimum lease payments under non-cancelable leases with lease terms in excess of one year are:
 
                                                 
                                  Subsequent
 
    2009     2010     2011     2012     2013     Years  
    (Millions)  
 
Operating Leases
  $ 16     $ 13     $ 11     $ 6     $ 4     $ 14  
Capital Leases
  $ 4     $ 4     $     $     $     $  
 
Total rental expense for the year 2008, 2007, and 2006 was $46 million, $40 million and $37 million respectively.
 
Risk Related to the Automotive Industry and Concentration of Credit Risk
 
The recent unprecedented deterioration in the global economy and global credit markets has negatively impacted global business activity in general, and specifically the automotive industry in which we operate. The market turmoil and tightening of credit, as well as the recent and dramatic decline in the housing market in the United States and Western Europe, have led to a lack of consumer confidence evidenced by a rapid decline in light vehicle purchases in 2008. Light vehicle production decreased by 16 percent in North America and five percent in Europe in 2008 from 2007 levels. General Motors, Ford and Chrysler in particular are burdened with substantial structural cost, such as pension and healthcare, that have impacted their profitability, and may ultimately result in severe financial difficulty, including bankruptcy.
 
In response to current economic conditions, some of our customers are expected to eliminate certain light vehicle models in order to remain financially viable. Changes in the models produced by our customers may have an adverse effect on our market share. Additionally, while we expect that light vehicle production volumes will recover in future years, continued declines in consumer demand may have an adverse effect on the financial condition of our OE customers, and on our future results of operations.
 
General Motors, Ford and Chrysler represented 20%, 11% and 2%, respectively, of our 2008 net sales and operating revenues. As of December 31, 2008, we had net receivables due from General Motors, Ford and Chrysler in North America that totaled $142 million. Financial difficulties at any of our major customers could have an adverse impact on the level of our future revenues and collection of our receivables if such customers were unable to pay for the products we provide or we experience a loss of, or significant reduction in, business from such customers. In addition, a bankruptcy filing by a significant customer could result in a condition of default under our U.S. accounts receivables securitization agreement, which would have an adverse effect on our liquidity.
 
Continued deterioration in the industry, or the bankruptcy or one or more of our major customers, may have an impact on our ability to meet future financial covenants which would require us to enter into negotiations with our senior credit lenders to request additional covenant relief. Such conditions and events may also result in incremental charges related to impairment of goodwill, intangible assets and long-lived assets, and in charges to record an additional valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets.
 
In the event that such financial difficulties or the bankruptcy of one of our major customers diminishes our future revenues or collection of receivables, we would pursue a range of actions to meet our cash flow


118


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
needs. Such actions include additional restructuring initiatives and other cost reductions, sales of assets, reductions to working capital and capital spending, issuance of equity and other alternatives to enhance our financial and operating position.
 
Litigation
 
We are from time to time involved in legal proceedings, claims or investigations that are incidental to the conduct of our business. Some of these proceedings allege damages against us relating to environmental liabilities (including toxic tort, property damage and remediation), intellectual property matters (including patent, trademark and copyright infringement, and licensing disputes), personal injury claims (including injuries due to product failure, design or warnings issues, and other product liability related matters), taxes, employment matters, and commercial or contractual disputes, sometimes related to acquisitions or divestitures. For example, one of our Argentina subsidiaries is currently defending against a criminal complaint alleging the failure to comply with laws requiring the proceeds of export transactions to be collected, reported and/or converted to local currency within specified time periods. We vigorously defend ourselves against all of these claims. In future periods, we could be subjected to cash costs or non-cash charges to earnings if any of these matters is resolved on unfavorable terms. However, although the ultimate outcome of any legal matter cannot be predicted with certainty, based on current information, including our assessment of the merits of the particular claim, we do not expect that these legal proceedings or claims will have any material adverse impact on our future consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
 
In addition, we are subject to a number of lawsuits initiated by a significant number of claimants alleging health problems as a result of exposure to asbestos. A small percentage of claims have been asserted by railroad workers alleging exposure to asbestos products in railroad cars manufactured by The Pullman Company, one of our subsidiaries. Nearly all of the claims are related to alleged exposure to asbestos in our automotive emission control products. Only a small percentage of these claimants allege that they were automobile mechanics and a significant number appear to involve workers in other industries or otherwise do not include sufficient information to determine whether there is any basis for a claim against us. We believe, based on scientific and other evidence, it is unlikely that mechanics were exposed to asbestos by our former muffler products and that, in any event, they would not be at increased risk of asbestos-related disease based on their work with these products. Further, many of these cases involve numerous defendants, with the number of each in some cases exceeding 200 defendants from a variety of industries. Additionally, the plaintiffs either do not specify any, or specify the jurisdictional minimum, dollar amount for damages. As major asbestos manufacturers continue to go out of business or file for bankruptcy, we may experience an increased number of these claims. We vigorously defend ourselves against these claims as part of our ordinary course of business. In future periods, we could be subject to cash costs or non-cash charges to earnings if any of these matters is resolved unfavorably to us. To date, with respect to claims that have proceeded sufficiently through the judicial process, we have regularly achieved favorable resolution. During 2008, voluntary dismissals were initiated on behalf of 635 plaintiffs and are in process; we were dismissed from an additional 74 cases. Accordingly, we presently believe that these asbestos-related claims will not have a material adverse impact on our future consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
 
Product Warranties
 
We provide warranties on some of our products. The warranty terms vary but range from one year up to limited lifetime warranties on some of our premium aftermarket products. Provisions for estimated expenses related to product warranty are made at the time products are sold or when specific warranty issues are identified on OE products. These estimates are established using historical information about the nature, frequency, and average cost of warranty claims. We actively study trends of our warranty claims and take action to improve product quality and minimize warranty claims. We believe that the warranty reserve is appropriate; however, actual claims incurred could differ from the original estimates, requiring adjustments to the reserve. The reserve is included in both current and long-term liabilities on the balance sheet.


119


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Below is a table that shows the activity in the warranty accrual accounts:
 
                         
    Year Ended
 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
    (Millions)  
 
Beginning Balance
  $ 25     $ 25     $ 22  
Accruals related to product warranties
    17       12       17  
Reductions for payments made
    (15 )     (12 )     (14 )
                         
Ending Balance
  $ 27     $ 25     $ 25  
                         
 
Environmental Matters
 
We are subject to a variety of environmental and pollution control laws and regulations in all jurisdictions in which we operate. We expense or capitalize, as appropriate, expenditures for ongoing compliance with environmental regulations that relate to current operations. We expense costs related to an existing condition caused by past operations that do not contribute to current or future revenue generation. We record liabilities when environmental assessments indicate that remedial efforts are probable and the costs can be reasonably estimated. Estimates of the liability are based upon currently available facts, existing technology, and presently enacted laws and regulations taking into consideration the likely effects of inflation and other societal and economic factors. We consider all available evidence including prior experience in remediation of contaminated sites, other companies’ cleanup experiences and data released by the United States Environmental Protection Agency or other organizations. These estimated liabilities are subject to revision in future periods based on actual costs or new information. Where future cash flows are fixed or reliably determinable, we have discounted the liabilities. All other environmental liabilities are recorded at their undiscounted amounts. We evaluate recoveries separately from the liability and, when they are assured, recoveries are recorded and reported separately from the associated liability in our consolidated financial statements.
 
As of December 31, 2008, we were designated as a potentially responsible party in one Superfund site. Including the Superfund site, we may have the obligation to remediate current or former facilities, and we estimate our share of environmental remediation costs at these facilities to be approximately $11 million. For the Superfund site and the current and former facilities, we have established reserves that we believe are adequate for these costs. Although we believe our estimates of remediation costs are reasonable and are based on the latest available information, the cleanup costs are estimates and are subject to revision as more information becomes available about the extent of remediation required. At some sites, we expect that other parties will contribute to the remediation costs. In addition, at the Superfund site, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act provides that our liability could be joint and several, meaning that we could be required to pay in excess of our share of remediation costs. Our understanding of the financial strength of other potentially responsible parties at the Superfund site, and of other liable parties at our current and former facilities, has been considered, where appropriate, in our determination of our estimated liability. We believe that any potential costs associated with our current status as a potentially responsible party in the Superfund site, or as a liable party at our current or former facilities, will not be material to our consolidated results of operations, financial position or cash flows.
 
14.  Supplemental Guarantor Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements
 
Basis of Presentation
 
Subject to limited exceptions, all of our existing and future material domestic 100% owned subsidiaries (which are referred to as the Guarantor Subsidiaries) fully and unconditionally guarantee our senior subordinated notes due in 2014, our senior notes due in 2015 and our senior secured notes due 2013 on a joint and several basis. We have not presented separate financial statements and other disclosures concerning each of the


120


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Guarantor Subsidiaries because management has determined that such information is not material to the holders of the notes. Therefore, the Guarantor Subsidiaries are combined in the presentation below.
 
These condensed consolidating financial statements are presented on the equity method. Under this method, our investments are recorded at cost and adjusted for our ownership share of a subsidiary’s cumulative results of operations, capital contributions and distributions, and other equity changes. You should read the condensed consolidating financial information of the Guarantor Subsidiaries in connection with our consolidated financial statements and related notes of which this note is an integral part.
 
Distributions
 
There are no significant restrictions on the ability of the Guarantor Subsidiaries to make distributions to us.


121


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
STATEMENT OF INCOME (LOSS)
 
                                         
    For the Year Ended December 31, 2008  
                Tenneco Inc.
             
    Guarantor
    Nonguarantor
    (Parent
    Reclass
       
    Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Company)     & Elims     Consolidated  
    (Millions)  
 
Revenues
                                       
Net sales and operating revenues —
                                       
External
  $ 2,392     $ 3,524     $     $     $ 5,916  
Affiliated companies
    66       476             (542 )      
                                         
      2,458       4,000             (542 )     5,916  
                                         
Costs and expenses
                                       
Cost of sales (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown below)
    2,058       3,547             (542 )     5,063  
Goodwill impairment charge
    114                         114  
Engineering, research, and development
    52       75                   127  
Selling, general, and administrative
    124       264       4             392  
Depreciation and amortization of intangibles
    86       136                   222  
                                         
      2,434       4,022       4       (542 )     5,918  
                                         
Other income (expense)
                                       
Loss on sale of receivables
          (10 )                 (10 )
Other income (expense)
    63       (1 )     (1 )     (52 )     9  
                                         
      63       (11 )     (1 )     (52 )     (1 )
                                         
Income (loss) before interest expense, income taxes, minority interest, and equity in net income from affiliated companies
    87       (33 )     (5 )     (52 )     (3 )
Interest expense —
                                       
External (net of interest capitalized)
    (3 )     3       113             113  
Affiliated companies (net of interest income)
    124       (10 )     (114 )            
Income tax expense (benefit)
    20       89       185       (5 )     289  
Minority interest
          10                   10  
                                         
      (54 )     (125 )     (189 )     (47 )     (415 )
Equity in net income (loss) from affiliated companies
    (138 )           (226 )     364        
                                         
Net income (loss)
  $ (192 )   $ (125 )   $ (415 )   $ 317     $ (415 )
                                         


122


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
STATEMENT OF INCOME (LOSS)
 
                                         
    For the Year Ended December 31, 2007  
                Tenneco Inc.
             
    Guarantor
    Nonguarantor
    (Parent
    Reclass
       
    Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Company)     & Elims     Consolidated  
    (Millions)  
 
Revenues
                                       
Net sales and operating revenues —
                                       
External
  $ 2,827     $ 3,357     $     $     $ 6,184  
Affiliated companies
    95       895             (990 )      
                                         
      2,922       4,252             (990 )     6,184  
                                         
Costs and expenses
                                       
Cost of sales (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown below)
    2,619       3,582       (1 )     (990 )     5,210  
Engineering, research, and development
    55       59                   114  
Selling, general, and administrative
    145       249       4       1       399  
Depreciation and amortization of intangibles
    80       125                   205  
                                         
      2,899       4,015       3       (989 )     5,928  
                                         
Other income (expense)
                                       
Loss on sale of receivables
          (10 )                 (10 )
Other income (expense)
    13       3             (10 )     6  
                                         
      13       (7 )           (10 )     (4 )
                                         
Income (loss) before interest expense, income taxes, minority interest, and equity in net income from affiliated companies
    36       230       (3 )     (11 )     252  
Interest expense —
                                       
External (net of interest capitalized)
    (2 )     2       164             164  
Affiliated companies (net of interest income)
    185       (16 )     (169 )            
Income tax expense (benefit)
    (42 )     78       57       (10 )     83  
Minority interest
          10                   10  
                                         
      (105 )     156       (55 )     (1 )     (5 )
Equity in net income (loss) from affiliated companies
    135             50       (185 )      
                                         
Net income (loss)
  $ 30     $ 156     $ (5 )   $ (186 )   $ (5 )
                                         


123


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
STATEMENT OF INCOME (LOSS)
 
                                         
    For the Year Ended December 31, 2006  
                Tenneco Inc.
             
    Guarantor
    Nonguarantor
    (Parent
    Reclass
       
    Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Company)     & Elims     Consolidated  
    (Millions)  
 
Revenues
                                       
Net sales and operating revenues —
                                       
External
  $ 1,892     $ 2,790     $     $     $ 4,682  
Affiliated companies
    88       483             (571 )      
                                         
      1,980       3,273             (571 )     4,682  
                                         
Costs and expenses
                                       
Cost of sales (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown below)
    1,614       2,793             (571 )     3,836  
Engineering, research, and development
    45       43                   88  
Selling, general, and administrative
    131       238       4             373  
Depreciation and amortization of intangibles
    71       113                   184  
                                         
      1,861       3,187       4       (571 )     4,481  
                                         
Other income (expense)
                                       
Loss on sale of receivables
          (9 )                 (9 )
Other income (expense)
          6       (3 )     1       4  
                                         
            (3 )     (3 )     1       (5 )
                                         
Income (loss) before interest expense, income taxes, minority interest, and equity in net income from affiliated companies
    119       83       (7 )     1       196  
Interest expense —
                                       
External (net of interest capitalized)
    (4 )     3       137             136  
Affiliated companies (net of interest income)
    165       (11 )     (154 )            
Income tax expense (benefit)
    (33 )     41       (4 )     1       5  
Minority interest
          6                   6  
                                         
      (9 )     44       14             49  
Equity in net income (loss) from affiliated companies
    24       3       35       (62 )      
                                         
Net income (loss)
  $ 15     $ 47     $ 49     $ (62 )   $ 49  
                                         


124


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
BALANCE SHEET
 
                                         
    December 31, 2008  
                Tenneco Inc.
             
    Guarantor
    Nonguarantor
    (Parent
    Reclass
       
    Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Company)     & Elims     Consolidated  
    (Millions)  
 
ASSETS
                                       
Current assets:
                                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 16     $ 110     $     $     $ 126  
Receivables, net
    461       792       33       (712 )     574  
Inventories
    193       320                   513  
Deferred income taxes
    58                   (40 )     18  
Prepayments and other
    24       83                   107  
                                         
      752       1,305       33       (752 )     1,338  
                                         
Other assets:
                                       
Investment in affiliated companies
    399             614       (1,013 )      
Notes and advances receivable from affiliates
    3,641       234       5,605       (9,480 )      
Long-term receivables, net
    1       10                   11  
Goodwill
    22       73                   95  
Intangibles, net
    17       9                   26  
Deferred income taxes
    64       24       46       (46 )     88  
Other
    36       66       23             125  
                                         
      4,180       416       6,288       (10,539 )     345  
                                         
Plant, property, and equipment, at cost
    1,039       1,921                   2,960  
Less — Accumulated depreciation and amortization
    (687 )     (1,128 )                 (1,815 )
                                         
      352       793                   1,145  
                                         
    $ 5,284     $ 2,514     $ 6,321     $ (11,291 )   $ 2,828  
                                         
                                         
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY                                        
Current liabilities:
                                       
Short-term debt (including current maturities of long-term debt)
                                       
Short-term debt — non-affiliated
  $     $ 49     $     $     $ 49  
Short-term debt — affiliated
    174       371       10       (555 )      
Trade payables
    332       594             (136 )     790  
Accrued taxes
    12       18                   30  
Other
    132       169       48       (61 )     288  
                                         
      650       1,201       58       (752 )     1,157  
Long-term debt-non-affiliated
          12       1,390             1,402  
Long-term debt-affiliated
    4,229       127       5,124       (9,480 )      
Deferred income taxes
    43       54             (46 )     51  
Postretirement benefits and other liabilities
    345       89             4       438  
Commitments and contingencies
                                       
Minority interest
          31                   31  
Shareholders’ equity
    17       1,000       (251 )     (1,017 )     (251 )
                                         
    $ 5,284     $ 2,514     $ 6,321     $ (11,291 )   $ 2,828  
                                         


125


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
BALANCE SHEET
 
                                         
    December 31, 2007  
                Tenneco Inc.
             
    Guarantor
    Nonguarantor
    (Parent
    Reclass
       
    Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Company)     & Elims     Consolidated  
    (Millions)  
 
ASSETS
                                       
Current assets:
                                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 6     $ 182     $     $     $ 188  
Receivables, net
    385       1,090       148       (866 )     757  
Inventories
    198       341                   539  
Deferred income taxes
    53             3       (20 )     36  
Prepayments and other
    18       103                   121  
                                         
      660       1,716       151       (886 )     1,641  
                                         
Other assets:
                                       
Investment in affiliated companies
    628             1,083       (1,711 )      
Notes and advances receivable from affiliates
    3,607       232       5,383       (9,222 )      
Long-term receivables, net
          19                   19  
Goodwill
    136       72                   208  
Intangibles, net
    17       9                   26  
Deferred income taxes
    310       60       180       (180 )     370  
Other
    40       76       25             141  
                                         
      4,738       468       6,671       (11,113 )     764  
                                         
Plant, property, and equipment, at cost
    994       1,984                   2,978  
Less — Accumulated depreciation and amortization
    (658 )     (1,135 )                 (1,793 )
                                         
      336       849                   1,185  
                                         
    $ 5,734     $ 3,033     $ 6,822     $ (11,999 )   $ 3,590  
                                         
                                         
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY                                        
Current liabilities:
                                       
Short-term debt (including current maturities of long-term debt)
                                       
Short-term debt — non-affiliated
  $     $ 44     $ 2     $     $ 46  
Short-term debt — affiliated
    274       439       10       (723 )      
Trade payables
    350       774             (137 )     987  
Accrued taxes
    27       16             (2 )     41  
Other
    118       169       21       (24 )     284  
                                         
      769       1,442       33       (886 )     1,358  
Long-term debt-non-affiliated
          7       1,321             1,328  
Long-term debt-affiliated
    4,100       54       5,068       (9,222 )      
Deferred income taxes
    213       81             (180 )     114  
Postretirement benefits and other liabilities
    264       89             6       359  
Commitments and contingencies
                                       
Minority interest
          31                   31  
Shareholders’ equity
    388       1,329       400       (1,717 )     400  
                                         
    $ 5,734     $ 3,033     $ 6,822     $ (11,999 )   $ 3,590  
                                         


126


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
 
                                         
    Year Ended December 31, 2008  
                Tenneco Inc.
             
    Guarantor
    Nonguarantor
    (Parent
    Reclass
       
    Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Company)     & Elims     Consolidated  
    (Millions)  
 
Operating Activities
                                       
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities
  $ 167     $ 130     $ (137 )   $     $ 160  
Investing Activities
                                       
Proceeds from sale of assets
          3                   3  
Cash payments for plant, property, and equipment
    (90 )     (143 )                 (233 )
Acquisition of business (net of cash acquired)
    (19 )     3                   (16 )
Cash payments for software related intangible assets
    (9 )     (6 )                 (15 )
Investments and other
                             
                                         
Net cash used by investing activities
    (118 )     (143 )                 (261 )
                                         
Financing Activities
                                       
Issuance of common shares
                2             2  
Issuance of long-term debt
          1                   1  
Retirement of long-term debt
          (4 )     (2 )           (6 )
Debit issuance cost on long-term debt
                (2 )           (2 )
Increase (decrease) in bank overdrafts
          (1 )                 (1 )
Net increase (decrease) in revolver borrowings and short-term debt excluding current maturities of long-term debt
          7       70             77  
Intercompany dividends and net increase (decrease) in intercompany obligations
    (39 )     (30 )     69              
Distribution to minority interest partners
          (13 )                 (13 )
                                         
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities
    (39 )     (40 )     137             58  
                                         
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
          (19 )                 (19 )
                                         
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    10       (72 )                 (62 )
Cash and cash equivalents, January 1
    6       182                   188  
                                         
Cash and cash equivalents, December 31 (Note)
  $ 16     $ 110     $     $     $ 126  
                                         
 
 
Note:   Cash and cash equivalents include highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase.


127


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
 
                                         
    Year Ended December 31, 2007  
                Tenneco Inc.
             
    Guarantor
    Nonguarantor
    (Parent
    Reclass
       
    Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Company)     & Elims     Consolidated  
    (Millions)  
 
Operating Activities
                                       
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities
  $ 380     $ 302     $ (524 )   $     $ 158  
Investing Activities
                                       
Proceeds from sale of assets
    1       9                   10  
Cash payments for plant, property, and equipment
    (59 )     (118 )                 (177 )
Cash payment for net assets purchased
    (16 )                       (16 )
Cash payments for software related intangible assets
    (13 )     (6 )                 (19 )
Investments and other
          (250 )     250              
                                         
Net cash provided (used) by investing activities
    (87 )     (365 )     250             (202 )
                                         
Financing Activities
                                       
Issuance of common shares
                8             8  
Issuance of subsidiary equity
    41       (41 )                  
Issuance of long-term debt
                400             400  
Retirement of long-term debt
          (3 )     (588 )           (591 )
Debt issuance cost on long-term debt
                (11 )           (11 )
Increase (decrease) in bank overdrafts
          7                   7  
Net increase (decrease) in revolver borrowings and short-term debt excluding current maturities of long-term debt
          16       167             183  
Intercompany dividends and net increase (decrease) in intercompany obligations
    (384 )     86       298              
Distribution to minority interest partners
          (6 )                 (6 )
                                         
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities
    (343 )     59       274             (10 )
                                         
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
          40                   40  
                                         
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    (50 )     36                   (14 )
Cash and cash equivalents, January 1
    56       146                   202  
                                         
Cash and cash equivalents, December 31 (Note)
  $ 6     $ 182     $     $     $ 188  
                                         
 
 
Note:   Cash and cash equivalents include highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase.


128


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
 
                                         
    Year Ended December 31, 2006  
                Tenneco Inc.
             
    Guarantor
    Nonguarantor
    (Parent
    Reclass
       
    Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Company)     & Elims     Consolidated  
    (Millions)  
 
Operating Activities
                                       
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities
  $ 242     $ 249     $ (288 )   $     $ 203  
Investing Activities
                                       
Proceeds from sale of assets
    10       7                   17  
Cash payment for plant, property, and equipment
    (78 )     (99 )                 (177 )
Cash payment for software related intangible assets
    (6 )     (7 )                 (13 )
Investments and other
          1                   1  
                                         
Net cash used by investing activities
    (74 )     (98 )                 (172 )
                                         
Financing Activities
                                       
Issuance of common shares
                17             17  
Retirement of long-term debt
          (3 )     (1 )           (4 )
Net increase (decrease) in revolver borrowings and short-term debt excluding current maturities of long-term debt
          3                   3  
Intercompany dividends and net increase (decrease) in intercompany obligations
    (142 )     (129 )     271              
Distribution to minority interest partners
          (4 )                 (4 )
                                         
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities
    (142 )     (133 )     287             12  
                                         
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
          18                   18  
                                         
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    26       36       (1 )           61  
Cash and cash equivalents, January 1
    31       110                   141  
                                         
Cash and cash equivalents, December 31 (Note)
  $ 57     $ 146     $ (1 )   $     $ 202  
                                         
 
 
Note:   Cash and cash equivalents include highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase.


129


Table of Contents

 
TENNECO INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
15.  Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)
 
                                 
                Income Before
       
    Net Sales
    Cost of Sales
    Interest Expense,
       
    and
    (Excluding
    Income Taxes
       
    Operating
    Depreciation and
    and Minority
    Net
 
Quarter
  Revenues     Amortization)     Interest     Income (Loss)  
    (Millions)  
 
2008
                               
1st
  $ 1,560     $ 1,326     $ 39     $ 6  
2nd
    1,651       1,383       75       13  
3rd
    1,497       1,298       28       (136 )
4th
    1,208       1,056       (145 )     (298 )
                                 
    $ 5,916     $ 5,063     $ (3 )   $ (415 )
                                 
2007
                               
1st
  $ 1,400     $ 1,179     $ 49     $ 5  
2nd
    1,663       1,377       103       41  
3rd
    1,556       1,313       57       21  
4th
    1,565       1,341       43       (72 )
                                 
    $ 6,184     $ 5,210     $ 252     $ (5 )
                                 
 
                 
    Basic
    Diluted
 
    Earnings
    Earnings
 
    per Share of
    per Share of
 
Quarter
  Common Stock     Common Stock  
 
2008
               
1st
  $ 0.14     $ 0.13  
2nd
    0.26       0.26  
3rd
    (2.92 )     (2.92 )
4th
    (6.40 )     (6.40 )
Full Year
    (8.95 )     (8.95 )
2007
               
1st
  $ 0.11     $ 0.11  
2nd
    0.89       0.85  
3rd
    0.47       0.45  
4th
    (1.57 )     (1.57 )
Full Year
    (0.11 )     (0.11 )
 
 
Note:   The sum of the quarters may not equal the total of the respective year’s earnings per share on either a basic or diluted basis due to changes in the weighted average shares outstanding throughout the year.
 
(The preceding notes are an integral part of the foregoing consolidated financial statements.)


130


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE II
 
TENNECO INC. AND CONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARIES
 
SCHEDULE II — VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
 
                                         
          Column C              
Column A
  Column B     Additions     Column D     Column E  
          Additions              
    Balance
    Charged
    Charged
             
    at
    to
    to
          Balance
 
    Beginning
    Costs and
    Other
          at End
 
Description
  of Year     Expenses     Accounts     Deductions     of Year  
    (Millions)  
 
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts and Notes Deducted from Assets to Which it Applies:
                                       
Year Ended December 31, 2008
  $ 25     $ 3     $ 2     $ 6     $ 24  
                                         
Year Ended December 31, 2007
  $ 23     $ 3     $ 2     $ 3     $ 25  
                                         
Year Ended December 31, 2006
  $ 26     $ 4     $ 1     $ 8     $ 23  
                                         


131


Table of Contents

ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.
 
None.
 
ITEM 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.
 
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
 
An evaluation was carried out under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) and Rule 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) as of the end of the year covered by this report. Based on their evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that the company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by our company in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms and such information is accumulated and communicated to management as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.
 
See Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for management’s report on internal control over financial reporting and the report of our independent registered public accounting firm thereon.
 
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
 
The following changes in our internal control over financial reporting in the fourth quarter of 2008 have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
 
Management previously reported a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting in our 2007 Form 10-K, filed on February 29, 2008, related to accounting for income taxes. To address the current material weakness in accounting for income taxes, we undertook the following actions:
 
1. We required all income tax entries approved for recording at the consolidated level include supporting documentation which will be provided to the local finance personnel with instructions for recording the transactions on the local ledgers.
 
2. We formalized a process for documenting decisions and journal entries made based upon the review of tax packages or any other supporting information provided.
 
3. Based on review of each entity’s quarterly balance sheet and income tax provision reconciliation, we identified variances requiring additional balance sheet and income tax provision reconciliations. The tax department instituted a process whereby a member of the tax department would work with the location to review the tax accounting if an analysis of the balance sheet and income tax provision reconciliation identifies multiple and/or significant tax reporting variances requiring further analysis and training.
 
4. We accelerated certain year end tax analysis and reporting activities to periods earlier in the year in order to provide additional analysis and reconciliation time.
 
During the fourth quarter of 2008, our testing of our internal controls over financial reporting indicated that controls and procedures over our accounting for income taxes operated throughout the year. Therefore, we believe that the previously reported material weakness related to our accounting for income taxes process has been remediated as of December 31, 2008.
 
There were no other changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2008 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
 
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION.
 
None.


132


Table of Contents

 
PART III
 
ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.
 
The sections entitled “Election of Directors” and “Corporate Governance” in our definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held May 13, 2009 are incorporated herein by reference. In addition, Item 4.1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, which appears at the end of Part I, is incorporated herein by reference.
 
A copy of our Code of Ethical Conduct for Financial Managers, which applies to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Controller and other key financial managers, is filed as Exhibit 14 to this Form 10-K. We have posted a copy of the Code of Ethical Conduct for Financial Managers on our Internet website at www.tenneco.com . We will make a copy of this code available to any person, without charge, upon written request to Tenneco Inc., 500 North Field Drive, Lake Forest, Illinois 60045, Attn: General Counsel. We intend to satisfy the disclosure requirement under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K and applicable NYSE rules regarding amendments to or waivers of our Code of Ethical Conduct by posting this information on our Internet website at www.tenneco.com .
 
ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.
 
The section entitled “Executive Compensation” in our definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held May 13, 2009 is incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.
 
The section entitled “Ownership of Common Stock” in our definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held May 13, 2009 is incorporated herein by reference.
 
Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans
 
The following table shows, as of December 31, 2008, information regarding outstanding awards available under our compensation plans (including individual compensation arrangements) under which our equity securities may be delivered:
 
                         
    (a)
          (c)
 
    Number of
    (b)
    Number of
 
    securities to be
    Weighted-
    securities
 
    issued upon
    average exercise
    available for
 
    exercise of
    price of
    future
 
    outstanding
    outstanding
    issuance
 
    options,
    options,
    (excluding
 
    warrants and
    warrants and
    shares in
 
Plan category   rights(1)     rights     column (a))(1)  
 
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders:
                       
Stock Ownership Plan(2)
    620,667     $ 5.73        
2002 Long-Term Incentive Plan (as amended)(3)
    1,200,226     $ 12.40        
2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan(4)
    1,083,252     $ 25.11       1,214,048  
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders:
                       
Supplemental Stock Ownership Plan(5)
    245,231     $ 8.56        
 
 
(1) Reflects the number of shares of the Company’s common stock. Does not include 220,604 shares that may be issued in settlement of common stock equivalent units that were credited to outside directors as payment for their retainer and other fees. In general, these units are settled in cash. At the option of the Company, however, the units may be settled in shares of the Company’s common stock.
 
(2) This plan terminated as to new awards on December 31, 2001 (except awards pursuant to commitments outstanding at that date).


133


Table of Contents

 
(3) This plan terminated as to new awards upon adoption of our 2006 Long-term Incentive Plan (except awards pursuant to commitments outstanding on that date). Does not include 40,825 shares subject to outstanding restricted stock (vest over time) as of December 31, 2008 that were issued at a weighted-average issue price of $21.23 per share.
 
(4) Does not include 413,664 shares subject to outstanding restricted stock (vest over time) as of December 31, 2008 that were issued at a weighted average exercise price of $25.05. Under this plan, as of December 31, 2008, a maximum of 442,484 shares remained available for delivery under full value awards (i.e., bonus stock, stock equivalent units, performance units, restricted stock and restricted stock units).
 
(5) The plan described in the table above as not having been approved by security holders is the Tenneco Inc. Supplemental Stock Ownership Plan. This plan, which terminated on December 31, 2001 as to new awards (except awards pursuant to commitments outstanding at that date), originally covered the delivery of up to 1.5 million shares of common stock held in the Company’s treasury. This plan was and continues to be administered by the Compensation/Nominating/Governance Committee. The Company’s directors, officers and other employees were eligible to receive awards under this plan, although awards under the plan were limited to the Company’s non-executive employees. Awards under the plan could take the form of non-statutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, stock equivalent units or performance units. All awards made under this plan were discretionary. The committee determined which eligible persons received awards and determined all terms and conditions (including form, amount and timing) of each award.
 
ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE.
 
The subsections entitled “The Board of Directors and its Committees — General” and “Transactions with Related Persons” under the section entitled “Corporate Governance” in our definitive Proxy Statement for the annual meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 13, 2009 are incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 14.  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES.
 
The sections entitled “Ratify Appointment of Independent Public Accountants — Audit, Audit-Related, Tax and All Other Fees” and “Ratify Appointment of Independent Public Accountants — Pre-Approval Policy” in our definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held May 13, 2009 are incorporated herein by reference.


134


Table of Contents

 
PART IV
 
ITEM 15.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS INCLUDED IN ITEM 8
 
See “Index to Financial Statements of Tenneco Inc. and Consolidated Subsidiaries” set forth in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for a list of financial statements filed as part of this Report.
 
INDEX TO SCHEDULE INCLUDED IN ITEM 8
 
         
    Page  
 
Schedule of Tenneco Inc. and Consolidated Subsidiaries — Schedule II — Valuation and qualifying accounts — three years ended December 31, 2008
    131  
 
SCHEDULES OMITTED AS NOT REQUIRED OR INAPPLICABLE
 
Schedule I — Condensed financial information of registrant
Schedule III — Real estate and accumulated depreciation
Schedule IV — Mortgage loans on real estate
Schedule V — Supplemental information concerning property — casualty insurance operations


135


Table of Contents

EXHIBITS
 
The following exhibits are filed with this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, or incorporated herein by reference (exhibits designated by an asterisk are filed with the report; all other exhibits are incorporated by reference):
 
INDEX TO EXHIBITS
 
             
Exhibit
       
Number
     
Description
 
  2       None
  3 .1(a)     Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the registrant dated December 11, 1996 (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 3.1(a) of the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997, File No. 1-12387).
  3 .1(b)     Certificate of Amendment, dated December 11, 1996 (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 3.1(c) of the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997, File No. 1-12387).
  3 .1(c)     Certificate of Ownership and Merger, dated July 8, 1997 (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 3.1(d) of the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997, File No. 1-12387).
  3 .1(d)     Certificate of Designation of Series B Junior Participating Preferred Stock dated September 9, 1998 (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 3.1(d) of the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1998, File No. 1-12387).
  3 .1(e)     Certificate of Elimination of the Series A Participating Junior Preferred Stock of the registrant dated September 11, 1998 (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 3.1(e) of the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1998, File No. 1-12387).
  3 .1(f)     Certificate of Amendment to Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the registrant dated November 5, 1999 (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 3.1(f) of the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1999, File No. 1-12387).
  3 .1(g)     Certificate of Amendment to Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the registrant dated November 5, 1999 (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 3.1(g) of the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1999, File No. 1-12387).
  3 .1(h)     Certificate of Ownership and Merger merging Tenneco Automotive Merger Sub Inc. with and into the registrant, dated November 5, 1999 (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 3.1(h) of the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1999, File No. 1-12387).
  3 .1(i)     Certificate of Amendment to Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the registrant dated May 9, 2000 (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 3.1(i) of the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2000, File No. 1-12387).
  3 .1(j)     Certificate of Ownership and Merger merging Tenneco Inc. with and into the registrant, dated October 27, 2005 (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 99.1 of the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 28, 2005, File No. 1-12387).
  3 .2     By-laws of the registrant, as amended March 4, 2008 (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 99.1 of the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K event date March 4, 2008, File No. 1-12387).
  3 .3     Certificate of Incorporation of Tenneco Global Holdings Inc. (“Global”), as amended (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, Reg. No. 333-93757).
  3 .4     By-laws of Global (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.4 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, Reg. No. 333-93757).
  3 .5     Certificate of Incorporation of TMC Texas Inc. (“TMC”) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.5 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, Reg. No. 333-93757).
  3 .6     By-laws of TMC (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.6 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, Reg. No. 333-93757).
  3 .7     Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Tenneco International Holding Corp. (“TIHC”) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.7 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, Reg. No. 333-93757).


136


Table of Contents

             
Exhibit
       
Number
     
Description
 
  3 .8     Amended and Restated By-laws of TIHC (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.8 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, Reg. No. 333-93757).
  3 .9     Certificate of Incorporation of Clevite Industries Inc. (“Clevite”), as amended (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.9 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, Reg. No. 333-93757).
  3 .10     By-laws of Clevite (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.10 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, Reg. No. 333-93757).
  3 .11     Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Pullman Company (“Pullman”) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.11 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, Reg. No. 333-93757).
  3 .12     By-laws of Pullman (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.12 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, Reg. No. 333-93757).
  3 .13     Certificate of Incorporation of Tenneco Automotive Operating Company Inc. (“Operating”) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.13 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, Reg. No. 333-93757).
  3 .14     By-laws of Operating (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.14 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, Reg. No. 333-93757).
  4 .1(a)     Indenture, dated as of November 1, 1996, between the registrant and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 4.1 of the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, Registration No. 333-14003).
  4 .1(b)     First Supplemental Indenture dated as of December 11, 1996 to Indenture dated as of November 1, 1996 between the registrant and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 4.3(b) of the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996, File No. 1-12387).
  4 .1(c)     Third Supplemental Indenture dated as of December 11, 1996 to Indenture dated as of November 1, 1996 between the registrant and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 4.3(d) of the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996, File No. 1-12387).
  4 .1(d)     Fourth Supplemental Indenture dated as of December 11, 1996 to Indenture dated as of November 1, 1996 between the registrant and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 4.3(e) of the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996, File No. 1-12387).
  4 .1(e)     Eleventh Supplemental Indenture, dated October 21, 1999, to Indenture dated November 1, 1996 between The Chase Manhattan Bank, as Trustee, and the registrant (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 4.2(l) of the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1999, File No. 1-12387).
  4 .2     Specimen stock certificate for Tenneco Inc. common stock (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 4.3 of the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006, File No. 1-12387).
  4 .3(a)     Indenture dated October 14, 1999 by and between the registrant and The Bank of New York, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 4.4(a) of the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1999, File No. 1-12387).
  4 .3(b)     Supplemental Indenture dated November 4, 1999 among Tenneco Automotive Operating Company Inc., Tenneco International Holding Corp., Tenneco Global Holdings Inc., the Pullman Company, Clevite Industries Inc. and TMC Texas Inc. in favor of The Bank of New York, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 4.4(b) of the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1999, File No. 1-12387).
  4 .3(c)     Subsidiary Guarantee dated as of October 14, 1999 from Tenneco Automotive Operating Company Inc., Tenneco International Holding Corp., Tenneco Global Holdings Inc., the Pullman Company, Clevite Industries Inc. and TMC Texas Inc. in favor of The Bank of New York, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.4(c) to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, Reg. No. 333-93757).

137


Table of Contents

             
Exhibit
       
Number
     
Description
 
  4 .4(a)     Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of March 16, 2007, among Tenneco Inc., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the other lenders party thereto (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 99.1 of the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 16, 2007).
  4 .4(b)     Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of March 16, 2007 (amending and restating the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement dated as of November 4, 1999, as previously amended and amended and restated), among Tenneco Inc., various of its subsidiaries and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 99.2 of the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 16, 2007).
  4 .4(c)     Waiver, dated July 23, 2007, to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as March 16, 2007, by and among the registrant, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the other lenders party thereto (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 4.5(c) to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007, File No. 1-12387).
  4 .4(d)     Second Amendment, dated November 26, 2007, to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as March 16, 2007, by and among the registrant, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the other lenders party thereto (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 4.5(d) to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007, File No. 1-12387).
  4 .4(e)     Third Amendment, dated as of December 23, 2008, to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of March 16, 2007, by and among the registrant, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the other lenders party thereto (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 23, 2008).
  4 .4(f)     Fourth Amendment, dated as of February 23, 2009, to Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of March 16, 2007, by and among the registrant, JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the other lenders party thereto (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 4.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 23, 2009).
  4 .5(a)     Indenture, dated as of June 19, 2003, among the registrant, the subsidiary guarantors named therein and Wachovia Bank, National Association (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 4.6(a) to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2003, File No. 1-12387).
  4 .5(b)     Collateral Agreement, dated as of June 19, 2003, by the registrant and the subsidiary guarantors named therein in favor of Wachovia Bank, National Association (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 4.6(b) to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2003, File No. 1-12387).
  4 .5(c)     Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of June 19, 2003, among the registrant, the subsidiary guarantors named therein, and the initial purchasers named therein, for whom JPMorgan Securities Inc. acted as representative (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 4.6(c) to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2003, File No. 1-12387).
  4 .5(d)     Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 12, 2003, among the registrant, the subsidiary guarantors named therein and Wachovia Bank, National Association (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.6(d) to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003, File No. 1-12387).
  4 .5(e)     Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of December 12, 2003, among the registrant, the subsidiary guarantors named therein, and the initial purchasers named therein, for whom Banc of America Securities LLC acted as representative agent (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.5(a) to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003, File No. 1-12387).
  4 .5(f)     Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 28, 2005, among the registrant, the subsidiary guarantors named therein and Wachovia Bank, National Association (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 4.6(f) to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2005, File No. 1-12387).
  4 .5(g)     Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 14, 2007, by and among the registrant, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated November 14, 2007).

138


Table of Contents

             
Exhibit
       
Number
     
Description
 
  4 .6     Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of June 19, 2003, among JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Credit Agent, Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Trustee and Collateral Agent, and the registrant (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 4.7 to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2003, File No. 1-12387).
  4 .7(a)     Indenture, dated as of November 19, 2004, among the registrant, the subsidiary guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York Trust Company (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 99.1 of the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 19, 2004, File No. 1-12387).
  4 .7(b)     Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 28, 2005, among the registrant, the guarantors party thereto and the Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 4.3 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, Reg. No. 333-123752).
  4 .7(c)     Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 19, 2004, among the registrant, the guarantors party thereto and the initial purchasers party thereto (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 4.2 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, Reg. No. 333-123752).
  4 .7(d)     Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of October 27, 2005, among the registrant, the guarantors party thereto and the Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 4.8(d) to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2005, File No. 1-12387).
  4 .8(a)     Indenture, dated as of November 19, 2007, by and among the registrant, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 4.9(a) to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007, File No. 1-12387).
  4 .8(b)     Registration Rights Agreement, dated November 19, 2007, by and among the registrant, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto and the initial purchasers party thereto (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 4.9(b) to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007, File No. 1-12387).
  9       None.
  10 .1       Distribution Agreement, dated November 1, 1996, by and among El Paso Tennessee Pipeline Co., the registrant, and Newport News Shipbuilding Inc. (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 2 of the registrant’s Form 10, File No. 1-12387).
  10 .2     Amendment No. 1 to Distribution Agreement, dated as of December 11, 1996, by and among El Paso Tennessee Pipeline Co., the registrant, and Newport News Shipbuilding Inc. (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.2 of the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996, File No. 1-12387).
  10 .3     Debt and Cash Allocation Agreement, dated December 11, 1996, by and among El Paso Tennessee Pipeline Co. , the registrant, and Newport News Shipbuilding Inc. (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.3 of the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996, File No. 1-12387).
  10 .4     Benefits Agreement, dated December 11, 1996, by and among El Paso Tennessee Pipeline Co., the registrant, and Newport News Shipbuilding Inc. (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.4 of the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996, File No. 1-12387).
  10 .5     Insurance Agreement, dated December 11, 1996, by and among El Paso Tennessee Pipeline Co., the registrant, and Newport News Shipbuilding Inc. (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.5 of the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996, File No. 1-12387).
  10 .6     Tax Sharing Agreement, dated December 11, 1996, by and among El Paso Tennessee Pipeline Co., Newport News Shipbuilding Inc., the registrant, and El Paso Natural Gas Company (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.6 of the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996, File No. 1-12387).
  10 .7     First Amendment to Tax Sharing Agreement, dated as of December 11, 1996, among El Paso Tennessee Pipeline Co., the registrant, El Paso Natural Gas Company and Newport News Shipbuilding Inc. (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.7 of the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996, File No. 1-12387).

139


Table of Contents

             
Exhibit
       
Number
     
Description
 
  +10 .8     Change of Control Severance Benefits Plan for Key Executives (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.13 of the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1999, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .9     Stock Ownership Plan (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.10 of the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, Reg. No. 333-93757).
  +10 .10     Key Executive Pension Plan (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.11 to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2000, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .11     Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.12 to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2000, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .12     Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.13 to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2000, File No. 1-12387).
  10 .13     Human Resources Agreement by and between the registrant and Tenneco Packaging Inc. dated November 4, 1999 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 4, 1999, File No. 1-12387).
  10 .14     Tax Sharing Agreement by and between the registrant and Tenneco Packaging Inc. dated November 3, 1999 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 4, 1999, File No. 1-12387).
  10 .15     Amended and Restated Transition Services Agreement by and between the registrant and Tenneco Packaging Inc. dated as of November 4, 1999 (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.21 of the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1999, File No. 1-12387).
  10 .16     Assumption Agreement among Tenneco Automotive Operating Company Inc., Tenneco International Holding Corp., Tenneco Global Holdings Inc., The Pullman Company, Clevite Industries Inc., TMC Texas Inc., Salomon Smith Barney Inc. and the other Initial Purchasers listed in the Purchase Agreement dated as of November 4, 1999 (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.24 of the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, Reg. No. 333-93757).
  +10 .17     Amendment No. 1 to Change in Control Severance Benefits Plan for Key Executives (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.23 to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2000, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .18     Form of Indemnity Agreement entered into between the registrant and the following directors of the registrant: Paul Stecko, M. Kathryn Eickhoff and Dennis Severance (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.29 to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2000, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .19     Letter Agreement dated July 27, 2000 between the registrant and Timothy E. Jackson (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.27 to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2000, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .20     Letter Agreement dated as of June 1, 2001 between the registrant and Hari Nair (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.28 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001. File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .21     2002 Long-Term Incentive Plan (As Amended and Restated Effective March 11, 2003) (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.26 to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2003. File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .22     Amendment No. 1 to Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.27 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .23     Supplemental Stock Ownership Plan (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.28 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .24     Form of Stock Option Agreement for employees under the 2002 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended (providing for a ten year option term) (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 99.2 of the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 13, 2005, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .25     Form of Stock Option Agreement for non-employee directors under the 2002 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended (providing for a ten year option term) (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 99.3 of the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 13, 2005, File No. 1-12387).

140


Table of Contents

             
Exhibit
       
Number
     
Description
 
  +10 .26     Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement for employees under the 2002 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended (three year cliff vesting) (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 99.4 of the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 13, 2005, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .27     Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement for non-employee directors under the 2002 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 99.5 of the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 13, 2005, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .28     Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement for employees under the 2002 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended (vesting 1/3 annually) (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 99.1 of the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 17, 2005, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .29     Form of Stock Option Agreement for employees under the 2002 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended (providing for a seven year option term) (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 99.2 of the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 17, 2005, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .30     Form of Stock Option Agreement for non-employee directors under the 2002 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended (providing for a seven year option term) (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 99.3 of the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 17, 2005, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .31     Form of Performance Share Agreement for non-employee directors under the 2002 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.37 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004, file No. 1-12387).
  +10 .32     Intentionally omitted.
  +10 .33     Intentionally omitted.
  +10 .34     Amendment No. 1 to the Key Executive Pension Plan (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.39 to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2005, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .35     Amendment No. 1 to the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.40 to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2005, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .36     Second Amendment to the Key Executive Pension Plan (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.41 to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2005, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .37     Amendment No. 2 to the Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.42 to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2005, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .38     Supplemental Retirement Plan (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.43 to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2005, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .45     Supplemental Pension Plan for Management (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.45 to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2005, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .46     Intentionally omitted.
  +10 .47     Amended and Restated Value Added (“TAVA”) Incentive Compensation Plan, effective January 1, 2006 (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.47 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005, file No. 1-12387).
  +10 .48     Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement for non-employee directors under the 2002 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended (providing for one year cliff vesting) (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.48 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005, file No. 1-12387).
  +10 .49     Tenneco Inc. 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated May 9, 2006).
  +10 .50     Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement for non-employee directors under the Tenneco Inc. 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated May 9, 2006).
  +10 .51     Form of Stock Option Agreement for employees under the Tenneco Inc. 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated May 9, 2006).

141


Table of Contents

             
Exhibit
       
Number
     
Description
 
  +10 .52     Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement for employees under the Tenneco Inc. 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.4 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated May 9, 2006).
  +10 .53     Form of First Amendment to the Tenneco Inc. Supplemental Pension Plan for Management (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.56 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006. File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .54     Form of First Amendment to the Tenneco Inc. Supplemental Retirement Plan (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.57 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006. File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .55     Letter Agreement dated January 5, 2007 between the registrant and Hari N. Nair (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.60 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006. File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .56     Letter Agreement between Tenneco Inc. and Gregg Sherrill (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 99.2 of the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated as of January 5, 2007, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .57     Letter Agreement between Tenneco Inc. and Gregg Sherrill, dated as of January 15, 2007 (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 99.1 of the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated as of January 15, 2007, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .58     Form of Restricted Stock Agreement between Tenneco Inc. and Gregg M. Sherrill (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.63 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .59     Form of Long-Term Performance Unit Award Under the 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (stub period award for 2007) (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.64 to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2007, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .60     Form of Long-Term Performance Unit Award Under the 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (three-year award for 2007-2009 period) (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.65 to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2007, File No. 1-12387).
  *+10 .61     Tenneco Inc. Change in Control Severance Benefit Plan for Key Executives, as Amended and Restated effective December 12, 2007.
  +10 .62     Form of Long-Term Performance Unit Award Under the 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (stub period award for 2008) (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.67 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .63     Form of Long-Term Performance Unit Award Under the 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (three-year award for periods commencing with 2008) (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.68 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007, File No. 1-12387).
  +10 .64     Letter Agreement dated January 5, 2007 between the registrant and Timothy E. Jackson (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.69 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007, File No. 1-12387).
  *+10 .65     Excess Benefit Plan, including Supplements for Gregg M. Sherrill and Kenneth R. Trammell.
  *+10 .66     Amendment No. 2 to Change in Control Severance Benefit Plan for Key Executives.
  *+10 .67     Incentive Deferral Plan, as Amended and Restated Effective as of January 1, 2008.
  *+10 .68     Code Section 409A Amendment to 2002 Long-Term Incentive Plan.
  *+10 .69     Code Section 409A Amendment to 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan.
  *+10 .70     Code Section 409A to Excess Benefit Plan.
  *+10 .71     Code Section 409A Amendment to Supplemental Retirement Plan.
  *+10 .72     Code Section 409A Amendment to Supplemental Pension Plan for Management.
  *+10 .73     Code Section 409A Amendment to Amended and Restated Value Added (“TAVA”) Incentive Compensation Plan.
  *+10 .74     Code Section 409A Amendment to Letter Agreement between the registrant and Gregg M. Sherrill.
  *+10 .75     Code Section 409A Amendment to Letter Agreement between the registrant and Hari N. Nair.
  *+10 .76     Code Section 409A Amendment to Letter Agreement between the registrant and Timothy E. Jackson.

142


Table of Contents

             
Exhibit
       
Number
     
Description
 
  *10 .77     Second Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 4, 2005, among the registrant, as Servicer, Tenneco Automotive RSA Company, as Seller, Jupiter Securitization Corporation and Liberty Street Funding Corp., as Conduits The Bank of Nova Scotia, JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. and the Committed Purchasers from time to time party thereto, and Amendments 1 through 10 thereto.
  11       None.
  *12       Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
  13       None.
  14       Tenneco Inc. Code of Ethical Conduct for Financial Managers (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 99.3 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, File No. 1-12387).
  16       None.
  18       None.
  *21       List of Subsidiaries of Tenneco Inc.
  22       None.
  *23       Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
  *24       Powers of Attorney.
  *31 .1     Certification of Gregg M. Sherrill under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  *31 .2     Certification of Kenneth R. Trammell under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  *32 .1     Certification of Gregg M. Sherrill and Kenneth R. Trammell under Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  33       None.
  34       None.
  35       None.
  99       None.
  100       None.
 
 
* Filed herewith.
 
+ Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

143


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
TENNECO INC.
 
  By 
*
Gregg M. Sherrill
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
 
Date: February 27, 2009
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 this report has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on February 27, 2009.
 
         
Signature
 
Title
 
*

Gregg M. Sherrill
  Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
and Director (principal executive officer)
     
/s/   Kenneth R. Trammell

Kenneth R. Trammell
  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer)
     
*

Paul D. Novas
  Vice President and Controller (principal accounting officer)
     
*

Charles W. Cramb
  Director
     
*

Dennis J. Letham
  Director
     
*

Frank E. Macher
  Director
     
*

Roger B. Porter
  Director
     
*

David B. Price, Jr.
  Director
     
*

Paul T. Stecko
  Director
     
*

Mitsunobi Takeuchi
  Director
     
*

Jane L. Warner
  Director
     
*By: 
/s/   Kenneth R. Trammell

Kenneth R. Trammell
Attorney in fact
   


144

Exhibit 10.61
TENNECO INC. CHANGE IN CONTROL
SEVERANCE BENEFIT PLAN FOR KEY EXECUTIVES
As Amended and Restated Effective December 12, 2007
(the “Plan”)
     The Plan as established by Tenneco Inc., a Delaware corporation, effective on November 4, 1999, has been amended and restated and renamed effective December 12, 2007 (the “Effective Date”). The purpose of the Plan is to induce key employees to enter into, or continue their services or employment with, and to steadfastly serve the Company if and when a Change in Control (as defined below) is threatened, despite attendant career uncertainties, by committing the Company to provide severance benefits in the event their employment terminates as a result of a Change in Control.
1.   Definitions
  A.   “Change in Control” means any of the following events (but no event other than one of the following events):
  (1)   any person, alone or together with any of its affiliates or associates, becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing twenty percent (20%) or more of either the Company’s then outstanding shares of common stock or the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities having general voting rights; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur pursuant to this clause (1) solely because the requisite percentage of either the Company’s then outstanding shares of common stock or the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities having general voting rights is acquired by one or more employee benefit plans maintained by one or more Tenneco Companies; or
 
  (2)   members of the Incumbent Board cease to constitute a majority of the Company Board; or
 
  (3)   the consummation of any plan of merger, consolidation, share exchange or combination between the Company and any person, including without limitation becoming a subsidiary of any other person, or the consummation of any sale, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (any such transaction, a “Business Combination”) without all or substantially all of the persons who are the beneficial owners of the then outstanding shares of the common stock of the Company (“Outstanding Common Stock”) or of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Voting

 


 

      Securities”) immediately prior to such Business Combination constituting the beneficial owners, directly or indirectly, of fifty percent (50%) or more of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the entity resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, an entity which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination, of the Outstanding Common Stock and the Outstanding Voting Securities, as the case may be; or
 
  (4)   the Company’s stockholders approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.
  B.   “Committee” means the Compensation/Nominating/Governance Committee of the Company Board or any successor thereto.
 
  C.   “Company” means Tenneco Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successors thereto as provided in Section 11.
 
  D.   “Company Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
 
  E.   “Competing Business” means any business or activity that (1) competes with any Tenneco Company for which the Key Executive performed services or the Key Executive was involved in for the purposes of making strategic or other material business decisions and involves (2) (a) the same or substantially similar types of products or services (individually or collectively) manufactured, marketed or sold by any Tenneco Company during the term of such Key Executive’s employment with the Tenneco Companies or (b) products or services so similar in nature to that of any Tenneco Company during the term of such Key Executive’s employment with the Tenneco Companies (or that any Tenneco Company will soon thereafter offer) that they would be reasonably likely to displace substantial business opportunities or customers of the Tenneco Companies.
 
  F.   “Confidential Information” means Trade Secrets as well as information acquired by the Key Executive in the course and scope of his or her activities during such Key Executive’s employment with the Tenneco Companies, including information acquired from third parties, that:
  (1)   is not generally known or disseminated outside the Tenneco Companies (such as non-public information);

2


 

  (2)   is designated or marked by any Tenneco Company as “confidential” or reasonably should be considered confidential or proprietary; or
 
  (3)   any Tenneco Company indicates through its policies, procedures, or other instructions should not be disclosed to anyone outside the Tenneco Companies.
      Without limiting the foregoing definitions, some examples of Confidential Information under the Plan include:
  (1)   matters of a technical nature, such as scientific, trade or engineering secrets, “know-how”, formulae, secret processes, inventions, and research and development plans or projects regarding existing and prospective customers and products or services;
 
  (2)   information about costs, profits, markets, sales, customer lists, customer needs, customer preferences and customer purchasing histories, supplier lists, internal financial data, personnel evaluations, non-public information about automotive devices or products of any Tenneco Company (including future plans about them), information and material provided by third parties in confidence and/or with nondisclosure restrictions, computer access passwords, and internal market studies or surveys; and
 
  (3)   any other information or matters of a similar nature.
  G.   “Constructive Termination” will be deemed to have occurred if, upon or following the Change in Control, a Key Executive separates from service with all Tenneco Companies after the Tenneco Companies, by action or inaction, and without the Key Executive’s express prior written consent:
  (1)   materially diminish in any manner the Key Executive’s status, position, duties or responsibilities with the Tenneco Companies from those in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control (without limiting the generality of the foregoing, for purposes of this clause (1) a material diminution will be deemed to have occurred if the Key Executive does not maintain the same or greater status, position, duties and responsibilities with the ultimate parent corporation of a controlled group of corporations of which the Company is a member upon consummation of the transaction or transactions constituting the Change in Control);
 
  (2)   materially reduce the Key Executive’s then current annual cash compensation from the Tenneco Companies below the sum of (a) the Key Executive’s annual base salary or annual base compensation from the Tenneco Companies in effect immediately

3


 

      prior to the Change in Control and (b) the Key Executive’s targeted annual award under the Executive Incentive Compensation Plan for the calendar year completed immediately prior to the Change in Control; provided, however, a material reduction for purposes of this clause (2) shall not be deemed to have occurred if the Key Executive’s then current annual cash compensation is reduced as part of an overall cost reduction program that affects all senior executives of the Tenneco Company and does not disproportionately affect the Key Executive;
 
  (3)   cause a material reduction in (a) the level of aggregate Tenneco Companies-paid medical benefit, life insurance and disability plan coverages; or (b) the aggregate rate of Tenneco Companies-paid thrift/savings plan contributions and of Tenneco Companies-paid defined benefit retirement plan benefit accrual, from those coverages and rates in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control; provided, however, a material reduction for purposes of this clause (3) shall not be deemed to have occurred if a reduction as described in subclause (a) or (b) occurs as part of an overall cost reduction program that affects all senior executives of the Tenneco Company and does not disproportionately affect the Key Executive;
 
  (4)   effectively require the Key Executive to relocate because of a transfer of the Key Executive’s place of employment with the Tenneco Companies from the place where the Key Executive was employed immediately prior to the Change in Control (for purposes of the foregoing, a transfer of place of employment shall be deemed to require a Key Executive to relocate if such transfer is greater than 50 miles from the place where the Key Executive was employed immediately prior to the Change in Control); or
 
  (5)   materially breach any provision of the Plan.
      A Constructive Termination will be deemed to have occurred for all Key Executives if any successor to the Company in a Business Combination described in Section 1(A)(3) above constituting a Change in Control fails to assume, in writing, all of the Company’s obligations under the Plan promptly upon consummation of such Change in Control.
 
      Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 1(G), a Constructive Termination will not be deemed to have occurred unless the Key Executive delivers to the Company a written notice of the existence of a condition described in this Section 1(G) within 90 days after the Key Executive has actual knowledge of the existence of such condition, and the Key Executive does not terminate his employment due to Constructive Termination until the Key Executive has given the Company at least 30

4


 

      days in which to cure the condition set forth in the written notice and if such condition is not cured by the 30th day, the Key Executive’s employment shall terminate on such date.
 
      In addition, a determination that a Key Executive has been Constructively Terminated for purposes of eligibility for benefits under this Plan shall be based solely on the criteria set forth in this Section 1(G) and the Key Executive’s eligibility or application for, or receipt of, any retirement benefits from any Tenneco Company following separation from service shall have no bearing on such determination.
  H.   “Disability” shall mean the permanent and total disability as determined under the rules and guidelines established by a Tenneco Company in order to qualify for long-term disability coverage under the Tenneco Company’s long-term disability plan in effect at the time.
 
  I.   “Discharge for Cause” shall be deemed to have occurred only if, following the Change in Control, a Key Executive is discharged by any of the Tenneco Companies from employment because:
  (1)   the Key Executive has engaged in serious misconduct or willfully or materially violated, or willfully or materially failed to comply with, the Company’s Corporate Compliance Policies or Statement of Business Principles in his or her capacity as an employee of any of the Tenneco Companies; or
 
  (2)   the Key Executive has willfully and continually failed (unless due to incapacity resulting from physical or mental illness) to substantially perform the duties of his or her employment by any of the Tenneco Companies after written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Key Executive by any of the Tenneco Companies specifically identifying the manner in which the Key Executive has not substantially performed such duties.
      Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Key Executive who, immediately prior to the Change in Control, is a member of Executive Group I or II shall not be deemed to have been Discharged for Cause unless a written notice has been delivered to the Key Executive stating that the Tenneco Companies have terminated the Key Executive’s employment, which notice shall include a resolution, adopted by at least a three-quarter’s vote of the Incumbent Board (after the Key Executive has been provided with reasonable notice and an opportunity, together with counsel, for a hearing before the entire Incumbent Board), finding that the Key Executive has engaged in the conduct set forth in clause (1) or (2) of the preceding sentence.

5


 

  J.   “Executive Group I,” from and after the Effective Date, shall consist of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.
 
  K.   “Executive Group II,” from and after the Effective Date, shall consist of each individual,
  (1)   who is not a member of Executive Group I, and
 
  (2)   who, immediately prior to the Change in Control, is an employee of a Tenneco Company who reports directly to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and is in an executive salary grade of 6 or higher.
  L.   “Executive Group III,” from and after the Effective Date, shall consist of each individual,
  (1)   who is not a member of Executive Group I or II, and
 
  (2)   who, immediately prior to the Change in Control, is an employee of a Tenneco Company who is critical to the negotiation or consummation of a corporate transaction and who has been designated by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, in writing before the Change in Control, with the approval of the Committee, as a member of Executive Group III. In no event shall Executive Group III contain more than ten (10) members.
  M.   “Executive Incentive Compensation Plan” means the Tenneco Inc. Value Added Incentive Compensation Plan and any successor thereto.
 
  N.   “Incumbent Board” means
  (1)   the members of the Company Board on the Effective Date, to the extent that they continue to serve as members of the Company Board; and
 
  (2)   any individual who becomes a member of the Company Board after the Effective Date, (a) upon the death or disability or retirement of, and as the successor to or replacement for, a member of the Company Board or (b) if his or her election or nomination for election as a director is approved by a vote of at least a majority of the then Incumbent Board, except that a director whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest, including but not limited to a consent solicitation, relating to the election of directors of the Company shall not be considered a member of the Incumbent Board for purposes of this subclause (b).

6


 

  O.   “Internal Revenue Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
 
  P.   “Key Executive” means an individual who, immediately prior to the Change in Control, is a member of Executive Group I, Executive Group II, or Executive Group III.
 
  Q.   “Prohibited Area” means countries in North America and Europe, Brazil, Mexico, China, Russia and India, all of which are the geographic areas in which the Tenneco Companies conduct a preponderance of their business and in which the Key Executive provides substantive services to the benefit of the Tenneco Companies.
 
  R.   “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and regulations promulgated thereunder (and any similar or successor federal or state statute or regulations).
 
  S.   “Stock Plans” means the 1996 Tenneco Inc. Stock Ownership Plan, the Tenneco Automotive Inc. Stock Ownership Plan, the Tenneco Automotive Inc. 2002 Long-Term Incentive Plan, the Tenneco Inc. 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan and any other equity-based or stock-based plan, program or arrangement of a Tenneco Company, and any successors thereto.
 
  T.   “Tenneco Company” and “Tenneco Companies” mean the Company and any stock corporation of which a majority of the voting common or capital stock is owned directly or indirectly by the Company.
 
  U.   “Threatened Change in Control” means (1) any publicly disclosed proposal, offer, actual or proposed purchase of stock or other action which, if consummated, would, in the opinion of the Incumbent Board, constitute a Change in Control, including the Company entering into an agreement, the consummation of which would result in a Change in Control or (2) the adoption of a resolution by the Incumbent Board that a Threatened Change in Control has occurred.
 
  V.   “Threatened Change in Control Period” means the period beginning on the date a Threatened Change in Control occurs and ending on the earlier of (1) the date the proposal, offer, actual or proposed purchase of stock or other action is formally withdrawn or the Incumbent Board has determined that the circumstances which constituted the Threatened Change in Control no longer exist or (2) the date a Change in Control occurs.
 
  W.   “Trade Secrets” mean information of special value, not generally known to the public that any Tenneco Company has taken steps to maintain as secret from persons other than those selected by any Tenneco Company.
    For purposes of the definitions in Section 1 and the Plan, the terms “associate,” “affiliate,” “person,” and “beneficial owner” shall have the respective meanings

7


 

    set forth in Sections 3(a) and 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the regulations promulgated thereunder, and the regulations promulgated under Section 12 of the Exchange Act. For purposes of the Plan, the terms “separation,” “separation from service,” termination” and “termination of employment,” and variations thereof, as used in the Plan, are intended to mean a separation from service or termination of employment that constitutes a “separation from service” under Section 409A.
2.   Eligibility for Benefits .
    If (i) within two years after a Change in Control, a Key Executive is separated from service as an employee with the Tenneco Companies (a) because the Key Executive is discharged by the Tenneco Companies, provided that such discharge is not a Discharge for Cause nor a discharge due to the death or Disability of the Key Executive, or (b) because of Constructive Termination, and (ii) throughout the period beginning with the Change in Control and ending with such separation from service with the Tenneco Companies, the Key Executive remains an employee of the Tenneco Companies, such Key Executive shall be entitled to receive the benefits described in Sections 3 and 5 below, payable in accordance with Section 4 below to the extent applicable.
3.   Severance Benefits .
  A.   If the Key Executive is a member of Executive Group I immediately prior to the Change in Control – a cash amount equal to three times the sum of (a) the Key Executive’s annual base salary in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control, plus (b) the Key Executive’s targeted annual award under the Executive Incentive Compensation Plan as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control.
 
  B.   If the Key Executive is a member of Executive Group II immediately prior to the Change in Control – a cash amount equal to two times the sum of (a) the Key Executive’s annual base salary in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control, plus (b) the Key Executive’s targeted annual award under the Executive Incentive Compensation Plan as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control.
 
  C.   If the Key Executive is a member of Executive Group III immediately prior to the Change in Control –– a cash amount equal to one times the sum of (a) the Key Executive’s annual base salary in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control, plus (b) the Key Executive’s targeted annual award under the Executive Incentive Compensation Plan as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control.
 
  D.   All deferred compensation (and earnings accrued thereon) credited to the account of a Key Executive under any deferred compensation plan, program or arrangement of the Tenneco Companies shall be paid to such

8


 

      Key Executive pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of such plan, program or arrangement.
 
  E.   A cash amount equal to the sum of (a) any incentive compensation which has been allocated or awarded to such Key Executive under the Executive Incentive Compensation Plan for a completed calendar year or other measuring period preceding the Key Executive’s separation from service but has not yet been paid and (b) a pro rata portion to the date of the Key Executive’s separation from service with the Tenneco Companies of the aggregate value of all incentive compensation awards to such Key Executive under the Executive Incentive Compensation Plan for the current calendar year or other measuring period, calculated as if all conditions for receiving the targeted annual award amount with respect to all such awards had been met, notwithstanding any provision of the Executive Incentive Compensation Plan to the contrary.
 
  F.   Any outstanding awards under the Stock Plans held by the Key Executive shall continue to be subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable Stock Plan and award agreement.
 
  G.   The Key Executive and his or her eligible dependents, if any, shall continue to be covered by the health, life and disability plans applicable to comparably situated active employees as in effect from time to time and subject to the rules thereof for the period described below. For persons entitled to Executive Group I benefits, and their eligible dependents, the period is three years from his or her separation from service. For persons entitled to Executive Group II benefits, and their eligible dependents, the period is two years from his or her separation from service. For persons entitled to Executive Group III benefits, and their eligible dependents, the period is one year from his or her separation from service. This period of coverage will not count against the minimum period of health coverage required by the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 (“COBRA”), and persons covered by this provision will be afforded their applicable COBRA rights at the end of the health coverage provided herein.
 
  H.   The Company shall provide each Key Executive with reasonable outplacement services at a cost not to exceed $25,000 during the 12 months following his or her separation from service.

9


 

4.   Method of Payment .
  A.   The Company shall pay, or cause to be paid, the cash severance benefits under the Plan to the Key Executive in a single cash sum within 30 days following the later of the Key Executive’s separation from service as an employee with the Tenneco Companies and submission of a claim as required by Section 17 of the Plan, provided that the payment at such time can be characterized as a “short-term deferral” for purposes of Section 409A or as otherwise exempt from the provisions of Section 409A, or if any portion of the payment cannot be so characterized, and the Key Executive is a “specified employee” under Section 409A, such portion of the payment shall be delayed until the earlier to occur of the Key Executive’s death or the date that is six months and one day following the Key Executive’s separation from service. Except for withholdings required by law to satisfy local, state, federal and foreign tax withholding requirements, no offset nor any other reduction shall be taken in paying such benefit.
 
  B.   Reimbursement of expenses incurred by the Key Executive pursuant to Section 3(G) shall be made promptly and in no event later than December 31 of the year following the year in which such expenses were incurred, and the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits provided, in any year shall not affect the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, in any other year, except for any limit on the amount of expenses that may be reimbursed under an arrangement described in Section 105(b) of the Internal Revenue Code. If the Key Executive is a “specified employee” under Section 409A, the full cost of the continuation or provision of life and disability plan coverages (but not health plan coverages) under Section 3(G) shall be paid by the Key Executive until the earlier to occur of the Key Executive’s death or the date that is six months and one day following the Key Executive’s separation from service, and such cost shall be reimbursed by the Company to, or on behalf of, the Key Executive in a lump sum cash payment on the earlier to occur of the Key Executive’s death or the date that is six months and one day following the Key Executive’s separation from service.
5.   Gross-Up Payment .
  A.   If the Key Executive is a member of Executive Group I immediately prior to the Change in Control and any portion of the payments described herein, and/or any other payments no matter the source of such payments, that are paid or payable or distributed or distributable to such Key Executive shall be subject to the tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Excise Tax”) (the portion of such payments which are subject to the Excise Tax being referred to herein as the “Payments”), the Company shall pay to the affected Key Executive, not

10


 

      later than 30 th day following the date the Key Executive becomes subject to the Excise Tax an additional amount (the “Gross-Up Payment”), such that the net amount retained by the Key Executive after deduction of the Excise Tax on such Payments, and all federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax (assuming the Key Executive is in the highest marginal tax bracket), interest and penalties and Excise Tax on the Gross-Up Payment, shall be equal to the amount which would have been retained by the Key Executive had the payments not been subject to the Excise Tax.
  B.   If the Key Executive is a member of Executive Group II or III immediately prior to the Change in Control and if any portion of the payments described herein, and/or any other payments no matter the source of such payments, that are paid or payable or distributed or distributable to such Key Executive shall be subject to the Excise Tax, then the Payments shall be reduced by the Company to the extent necessary so that no portion of the Payments to the Key Executive is subject to the Excise Tax. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the Key Executive’s aggregate “parachute payments,” as such term is defined under Internal Revenue Code Section 280G, exceed an amount equal to 3.45 times the Key Executive’s “base amount,” as such term is defined under Internal Revenue Code Section 280G, then the Company shall pay to the affected Key Executive, not later than the 30th day following the date the Key Executive becomes subject to the Excise Tax an additional amount (also, a “Gross-Up Payment”), such that the net amount retained by the Key Executive after deduction of the Excise Tax on such Payments, and all federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax (assuming the Key Executive is in the highest marginal tax bracket), interest and penalties and Excise Tax on the Gross-Up Payment, shall be equal to the amount which would have been retained by the Key Executive had the payments not been subject to the Excise Tax.
 
  C.   The independent public accounting firm serving as the Company’s auditing firm, or such other accounting firm, law firm or professional consulting services provider of national reputation and experience reasonably acceptable to the Company and the Key Executive (the “Accountants”) shall make in writing in good faith all calculations and determinations under this Section 5, including the assumptions to be used in arriving at any calculations. For purposes of making the calculations and determinations under this Section 5, the Accountants and each other party may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning the application of Internal Revenue Code Sections 280G and 4999. The Company and the affected Key Executive shall furnish to the Accountants and each other such information and documents as the Accountants and each other may reasonably request to make the calculations and determinations under this Section 5. The Company shall bear all costs the Accountants incur in connection with any calculations contemplated

11


 

      hereby. As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code at the time of the initial determination by the Accountants hereunder, it is possible that Gross-Up Payments which will not have been made by the Company should have been made (“Underpayment”), consistent with the calculations required to be made hereunder. In the event that the Company exhausts its remedies pursuant to Section 5(D) and the Key Executive thereafter is required to make a payment of any Excise Tax, the Accountants shall determine the amount of the Underpayment that has occurred and any such Underpayment shall be promptly paid by the Company to or for the benefit of the Key Executive.
 
  D.   The Key Executive shall notify the Company in writing of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service that, if successful, would require the payment by the Company of the Gross-Up Payment. Such notification shall be given as soon as practicable but no later than 10 business days after the Key Executive is informed in writing of such claim and shall apprise the Company of the nature of such claim and the date on which such claim is requested to be paid. The Key Executive shall not pay such claim prior to the expiration of the 30-day period following the date on which the Key Executive gives such notice to the Company (or such shorter period ending on the date that any payment of taxes with respect to such claim is due). If the Company notifies the Key Executive in writing prior to the expiration of such period that it desires to contest such claim, the Key Executive shall:
  (1)   give the Company any information reasonably requested by the Company relating to such claim,
 
  (2)   take such action in connection with contesting such claim as the Company shall reasonably request in writing from time to time, including, without limitation, accepting legal representation with respect to such claim by an attorney reasonably selected by the Company,
 
  (3)   cooperate with the Company in good faith in order effectively to contest such claim, and
 
  (4)   permit the Company to participate in any proceedings relating to such claim;
      provided, however, that the Company shall bear and pay directly all costs and expenses (including additional interest and penalties) incurred in connection with such contest and shall indemnify and hold the Key Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, for any Excise Tax or federal, state, local or foreign income tax (including interest and penalties with respect thereto) imposed as a result of such representation and payment of

12


 

      costs and expenses. Without limitation on the foregoing provisions of this Section 5(D), the Company shall control all proceedings taken in connection with such contest and, at its sole option, may pursue or forgo any and all administrative appeals, proceedings, hearings and conferences with the taxing authority in respect of such claim and may, at its sole discretion, either pay the tax claimed to the appropriate taxing authority on behalf of the Key Executive and direct the Key Executive to sue for a refund or contest the claim in any permissible manner, and the Key Executive agrees to prosecute such contest to a determination before any administrative tribunal, in a court of initial jurisdiction and in one or more appellate courts, as the Company shall determine; provided, however, if the Company pays such claim and directs the Key Executive to sue for a refund, the Company shall indemnify and hold the Key Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, from any Excise Tax or federal, state, local or foreign income tax (including interest or penalties) imposed with respect to such payment or with respect to any imputed income in connection with such payment; and provided, further, any extension of the statute of limitations relating to payment of taxes for the taxable year of the Key Executive with respect to which such contested amount is claimed to be due is limited solely to such contested amount. Furthermore, the Company’s control of the contest shall be limited to issues with respect to which a Gross-Up Payment would be payable hereunder and the Key Executive shall be entitled to settle or contest, as the case may be, any other issue raised by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority.
 
  E.   If, after the receipt by the Key Executive of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 5(D), the Key Executive becomes entitled to receive any refund with respect to such claim, the Key Executive shall (subject to the Company’s complying with the requirements of Section 5(D)) promptly pay to the Company the amount of such refund (together with any interest paid or credited thereon after taxes applicable thereto). If, after the receipt by the Key Executive of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 5(D), a determination is made that the Key Executive shall not be entitled to any refund with respect to such claim and the Company does not notify the Key Executive in writing of its intent to contest such denial of refund prior to the expiration of 30 days after such determination, then such advance shall be forgiven and shall not be required to be repaid and the amount of such advance shall offset, to the extent thereof, the amount of Gross-Up Payment required to be paid.
 
  F.   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing provisions of this Section 5, the payment of the Gross-Up Payment shall be made no later than two and one-half months after the end of the calendar year in which the right to such payment is no longer subject to a “substantial risk of forfeiture” (as such term is described under Section 409A); except if the Gross-Up Payment is a “deferral of compensation” (as such term is

13


 

      described under Section 409A), then the following provisions of this Section 5(F) shall apply. If the Gross-Up Payment is a deferral of compensation, (i) payment of the portion of the Gross-Up Payment that is taxes shall not be made later than December 31 of the year next following the year in which the Excise Tax is remitted to the taxing authority; (ii) payment of the portion of the Gross-Up Payment that is interest or penalties incurred by the Key Executive with respect to such taxes shall not be made later than December 31 of the year next following the year in which the Key Executive incurs such interest or penalties, as applicable; and (iii) reimbursement of expenses incurred due to a tax audit or litigation addressing the existence or amount of a tax liability, whether federal, state, local or foreign, shall not be made later than the end of the year following the year in which the taxes that are the subject of the audit or litigation are remitted to the taxing authority, or where as a result of such audit or litigation no taxes are remitted, the end of the year following the year in which the audit is completed or there is a final nonapplicable settlement or other resolution of the litigation. If the Gross-Up Payment is a deferral of compensation, the amount of interest and penalties eligible for payment or reimbursement in any year shall not affect the amount of such interest and penalties eligible for payment or reimbursement in any other year, nor shall such right to payment or reimbursement be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5(F) that are applicable to deferrals of compensation, if (i) the Gross-Up Payment is a deferral of compensation, (ii) the Key Executive is a “specified employee” under Section 409A upon the Key Executive’s separation from service, and (iii) all or any portion of the Gross-Up Payment is considered made upon the Key Executive’s separation from service, the portion of the Gross-Up Payment which is considered made upon the Key Executive’s separation from service shall not be made until the earlier to occur of the Key Executive’s death or the date that is six months and one day following the Key Executive’s separation from service.
6.   Noncompetition . Without the prior written consent of the Company Board (which may be withheld in the Company Board’s sole discretion), so long as the Key Executive is an employee of a Tenneco Company and for a one-year period thereafter (or, in the case of a Key Executive who is a member of Executive Group I immediately prior to his or her separation from service, for a two-year period thereafter), by accepting participation in the Plan, the Key Executive agrees that he or she shall not anywhere in the Prohibited Area, for himself or herself or as an officer, employee, manager, operator, principal, owner, partner, shareholder, advisor, consultant of, or lender to, any individual or other person that is engaged or participates in or carries out a Competing Business or is actively planning or preparing to enter into a Competing Business, for his or her own account or the benefit of any other, engage or participate in or assist or otherwise be connected with a Competing Business. Such prohibition shall not

14


 

    apply to the Key Executive’s passive ownership of not more than five percent (5%) of a publicly-traded company.
 
7.   No Solicitation or Interference . So long as the Key Executive is an employee of a Tenneco Company and for a one-year period thereafter (or, in the case of a Key Executive who is a member of Executive Group I immediately prior to his or her separation from service, for a two-year period thereafter), the Key Executive agrees, by accepting participation in the Plan, that he or she shall not, whether for his or her own account or for the account or benefit of any other person, throughout the Prohibited Area:
  A.   request, induce or attempt to influence (1) any customer of a Tenneco Company to limit, curtail, cancel or terminate any business it transacts with, or products or services it receives from or sells to, or (2) any person employed by (or otherwise engaged in providing services for or on behalf of) any Tenneco Company to limit, curtail, cancel or terminate any employment, consulting or other service arrangement with any Tenneco Company. Such prohibition shall expressly extend to any hiring or enticing away (or any attempt to hire or entice away) any employee or consultant of a Tenneco Company;
 
  B.   solicit from or sell to any customer any products or services that any Tenneco Company provides or is capable of providing to such customer and that are the same as or substantially similar to the products or services that any Tenneco Company sold or provided while the Key Executive was employed with, or providing services to, any Tenneco Company;
 
  C.   contact or solicit any customer for the purpose of discussing (1) services or products that are competitive with and the same or closely similar to those offered by any Tenneco Company or (2) any past or present business of any Tenneco Company;
 
  D.   request, induce or attempt to influence any supplier, distributor or other person with which any Tenneco Company has a business relationship to limit, curtail, cancel or terminate any business it transacts with any Tenneco Company; or
 
  E.   otherwise interfere with the relationship of any Tenneco Company with any person which is, or within one year prior to the Key Executive’s date of termination was, doing business with, employed by or otherwise engaged in performing services for, any Tenneco Company.
8.   Confidential Information . During the period of the Key Executive’s employment with the Tenneco Companies and at all times thereafter, the Key Executive shall hold in secrecy for the Company all Confidential Information that may come to his or her knowledge, may have come to his or her attention or may have come into his or her possession or control while employed by a Tenneco Company (or

15


 

    otherwise performing services for any Tenneco Company). Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Key Executive shall not be required to maintain the confidentiality of any Confidential Information which (a) is or becomes available to the public or others in the industry generally (other than as a result of disclosure or inappropriate use, or caused, by the Key Executive in violation of this Section 8) or (b) the Key Executive is compelled to disclose under any applicable laws, regulations or directives of any government agency, tribunal or authority having jurisdiction in the matter or under subpoena. Except as expressly required in the performance of his or her duties to the Tenneco Companies, the Key Executive shall not use for his or her own benefit or disclose (or permit or cause the disclosure of) to any person, directly or indirectly, any Confidential Information unless such use or disclosure has been specifically authorized in writing by the Company in advance. During the Key Executive’s employment and as necessary to perform his or her duties, the Company will provide and grant the Key Executive access to the Confidential Information. The Key Executive recognizes that any Confidential Information is of a highly competitive value and that the Confidential Information could be used to the competitive and financial detriment of any Tenneco Company if misused or disclosed by the Key Executive.
 
9.   Reasonableness; Remedies . The Key Executive acknowledges, by accepting participation in the Plan, that each of the restrictions set forth in Sections 6, 7, and 8 is reasonable and necessary for the protection of the Company’s business and opportunities (and those of the Tenneco Companies) and that a breach of any of the covenants contained in Section 6, 7 or 8 would result in material irreparable injury to the Tenneco Companies for which there is no adequate remedy at law and that it will not be possible to measure damages for such injuries precisely. Accordingly, each Tenneco Company shall be entitled to the remedies of injunction and specific performance, or either of such remedies, as well as all other remedies to which any Tenneco Company may be entitled, at law, in equity or otherwise, without the need for the posting of a bond or by the posting of the minimum bond that may otherwise be required by law or court order.
 
10.   Extension; Survival . By acceptance of participation in the Plan, the Key Executive agrees that the time periods identified in Section 6, 7 and 8 will be stayed, and the Company’s obligation to make any payments or provide any benefits under the Plan shall be suspended, during the period of any breach or violation by the Key Executive of the covenants contained in such Sections. Each of the provisions of Sections 6, 7 and 8 is fundamental to the Company’s willingness to enter into this Plan and for it to provide for the severance and other benefits described in the Plan, none of which the Company was required to do prior to the date hereof. Further, it is the express intent and desire of the Company that each provision of Sections 6, 7 and 8 be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law. If any part of Section 6, 7 or 8, or any provision hereof, is deemed illegal, void, unenforceable or overly broad (including as to time, scope and geography), such provision shall be reformed to the fullest extent possible to ensure its enforceability or if such reformation is deemed impossible then such

16


 

    provision shall be severed from the Plan, but the remainder of the Plan (expressly including any other provision of Sections 6, 7 and 8) shall remain in full force and effect.
 
11.   Assignment . No Key Executive may assign, transfer, convey, mortgage, hypothecate, or in any way encumber any benefit payable under the Plan, nor shall the Key Executive have any right to receive any benefit under the Plan except at the time, in the amount and in the manner provided in the Plan, provided that the rights of a Key Executive under the Plan may be enforced by the Key Executive’s heirs, dependents, beneficiaries and legal representatives.

This Plan may and shall be assigned or transferred to, and shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of, any successor of the Company, and any such successor shall be deemed substituted for all purposes of “the Company” under the provisions of the Plan. As used in the preceding sentence, the term “successor” shall mean any person, firm, corporation, or business entity which at any time, whether by merger, purchase or otherwise, acquires all, or substantially all, of the assets or business of the Company. Notwithstanding such assignment, the Company shall remain, with such successor, jointly and severally liable for all obligations under the Plan, which, except as herein provided, may not be assigned by the Company.
 
12.   No Mitigation . It will be difficult, and may be impossible, for the Key Executive to find reasonably comparable employment following the termination of the Key Executive’s employment, and the protective provisions under Sections 6, 7 and 8 will further limit the employment opportunities for the Key Executive. The Key Executive shall not be required to seek other employment, or otherwise, to mitigate any payment provided under the Plan.
 
13.   Plan Amendment and Termination . The Plan may be terminated or amended at any time by the Board of Directors provided that during a Threatened Change in Control Period, the Plan may not be terminated or amended in any manner that reduces the benefits to a Key Executives or adversely affects the rights of a Key Executive under the Plan. In the event of a Change in Control, no amendment, or termination, made on or after the date of the Change in Control shall apply to any Key Executive until the expiration of two years and thirty-one days from the date of the Change in Control.
 
14.   Funding . The Company shall pay, or cause to be paid, any severance benefit under the Plan out of the general assets of the Tenneco Companies. Nothing contained herein shall preclude the Company from establishing a grantor trust through which assets to satisfy obligations under the Plan may be set aside to provide for benefit payments to Key Executives and their dependents or beneficiaries. Any assets or property held by such trust shall be subject to the claims of general creditors of the Company, but only upon the insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company and only to the extent that the assets or property held by such trust are attributable to contributions made by the Company. No person

17


 

    other than the Company shall, by virtue of the provisions of the Plan, have any interest in such funds.
 
15.   Controlling Law . The Plan shall be interpreted under the laws of the State of Illinois, without regard to its conflicts of laws provisions, except to the extent that federal law preempts the laws of the State of Illinois.
 
16.   Plan Administrator . The Company is the Plan Administrator, and it shall have the authority to control and manage the operation of this Plan with the authority to construe and interpret the Plan, and to determine all questions of eligibility to participate in the Plan, in its sole discretion.
 
17.   Making a Claim.
  A.   Submission of a Claim . In order to claim a severance benefit under this Plan, a Key Executive need only advise the Plan Administrator in writing that the Key Executive’s employment with the Tenneco Companies has terminated and that the Key Executive claims a severance benefit under the Plan and of the mailing address to which the severance benefit or related correspondence is to be sent.
 
  B.   Denial of Claim . If a Key Executive has made a claim for benefits under this Plan and any portion of the claim is denied, the Plan Administrator will furnish the Key Executive with a written notice stating the specific reasons for the denial, specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions upon which the denial was based, a description of any additional information or material necessary to perfect the claim, an explanation of why such information or material is necessary, and a description of the Plan’s appeal procedures and time frames, including a statement of the Key Executive’s right to bring a civil action following an adverse decision on appeal.
 
      The claim will be deemed accepted if the Plan Administrator does not approve the claim and fails to notify the Key Executive within 90 days after receipt of the claim, plus any extension of time for processing the claim, not to exceed 90 additional days, as special circumstances require. To obtain an extension, the Plan Administrator must advise the Key Executive in writing during the initial 90 days if an extension is necessary, stating the special circumstances requiring the extension and the date by which the Key Executive can expect the Plan Administrator’s decision regarding the claim.
 
  C.   Review Procedure . Within 60 days after the date of written notice denying any benefits, the Key Executive or the Key Executive’s authorized representative may write the Plan Administrator requesting a review of that decision by the Company Board or the Committee.

The request for review may contain such issues and comments as the Key Executive wishes to have considered in the review. The Key Executive

18


 

      may also review pertinent documents in the Plan Administrator’s possession. The Company Board or the Committee will make a final determination with respect to the claim as soon as practicable. The Plan Administrator will advise the Key Executive of the determination in writing and will set forth the specific reasons for the determination and the specific references to any pertinent Plan provisions upon which the determination is based. The written notice will also contain a statement that the Key Executive is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of all documents, records, and other information relevant to his or her claim. The Plan Administrator will also include in the notice a statement describing any voluntary appeal procedures offered by the Plan and the Key Executive’s right to obtain information about such procedures, and a statement of the Key Executive’s right to bring an action under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

The claim will be deemed accepted on review if the Plan Administrator fails to give the Key Executive written notice of final determination within 60 days receipt of the request for review, plus any extension of time for completing the review, not to exceed 60 additional days, as special circumstances require. To obtain an extension, the Plan Administrator must advise the Key Executive in writing during the initial 60 days if any extension is necessary, stating the special circumstances requiring the extension and the date by which the Key Executive can expect the Company Board’s or the Committee’s decision regarding the review of the claim.
18.   Legal Fees and Costs . In the event a Key Executive initiates legal action to enforce his or her right to any benefit under this Plan, the Company shall pay all reasonable legal fees and costs incurred by the Key Executive in connection with such legal action, provided that the Key Executive prevails on any material issue that is the subject of the legal action. If the prevailing party is the Key Executive, the payment or reimbursement of legal fees and costs shall be made no later than two and one-half months after the end of the calendar year in which the right to such payment or reimbursement is no longer subject to a “substantial risk of forfeiture” (as such term is described under Section 409A); except if the payment or reimbursement of legal fees and costs is a “deferral of compensation” (as such term is described under Section 409A), payment or reimbursement of such expenses shall be made promptly and in no event later than December 31 of the year following the year in which such expenses were incurred, and the amount of such expenses eligible for payment or reimbursement in any year shall not affect the amount of such expenses eligible for payment or reimbursement in any other year, nor shall such right to payment or reimbursement be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if the payment or reimbursement of legal fees and costs is a deferral of compensation and the Key Executive is a “specified employee” under Section 409A upon the Key Executive’s separation from service, payment or reimbursement of any legal

19


 

    fees and costs shall not be made until the earlier to occur of the Key Executive’s death or the date that is six months and one day following the Key Executive’s separation from service.
 
19.   Severability . If for any reason any provision or provisions of the Plan are determined invalid or unenforceable, the validity and effect of the other provisions of the Plan shall not be affected thereby.
 
20.   Notices . Any notice required or permitted under the Plan shall be given in writing and shall be deemed to have been effectively made or given if personally delivered, or if sent via U.S. mail or recognized overnight delivery service or sent via confirmed e-mail or facsimile to the other party at its address set forth below in this Section 20, or at such other address as such party may designate by written notice to the other party hereto. Any effective notice hereunder shall be deemed given on the date personally delivered, three business days after mailed via U.S. mail or one business day after it is sent via overnight delivery service or via confirmed e-mail or facsimile, as the case may be, to the following address:
 
    If to the Company, the Company Board, any Tenneco Company or the Committee:
 
    Tenneco Inc.
500 North Field Drive
Lake Forest, IL 60045
Attn. General Counsel
Telephone No.: (847) 482-5053
Facsimile No.: (847) 482-5040
 
    If to the Executive:
 
    At the most recent address on file with the Company.
21.   Prohibition on Acceleration of Payments .
The time or schedule of any payment or amount scheduled to be paid pursuant to the terms of the Plan may not be accelerated except as otherwise permitted under Section 409A and the guidance and Treasury Regulations issued thereunder.
22.   Section 409A .
The Plan and the benefits provided hereunder are intended to comply with Section 409A to the extent applicable thereto. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Plan shall be interpreted and construed consistent with this intent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Tenneco Companies shall not be required to assume any increased economic burden in connection therewith.

20


 

23.   Nonduplication.
The Key Executive shall be entitled to receive any greater, or otherwise more favorable, cash severance benefit or Excise Tax gross-up payment under any other plan, program or arrangement with a Tenneco Company. If the Key Executive is entitled to receive a cash severance benefit or Excise Tax gross-up payment under any other plan, program or arrangement with a Tenneco Company, the amount of cash severance benefit to which the Key Executive is entitled under Section 3 or Gross-Up Payment to which the Executive is entitled under Section 5 of the Plan shall be considered to be satisfied to the extent of such other similar benefit.

21


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused the Plan to be executed on its behalf by its officer duly authorized, on the day and year set forth below.
             
    TENNECO INC.    
 
           
 
  By   /s/ Richard P. Schneider    
 
     
 
   
 
  Its   Senior Vice President — Global Administration    
 
           
Date: December 24, 2008

22

Exhibit 10.65
TENNECO INC.
EXCESS BENEFIT PLAN
(As Amended and Restated Effective as of January 1, 2007)
SECTION 1
GENERAL
     1.1. History, Purpose and Effective Date . Tenneco Inc. (“Tenneco”) previously adopted the Tenneco Inc. Excess Benefit Plan (the “Plan”), effective as of January 1, 2007 to provide benefits to eligible employees of Tenneco and the Employers (as defined in subsection 1.2) whose benefits under the Tenneco Salaried Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the “Salaried ESOP”) are limited as the result of certain limitations of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and as a result of the compensation that is taken into account under the Salaried ESOP for purposes of determining the eligible employees’ Company Retirement Contribution (as defined in the Salaried ESOP). The following provisions constitute an amendment, restatement and continuation of the Plan effective as of January 1, 2007 (the “Effective Date”). The Plan is intended to constitute an unfunded plan maintained primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees. The Plan is intended to comply with section 409A of the Code and will be interpreted and administered in accordance therewith.
     1.2. Employers and Related Companies . Tenneco and any Related Company which, with the consent of Tenneco, adopts the Plan are referred to below collectively as the “Employers” and individually as an “Employer”. The term “Related Company” means any corporation or trade or business during any period that it is, along with Tenneco, a member of a controlled group of trades or businesses within the meaning of sections 414(b) and (c) of the Code. As of the Effective Date, Tenneco Automotive Operating Company will be an Employer under the Plan without any further action of any person.
     1.3. Plan Administration . The authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan will be vested in the Tenneco Benefits and Pension Investment Committee (the “Administrative Committee”). In controlling and managing the operation and administration of the Plan, the Administrative Committee will have full and discretionary power and authority to conclusively interpret and construe the provisions of the Plan, to determine the amount of benefits and the rights or eligibility of employees or Participants under the Plan and to establish a claims procedure, and will have such other powers and authorities as may be necessary to discharge its duties hereunder. Any interpretation of the Plan and any decision made by the Administrative Committee on any matter within the discretion of the Administrative Committee shall be binding on all persons. A misstatement or other mistake of fact shall be corrected when it becomes known, and the Administrative Committee shall make such adjustment on account thereof as it considers equitable and practicable. The Administrative

 


 

Committee may delegate such of its ministerial or discretionary duties and functions as it may deem appropriate to any employee or group of employees of any Employer.
     1.4. Source of Benefit Payments . Benefits payable under the Plan by any Employer will be paid from the general revenues and assets of such Employer and no Employer will be required to set up a funded reserve or otherwise set aside specific funds for the payment of its obligations under the Plan. None of the individuals entitled to benefits under the Plan will have any claim on, or any beneficial ownership interest in, any assets of any Employer, and any rights of such individuals under the Plan will constitute unsecured contractual rights only.
     1.5. Applicable Laws . The Plan will be construed and administered in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Illinois to the extent that such laws are not preempted by the laws of the United States of America.
     1.6. Gender and Number . Where the context admits, words in any gender will include any other gender, words in the singular will include the plural and the plural will include the singular.
     1.7. Plan Year . The Plan Year shall be the calendar year.
     1.8. Supplements . The provisions of the Plan as applied to any Employer, to any group of employees of any Employer may, with the consent of Tenneco, be modified or supplemented from time to time by the adoption of one or more Supplements. Each Supplement shall form a part of the Plan as of the Supplement’s effective date. In the event of any inconsistency between a Supplement and the Plan document, the terms of the Supplement shall govern.
     1.9. Definitions . Unless the context clearly requires otherwise, any word, term or phrase used in the Plan shall have the same meaning as is assigned to it under the terms of the Salaried ESOP.
SECTION 2
PARTICIPATION
     2.1. Eligibility for Participation . The Compensation and Nominating Committee of Tenneco (the “CNG Committee”) has determined that those employees of the Employers with a designation of EICP 1 or higher (other than any such employee who is specifically excluded from participation by the CNG Committee) shall be eligible to participate in the Plan (each an “Eligible Employee”). Once an individual has been designated as an Eligible Employee, he shall remain as an Eligible Employee as long as he continues to be employed by the Employers or, if earlier, the first day of the first Plan Year following the date as of which he is no longer designated EICP 1 or higher.

2


 

     2.2. Effective Date of Participation; Reemployment . Each person who is an Eligible Employee as of the first day of a Plan Year shall become a “Participant” in the Plan as of the first day of the Plan Year. If a person becomes an Eligible Employee after the first day of a Plan Year, he shall become a “Participant” in the Plan as of the first day on which he is an Eligible Employee. Once an individual becomes a Participant in the Plan for a Plan Year, he shall remain a Participant for the entire Plan Year (or portion thereof); provided, however, that an individual’s participation in the Plan for a Plan Year shall end as of his Termination Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant’s Termination Date occurs during a Plan Year and he is employed or reemployed by an Employer or Related Company prior to the last day of the Plan Year, he shall immediately become a Participant upon his reemployment.
     2.3. Restricted Participation . During any period that a Participant continues in the employ of an Employer or a Related Company but is not an Eligible Employee and during any period for which Employer Bonus Contributions or Employer Retirement Contributions (each as described in Section 3) are not made with respect to the Participant, the Participant, or in the event of his death, his beneficiary, will be considered and treated as a Participant for all purposes of the Plan except for purposes of Section 3.
     2.4. Plan Not Contract of Employment . The Plan does not constitute a contract of employment or continued service, and nothing in the Plan will give any Participant the right to be retained in the employ of any Employer, or any right or claim to any benefit under the Plan, except to the extent specifically provided under the terms of the Plan.
SECTION 3
ACCOUNTS AND CONTRIBUTIONS
     3.1. Participant Accounts . The Administrative Committee shall maintain a bookkeeping “Account” in the name of each Participant to reflect such Participant’s interest under the Plan.
     3.2. Contributions .
  (a)   Participant Contributions . Participants are not required or permitted to make any contributions under the Plan.
 
  (b)   Employer Bonus Contributions . Each Employer shall make contributions to the Plan for each Plan Year (“Employer Bonus Contributions”) on behalf of each Participant for such Plan Year who was (i) paid a bonus under the Tenneco Automotive Value Added (TAVA) Plan (the “Bonus Plan”) from the Employer for such Plan Year or (ii) entitled to be paid a bonus under the Bonus Plan for such Plan Year but who elected to defer payment of such bonus under a deferred compensation plan maintained by an Employer or Related Company (the amounts described in clause (i) or (ii), as applicable, being referred to herein as the “Bonus”). The amount of the Employer Bonus Contribution made by an Employer for any Plan Year on behalf of any Participant shall be equal to (i) the

3


 

      Company Retirement Contribution percentage (or schedule of percentages) that applies to such Participant for such Plan Year under the Salaried ESOP (determined based on the percentage (or schedule of percentages) that applies to such Participant under the Salaried ESOP as of the first day of the Plan Year without regard to any amendment to such percentage (or schedule of percentages) during the Plan Year), multiplied by (ii) the Bonus. Employer Bonus Contributions shall be credited to the applicable Participants’ Accounts in accordance with subsection 4.1.
 
  (c)   Employer Retirement Contributions . Each Employer shall make contributions to the Plan for each Plan Year (“Employer Retirement Contributions”) on behalf of each of its employees who is a Participant in the Plan for such Plan Year and whose Company Retirement Contributions under the Salaried ESOP for such Plan Year are limited for such Plan Year by the limitations of section 401(a)(17) of the Code. The amount of Employer Retirement Contribution made by any Employer for any Plan Year on behalf of any Participant shall be equal to (i) the Company Retirement Contribution percentage (or schedule of percentages) that applies to such Participant for such Plan Year under the Salaried ESOP (determined based on the percentage (or schedule of percentages) that applies to such Participant under the Salaried ESOP as of the first day of the Plan Year without regard to any amendment to such percentage (or schedule of percentages) during the Plan Year), multiplied by (ii) the Participant’s Compensation (as defined in the Salaried ESOP, but without regard to the limitations of section 401(a)(17) of the Code)) for such Plan Year in excess of the limitations of section 401(a)(17) of the Code for such Plan Year. Employer Retirement Contributions shall be credited to the applicable Participants’ Accounts in accordance with subsection 4.1.
For the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of the Plan, the schedule of percentages under the Salaried ESOP as of the first day of the Plan Year shall not be considered amended solely because different percentages are applied with respect to different periods during the Plan Year (such as when the Participant attains a different age during the Plan Year) as long as the percentage that applies for each applicable period is the same as the percentage for such period specified under the Salaried ESOP as of the first day of the Plan Year. Employer Bonus Contributions and Employer Retirement Contributions are sometimes collectively referred to herein as “Employer Deferred Contributions”.
SECTION 4
PLAN ACCOUNTING
     4.1. Adjustment of Accounts . Each Participant’s Account shall be adjusted in accordance with this Section 4, in a uniform, nondiscriminatory manner, as of each business day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for business (each an “Accounting Date”). As of each Accounting Date, the balance of each Participant’s Account shall be adjusted as follows:

4


 

  (a)   first , charge to the Account balance the amount of any distributions under the Plan with respect to that Account that have not previously been charged;
 
  (b)   next , credit to the Account balance the amount of Employer Deferred Contributions made on behalf of the Participant in accordance with Section 3 since the preceding Accounting Date; and
 
  (c)   finally , adjust the Account balance for the applicable investment return in accordance with subsection 4.2.
     4.2. Investment Return . The following shall apply with respect to amounts credited to a Participant’s Account:
  (a)   Amounts credited to a Participant’s Account in accordance with subsection 4.1 shall be adjusted as of each Accounting Date to reflect the value of an investment equal to the Participant’s Account balance in one or more assumed investments that the Administrative Committee offers from time to time and communicated to Participants (the “Investment Funds”), and which the Participant directs the Administrative Committee to use for purposes of adjusting his Account. Such amount shall be determined without regard to taxes that would be payable with respect to any such Investment Fund, but will be adjusted for any investment management or similar fee that is customarily paid with respect to the Investment Fund.
 
  (b)   To the extent permitted by the Administrative Committee, the Participant may elect to have different portions of his Account balance for any period adjusted on the basis of different Investment Funds and any election by a Participant with respect to an Investment Fund shall be subject to such rules and regulations established from time to time by the Administrative Committee.
 
  (c)   Notwithstanding the election by Participants of certain investments in specified Investment Funds and the adjustment of their Accounts based on such investment elections, the Plan does not require, and no trust or other instrument that may be maintained in connection with the Plan shall require, that any assets or amounts which are set aside in trust or otherwise for the purpose of paying Plan benefits shall actually be invested in the investment alternatives selected by Participants.
 
  (d)   Any change in the Participant’s investment direction shall be made in accordance with rules established by the Administrative Committee, shall apply prospectively only and shall be implemented as soon as practicable after the direction is received by the Administrative Committee.
The Administrative Committee may eliminate any Investment Fund at any time; provided, however, that the Administrative Committee may not retroactively eliminate any Investment Fund.

5


 

     4.3. No Actual Investment . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan that may be interpreted to the contrary, the Investment Funds are to be used for measurement purposes only and Participants’ election of any such Investment Fund, the allocation of amounts to Participants’ Accounts, the calculation of any additional amounts and the crediting or debiting of amounts to Participants’ Accounts shall not be considered or construed in any manner as an actual investment of Participants’ Accounts in any investment alternative. In the event that Tenneco or any other Employer, in its own discretion, decides to invest funds in any or all of the investment funds which correspond to the Investment Funds under the Plan, no Participant shall have any rights in or to such actual investments themselves. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Participant’s Account balance shall at all times be a bookkeeping entry only and shall not represent any investment made on his behalf by the Employers and the Participant shall at all times remain an unsecured creditor of the Employers.
     4.4. Statement of Plan Account . The Administrative Committee will cause to be delivered to each Plan Participant a statement of the balances of his Account as required by law.
SECTION 5
PAYMENT OF PLAN BENEFITS
     5.1. Certain Definitions. For purposes of the Plan:
  (a)   A Participant’s “Termination Date” shall mean the date on which his employment with the Employers and Related Companies terminates for any reason. Whether a Participant has had a termination of employment shall be interpreted and administered in all respects in accordance with section 409A of the Code and applicable regulations issued thereunder.
 
  (b)   A Participant’s Years of Service shall be equal to the number of Years of Service credited to him under the Salaried ESOP for purposes of vesting; provided, however, that if a Participant is not a participant in the Salaried ESOP, his Years of Service shall be determined in accordance with the foregoing, as if he were a participant in the Salaried ESOP.
     5.2. Vesting . A Participant shall become vested in his Employer Deferred Contributions, and income, loses, appreciation and depreciation attributable thereto, when he completes three Years of Service. If a Participant’s Termination Date occurs prior to the date on which he completes three Years of Service, he shall forfeit the balance in his Account and he shall have no further rights to any portion of such balance.
     5.3. Time and Form of Payment . The vested balance of a Participant’s Account shall be distributed in a lump sum cash payment within 30 days following his Termination Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, if the Participant is a specified employee (within the meaning of section 409A of the Code) on his Termination Date, the amount credited to his Account under the Plan shall be paid in a lump sum cash payment on the first business day of the seventh month following his Termination Date.

6


 

     5.4. Withholding for Tax Liability . Any Employer may withhold or cause to be withheld from any Employer Deferred Contributions or any other amounts otherwise due to the Participant or any payment of benefits made pursuant to the Plan any taxes required to be withheld and such sum as the Employer may reasonably estimate to be necessary to cover any taxes for which the Employer may be liable and which may be assessed with regard to such deferrals or payments under the Plan.
     5.5. Beneficiary Designation . A Participant may, from time to time, designate in writing any legal or natural person or persons (who may be designated contingently or successively) to whom payments are to be made if the Participant dies before receiving payment of his entire Account balance. A beneficiary designation form will be effective only after it is filed in writing with the Administrative Committee while the Participant is alive and will cancel all beneficiary designation forms filed earlier.
     5.6. Payment to Persons Under Legal Disability . In the event that any amount will be payable under this Plan to a Participant under legal or other disability who, in the opinion of the Administrative Committee, is unable to administer such payments, the payments will be made to the legal conservator of the estate of such Participant or, if no such legal conservator will have been appointed, then to any individual (for the benefit of such Participant) whom the Administrative Committee may from time to time approve.
     5.7. Benefits May Not Be Assigned or Alienated . Benefits payable to Participants or beneficiaries under this Plan may not be anticipated, assigned (either at law or in equity), alienated, pledged, encumbered or subject to attachment, garnishment, levy, execution or other legal or equitable process.
SECTION 6
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
     Tenneco reserves the right to amend or terminate the Plan by action of the CNG Committee, or the committee or person to which it delegates such authority, and each Employer reserves the right to terminate the Plan, as applied to it; provided, however, that no such amendment or termination of the Plan will reduce the amount credited to any Participant as of the date of such amendment or termination.

7


 

SUPPLEMENT A
TO
TENNECO INC.
EXCESS BENEFIT PLAN
     
Application
  A-1. This Supplement A to Tenneco Inc. Excess Benefit Plan shall apply as of January 15, 2007 to the benefits of Participant Gregg Sherrill (“Sherrill”).
 
   
Definitions
  A-2. Unless the context clearly implies or indicates the contrary, a word, term or phrase used or defined in the Plan is similarly used or defined for purposes of this Supplement A.
 
   
Employer Retirement
Contributions
  A-3. Sherrill shall not be entitled to benefits pursuant to Section 3.2 of the Plan and, in lieu thereof, he shall be entitled to Employer Deferred Contributions under the Plan in accordance with this Section A-3. For each Plan Year, the amount of Employer Deferred Contributions to which Sherrill is entitled shall be determined in accordance with the following formula:
 
   
 
 
(a)  his Total Compensation (as defined below) for the Plan Year;

MULTIPLIED BY
 
   
 
 
(b)  the applicable percentage from the following schedule:
         
Portion of the Plan Year that   % of Plan Eligible
His Age is:   Compensation
 
       
54 but not 55 years
    7.0 %
55 but not 60 years
    8.5 %
60 years and over
    10.0 %
     
 
         MULTIPLIED BY
 
   
 
 
(c)  1.50; and

REDUCED BY
 
   
 
 
(d)  2 percent of his Compensation (provided that the provisions of this paragraph (d) shall not apply for the period commencing on January 15, 1007 and ending on January 14, 2008).
 
   
 
  For purposes of this Supplement A, “Total Compensation” for any Plan Year means Sherrill’s Compensation for such Plan

8


 

     
 
  Year, determined (A) without regard to the limitations of section 401(a)(17) of the Code and (B) by adding the Bonus to the amount that would otherwise be Compensation for the Plan Year. Employer Deferred Contributions made on behalf of Sherrill for any Plan Year pursuant to this Supplement A shall be treated for all purposes under the Plan as Employer Deferred Contributions.
 
   
Other Terms of Plan
  A-4. Except as otherwise provided in this Supplement A, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall apply to Sherrill.

9


 

SUPPLEMENT B
TO
TENNECO INC.
EXCESS BENEFIT PLAN
     
Application
  B-1. This Supplement B to Tenneco Inc. Excess Benefit Plan shall apply as of January 15, 2007 to the benefits of Participant Kenneth Trammell (“Trammell”).
 
   
Definitions
  B-2. Unless the context clearly implies or indicates the contrary, a word, term or phrase used or defined in the Plan is similarly used or defined for purposes of this Supplement B.
 
   
Employer Retirement
Contributions
  B-3. Trammell shall not be entitled to benefits pursuant to Section 3.2 of the Plan and, in lieu thereof, he shall be entitled to Employer Deferred Contributions under the Plan in accordance with this Section B-3. For each Plan Year, the amount of Employer Deferred Contributions to which Trammell is entitled shall be determined in accordance with the following formula:
 
   
 
 
(a)  his Total Compensation (as defined below) for the Plan Year;

MULTIPLIED BY
 
   
 
 
(b)  the applicable percentage from the following schedule:
         
Portion of the Plan Year that   % of Plan Eligible
His Age is:   Compensation
 
       
45 but not 50 years
    6.0 %
50 but not 55 years
    7.0 %
55 but not 60 years
    8.5 %
60 years and over
    10.0 %
     
 
       MULTIPLIED BY
 
   
 
 
(c)  2.0; and

REDUCED BY

10


 

     
 
 
(d)  his Compensation multiplied by the applicable percentage from the following schedule:
         
Portion of the Plan Year that   % of Plan Eligible
His Age is:   Compensation
 
       
45 but not 50 years
    6.0 %
50 but not 55 years
    7.0 %
55 but not 60 years
    8.5 %
60 years and over
    10.0 %
     
 
  For purposes of this Supplement B, “Total Compensation” for any Plan Year means Trammell’s Compensation for such Plan Year, determined (A) without regard to the limitations of section 401(a)(17) of the Code and (B) by adding the Bonus to the amount that would otherwise be Compensation for the Plan Year. Employer Deferred Contributions made on behalf of Trammell for any Plan Year pursuant to this Supplement B shall be treated for all purposes under the Plan as Employer Deferred Contributions.
 
   
Other Terms of Plan
  B-4. Except as otherwise provided in this Supplement B the terms and conditions of the Plan shall apply to Trammell.

11


 

ACTION OF OFFICER
OF TENNECO INC.
Adoption of Amended and Restated Tenneco Inc. Excess Benefit Plan
     Pursuant to the authority granted to the undersigned officer of Tenneco Inc. (the “Company”), effective as of January 1, 2007, the undersigned officer, on behalf of an in the name of the Company, hereby adopts the Tenneco Inc. Excess Benefit Plan, as amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2007, in the form attached thereto.
         
Date: December 20, 2007   TENNECO INC.
 
       
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Richard P. Schneider
 
       
 
       
 
  Its:   Senior Vice President — Global Administration
 
       

12

Exhibit 10.66
AMENDMENT NO. 2
TO
TENNECO AUTOMOTIVE INC. CHANGE IN CONTROL
SEVERANCE BENEFIT PLAN FOR KEY EXECUTIVES
     WHEREAS, Tenneco Inc. (the “Company”) has established the Tenneco Automotive Inc. Change in Control Severance Benefit Plan for Key Executives (the “Plan”); and
     WHEREAS, amendment of the Plan for compliance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury regulations issued thereunder now is considered desirable;
     NOW, THEREFORE, by virtue and in exercise of the power reserved to the Company by Section 8 of the Plan and pursuant to the authority delegated to the undersigned officer of the Company by resolution of its Board of Directors, the Plan be and is amended, effective January 1, 2008, in the following particulars:
  1.   By adding the following two paragraphs as new paragraphs K. and L., respectively, to Section 1, by redesignating the prior paragraphs K. and L. as paragraphs M. and N. of Section 1 and by redesignating the subsequent paragraphs of Section 1 appropriately:
“K. ‘ Section 409A’ means Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder (and any successor federal or state statute or regulations).
L. ‘Separation’ and the terms ‘separation from service,’ ‘termination,’ ‘termination of employment,’ ‘discharge from employment’ and variations thereof, as used in the Plan, are intended to mean a separation from service or termination of employment that constitutes a ‘separation from service’ under Section 409A.”
  2.   By deleting paragraph C. of Section 3 in its entirety and substituting the following:
“All deferred compensation (and earnings accrued thereon) credited to the account of a Key Executive under any deferred compensation plan, program or arrangement of the Tenneco Companies shall be paid to such Key Executive pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of such plan, program or arrangement.”
  3.   By deleting paragraph G. of Section 3 in its entirety and substituting the following:

 


 

  “The Company shall provide each Key Executive with reasonable outplacement services consistent with past practices of the Company with respect to officers at such level prior to the Change in Control. The Company shall pay, or shall reimburse the Key Executive for, the costs and expenses of such outplacement services prior to the end of the second calendar year following the calendar year in which the Key Executive’s employment terminates.”
  4.   By deleting paragraph H. of Section 3 in its entirety and substituting the following:
“Subject to Section 15, if a Key Executive receives other cash severance benefits from Tenneco Companies, the amount of severance benefit to which the Key Executive is entitled under Section 3(A) or (B) above shall be considered to be satisfied to the extent of such other cash severance payment.”
  5.   By adding the following new sentence at the end of the clause (ii) of Section 4:
“Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this clause (ii), the time or schedule of any payment of any Performance Units, Stock Equivalent Units or Dividend Equivalents may not be accelerated except as otherwise permitted under Section 409A.”
  6.   By deleting Section 5 in its entirety and substituting the following:
 
  “5.   Method of Payment .
  A.   The Company shall pay, or cause to be paid, the cash severance benefits under the Plan to the Key Executive in a single cash sum within 30 days following the later of the Key Executive’s separation from service as an employee with the Tenneco Companies and submission of a claim as required by Section 12 of the Plan, provided that the payment at such time can be characterized as a ‘short-term deferral’ for purposes of Section 409A or as otherwise exempt from the provisions of Section 409A, or if any portion of the payment cannot be so characterized, and the Key Executive is a ‘specified employee’ under Section 409A, such portion of the payment shall be delayed until the earlier to occur of the Key Executive’s death or the date that is six months and one day following the Key Executive’s separation from service. Except for withholdings required by law to satisfy local, state, federal and foreign tax withholding requirements, and except as otherwise provided in Section 3(H) above, no offset nor any other reduction shall be taken in paying such benefit.

 


 

  B.   Reimbursement of expenses incurred by the Key Executive pursuant to Section 3(F) shall be made promptly and in no event later than December 31 of the year following the year in which such expenses were incurred, and the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits provided, in any year shall not affect the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, in any other year, except for any limit on the amount of expenses that may be reimbursed under an arrangement described in Section 105(b) of the Internal Revenue Code. If the Key Executive is a ‘specified employee’ under Section 409A, the full cost of the continuation or provision of life and disability plan coverages (but not health plan coverages) under Section 3(F) shall be paid by the Key Executive until the earlier to occur of the Key Executive’s death or the date that is six months and one day following the Key Executive’s separation from service, and such cost shall be reimbursed by the Company to, or on behalf of, the Key Executive in a lump sum cash payment on the earlier to occur of the Key Executive’s death or the date that is six months and one day following the Key Executive’s separation from service.”
  7.   By adding the following new paragraph to the end of Section 6:
“Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing provisions of this Section 6, the payment of the Gross-Up Payment shall be made no later than two and one-half months after the end of the calendar year in which the right to such payment is no longer subject to a ‘substantial risk of forfeiture’ (as such term is described under Section 409A); except if the Gross-Up Payment is a ‘deferral of compensation’ (as such term is described under Section 409A), then the following provisions of this paragraph shall apply. If the Gross-Up Payment is a deferral of compensation, (i) payment of the portion of the Gross-Up Payment that is taxes shall not be made later than December 31 of the year next following the year in which the Excise Tax is remitted to the taxing authority; and (ii) payment of the portion of the Gross-Up Payment that is interest or penalties incurred by the Key Executive with respect to such taxes shall not be made later than December 31 of the year next following the year in which the Key Executive incurs such interest or penalties, as applicable. If the Gross-Up Payment is a deferral of compensation, the amount of interest and penalties eligible for payment or reimbursement in any year shall not affect the amount of such interest and penalties eligible for payment or reimbursement in any other year, nor shall such right to payment or reimbursement be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this paragraph that are applicable to deferrals of compensation, if (i) the Gross-Up Payment is a deferral of compensation, (ii) the Key Executive is a ‘specified employee’ under Section 409A upon the Key Executive’s separation from service, and (iii) all or any portion of the Gross-Up Payment is considered made upon the Key Executive’s separation from service, the portion of the Gross-Up Payment which

 


 

is considered made upon the Key Executive’s separation from service shall not be made until the earlier to occur of the Key Executive’s death or the date that is six months and one day following the Key Executive’s separation from service.”
  8.   By deleting the first paragraph of paragraph B. of Section 12 in its entirety and substituting the following:
“B. Denial of Claim . If a Key Executive has made a claim for benefits under this Plan and any portion of the claim is denied, the Plan Administrator will furnish the Key Executive with a written notice stating the specific reasons for the denial, specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions upon which the denial was based, a description of any additional information or material necessary to perfect the claim, an explanation of why such information or material is necessary, and a description of the Plan’s appeal procedures and time frames, including a statement of the Key Executive’s right to bring a civil action following an adverse decision on appeal.”
  9.   By adding the following language at the end of the second paragraph of paragraph C. of Section 12:
“The written notice will also contain a statement that the Key Executive is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of all documents, records, and other information relevant to his or her claim. The Plan Administrator will also include in the notice a statement describing any voluntary appeal procedures offered by the Plan and the Key Executive’s right to obtain information about such procedures, and a statement of the Key Executive’s right to bring an action under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.”
  10.   By adding the following new sentences at the end of Section 13:
“If the prevailing party is the Key Executive, the payment or reimbursement of legal fees and costs shall be made no later than two and one-half months after the end of the calendar year in which the right to such payment or reimbursement is no longer subject to a ‘substantial risk of forfeiture’ (as such term is described under Code Section 409A); except if the payment or reimbursement of legal fees and costs is a ‘deferral of compensation’ (as such term is described under Code Section 409A), payment or reimbursement of such expenses shall be made promptly and in no event later than December 31 of the year following the year in which such expenses were incurred, and the amount of such expenses eligible for payment or reimbursement in any year shall not affect the amount of such expenses eligible for payment or reimbursement in any other year, nor shall such right to payment or reimbursement be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if the payment or reimbursement of legal fees and costs is a deferral of compensation and the Key Executive is a ‘specified employee’ under Code Section 409A upon the Key

 


 

Executive’s separation from service, payment or reimbursement of any legal fees and costs shall not be made until the earlier to occur of the Key Executive’s death or the date that is six months and one day following the Key Executive’s separation from service.”
  11.   By adding the following new Section 15:
  “15.   Prohibition on Acceleration of Payments . The time or schedule of any payment or amount scheduled to be paid pursuant to the terms of the Plan may not be accelerated except as otherwise permitted under Section 409A.”
  12.   By adding the following new Section 16:
  “16.   Section 409A . The Plan and the benefits provided hereunder are intended to comply with Section 409A to the extent applicable thereto. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Plan shall be interpreted and construed consistent with this intent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Tenneco Companies shall not be required to assume any increased economic burden in connection therewith. Although the Company intends to administer the Plan so that it will comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A, the Company does not represent or warrant that the Plan will comply with Code Section 409A or any other provision of federal, state, local, or non-United States law. Neither the Company, its subsidiaries, nor their respective directors, officers, employees or advisers shall be liable to any Key Executive (or any other individual claiming a benefit through the Key Executive) for any tax, interest, or penalties the Key Executive may owe as a result of participation in the Plan, and the Company and its subsidiaries shall have no obligation to indemnify or otherwise protect any Key Executive from the obligation to pay any taxes pursuant to Code Section 409A.”

 


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this amendment to be executed by its duly authorized officer this 24th day of December, 2008.
             
    Tenneco Inc.    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Richard P. Schneider    
 
     
 
   
 
  Its:   Senior Vice President — Global Administration    
 
     
 
   

 

Exhibit 10.67
TENNECO INC.
INCENTIVE DEFERRAL PLAN
(As Amended and Restated Effective as of January 1, 2008)

 


 

TENNECO INC. INCENTIVE DEFERRAL PLAN
1. Purpose
Tenneco Inc., formerly known as Tenneco Automotive Inc., (the “Company”), established the Tenneco Automotive Inc. Incentive Deferral Plan, effective January 1, 2005, which plan has been completely amended and restated and renamed the Tenneco Inc. Incentive Deferral Plan (the “Plan”), effective as of January 1, 2008. The purpose of the Plan is to provide directors and a select group of management or highly compensated employees of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates (hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Company”) an opportunity to defer compensation received by them from the Company in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth herein.
2. Adoption and Administration
The Plan shall be administered by the Compensation/Nominating/Governance Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Committee”). The Committee shall have the sole and complete authority and discretion to interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan and to adopt, alter and repeal such administrative rules, regulations and practices governing the operation of the Plan, and to determine facts under the Plan as it shall from time to time deem advisable.
3. Eligibility
Directors and executive incentive level U.S. participants in the Company’s Value Added (“TAVA”) Incentive Compensation Plan shall be eligible to participate in the Plan. Further, any person who had an account balance in the Tenneco Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan may participate in this Plan.
Employees eligible to participate in the Plan shall be referred to as “Participant” or “Participants.” All Outside Directors (as defined in Section 5 below) shall be eligible to participate in the Plan.
4. Election to Defer
A Participant may elect in writing to defer receipt of all or a specified portion of his or her bonuses or incentive compensation to be received with respect to a calendar year (“Deferral Election”), provided that the bonuses or incentive compensation, as applicable, are contingent on the satisfaction of preestablished organizational or individual performance criteria relating to a performance period of at least 12 consecutive months; further provided, however, that any election by a Participant who is subject to the reporting and short swing profits liability provisions of Section 16 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, including an election to defer income into a “Tenneco Inc. stock index account” pursuant to Section 7 of the Plan, shall not be effective until such election and the transactions contemplated thereby shall have been specifically approved by the Committee to the extent such approval is required to avoid liability under Section 16 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 and the regulations

 


 

thereunder. Once received by the Committee, a Deferral Election shall be irrevocable, provided however, in the event that the Participant does not perform services through the end of the applicable 12-month performance period, such Deferral Election shall be null and void.
A Deferral Election (including Committee approval) must be made prior to June 30 of the calendar year in which the bonuses or incentive compensation will be awarded (but only to the extent the bonuses or incentive compensation qualify as performance-based compensation under Code Section 409A). A Participant must make a separate Deferral Election with respect to each calendar year of participation in the Plan. A new Participant in the Plan shall have 30 days following his or her notification by the Committee of his or her eligibility to participate in the Plan to make a Deferral Election with respect to bonus or incentive compensation to be awarded within that calendar year. Where the Deferral Election is made in the first year of eligibility but after the beginning of the performance period for the bonus or incentive compensation, as applicable, the Deferral Election shall apply only to the bonus and incentive compensation paid for services performed after the election, provided that the Deferral Election applies to no more than an amount equal to the total amount of the bonus or incentive compensation, as applicable, for the performance period, multiplied by the ratio of the number of days remaining in the performance period after the Deferral Election over the total number of days in the performance period. Bonuses or incentive compensation deferred under the Plan shall be referred to as the “Deferred Amounts.”
Each Deferral Election shall indicate whether the bonus or incentive compensation, as applicable, credited to the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account (described in Section 6 below) for a given calendar year shall be distributed to the Participant as a specified date in-service distribution or as a distribution upon termination of employment with the Company as described in Section 8(a), provided that the same distribution date shall be selected for all Deferred Amounts deferred for a given calendar year. If the Participant does not indicate on such Participant’s Deferral Election that his or her Deferred Amounts deferred for a given calendar year are to be distributed as a specified date in-service distribution, or if the Participant terminated employment with the Company prior to the date of his or her specified date in-service distribution, such Deferred Amounts shall be distributed to the Participant upon his or her termination of employment with the Company as described in Section 8(a).
5. Outside Directors
Directors who are not employees of the Company or its subsidiaries (hereinafter referred to as “Outside Directors”) will receive as part of their compensation for service on the Company’s Board of Directors sixty (60) percent of their annual retainer fee (“Deferred Fee”) in the form of credits deferred subject to the terms of this Plan in the Tenneco Inc. stock index account. Where the Deferred Fee is credited in the first year of a newly appointed or elected Outside Director but after the beginning of the calendar year, the Deferred Fee shall be based only on the services to be performed by the Outside Director after his or her initial appointment or election as a director during the remainder of the calendar year.

2


 

An Outside Director may elect in writing (“Director Deferral Election”) to defer receipt of all or a specified portion of the remaining forty (40) percent of his or her annual retainer fee or any other applicable fees (“Discretionary Deferred Fee”) received with respect to a calendar year, subject to the terms of this Plan; provided, however, that any election by an Outside Director who is subject to the reporting and short swing profits liability provisions of Section 16 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, including an election to defer income into a “Tenneco Inc. stock index account” pursuant to Section 7 of the Plan, shall not be effective until such election and the transactions contemplated thereby shall have been specifically approved by the Company’s Board of Directors to the extent such approval is required to avoid liability under Section 16 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 and the regulations thereunder. Once received by the Company, a Director Deferral Election shall be irrevocable. A Director Deferral Election (including Board approval) must be made prior to June 30 of the calendar year preceding the calendar year to which the Director Deferral Election will apply. An Outside Director must make a separate Director Deferral Election with respect to each calendar year of participation in the Plan. A newly appointed or elected Outside Director shall have 30 days following his or her initial appointment or election as a director to make a Director Deferral Election with respect to his or her Discretionary Deferred Fee for services to be performed after the election and during the remainder of the calendar year of his or her initial appointment or election.
Each Outside Director’s Deferred Fee or Discretionary Deferred Fee credited to the Deferred Compensation Account (described in Section 6 below) for a given calendar year shall be distributed to the Outside Director upon his or her separation from service with the Company as described in Section 8(b). Fees credited to an Outside Director’s Deferred Compensation Account for a given calendar year under this Section 5 will be settled in cash or, if the Company so elects, shares of the Company’s common stock offered under the Company’s principal equity incentive plan then in effect.
6. Establishment of Deferred Compensation Account
The Company shall establish a memorandum account (a “Deferred Compensation Account”) on its books for a Participant at the time of the Participant’s initial Deferral Election and for each Outside Director. Deferrals under Section 4 and Section 5 shall be credited to the Deferred Compensation Account of the respective Participant or Outside Director for a given calendar year as of the day on which he or she would otherwise be entitled to receive the compensation, except that an Outside Director’s Deferred Fee shall be credited to the Deferred Compensation Account in January of the calendar year to which such Deferred Fee relates. A newly appointed or elected Outside Director shall have his or her Deferred Fee credited to the Deferred Compensation Account in the month of his or her initial appointment or election. Any required withholding for taxes (e.g. Social Security taxes) on the Deferred Amount shall be made from other compensation of the Participant. Adjustments as provided below shall be made to the Deferred Compensation Accounts.
7. Adjustments to Deferred Compensation Accounts

3


 

The Committee shall credit the balance of each Deferred Compensation Account with an earnings factor equal to the amount such Deferred Compensation Account would have earned if it had been invested in the investment options listed below. A Participant or Outside Director may select the investment option used to determine the earnings factor with respect to his or her Deferred Compensation Account and may change the selection at any time, except that the portion of an Outside Director’s Deferred Compensation Account attributable to Deferred Fees (and adjustments thereof) shall be credited with an earnings factor based solely on a deemed investment in the Tenneco Inc. stock index account. More than one investment option may be selected, except with respect to Outside Directors’ Deferred Fees, in increments of at least one (1) percent. The Company reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to change, amend, add or remove investment options at any time and in any manner it deems appropriate without the consent of the Participants or Outside Directors. If a Participant or Outside Director has not selected an investment option with respect to his or her Deferred Amount or Discretionary Deferred Fee, as applicable, then such deferrals credited to the Deferred Compensation Account shall be adjusted based on the earnings factor described in clause (a) below. The investment options used to determine the earnings factor are:
  (a)   The prime rate of interest as reported by JPMorgan Chase Bank at the first day of each calendar month.
 
  (b)   Tenneco Inc. stock index account — the amount of deferral will be invested in Tenneco Inc. stock equivalent unit account. Any investment in this account will be measured solely by the performance of the Company’s common stock (including dividends that will be reinvested). Amounts credited to this account will be settled either in cash or, if the Company so elects, shares of the Company’s common stock and will be offered under the Company’s principal equity incentive plan then in effect.
 
  (c)   The return under certain investment funds chosen by the Company from time to time in its sole discretion, which shall be communicated to the Participants and Outside Directors.
The Company is under no obligation to acquire or provide any of the investments designated by a Participant or Outside Director, and any investments actually made by the Company will be made solely in its name and will remain its property.
The crediting of an earnings factor shall occur so long as there is a balance in the Participant’s or Outside Director’s Deferred Compensation Account regardless of whether the Participant or Outside Director has separated from service.
8. Time and Form of Payment
  (a)   Subject to subsection (c) below, a Participant’s Deferred Amount, if any, as adjusted pursuant to Section 7, shall be paid in a single lump sum payment to the Participant, or the Participant’s beneficiary, within 60 days after the earlier to occur of:

4


 

  (i)   the termination of the Participant’s employment, or
 
  (ii)   the date specified for in-service distribution in the applicable Deferral Election made by the Participant, if any.
  (b)   An Outside Director’s Deferred Compensation Account, as adjusted pursuant to Section 7, shall be settled within 60 days after the Outside Director’s separation from service with the Company. For purposes of the Plan, the term “separation from service,” shall mean a “separation from service” under Code Section 409A.
 
  (c)   Notwithstanding Section 8(a), with respect to any Participant who is a “specified employee” under Code Section 409A, payment of such Participant’s Deferred Amount upon a termination of employment shall be delayed until the earlier to occur of the Participant’s death or the date that is six months and one day following the Participant’s termination of employment. For purposes of the Plan, the terms “terminated employment,” “termination of employment,” “separation from service,” and variations thereof, as used in the Plan, are intended to mean a termination of employment that constitutes a “separation from service” under Code Section 409A.
 
  (d)   A Participant may elect (a “Distribution Change Election”) to delay the specified date in-service distribution of a Deferred Amount credited to such Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account for a given calendar year to a subsequent time, provided that the Distribution Change Election is filed with, and acceptable to, the Committee, and such Distribution Change Election (i) is made at least 12 months before the date the payment is otherwise scheduled to be paid, (ii) shall not be effective until at least 12 months after it is filed with the Committee, and (iii) shall defer payment of such Deferred Amount for at least five years from the date payment would otherwise have been made (but no later than the Participant’s termination of employment, except as otherwise provided in subsection (c) above). A Participant’s Distribution Change Election shall be irrevocable when filed with the Committee. A Participant may not make more than one Distribution Change Election with respect to any Deferred Amount credited to such Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account for a given calendar year.
9. Reports
The Committee shall provide a statement to the Participant and Outside Director quarterly concerning the status of his or her Deferred Compensation Account.
10. Transferability of Interests
During the period of deferral, all Deferred Amounts, Deferred Fees, and Discretionary Deferred Fees shall be considered as general assets of the Company for use as it deems

5


 

necessary and shall be subject to the claims of its creditors. The rights and interests of each Participant and Outside Director during the period of deferral shall be those of a general unsecured creditor except that such Participant’s or Outside Director’s rights and interests may not be reached by the creditors of the Participant or Outside Director or their beneficiaries, respectively, or anticipated, assigned, pledged, transferred or otherwise encumbered except in the event of the death of the Participant or Outside Director, and then only by will or the laws of descent and distribution.
11. Amendment, Suspension and Termination
The Company, at any time, through action of the Committee, may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof in such manner and to such extent as it may deem advisable and in its best interests. No amendment, suspension or termination shall reduce the Deferred Amount then credited to a Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account, as adjusted pursuant to Section 7, nor reduce the Deferred Fee or Discretionary Deferred Fee then credited to an Outside Director’s Deferred Compensation Account, as adjusted pursuant to Section 7.
12. Unfunded Obligation
The Plan shall not be funded; no trust, escrow or other provisions shall be established to secure payments due under the Plan; and the Plan shall be regarded as unfunded for purposes of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the Internal Revenue Code. Each Participant and Outside Director shall be treated as a general, unsecured creditor at all times under the Plan, and shall have no rights to any specific assets of the Company. All amounts credited to the memorandum accounts of the Participants and Outside Directors will remain general assets of the Company and shall be payable solely from the general assets of the Company.
13. No Right to Employment or Other Benefits
Nothing contained herein shall be construed as conferring upon any Participant the right to continue in the employ of the Company. Any compensation deferred and any payments made under this Plan shall not be included in creditable compensation in computing benefits under any employee benefit plan of the Company except to the extent expressly provided therein.
14. Dispute Resolution
By participating in the Plan, each Participant and Outside Director agrees that any dispute arising under the Plan shall be resolved by binding arbitration in Lake Forest, Illinois under the rules of the American Arbitration Association and that there will be no remedy besides the disputed deferred compensation amount in issue.
15. Code Section 409A
  (a)   Except as otherwise permitted under Code Section 409A and the guidance and Treasury regulations issued thereunder, the time or schedule of any

6


 

      payment or amount scheduled to be paid pursuant to the Plan may not be accelerated.
 
  (b)   The Plan and the benefits provided hereunder are intended to comply with Code Section 409A to the extent applicable thereto. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Plan shall be interpreted and construed consistent with this intent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to assume any increased economic burden in connection therewith. Although the Company and the Committee intend to administer the Plan so that it will comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A, neither the Company nor the Committee represents or warrants that the Plan will comply with Code Section 409A or any other provision of federal, state, local, or non-United States law. Neither the Company, its subsidiaries, nor their respective directors, officers, employees or advisers shall be liable to any Participant or Outside Director (or any other individual claiming a benefit through a Participant or Outside Director) for any tax, interest, or penalties the Participant or Outside Director may owe as a result of participation in the Plan, and the Company and its subsidiaries shall have no obligation to indemnify or otherwise protect any Participant or Outside Director from the obligation to pay any taxes pursuant to Code Section 409A.
16. Effective Date
The effective date of this amendment and restatement of the Plan is January 1, 2008 (the “Effective Date”).

7


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused the Plan to be executed on its behalf by its respective officers thereunder duly authorized, as of the Effective Date.
             
    TENNECO INC.    
 
           
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Richard P. Schneider     
 
     
 
   
 
  Its:   Senior Vice President — Global Administration     
 
     
 
   

8

Exhibit 10.68
CODE SECTION 409A AMENDMENT
TO

TENNECO AUTOMOTIVE INC. 2002 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
     WHEREAS, Tenneco Inc. (the “Company”) has established the Tenneco Automotive Inc. 2002 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”); and
     WHEREAS, amendment of the Plan for compliance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury regulations issued thereunder now is considered desirable;
     NOW, THEREFORE, by virtue and in exercise of the power reserved to the Company by Article 8 of the Plan and pursuant to the authority delegated to the undersigned officer of the Company by resolution of its Board of Directors, the Plan be and is amended, effective January 1, 2008, in the following particulars:
  1.   By adding the following sentence to the end of Section 5.2(f):
“Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement to the contrary, any adjustment to any Award under this Section 5.2(f), including but not limited to any adjustment to any Option or SAR, shall be exempt from, or compliant with, the requirements of Code Section 409A and the Treasury regulations issued thereunder.”
  2.   By adding the following sentence to the end of Section 5.5:
“Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement to the contrary, any alternative to or replacement of any outstanding Award under the Plan shall be exempt from, or compliant with, the requirements of Code Section 409A and the Treasury regulations issued thereunder.”
  3.   By deleting the first sentence of Section 5.6 in its entirety and substituting the following:
“An Award (other than an Option or an SAR Award) may provide the Participant with the right to receive dividend payments, dividend equivalent payments or dividend equivalent units with respect to shares of Common Stock subject to the Award (both before and after the shares of Common Stock subject to the Award are earned, vested, or acquired), which payments may be either made currently or credited to an account for the Participant, and may be settled in cash or shares of Common Stock as determined by the Committee.”
  4.   By deleting the third sentence of Section 5.7 in its entirety.
  5.   By adding the following new Article 10:

 


 

“ARTICLE 10
CODE SECTION 409A
     10.1 Time and Form of Settlement. The time and form of settlement of Stock Equivalent Unit Awards, Restricted Stock Unit Awards, and Performance Unit Awards granted under the Plan shall be made in accordance with the Plan and applicable Award Agreement, provided that with respect to termination of employment for reasons other than death, the settlement at such time can be characterized as a ‘short-term deferral’ for purposes of Code Section 409A or as otherwise exempt from the provisions of Code Section 409A, or if any portion of the settlement cannot be so characterized, and the Participant is a ‘specified employee’ under Code Section 409A, such portion of the settlement shall be delayed until the earlier to occur of the Participant’s death or the date that is six months and one day following the Participant’s termination of employment (the ‘Delay Period’). Upon the expiration of the Delay Period, all settlements and benefits delayed pursuant to this Section 10.1 shall be paid to the Participant in a lump sum payment and any remaining settlements due under the applicable Award Agreement shall be settled at the same time and form as such amounts would have been settled in accordance with their original settlement schedule under such Award Agreement, provided such settlement complies with the terms of the Plan. For purposes of the Plan and any applicable Award Agreement, the terms ‘terminated,’ ‘terminates,’ ‘termination of employment’ and variations thereof, as used in the Plan and any applicable Award Agreement in relation to the settlement of any Award, are intended to mean a termination of employment that constitutes a ‘separation from service’ under Code Section 409A.
     10.2 Prohibition on Acceleration of Payment. Except as otherwise permitted under Code Section 409A and the guidance and Treasury regulations issued thereunder, the time or schedule of any payment or amount scheduled to be paid pursuant to this Plan or an applicable Award Agreement may not be accelerated.
     10.3 Savings Clause. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or an Award Agreement to the contrary, to the extent that the Committee determines that any Award granted under the Plan is subject to Section 409A of the Code, it is the intent of the parties to the applicable Award Agreement that such Award Agreement incorporate the terms and conditions necessary to avoid the consequences specified in Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code and that such Award Agreement and the terms of the Plan as applicable to such Award be interpreted and construed in compliance with Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to assume any increased economic burden in connection therewith. Although the Company and the Committee intend to administer the Plan so that it will comply with the

 


 

requirements of Code Section 409A, neither the Company nor the Committee represents or warrants that the Plan will comply with Code Section 409A or any other provision of federal, state, local, or non-United States law. Neither the Company, its Subsidiaries, nor their respective directors, officers, employees or advisers shall be liable to any Participant (or any other individual claiming a benefit through the Participant) for any tax, interest, or penalties the Participant may owe as a result of participation in the Plan, and the Company and its Subsidiaries shall have no obligation to indemnify or otherwise protect any Participant from the obligation to pay any taxes pursuant to Code Section 409A.”
      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this amendment to be executed by its duly authorized officer this 24th day of December, 2008.
             
    Tenneco Inc.    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Richard P. Schneider    
 
     
 
   
 
  Its:   Senior Vice President — Global Administration    
 
     
 
   

 

Exhibit 10.69
CODE SECTION 409A AMENDMENT
TO

TENNECO INC. 2006 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
     WHEREAS, Tenneco Inc. (the “Company”) has established the Tenneco Inc. 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”); and
     WHEREAS, amendment of the Plan for compliance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury regulations issued thereunder now is considered desirable;
     NOW, THEREFORE, by virtue and in exercise of the power reserved to the Company by Article 8 of the Plan and pursuant to the authority delegated to the undersigned officer of the Company by resolution of its Board of Directors, the Plan be and is amended, effective January 1, 2008, in the following particulars:
1. By adding the following sentence to the end of Section 5.2(f):
“Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement to the contrary, any adjustment to any Award under this Section 5.2(f), including but not limited to any adjustment to any Option or SAR, shall be exempt from, or compliant with, the requirements of Code Section 409A and the Treasury regulations issued thereunder.”
2. By adding the following sentence to the end of Section 5.5:
“Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement to the contrary, any replacement or substitution of any outstanding Award under the Plan shall be exempt from, or compliant with, the requirements of Code Section 409A and the Treasury regulations issued thereunder.”
3. By deleting the first sentence of Section 5.6 in its entirety and substituting the following:
“An Award (other than an Option or an SAR Award) may provide the Participant with the right to receive dividend payments, dividend equivalent payments or dividend equivalent units with respect to shares of Common Stock subject to the Award (both before and after the shares of Common Stock subject to the Award are earned, vested, or acquired), which payments may be either made currently or credited to an account for the Participant, and may be settled in cash or shares of Common Stock as determined by the Committee.”
4. By deleting the third sentence of Section 5.7 in its entirety.
5. By adding the following sentence to the end of Section 5.7:

 


 

     “Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or an Award Agreement to the contrary and except as expressly provided in the applicable Award Agreement (i) settlement of any Performance Unit with a performance period no greater that one calendar year shall be made after the end of the performance period, but no later than two and one-half months after the end of the performance period; and (ii) settlement of any Performance Unit with a performance period greater than one calendar year, granted after December 31, 2009, shall be made after the end of the performance period.
     6. By adding the following new Article 10:
“ARTICLE 10
CODE SECTION 409A
     10.1 TIME AND FORM OF SETTLEMENT. The time and form of settlement of Stock Equivalent Unit Awards, Restricted Stock Unit Awards, and Performance Unit Awards granted under the Plan shall be made in accordance with the Plan and applicable Award Agreement, provided that with respect to termination of employment for reasons other than death, the settlement at such time can be characterized as a ‘short-term deferral’ for purposes of Code Section 409A or as otherwise exempt from the provisions of Code Section 409A, or if any portion of the settlement cannot be so characterized, and the Participant is a ‘specified employee’ under Code Section 409A, such portion of the settlement shall be delayed until the earlier to occur of the Participant’s death or the date that is six months and one day following the Participant’s termination of employment (the ‘Delay Period’). Upon the expiration of the Delay Period, all settlements and benefits delayed pursuant to this Section 10.1 shall be paid to the Participant in a lump sum payment and any remaining settlements due under the applicable Award Agreement shall be settled at the same time and in the same form as such amounts would have been settled in accordance with their original settlement schedule under such Award Agreement, provided such settlement complies with the terms of the Plan. For purposes of the Plan and any applicable Award Agreement, the terms ‘terminated,’ ‘terminates,’ ‘termination of employment’ and variations thereof, as used in the Plan and any applicable Award Agreement in relation to the settlement of any Award, are intended to mean a termination of employment that constitutes a ‘separation from service’ under Code Section 409A.
     10.2 PROHIBITION ON ACCELERATION OF PAYMENT. Except as otherwise permitted under Code Section 409A and the guidance and Treasury regulations issued thereunder, the time or schedule of any payment or amount scheduled to be paid pursuant to this Plan or an applicable Award Agreement may not be accelerated.

 


 

     10.3 SAVINGS CLAUSE. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or an Award Agreement to the contrary, to the extent that the Committee determines that any Award granted under the Plan is subject to Section 409A of the Code, it is the intent of the parties to the applicable Award Agreement that such Award Agreement incorporate the terms and conditions necessary to avoid the consequences specified in Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code and that such Award Agreement and the terms of the Plan as applicable to such Award be interpreted and construed in compliance with Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to assume any increased economic burden in connection therewith. Although the Company and the Committee intend to administer the Plan so that it will comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A, neither the Company nor the Committee represents or warrants that the Plan will comply with Code Section 409A or any other provision of federal, state, local, or non-United States law. Neither the Company, its Subsidiaries, nor their respective directors, officers, employees or advisers shall be liable to any Participant (or any other individual claiming a benefit through the Participant) for any tax, interest, or penalties the Participant may owe as a result of participation in the Plan, and the Company and its Subsidiaries shall have no obligation to indemnify or otherwise protect any Participant from the obligation to pay any taxes pursuant to Code Section 409A.”
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this amendment to be executed by its duly authorized officer this 24 th day of December, 2008.
             
    Tenneco Inc.    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Richard P. Schneider      
 
     
 
   
 
  Its:   Senior Vice President — Global Administration     
 
     
 
   

 

Exhibit 10.70
CODE SECTION 409A AMENDMENT
TO

TENNECO INC. EXCESS BENEFIT PLAN
     WHEREAS, Tenneco Inc. (the “Company”) has established the Tenneco Inc. Excess Benefit Plan (the “Plan”); and
     WHEREAS, amendment of the Plan for compliance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury regulations issued thereunder now is considered desirable;
     NOW, THEREFORE, by virtue and in exercise of the power reserved to the Company and granted to the Compensation/Nominating/Governance Committee of Tenneco by Section 6 of the Plan and pursuant to the authority delegated to the undersigned officer of the Company by resolution of its Board of Directors, the Plan be and is amended, effective January 1, 2008, in the following particulars:
1. Clause (a) of the first sentence of Section 5.1 of the Plan is hereby modified by deleting the first sentence in its entirety and substituting the following:
“A Participant’s ‘Termination Date’ shall mean the date on which the Participant has a ‘separation from service’ under Code Section 409A.”
2. By deleting the second sentence of Section 5.3 in its entirety and substituting the following:
“Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, if the Participant is a “specified employee” (as defined under Code Section 409A) on his Termination Date, the amount credited to his Account under the Plan shall be paid in a lump sum cash payment on the earlier to occur of his death or the date that is six months and one day following his Termination Date.”
3. By adding the following new Section 7:
SECTION 7
CODE SECTION 409A
     The time or schedule of any payment or amount scheduled to be paid pursuant to the Plan may not be accelerated, except as otherwise permitted under Code Section 409A and the guidance and Treasury regulations issued thereunder.
     The Plan and the benefits provided hereunder are intended to comply with Code Section 409A and the guidance and Treasury regulations issued thereunder, to the extent applicable thereto. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Plan shall be interpreted and construed consistent with this intent.

 


 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Employer shall not be required to assume any increased economic burden in connection therewith. Although the Employer and the Administrative Committee intend to administer the Plan so that it will comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A, neither the Employer nor the Administrative Committee represents or warrants that the Plan will comply with Code Section 409A or any other provision of federal, state, local, or non-United States law. Neither the Employer, its subsidiaries, nor their respective directors, officers, employees or advisers shall be liable to any Participant (or any other individual claiming a benefit through the Participant) for any tax, interest, or penalties the Participant might owe as a result of participation in the Plan, and the Employer and its subsidiaries shall have no obligation to indemnify or otherwise protect any Participant from the obligation to pay any taxes pursuant to Code Section 409A.”
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this amendment to be executed by its duly authorized officer this 24 th day of December, 2008.
             
    Tenneco Inc.    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Richard P. Schneider     
 
     
 
   
 
  Its:   Senior Vice President — Global Administration     
 
     
 
   

 

Exhibit 10.71
CODE SECTION 409A AMENDMENT
TO

TENNECO INC. SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT PLAN
     WHEREAS, Tenneco Inc. (the “Company”) has established the Tenneco Inc. Supplemental Retirement Plan (also referred to as the “SERP,” the “Plan”); and
     WHEREAS, amendment of the Plan for compliance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury regulations issued thereunder now is considered desirable;
     NOW, THEREFORE, by virtue and in exercise of the power reserved to the Company and granted to the Compensation/Nominating/Governance Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors by Section 11 of the Plan and pursuant to the authority delegated to the undersigned officer of the Company, the Plan be and is amended, effective January 1, 2008, in the following particulars:
  1.   By deleting the first paragraph of Section 4 of the Plan in its entirety and substituting the following:
“The Plan Benefit shall be paid in a single lump sum payment within 90 days after the Participant’s separation from service (but in no event prior to the date on which the Participant attains age 55 and has completed at least 10 years of service with the Company or age 65 if the Participant has fewer than 10 years of service with the Company upon his separation from service).”
  2.   By adding the following new Section 12:
“12. Code Section 409A .
(a) The time and form of payment of the Participant’s Plan Benefit as described in Section 4, if any, shall be made in accordance with such Section, provided that with respect to termination of employment for reasons other than death, the payment at such time can be characterized as a ‘short-term deferral’ for purposes of Code Section 409A or as otherwise exempt from the provisions of Code Section 409A, or if any portion of the payment cannot be so characterized, and the Participant is a ‘specified employee’ under Code Section 409A, such portion of the payment shall be delayed until the earlier to occur of the Participant’s death or the date that is six months and one day following the Participant’s termination of employment (the ‘Delay Period’). Upon the expiration of the Delay Period, all payments delayed pursuant to this Section 12(a) shall be paid to the Participant in a lump sum. For purposes of the Plan the terms ‘termination,’ ‘termination of employment’ and variations thereof, as used in the Plan, are intended to mean a termination of employment that constitutes a ‘separation from service’ under Code Section 409A.

 


 

     (b) Except as otherwise permitted under Code Section 409A and the guidance and Treasury regulations issued thereunder, the time or schedule of any payment or amount scheduled to be paid pursuant to the Plan may not be accelerated.
     (c) The Plan and the benefits provided hereunder are intended to comply with Code Section 409A and the guidance and Treasury regulations issued thereunder, to the extent applicable thereto. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Plan shall be interpreted and construed consistent with this intent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to assume any increased economic burden in connection therewith. Although the Company and the Committee intend to administer the Plan so that it will comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A, neither the Company nor the Committee represents or warrants that the Plan will comply with Code Section 409A or any other provision of federal, state, local, or non-United States law. Neither the Company, its subsidiaries, nor their respective directors, officers, employees or advisers shall be liable to any Participant (or any other individual claiming a benefit through the Participant) for any tax, interest, or penalties the Participant might owe as a result of participation in the Plan, and the Company and its subsidiaries shall have no obligation to indemnify or otherwise protect any Participant from the obligation to pay any taxes pursuant to Code Section 409A.”
      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this amendment to be executed by its duly authorized officer this 24 th day of December, 2008.
             
    Tenneco Inc.    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Richard P. Schneider       
 
     
 
   
 
           
 
  Its:   Senior Vice President — Global Administration      
 
     
 
   

 

Exhibit 10.72
CODE SECTION 409A AMENDMENT
TO

TENNECO INC. SUPPLEMENTAL PENSION PLAN FOR MANAGEMENT
     WHEREAS, Tenneco Inc. (the “Company”) has established the Tenneco Inc. Supplemental Pension Plan for Management (also referred to as the “KEPP,” the “Plan”); and
     WHEREAS, amendment of the Plan for compliance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury regulations issued thereunder now is considered desirable;
     NOW, THEREFORE, by virtue and in exercise of the power reserved to the Company and granted to the undersigned officer of the Company by Section 12 of the Plan, the Plan be and is amended, effective January 1, 2008, in the following particulars:
  1.   By deleting the first paragraph of Section 4 of the Plan in its entirety and substituting the following:
“The Plan Benefit shall be paid in a single lump sum payment within 90 days after the later of (a) the Participant’s Termination Date or (b) the date on which he attains age 55.”
2.  By adding the following new Section 13:
“13. Code Section 409A .
(a) The time and form of payment of the Participant’s Plan Benefit as described in Section 4, if any, shall be made in accordance with such Section, provided that with respect to termination of employment for reasons other than death, the payment at such time can be characterized as a ‘short-term deferral’ for purposes of Code Section 409A or as otherwise exempt from the provisions of Code Section 409A, or if any portion of the payment cannot be so characterized, and the Participant is a ‘specified employee’ under Code Section 409A, such portion of the payment shall be delayed until the earlier to occur of the Participant’s death or the date that is six months and one day following the Participant’s termination of employment (the ‘Delay Period’). Upon the expiration of the Delay Period, all payments delayed pursuant to this Section 13(a) shall be paid to the Participant in a lump sum. For purposes of the Plan, the term ‘Termination Date’ shall mean the date on which the Participant has a ‘separation from service’ under Code Section 409A.
     (b) Except as otherwise permitted under Code Section 409A and the guidance and Treasury regulations issued thereunder, the time or schedule of any payment or amount scheduled to be paid pursuant to the Plan may not be accelerated.

 


 

     (c) The Plan and the benefits provided hereunder are intended to comply with Code Section 409A and the guidance and Treasury regulations issued thereunder, to the extent applicable thereto. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Plan shall be interpreted and construed consistent with this intent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to assume any increased economic burden in connection therewith. Although the Company and the Committee intend to administer the Plan so that it will comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A, neither the Company nor the Committee represents or warrants that the Plan will comply with Code Section 409A or any other provision of federal, state, local, or non-United States law. Neither the Company, its subsidiaries, nor their respective directors, officers, employees or advisers shall be liable to any Participant (or any other individual claiming a benefit through the Participant) for any tax, interest, or penalties the Participant might owe as a result of participation in the Plan, and the Company and its subsidiaries shall have no obligation to indemnify or otherwise protect any Participant from the obligation to pay any taxes pursuant to Code Section 409A.”
      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this amendment to be executed by its duly authorized officer this 24 th day of December, 2008.
             
    Tenneco Inc.    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Richard P. Schneider     
 
     
 
   
 
           
 
  Its:   Senior Vice President — Global Administration     
 
     
 
   

 

Exhibit 10.73
CODE SECTION 409A AMENDMENT
TO
TENNECO INC. VALUE ADDED (“TAVA”)

INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN
     WHEREAS, Tenneco Inc. (the “Company”) has established the Tenneco Inc. Value Added Incentive Compensation Plan (the “Plan”); and
     WHEREAS, amendment of the Plan for compliance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury regulations issued thereunder now is considered desirable;
     NOW, THEREFORE, by virtue and in exercise of the power reserved to the Company and to the Compensation/Nominating/Governance Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors by Section 8 of the Plan and pursuant to the authority delegated to the undersigned officer of the Company, the Plan be and is amended, effective January 1, 2008, in the following particulars:
  1.   By substituting the following for the definition of “Retirement” in Section 2:
“ ‘Retirement’ means the termination of the Participant’s employment with the Company or a Subsidiary after the Participant’s attainment of age 65 or, if earlier, attainment of age 55 and completion of 10 years of service with the Company and its Subsidiaries.”
  2.   By deleting the last sentence Section 6(a) in its entirety and substituting the following:
“The Bonus Amount determined under this subsection (a) shall not be earned by the Participant until such time as the date on which it is paid, except that a Participant shall be fully vested in their Bonus Reserve Account, if any, upon the earlier to occur of such Participant’s (i) attainment of age 65, or (ii) attainment of age 55 and completion of 10 years of service with the Company and its Subsidiaries.”
  3.   By adding the following new Section 9:
SECTION 9. CODE SECTION 409A
     (a) Time and Form of Payment . The time and form of payment of the Participant’s Bonus Amount described in Section 6, if any, shall be made in accordance with such Section, provided that with respect to termination of

 


 

employment for reasons other than death, the payment at such time can be characterized as a ‘short-term deferral’ for purposes of Code Section 409A or as otherwise exempt from the provisions of Code Section 409A, or if any portion of the payment cannot be so characterized, and the Participant is a ‘specified employee’ under Code Section 409A, such portion of the payment shall be delayed until the earlier to occur of the Participant’s death or the date that is six months and one day following the Participant’s termination of employment (the ‘Delay Period’). Upon the expiration of the Delay Period, all payments and benefits delayed pursuant to this Section 9(a) shall be paid to the Participant in a lump sum. For purposes of the Plan the terms ‘termination of employment’ and ‘terminate’ and variations thereof, as used in the Plan, are intended to mean a termination of employment that constitutes a ‘separation from service’ under Code Section 409A.
     (b) Prohibition on Acceleration of Payments . Except as otherwise permitted under Code Section 409A and the guidance and Treasury regulations issued thereunder, the time or schedule of any payment or amount scheduled to be paid pursuant to the Plan may not be accelerated.
     (c) Code Section 409A . The Plan and the benefits provided hereunder are intended to comply with Code Section 409A and the guidance and Treasury regulations issued thereunder, to the extent applicable thereto. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Plan shall be interpreted and construed consistent with this intent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to assume any increased economic burden in connection therewith. Although the Company and the Committee intend to administer the Plan so that it will comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A, neither the Company nor the Committee represents or warrants that the Plan will comply with Code Section 409A or any other provision of federal, state, local, or non-United States law. Neither the Company, its Subsidiaries, nor their respective directors, officers, employees or advisers shall be liable to any Participant (or any other individual claiming a benefit through the Participant) for any tax, interest, or penalties the Participant might owe as a result of participation in the Plan, and the Company and its Subsidiaries shall have no obligation to indemnify or otherwise protect any Participant from the obligation to pay any taxes pursuant to Code Section 409A.”
      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this amendment to be executed by its duly authorized officer this 24th day of December, 2008.
             
    Tenneco Inc.    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Richard P. Schneider    
 
     
 
   
 
           
 
  Its:   Senior Vice President - Global Administration    
 
     
 
   

 

Exhibit 10.74
CODE SECTION 409A AMENDMENT
TO

LETTER AGREEMENT
      THIS CODE SECTION 409A AMENDMENT (the “Amendment”) is made this day of December, 2008 by and between Tenneco Inc. (the “Company”) and Gregg Sherrill (the “Employee”).
RECITALS
      WHEREAS, the parties hereto are parties to a Letter Agreement (the “Agreement”); and
      WHEREAS, amendment of the Agreement for compliance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury regulations issued thereunder now is considered desirable;
      NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of Employee’s performance, the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree, effective as of the date first above written to amend the Agreement in the following particulars:
  1.   By deleting the paragraph of the Agreement captioned “Perquisite Allowance” in its entirety and substituting the following:
     “ Perquisite Allowance . You will receive an annual perquisite allowance of $50,000, paid when the perquisite allowance is paid to other senior executives of the Company, provided that such allowance shall be paid to you no later than two and one-half months after the end of the applicable calendar year.”
  2.   By deleting the paragraph of the Agreement captioned “Severance” in its entirety and substituting the following:
     “ Severance . If your employment is involuntarily terminated by the Company for reasons other than disability or Cause (as defined above) and other than under circumstances which would entitle you to benefits under the Change in Control Plan, you will be entitled to severance equal to two times your annual base salary payable in a single lump sum, subject to your timely execution and delivery of a general release and such other documents as the Company may reasonably request, provided that your severance, if any, shall be paid within 60 days of your termination of employment.”
  3.   By adding the following two new paragraphs immediately at the end of the Agreement:

1


 

     “ Reimbursements and In-kind Benefits . Any expense reimbursement under this Agreement which provides for the ‘deferral of compensation’ (as such term is described under Code Section 409A) shall be made promptly upon your presentation to the Company of evidence of the fees and expenses incurred by you and in all events on or before the last day of the taxable year following the taxable year in which such expense was incurred by you; and no such reimbursement or the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits provided, in any taxable year shall in any way affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, in any other taxable year, except for any limit on the amount of expenses that may be reimbursed under an arrangement described in Section 105(b) of the Code. Additionally, any right to expense reimbursement or in-kind benefits shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.
      Code Section 409A . The parties intend that this Agreement and the benefits provided hereunder qualify for an exemption from Code Section 409A, provided, however, that if the Agreement and the benefits provided hereunder are not so exempt, they are intended to comply with Code Section 409A to the extent applicable thereto. Notwithstanding any provision of the Agreement to the contrary, the Agreement shall be interpreted and construed consistent with this intent, provided that the Company shall not be required to assume any increased economic burden in connection therewith. Although the Company intends to administer the Agreement so that the Agreement and the benefits provided hereunder are exempt from Code Section 409A or otherwise comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A, the Company does not represent or warrant that the Agreement will comply with Code Section 409A or any other provision of federal, state, local, or non-United States law. Neither the Company, its subsidiaries, nor their respective directors, officers, employees or advisers shall be liable to you (or any other individual claiming a benefit through you) for any tax, interest, or penalties you may owe as a result of compensation paid under the Agreement, and the Company and its subsidiaries shall have no obligation to indemnify or otherwise protect you from the obligation to pay any taxes pursuant to Code Section 409A.”
  4.   Except as modified herein the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

2


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.
         
    Tenneco Inc.
         
 
  By:   /s/ Richard P. Schneider
 
       
         
 
  Its:   Senior Vice President - Global Administration
 
       
 
         
    /s/ Gregg Sherrill
    Gregg Sherrill

3

Exhibit 10.75
CODE SECTION 409A AMENDMENT
TO

LETTER AGREEMENT
      THIS CODE SECTION 409A AMENDMENT (the “Amendment”) is made this day of December, 2008 by and between Tenneco Inc. (the “Company”) and Hari Nair (the “Employee”).
RECITALS
      WHEREAS, the parties hereto are parties to a Letter Agreement dated June 1, 2001, as amended by Letter Agreement dated January 5, 2007 (collectively, the “Agreement”); and
      WHEREAS, amendment of the Agreement for compliance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury regulations issued thereunder now is considered desirable;
      NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of Employee’s performance, the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree, effective as of the date first above written, to amend the Agreement in the following particulars:
  1.   By adding the following new sentence to the end of the paragraph of the Agreement captioned “Annual Bonus”:
“Your annual performance bonus, if any, shall be paid to you in a single lump sum after the end of the calendar year for which such annual performance bonus is awarded but no later than two and one-half months after the end of the calendar year for which such annual performance bonus is awarded.”
  2.   By deleting the paragraph of the Agreement captioned “Perquisite Allowance” in its entirety and substituting the following:
     “ Perquisite Allowance . You will receive an annual perquisite allowance of $30,000 ($15,000 per year during your international assignment) which you may receive in either cash, perquisites, or a combination at your election, provided that such allowance shall be paid to you no later than two and one-half months after the end of the applicable calendar year.”
  3.   By adding the following new sentence to the end of the paragraph of the Agreement captioned “Change in Control”:
“Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph, the time or schedule of any payment of your outstanding awards under the Plan or any other similar

1


 

benefit plan or compensation arrangement or program of the Company or its subsidiaries that provides for the ‘deferral of compensation’ (as such term is described under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the ‘Code’)), may not be accelerated except as otherwise permitted under Code Section 409A and the guidance and Treasury regulations issued thereunder.”
  4.   By deleting the paragraph of the Agreement captioned “Severance” in its entirety and substituting the following:
     “ Severance . Subject to the provisions of paragraph 9, if your employment is terminated other than by you voluntarily or for death, disability, or non-performance of your duties, subject to your timely execution and delivery of a general release and such other documents as the Company may reasonably request: (a) you will be paid a severance benefit in an amount equal to two times the total of your then current annual base salary plus your bonus for the immediately preceding year, provided that your severance, if any, shall be paid in a lump sum within 60 days after your termination of employment; (b) subject to Board and/or Committee approval, all your outstanding awards under the Plan (or any other similar benefit plan or compensation program or arrangement of the Company or its subsidiaries) may vest and/or become exercisable on the date of your termination, provided that the time or schedule of any payment of your outstanding awards under the Plan (or any other similar benefit plan or compensation program or arrangement of the Company or its subsidiaries) that provides for the ‘deferral of compensation’ (as such term is described under Code Section 409A), may not be accelerated except as otherwise permitted under Code Section 409A and the guidance and Treasury regulations issued thereunder; (c) vested stock options you hold will remain exercisable for a period of not less than 90 days from your termination (but not longer than the original expiration date of the applicable option); and (d) the Company will continue to provide to you, for one year following the date of the termination of your employment, health benefits amounting to no less than the amount of health benefits you receive at the time your employment commences. COBRA continuation coverage will begin following this one year period.”
  5.   By adding the following new sentence to the end of the paragraph of the Agreement captioned “Tax Gross-Up Payment”:
“Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph, payment of any Gross-Up Payment shall not be made later than December 31 of the year next following the year in which the excise tax imposed by Code Section 4999 is remitted to the taxing authority.”
  6.   By adding the following two new paragraphs immediately at the end of the Agreement:

2


 

     “ Reimbursements and In-kind Benefits . Any expense reimbursement under this Agreement, including Exhibit A, which provides for the ‘deferral of compensation’ (as such term is described under Code Section 409A) shall be made promptly upon your presentation to the Company of evidence of the fees and expenses incurred by you and in all events on or before the last day of the taxable year following the taxable year in which such expense was incurred by you; and no such reimbursement or the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits provided, in any taxable year shall in any way affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, in any other taxable year, except for any limit on the amount of expenses that may be reimbursed under an arrangement described in Section 105(b) of the Code. Additionally, any right to expense reimbursement or in-kind benefits shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.
      Code Section 409A . The parties intend that this Agreement and the benefits provided hereunder qualify for an exemption from Code Section 409A, provided, however, that if the Agreement and the benefits provided hereunder are not so exempt, they are intended to comply with Code Section 409A to the extent applicable thereto. Notwithstanding any provision of the Agreement to the contrary, the Agreement shall be interpreted and construed consistent with this intent, provided that the Company shall not be required to assume any increased economic burden in connection therewith. Although the Company intends to administer the Agreement so that the Agreement and the benefits provided hereunder are exempt from Code Section 409A or otherwise comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A, the Company does not represent or warrant that the Agreement will comply with Code Section 409A or any other provision of federal, state, local, or non-United States law. Neither the Company, its subsidiaries, nor their respective directors, officers, employees or advisers shall be liable to you (or any other individual claiming a benefit through you) for any tax, interest, or penalties you may owe as a result of compensation paid under the Agreement, and the Company and its subsidiaries shall have no obligation to indemnify or otherwise protect you from the obligation to pay any taxes pursuant to Code Section 409A.”
  7.   By adding the following new paragraph at the end of the section captioned “Tax Equalization” in Exhibit A:
“Notwithstanding anything in the preceding paragraphs to the contrary, any tax equalization payments shall be made no later than the end of your second taxable year beginning after your taxable year in which your U.S. Federal income tax return is required to be filed (including any extensions) for the year to which the compensation subject to the tax equalization payment relates, or, if later, your second taxable year beginning after the latest such taxable year in which your foreign tax return or payment is required to be filed or made for the year to which the compensation subject to the tax equalization payment relates.”
  8.   Except as modified herein the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

3


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.
             
    Tenneco Inc.    
             
    By:   /s/ Richard P. Schneider    
       
 
   
             
    Its:   Senior Vice President - Global Administration    
             
 
             
    /s/ Hari Nair    
    Hari Nair    

4

Exhibit 10.76
CODE SECTION 409A AMENDMENT
TO

LETTER AGREEMENT
      THIS CODE SECTION 409A AMENDMENT (the “Amendment”) is made this day — of December, 2008 by and between Tenneco Inc. (the “Company”) and Timothy E. Jackson (the “Employee”).
RECITALS
      WHEREAS, the parties hereto are parties to a Letter Agreement dated July 11, 2000, as amended by Letter Agreement dated January 5, 2007 (collectively, the “Agreement”); and
      WHEREAS, amendment of the Agreement for compliance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury regulations issued thereunder now is considered desirable;
      NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of Employee’s performance, the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree, effective as of the date first above written to amend the Agreement in the following particulars:
  1.   By adding the following new sentence to the end of the paragraph of the Agreement captioned “Annual Bonus”:
“Your annual performance bonus, if any, shall be paid to you in a single lump sum after the end of the calendar year for which such annual performance bonus is awarded but no later than two and one-half months after the end of the calendar year for which such annual performance bonus is awarded.”
  2.   By deleting the paragraph of the Agreement captioned “Perquisite Allowance” in its entirety and substituting the following:
     “ Perquisite Allowance . You will receive an annual perquisite allowance of $30,000 which you may receive in either cash, perquisites, or a combination at your election, provided that such allowance shall be paid to you no later than two and one-half months after the end of the applicable calendar year.”
  3.   By adding the following new sentence to the end of the paragraph of the Agreement captioned “Change in Control”:
“Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph, the time or schedule of any payment of your outstanding awards under the Plan or any other similar benefit plan or compensation arrangement or program of the Company or its

1


 

subsidiaries that provides for the ‘deferral of compensation’ (as such term is described under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the ‘Code’)), may not be accelerated except as otherwise permitted under Code Section 409A and the guidance and Treasury regulations issued thereunder.”
  4.   By deleting the paragraph of the Agreement captioned “Severance” in its entirety and substituting the following:
     “ Severance . Subject to the provisions of paragraph 9, if your employment is terminated other than by you voluntarily or for death, disability, or non-performance of your duties, subject to your timely execution and delivery of a general release and such other documents as the Company may reasonably request: (a) you will be paid a severance benefit in an amount equal to two times the total of your then current annual base salary plus your bonus for the immediately preceding year, provided that your severance, if any, shall be paid in a lump sum within 60 days after your termination of employment; (b) subject to Board and/or Committee approval, all your outstanding awards under the Plan (or any other similar benefit plan or compensation program or arrangement of the Company or its subsidiaries) may vest and/or become exercisable on the date of your termination, provided that the time or schedule of any payment of your outstanding awards under the Plan (or any other similar benefit plan or compensation program or arrangement of the Company or its subsidiaries) that provides for the ‘deferral of compensation’ (as such term is described under Code Section 409A), may not be accelerated except as otherwise permitted under Code Section 409A and the guidance and Treasury regulations issued thereunder; (c) vested stock options you hold will remain exercisable for a period of not less than 90 days from your termination (but not longer than the original expiration date of the applicable option); and (d) the Company will continue to provide to you, for one year following the date of the termination of your employment, health benefits amounting to no less than the amount of health benefits you receive at the time your employment commences. COBRA continuation coverage will begin following this one year period.”
  5.   By adding the following new sentence to the end of the paragraph of the Agreement captioned “Tax Gross-Up Payment”:
“Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph, payment of any Gross-Up Payment shall not be made later than December 31 of the year next following the year in which the excise tax imposed by Code Section 4999 is remitted to the taxing authority.”
  6.   By adding the following two new paragraphs immediately at the end of the Agreement:
     “ Reimbursements and In-kind Benefits . Any expense reimbursement under this Agreement which provides for the ‘deferral of compensation’ (as such

2


 

term is described under Code Section 409A) shall be made promptly upon your presentation to the Company of evidence of the fees and expenses incurred by you and in all events on or before the last day of the taxable year following the taxable year in which such expense was incurred by you; and no such reimbursement or the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits provided, in any taxable year shall in any way affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, in any other taxable year, except for any limit on the amount of expenses that may be reimbursed under an arrangement described in Section 105(b) of the Code. Additionally, any right to expense reimbursement or in-kind benefits shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.
      Code Section 409A . The parties intend that this Agreement and the benefits provided hereunder qualify for an exemption from Code Section 409A, provided, however, that if the Agreement and the benefits provided hereunder are not so exempt, they are intended to comply with Code Section 409A to the extent applicable thereto. Notwithstanding any provision of the Agreement to the contrary, the Agreement shall be interpreted and construed consistent with this intent, provided that the Company shall not be required to assume any increased economic burden in connection therewith. Although the Company intends to administer the Agreement so that the Agreement and the benefits provided hereunder are exempt from Code Section 409A or otherwise comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A, the Company does not represent or warrant that the Agreement will comply with Code Section 409A or any other provision of federal, state, local, or non-United States law. Neither the Company, its subsidiaries, nor their respective directors, officers, employees or advisers shall be liable to you (or any other individual claiming a benefit through you) for any tax, interest, or penalties you may owe as a result of compensation paid under the Agreement, and the Company and its subsidiaries shall have no obligation to indemnify or otherwise protect you from the obligation to pay any taxes pursuant to Code Section 409A.”
  7.   Except as modified herein the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

3


 

           IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.
             
    Tenneco Inc.    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Richard P. Schneider    
 
     
 
   
 
  Its:   Senior Vice President - Global Administration    
 
     
 
   
 
           
    /s/ Timothy E. Jackson    
    Timothy E. Jackson    

4

Exhibit 10.77
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT
Dated as of May 4, 2005
Among
TENNECO AUTOMOTIVE RSA COMPANY, as Seller,
TENNECO AUTOMOTIVE OPERATING COMPANY INC., as Servicer,
JUPITER SECURITIZATION CORPORATION and LIBERTY STREET FUNDING
CORP. , as Conduits,
THE COMMITTED PURCHASERS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO,
THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA, as Liberty Street Agent
and
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Jupiter Agent and Administrative Agent

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page  
ARTICLE I. PURCHASE ARRANGEMENTS
    2  
 
       
Section 1.1 Purchase Facility
    2  
Section 1.2 Increases
    3  
Section 1.3 Decreases
    4  
Section 1.4 Payment Requirements
    4  
 
       
ARTICLE II. PAYMENTS AND COLLECTIONS
    5  
 
       
Section 2.1 Payments
    5  
Section 2.2 Collections Prior to Amortization
    5  
Section 2.3 Collections Following Amortization
    6  
Section 2.4 Application of Collections
    7  
Section 2.5 Payment Rescission
    7  
Section 2.6 Maximum Purchaser Interests
    8  
Section 2.7 Clean Up Call
    8  
 
       
ARTICLE III. CONDUIT FUNDING
    8  
 
       
Section 3.1 CP Costs
    8  
Section 3.2 CP Costs Payments
    8  
Section 3.3 Calculation of CP Costs
    8  
 
       
ARTICLE IV. COMMITTED PURCHASER FUNDING
    8  
 
       
Section 4.1 Committed Purchaser Funding
    8  
Section 4.2 Yield Payments
    9  
Section 4.3 Selection and Continuation of Tranche Periods
    9  
Section 4.4 Committed Purchaser Discount Rates
    9  
Section 4.5 Suspension of the LIBO Rate
    9  
Section 4.6 Liquidity Agreement Fundings
    10  
 
       
ARTICLE V. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
    11  
 
       
Section 5.1 Representations and Warranties of the Seller Parties
    11  
Section 5.2 Committed Purchaser Representations and Warranties
    14  
 
       
ARTICLE VI. CONDITIONS OF PURCHASES
    15  
 
       
Section 6.1 Conditions Precedent to Amendment and Restatement
    15  
Section 6.2 Conditions Precedent to All Purchases and Reinvestments
    15  
 
       
ARTICLE VII. COVENANTS
    16  
 
       
Section 7.1 Affirmative Covenants of the Seller Parties
    16  
Section 7.2 Negative Covenants of the Seller Parties
    22  
 
       
ARTICLE VIII. ADMINISTRATION AND COLLECTION
    24  
 
       
Section 8.1 Designation of Servicer
    24  
Section 8.2 Duties of Servicer
    24  
Section 8.3 Collection Notices
    25  
Section 8.4 Responsibilities of Seller
    26  
Section 8.5 Portfolio Reports
    26  
Section 8.6 Servicing Fees
    26  
 
       
ARTICLE IX. AMORTIZATION EVENTS
    26  
 
       
Section 9.1 Amortization Events
    26  
  i

 


 

         
    Page  
Section 9.2 Remedies
    28  
 
       
ARTICLE X. INDEMNIFICATION
    29  
 
       
Section 10.1 Indemnities by the Seller Parties
    29  
Section 10.2 Increased Cost and Reduced Return
    31  
Section 10.3 Other Costs and Expenses
    32  
 
       
ARTICLE XI. THE AGENTS
    33  
 
       
Section 11.1 Appointment
    33  
Section 11.2 Delegation of Duties
    34  
Section 11.3 Exculpatory Provisions
    34  
Section 11.4 Reliance by Agents
    34  
Section 11.5 Notice of Seller Defaults
    34  
Section 11.6 Non-Reliance on Other Agents and Purchasers
    35  
Section 11.7 Indemnification of Agents
    35  
Section 11.8 Agents in their Individual Capacities
    36  
Section 11.9 UCC Filings
    36  
Section 11.10 Successor Agents
    36  
 
       
ARTICLE XII. ASSIGNMENTS; PARTICIPATIONS
    37  
 
       
Section 12.1 Assignments
    37  
Section 12.2 Participations
    38  
 
       
ARTICLE XIII. TERMINATING COMMITTED PURCHASERS
    38  
 
       
Section 13.1 Terminating Committed Purchasers
    38  
 
       
ARTICLE XIV. MISCELLANEOUS
    39  
 
       
Section 14.1 Waivers and Amendments
    39  
Section 14.2 Notices
    40  
Section 14.3 Ratable Payments
    41  
Section 14.4 Protection of Ownership Interests of the Purchasers
    41  
Section 14.5 Confidentiality
    42  
Section 14.6 Bankruptcy Petition
    42  
Section 14.7 Limitation of Liability
    42  
Section 14.8 CHOICE OF LAW
    43  
Section 14.9 CONSENT TO JURISDICTION
    43  
Section 14.10 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL
    43  
Section 14.11 Integration; Binding Effect; Survival of Terms
    44  
Section 14.12 Counterparts; Severability; Section References
    44  
Section 14.13 Co-Agent Roles
    44  
Section 14.14 Characterization
    45  
ii

 


 

Exhibits and Schedules
     
Exhibit I
  Definitions
 
   
Exhibit II
  Form of Purchase Notice
 
   
Exhibit III
  Places of Business of the Seller Parties; Locations of Records; Federal Employer Identification Number(s)
 
   
Exhibit IV
  Names of Collection Banks; Collection Accounts
 
   
Exhibit V
  Form of Compliance Certificate
 
   
Exhibit VI
  [Intentionally Omitted]
 
   
Exhibit VII
  [Intentionally Omitted]
 
   
Exhibit VIII
  Credit and Collection Policy
 
   
Exhibit IX
  Form of Daily Report
 
   
Exhibit X
  Form of Monthly Report
 
   
Exhibit XI
  Form of Performance Undertaking
 
   
Schedule A
  Commitments
 
   
Schedule B
  Closing Documents
iii

 


 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT
           THIS SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT dated as of May 4, 2005 is among:
     (a) Tenneco Automotive RSA Company, a Delaware corporation ( “Seller” ),
     (b) Tenneco Automotive Operating Company Inc., a Delaware corporation ( “Tenneco Operating” ), as initial Servicer (the Servicer, and together with Seller, the “Seller Parties” ),
     (c) Jupiter Securitization Corporation, a Delaware corporation ( “Jupiter” or a “Conduit” ), and Liberty Street Funding Corp., a Delaware corporation ( “Liberty Street” or a “Conduit” ),
     (d) JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., successor by merger to Bank One, NA (Main Office Chicago), a national banking association ( “JPMorgan Chase” ), and its assigns hereunder (collectively, the “Jupiter Committed Purchasers” and, together with Jupiter, the “Jupiter Group” ), and The Bank of Nova Scotia, a Canadian chartered bank acting through its New York Agency ( “Scotiabank” ), and its assigns hereunder (collectively, the “Liberty Street Committed Purchasers” and, together with Liberty Street, the “Liberty Street Group” ),
     (e) JPMorgan Chase, in its capacity as agent for the Jupiter Group (the “Jupiter Agent” or a “Co-Agent” ), and Scotiabank, in its capacity as agent for the Liberty Street Group (the “Liberty Street Agent” or a “Co-Agent” ), and
     (f) JPMorgan Chase, in its capacity as administrative agent for the Jupiter Group, the Liberty Street Group and each Co-Agent (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns hereunder, the “Administrative Agent” and, together with each of the Co-Agents, the “Agents” ),
and amends and restates in its entirety that certain Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 31, 2003, among the parties hereto other than Liberty Street, Scotiabank and the Liberty Street Agent, as heretofore amended from time to time (the “Existing Agreement” ). Unless defined elsewhere herein, capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in Exhibit I.
PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS
     Seller desires to add Liberty Street and Scotiabank as Purchasers under the facility evidenced by the Existing Agreement, and thereafter, to continue to transfer and assign Purchaser Interests for the benefit of the Purchasers from time to time.

 


 

     Each of the Conduits may, in its absolute and sole discretion, direct its applicable Co-Agent to purchase Purchaser Interests from Seller from time to time for the benefit of such Conduit.
     In the event that a Conduit declines to make any purchase through its Co-Agent, the Committed Purchasers in its Group shall, at the request of Seller, direct the applicable Co-Agent to purchase Purchaser Interests on their behalf from time to time.
     JPMorgan Chase has been requested and is willing to act as Jupiter Agent on behalf of the Jupiter Group in accordance with the terms hereof.
     Scotiabank has been requested and is willing to act as Liberty Street Agent on behalf of the Liberty Street Group in accordance with the terms hereof.
     JPMorgan Chase has also been requested and is willing to act as Administrative Agent on behalf of the Groups in accordance with the terms hereof.
     The parties desire to amend and restate in its entirety the Existing Agreement on the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth.
ARTICLE I.
PURCHASE ARRANGEMENTS
     Section 1.1 Purchase Facility .
          (a) Upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereof, Seller may from time to time prior to the Facility Termination Date request that the Groups purchase their respective Percentages of Purchaser Interests offered for sale from time to time by delivering a Purchase Notice to the Co-Agents in accordance with Section 1.2. Upon receipt of a copy of each Purchase Notice from Seller, each of the Co-Agents shall determine whether its Conduit will purchase, its Group’s Percentage of the Purchaser Interest specified in such Purchase Notice, and
     (i) in the event that Jupiter elects not to make its Percentage of such Purchase, the Jupiter Agent shall promptly notify the Seller and, unless the Seller cancels the Purchase Notice, each of the Jupiter Committed Purchasers severally agrees to make its Pro Rata Share of the Jupiter Group’s Percentage of such Purchase on the terms and subject to the conditions hereof, provided that at no time may the aggregate Capital of the Jupiter Group at any one time outstanding exceed the lesser of (A) the aggregate amount of the Jupiter Committed Purchasers’ Commitments divided by 102%, and (B) the Jupiter Group’s Percentage of the Purchase Limit; and

2


 

     (ii) in the event that Liberty Street elects not to make its Percentage of such Purchase, the Liberty Street Agent shall promptly notify the Seller and, unless the Seller cancels its Purchase Notice, each of the Liberty Street Committed Purchasers severally agrees to make its Pro Rata Share of the Liberty Street Group’s Percentage of such Purchase, on the terms and subject to the conditions hereof, provided that at no time may the aggregate Capital of the Liberty Street Group at any one time outstanding exceed the lesser of (A) the aggregate amount of the Liberty Street Committed Purchasers’ Commitments divided by 102%, and (B) the Liberty Street Group’s Percentage of the Purchase Limit.
          (b) Seller may, upon at least thirty (30) Business Days’ notice to the Agents, terminate in whole or reduce in part, ratably between the Groups (and within each Group, ratably amongst the Committed Purchasers therein), the unused portion of the Purchase Limit; provided that each partial reduction of the Purchase Limit shall be in an amount equal to $5,000,000 or a larger integral multiple of $500,000.
     Section 1.2 Increases . Not later than 10:00 a.m. (Chicago time) on the Business Day prior to each Incremental Purchase, Seller shall provide the Co-Agents with notice in the form set forth as Exhibit II hereto of each Incremental Purchase (a “ Purchase Notice ”). Each Purchase Notice shall be subject to Section 6.2 hereof and, except as set forth below, shall be irrevocable and shall specify the requested Purchase Price and each Group’s Percentage thereof (which shall not be less than $1,000,000 in the aggregate), the proposed date of purchase (which shall be a Business Day) and, in the case of an Incremental Purchase to be funded by a Group’s Committed Purchasers, the requested Discount Rate and Tranche Period; provided, however, that in no event shall the aggregate number of Incremental Purchases pursuant to this Section 1.2 exceed two (2) in any calendar week. Following receipt of a Purchase Notice, each of the Co-Agents will determine whether its Conduit agrees to make its Group’s Percentage of such Purchase. If a Conduit declines to make its Percentage of the proposed Purchase (such Conduit being a “ Declining Conduit ”), the applicable Co-Agent shall promptly advise the Seller and the Servicer of such fact, and the Seller may thereupon cancel the Purchase Notice as to all Groups or, in the absence of such a cancellation, the Incremental Purchase of that Group’s Percentage of the applicable Purchaser Interest will be made by the Committed Purchasers in such Group. In addition, Seller may replace the Declining Conduit and its Group by first offering the Declining Conduit’s Group’s rights under, interest in, title to and obligations under this Agreement to the other Conduit’s Group and if the other Conduit’s Group accepts such offer, the Declining Conduit’s Group shall assign all of its rights under, interest in, title to and obligations under this Agreement to the other Conduit’s Group. If such other Conduit’s Group declines such an offer, Seller shall have until the 30th day after the other Conduit’s Group has declined such offer to find another special purpose asset-backed commercial paper conduit having a short-term debt rating of A-1 or better by Standard & Poor’s and P-1 by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (and committed purchasers) to accept an assignment of the Declining Conduit’s Group rights under, interest in, title to and obligations under this Agreement and if Seller finds such a conduit (and committed purchasers), the Declining Conduit’s Group shall assign all of its rights under, interest in, title to and obligations under this Agreement to such other conduit and committed purchasers. If such replacement cannot be found within such period, at Seller’s request, the Declining

3


 

Conduit Group’s Capital shall amortize in accordance with Section 2.2 as if such Group was a Terminating Committed Purchaser’s Group hereunder until such Capital shall be paid in full.
          On the date of each Incremental Purchase, upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions precedent set forth in Article VI , each Conduit or Committed Purchaser, as applicable, shall deposit to an account specified by its Co-Agent, for transfer to an account designated by Seller (or by Servicer on Seller’s behalf), in immediately available funds, no later than 12:00 noon (Chicago time), an amount equal to (i) in the case of a Conduit, its Group’s Percentage of the aggregate Purchase Price of the Purchaser Interests described in such Purchase Notice or (ii) in the case of a Committed Purchaser, such Committed Purchaser’s Pro Rata Share of its Group’s Percentage of the aggregate Purchase Price of such Purchaser Interests. Upon such transfer by a Co-Agent to Seller’s designated account, Seller hereby, without the necessity of further action by any Person, assigns, transfers, sets over and otherwise conveys to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Purchasers providing such funds, the applicable Purchaser Interest.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Liberty Street Agent shall pay, on May 4, 2005, $40,000,000 (the “ Equalization Payment ”) to the Jupiter Agent at the following account: Acct title: Jupiter, Bank One, NA, ABA # 071000013, Acct # 5948118, SWIFT address: FNBCUS44XXX, Funding Contact: Raquel Thompson (312) 732-5366, Reference: Tenneco Automotive RSA, so that (after giving effect to such Equalization Payment and any funding by each Group of any Incremental Purchase to be made on May 4, 2005) each Group’s Percentage of the outstanding Aggregate Capital, after giving effect to any funding of such Incremental Purchase and the addition of the Liberty Street Group provided for herein, equals the amount which would be such Group’s Percentage of the outstanding Aggregate Capital if all Groups (including the Liberty Street Group) funded their respective Group’s Percentage of all Incremental Purchases on or prior to May 4, 2005 (after giving to all payments in respect of the Aggregate Capital outstanding on or prior to May 4, 2005).
     Section 1.3 Decreases. Not later than 12:00 noon (Chicago time) on the Business Day prior to a proposed reduction in Aggregate Capital outstanding, Seller shall provide the Co-Agents with written notice of any reduction requested by the Seller of the Aggregate Capital outstanding (a “ Reduction Notice ”). Such Reduction Notice shall designate (i) the date (the “ Proposed Reduction Date ”) upon which any such reduction of Aggregate Capital shall occur (which date shall be not earlier than one (1) Business Day after the Reduction Notice is given), and (ii) the amount of Aggregate Capital to be reduced (the “ Aggregate Reduction ”), which shall be applied ratably to the Purchaser Interests of each Group in accordance with the amount of Capital owing to each and within each Group, ratably in accordance with the amount of Capital, if any, owing to each member of such Group.
     Section 1.4 Payment Requirements . All amounts to be paid or deposited by a Seller Party pursuant to any provision of this Agreement shall be paid or deposited in accordance with the terms hereof no later than 11:00 a.m. (Chicago time) on the day when due in immediately available funds. If such amounts are payable to the Administrative Agent or a member of the Jupiter Group, they shall be paid for its account to the Jupiter Agent, at 1 Bank One Plaza, Chicago, Illinois 60670 until otherwise notified by the Jupiter Agent (the “Jupiter Group Account” ). If such amounts are payable to the Liberty Street Agent, the Administrative Agent or

4


 

to a member of the Liberty Street Group, they shall be paid to Liberty Street Funding Corp.’s account no. 2158-13 at The Bank of Nova Scotia — New York Agency, in New York, New York, ABA No. 026-002532, until otherwise notified by the Liberty Street Agent or the Administrative Agent (the “Liberty Street Group Account” ). Upon notice to Seller, the Administrative Agent may debit any account of Seller maintained at JPMorgan Chase for all amounts due and payable hereunder. Except for computations of Yield based on the Prime Rate, all computations of Yield, per annum fees calculated as part of any CP Costs, per annum fees hereunder and per annum fees under the Fee Letter shall be made on the basis of a year of 360 days for the actual number of days elapsed. All computations of Yield or Default Fee based on the Prime Rate shall be computed for actual days elapsed on the basis of a year consisting of 365 (or, when appropriate, 366) days. If any amount hereunder shall be payable on a day which is not a Business Day, such amount shall be payable on the next succeeding Business Day.
ARTICLE II.
PAYMENTS AND COLLECTIONS
     Section 2.1 Payments . Notwithstanding any limitation on recourse contained in this Agreement, Seller shall immediately pay to each of the Co-Agents when due, for the account of the relevant Purchaser or Purchasers in its Group, on a full recourse basis: (i) such fees as are set forth in the applicable Fee Letter (which fees shall be sufficient to pay all fees owing to the Committed Purchasers in such Co-Agent’s Group), (ii) all CP Costs owing to such Co-Agent’s Conduit (which shall be due and payable in arrears on Monthly Payment Dates for the Accrual Period then most recently ended), (iii) all amounts payable as Yield to the Committed Purchasers in such Co-Agent’s Group (which shall be due and payable on the last day of the applicable Tranche Period), (iv) such Co-Agent’s Group’s Percentage of all amounts payable as Deemed Collections (which shall be immediately due and payable by Seller and applied to reduce outstanding Aggregate Capital hereunder in accordance with Sections 2.2 and 2.3 hereof), (v) such Co-Agent’s Group’s Percentage of all amounts payable to reduce the aggregate Capital of the Purchaser Interests, if required, pursuant to Section 2.6, (vi) such Co-Agent’s Group’s share of all amounts payable pursuant to Article X, if any, (vii) such Co-Agent’s Group’s share of all Broken Funding Costs and (viii) such Co-Agent’s Group’s Percentage of all Default Fees (all of the foregoing in clauses (i)-(viii), collectively, the “Recourse Obligations” ). If Seller fails to pay any of the Recourse Obligations when due: (a) a Settlement Date shall occur, and (b) Seller agrees to pay, on demand, the Default Fee on the unpaid portion of such Recourse Obligation until paid in full. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no provision of this Agreement or the Fee Letter shall require the payment or permit the collection of any amounts hereunder in excess of the maximum permitted by applicable law. If at any time Seller receives any Collections or is deemed to receive any Collections, Seller shall immediately pay such Collections or Deemed Collections to the Servicer for application in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof and, at all times prior to such payment, such Collections or Deemed Collections shall be held in trust by Seller for the exclusive benefit of the Purchasers and the Agents.
     Section 2.2 Collections Prior to Amortization . Prior to the Amortization Date, any Collections and/or Deemed Collections received by the Servicer shall be set aside and held in trust by the Servicer for the payment of any accrued and unpaid Aggregate Unpaids, for a

5


 

Reinvestment as provided in this Section 2.2 or to reduce the Aggregate Capital outstanding in accordance with Section 1.3. If at any time any Collections are received by the Servicer prior to the Amortization Date: (i) the Servicer shall set aside the Termination Percentage (hereinafter defined) of Collections allocable to each Terminating Committed Purchaser’s Group and (ii) Seller hereby requests, and the Purchasers (other than any Terminating Committed Purchasers) in each Group are hereby deemed to make, simultaneously with such receipt, a reinvestment (each a “Reinvestment” ) with each Group’s Percentage of each and every Collection received by the Servicer that is part of any Purchaser Interest (other than the Termination Percentage of any Collections allocable to each Terminating Committed Purchaser’s Group and Collections set aside to reduce the Aggregate Capital outstanding in accordance with Section 1.3), such that after giving effect to such Reinvestment, the amount of Capital of such Purchaser Interest immediately after such receipt and corresponding Reinvestment shall be equal to the amount of Capital immediately prior to such receipt. On each Settlement Date prior to the occurrence of the Amortization Date, the Servicer shall remit to the applicable Co-Agent’s account specified in Section 1.4 such Co-Agent’s Group’s Percentage of the amounts set aside during the period since the prior Settlement Date that have not been subject to a Reinvestment or used for an Aggregate Reduction pursuant to Section 1.3 and apply such amounts (if not previously paid in accordance with Section 2.1): first, to reduce unpaid CP Costs, Yield and other Recourse Obligations, if any, that are then due and owing to the members of such Group, and second, to reduce the Capital of all Purchaser Interests of Terminating Committed Purchasers in such Group, applied ratably to each such Terminating Committed Purchaser according to its respective Termination Percentage. If any Group’s Capital, CP Costs, Yield and other Recourse Obligations shall be reduced to zero, such Group’s Percentage of any additional Collections received by the Servicer (i) if applicable, shall be remitted to the Agent’s account no later than 11:00 a.m. (Chicago time) to the extent required to fund such Group’s Percentage of any Aggregate Reduction on such Settlement Date and (ii) any balance remaining thereafter shall be remitted from the Servicer to Seller on such Settlement Date. Each Terminating Committed Purchaser shall be allocated a ratable portion of Collections from the date of any assignment by Conduit pursuant to Section 13.6 (the “Termination Date” ) until such Terminating Committed Purchaser’s Capital shall be paid in full. This ratable portion shall be calculated on the Termination Date of each Terminating Committed Purchaser as a percentage equal to (i) Capital of such Terminating Committed Purchaser outstanding on its Termination Date, divided by (ii) the Aggregate Capital outstanding on such Termination Date (the “Termination Percentage” ). Each Terminating Committed Purchaser’s Termination Percentage shall remain constant prior to the Amortization Date. On and after the Amortization Date, each Termination Percentage shall be disregarded, and each Terminating Committed Purchaser’s Capital thereafter shall be reduced ratably with all Committed Purchasers in accordance with Section 2.3.
     Section 2.3 Collections Following Amortization . On the Amortization Date and on each day thereafter, the Servicer shall set aside and hold in trust, for the applicable Purchasers in each Group, the applicable Group’s Percentage of all Collections received on each such day and an additional amount for the payment of any accrued and unpaid Recourse Obligations owed by Seller and not previously paid by Seller in accordance with Section 2.1. On and after the Amortization Date, the Servicer shall, upon the request from time to time by (or pursuant to standing instructions from) the Administrative Agent or pursuant to Section 1.3 (i) remit to each Co-Agent’s account specified in Section 1.4, such Co-Agent’s Group’s Percentage of the

6


 

amounts set aside pursuant to the preceding sentence, and (ii) apply such amounts to reduce such Group’s Capital associated with each such Purchaser Interest and any other Aggregate Unpaids owing to such Group.
     Section 2.4 Application of Collections . If there shall be insufficient funds on deposit for the Servicer to distribute funds in payment in full of the aforementioned amounts pursuant to Section 2.2 or 2.3 (as applicable), the Servicer shall distribute funds in the following order of priority:
      first, to the Servicer, in payment of the Servicer’s reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses in connection with servicing, administering and collecting the Receivables, including the Servicing Fee, if Seller or one of its Affiliates is not then acting as the Servicer,
      second, (i) to the Administrative Agent in reimbursement of its reasonable costs of collection and enforcement of this Agreement on behalf of the Purchasers and (ii) to the Agents, in reimbursement of reasonable fees and expenses of a common legal counsel, or if such common legal counsel determines that it cannot continue representation due to a business or ethical conflict, separate legal counsel, representing Agents in connection with such collection and enforcement,
      third, to each of the Co-Agents, ratably in accordance with its Group’s respective Percentage, in payment of all accrued and unpaid fees under the Fee Letter, CP Costs and Yield when and as due (to be shared ratably amongst the Purchasers in each Group in accordance with their respective shares thereof),
      fourth, to each of the Co-Agents, ratably in accordance with its Group’s respective Percentage, in reduction (if applicable) of its Group’s Capital (to be shared ratably amongst the Purchasers in each Group in accordance with their respective shares thereof),
      fifth, to each of the Co-Agents, ratably in accordance with its Group’s respective Percentage, in ratable payment of all other unpaid Recourse Obligations owing to such Group,
      sixth, in payment of the Servicer’s costs and expenses in connection with servicing, administering and collecting the Receivables, including the Servicing Fee, if Seller or one of its Affiliates is then acting as the Servicer, and
      seventh, after the Aggregate Unpaids have been indefeasibly reduced to zero, to Seller.
     Section 2.5 Payment Rescission . No payment of any of the Aggregate Unpaids shall be considered paid or applied hereunder to the extent that, at any time, all or any portion of such payment or application is rescinded by application of law or judicial authority, or must otherwise be returned or refunded for any reason. Seller shall remain obligated for the amount of any payment or application so rescinded, returned or refunded, and shall promptly pay to each applicable Co-Agent (for application to the Person or Persons who suffered such rescission,

7


 

return or refund) the full amount thereof, plus the Default Fee from the date of any such rescission, return or refunding.
     Section 2.6 Maximum Purchaser Interests . Seller shall ensure that the Purchaser Interests of the Purchasers do not exceed in the aggregate 100%. If the aggregate of the Purchaser Interests of the Purchasers exceeds 100%, Seller shall determine the amount that must be applied to the reduction of Capital of the Purchaser Interests to eliminate such excess (the “Mandatory Reduction Amount” ), and Seller shall pay, from funds available to Seller under Sections 2.2 and 2.3, to each of the Co-Agents, not later than the next Business Day, its Group’s respective Percentage of the Mandatory Reduction Amount for distribution to the Purchasers in such Group ratably in accordance with their respective amounts of Capital outstanding.
     Section 2.7 Clean Up Call . Servicer shall have the right (after providing Agents with not less than two (2) Business Days’ prior written notice), at any time following the reduction of the Aggregate Capital to a level that is less than 10.0% of the original Purchase Limit, to purchase from the Purchasers to the extent of available Collections for this purpose, all, but not less than all, of the then outstanding Purchaser Interests. The aggregate purchase price in respect thereof shall be an amount equal to the Aggregate Unpaids through the date of such repurchase, payable in immediately available funds. Such repurchase shall be without representation, warranty or recourse of any kind by, on the part of, or against any Purchaser or any Agent.
ARTICLE III.
CONDUIT FUNDING
     Section 3.1 CP Costs . Seller shall pay CP Costs with respect to the Capital funded by Conduit for each day that any Capital in respect of such Purchaser Interest is outstanding. Capital funded by a Conduit substantially with Pooled Commercial Paper will accrue CP Costs each day on a pro rata basis, based upon the percentage share such Capital represents in relation to all assets held by such Conduit and funded substantially with related Pooled Commercial Paper.
     Section 3.2 CP Costs Payments . On each Monthly Payment Date, Seller shall pay to each Co-Agent (for the benefit of its Conduit) an aggregate amount equal to all accrued and unpaid CP Costs in respect of all Capital of such Conduit for the immediately preceding Accrual Period in accordance with Article II.
     Section 3.3 Calculation of CP Costs . Not later than the 5 th Business Day of each month hereafter, each Conduit shall calculate the aggregate amount of CP Costs of such Conduit owing to it for the applicable Accrual Period and shall notify Seller of such aggregate amount.
ARTICLE IV.
COMMITTED PURCHASER FUNDING
     Section 4.1 Committed Purchaser Funding . Capital funded by the Committed Purchasers in a Group shall accrue Yield for each day during each Tranche Period at either the

8


 

LIBO Rate, the Transaction Rate or the Prime Rate in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof. Until Seller gives notice to the applicable Co-Agent of another Discount Rate in accordance with Section 4.4, the initial Discount Rate for any interest in a Purchaser Interest transferred to the Committed Purchasers in a Group by the applicable Conduit pursuant to the terms and conditions of any Liquidity Agreement shall be the Prime Rate. If the Committed Purchasers in a Group acquire by assignment from the applicable Conduit any interest in a Purchaser Interest pursuant to a Liquidity Agreement, Capital allocable to each interest so assigned shall each be deemed to have a new Tranche Period commencing on the date of any such assignment.
     Section 4.2 Yield Payments . On the last day of each Tranche Period for each portion of Capital funded by the Committed Purchasers in a Group, Seller shall pay to the applicable Co-Agent (for the benefit of the Committed Purchasers in its Group) an aggregate amount equal to the accrued and unpaid Yield for the entire Tranche Period of each such portion of Capital in accordance with Article II.
     Section 4.3 Selection and Continuation of Tranche Periods .
          (a) With consultation from (and approval by) the applicable Co-Agent, Seller shall from time to time request Tranche Periods for Capital funded by the Committed Purchasers in each Group.
          (b) Seller or the applicable Co-Agent, upon notice to and consent by the other received at least three (3) Business Days prior to the end of a Tranche Period (the “Terminating Tranche” ) for any portion of Capital, may, effective on the last day of the Terminating Tranche: (i) divide any such portion of Capital into multiple portions, (ii) combine any such portion of Capital with one or more other portions that have a Terminating Tranche ending on the same day as such Terminating Tranche or (iii) combine any such portion of Capital with a new interest in the Purchaser Interests to be purchased on the day such Terminating Tranche ends, provided that in no event may any portion of Capital of a Conduit be combined with any portion of Capital of its Committed Purchasers.
     Section 4.4 Committed Purchaser Discount Rates . Seller may select the LIBO Rate, the Transaction Rate or the Prime Rate for each portion of Capital of the Committed Purchasers in each Group. Seller shall by 11:00 a.m. (Chicago time): (i) at least three (3) Business Days prior to the expiration of any Terminating Tranche with respect to which the LIBO Rate is being requested as a new Discount Rate and (ii) at least one (1) Business Day prior to the expiration of any Terminating Tranche with respect to which the Prime Rate or the Transaction Rate is being requested as a new Discount Rate, give the applicable Co-Agent irrevocable notice of the new Discount Rate for the portion of Capital of its Group associated with such Terminating Tranche. Until Seller gives notice to the applicable Co-Agent of another Discount Rate, the initial Discount Rate for any Purchaser Interest transferred to the Committed Purchasers pursuant to the terms and conditions of any Liquidity Agreement shall be the Prime Rate.
     Section 4.5 Suspension of the LIBO Rate .
          (a) If prior to the first day of any Tranche Period:

9


 

     (i) the applicable Co-Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive and binding on Seller) that, by reason of circumstances affecting the relevant market, adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the LIBO Rate for such Tranche Period, or
     (ii) the applicable Co-Agent shall have received notice from Committed Purchasers holding Commitments in excess of 50% of the aggregate of all Commitments in such Co-Agent’s Group that the LIBO Rate determined for such Tranche Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost of acquiring or maintaining a Purchaser Interest at such LIBO Rate,
such Co-gent shall give fax or telephonic notice thereto to Seller and the relevant Committed Purchasers as soon as practicable thereafter. If such notice is given (A) any Capital funded by the Committed Purchasers in such Group requested to accrue Yield at a LIBO Rate as of the first day of such Tranche Period shall instead accrue Yield at the Prime Rate, (B) any Capital funded by the Committed Purchasers in such Group that is already accruing Yield at a LIBO Rate shall, after the last day of such Tranche Period, accrue Yield at the Prime Rate, and (C) until such notice is withdrawn, Seller shall not request that Yield accrue at a LIBO Rate on any further Purchaser Interests of such Group.
          (b) If less than all of the Committed Purchasers in a Group give a notice to the applicable Co-Agent pursuant to Section 4.5(a)(ii), each Committed Purchaser in such Group which gave such a notice shall be obliged, at the request of Seller, Conduit or such Co-Agent, to assign all of its rights and obligations hereunder to (i) another Committed Purchaser or (ii) another funding entity nominated by Seller or the applicable Co-Agent that is acceptable to such Conduit and willing to participate in this Agreement through the Liquidity Termination Date in the place of such notifying Committed Purchaser; provided that (i) the notifying Committed Purchaser receives payment in full, pursuant to an Assignment Agreement, of an amount equal to such notifying Committed Purchaser’s Pro Rata Share of the Capital and Yield owing to all of the Committed Purchasers in such Group and all accrued but unpaid fees and other costs and expenses payable in respect of its Pro Rata Share of the Purchaser Interests of the Committed Purchasers in such Group, and (ii) the replacement Committed Purchaser otherwise satisfies the requirements of Section 12.1(b).
     Section 4.6 Liquidity Agreement Fundings . The parties hereto acknowledge that each Conduit may assign all or any portion of its Purchaser Interests to the Committed Purchasers in its Group at any time pursuant to its Liquidity Agreement to finance or refinance the necessary portion of its Purchaser Interests through a funding under such Liquidity Agreement to the extent available. The fundings under each Liquidity Agreement will accrue Yield in accordance with this Article IV. Regardless of whether a funding of Purchaser Interests by Committed Purchasers constitutes the direct purchase of an interest in Purchaser Interests hereunder, an assignment under the applicable Liquidity Agreement of an interest in Purchaser Interests originally funded by a Conduit or the sale of one or more participations or other interests under such Liquidity Agreement of an interest in a Purchaser Interest originally funded by a Conduit, each Committed Purchaser participating in a funding of an interest in Purchaser Interests shall have the rights and obligations of a “Purchaser” hereunder with the same force and effect as if it had directly purchased such interest from Seller hereunder.

10


 

ARTICLE V.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
     Section 5.1 Representations and Warranties of the Seller Parties . Each Seller Party hereby represents and warrants to the Agents and the Purchasers, as to itself, as of the date hereof and as of the date of each Incremental Purchase and the date of each Reinvestment that:
          (a)  Corporate Existence and Power . Such Seller Party is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Delaware and no other state or jurisdiction, and such jurisdiction must maintain a public record showing the organization to have been organized. Such Seller Party is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation, and has and holds all corporate power and all governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals required to carry on its business in each jurisdiction in which its business is conducted except where the failure to so qualify or so hold could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          (b)  Power and Authority; Due Authorization, Execution and Delivery . The execution and delivery by such Seller Party of this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party, and the performance of its obligations hereunder and thereunder and, in the case of Seller, Seller’s use of the proceeds of purchases made hereunder, are within its corporate powers and authority and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on its part. This Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which such Seller Party is a party has been duly executed and delivered by such Seller Party.
          (c)  No Conflict . The execution and delivery by such Seller Party of this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party, and the performance of its obligations hereunder and thereunder do not contravene or violate (i) its certificate or articles of incorporation or by-laws, (ii) any law, rule or regulation applicable to it, (iii) any restrictions under any agreement, contract or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound, or (iv) any order, writ, judgment, award, injunction or decree binding on or affecting it or its property, and do not result in the creation or imposition of any Adverse Claim on assets of such Seller Party or its Subsidiaries (except as created hereunder) except, in any case, where such contravention or violation could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and no transaction contemplated hereby requires compliance with any bulk sales act or similar law.
          (d)  Governmental Authorization . Other than the filing of the financing statements required hereunder, no authorization or approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any governmental authority or regulatory body is required for the due execution and delivery by such Seller Party of this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party and the performance of its obligations hereunder and thereunder.
          (e)  Actions, Suits . There are no actions, suits or proceedings pending, or to the best of such Seller Party’s knowledge, threatened, against or affecting such Seller Party, or any of its properties, in or before any court, arbitrator or other body, that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

11


 

          (f) Binding Effect . This Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which such Seller Party is a party constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of such Seller Party enforceable against such Seller Party in accordance with their respective terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).
          (g) Accuracy of Information . All information heretofore furnished by such Seller Party or any of its Affiliates to the Agents or the Purchasers for purposes of or in connection with this Agreement, any of the other Transaction Documents or any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby is, and all such information hereafter furnished by such Seller Party or any of its Affiliates to the Agents or the Purchasers will be, true and accurate in every material respect on the date such information is stated or certified and does not and will not contain any material misstatement of fact or omit to state a material fact or any fact necessary to make the statements contained therein, taken as a whole, not misleading.
          (h) Use of Proceeds . No proceeds of any purchase hereunder will be used (i) for a purpose that violates, or would be inconsistent with, Regulation T, U or X promulgated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System from time to time or (ii) to acquire any security in any transaction which is subject to Section 12, 13 or 14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
          (i) Good Title . Immediately prior to each purchase hereunder, Seller shall be the legal and beneficial owner of the Receivables and Related Security with respect thereto, free and clear of any Adverse Claim, except as created by the Transaction Documents. There have been duly filed all financing statements or other similar instruments or documents necessary under the UCC (or any comparable law) of all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect Seller’s ownership interest in each Receivable, its Collections and the Related Security.
          (j) Perfection . This Agreement, together with the filing of the financing statements contemplated hereby, is effective to, and shall, upon each purchase hereunder, transfer to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the relevant Purchaser or Purchasers (and the Administrative Agent for the benefit of such Purchaser or Purchasers shall acquire from Seller) a valid and perfected first priority undivided percentage ownership or security interest in each Receivable existing or hereafter arising and in the Related Security and Collections with respect thereto, free and clear of any Adverse Claim, except as created by the Transactions Documents. There have been duly filed all financing statements or other similar instruments or documents necessary under the UCC (or any comparable law) of all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect the Administrative Agent’s (on behalf of the Purchasers) ownership or security interest in the Receivables, the Related Security and the Collections. Such Seller Party’s jurisdiction of organization is a jurisdiction whose law generally requires information concerning the existence of a nonpossessory security interest to be made generally available in a filing, record or registration system as a condition or result of such a security interest’s obtaining priority over the rights of a lien creditor which respect to collateral.
          (k) Places of Business and Locations of Records . The principal places of business and chief executive office of such Seller Party and the offices where it keeps all of its

12


 

Records are located at the address(es) listed on Exhibit III or such other locations of which the Administrative Agent has been notified in accordance with Section 7.2(a) in jurisdictions where all action required by Section 14.4(a) has been taken and completed. Seller’s Federal Employer Identification Number is correctly set forth on Exhibit III.
          (l) Collections . The conditions and requirements set forth in Section 7.1(j) and Section 8.2 have at all times been satisfied and duly performed. The names and addresses of all Collection Banks, together with the account numbers of the Collection Accounts of Seller at each Collection Bank and the post office box number of each Lock-Box, are listed on Exhibit IV. Seller has not granted any Person, other than the Administrative Agent as contemplated by this Agreement, dominion and control of any Lock-Box or Collection Account, or the right to take dominion and control of any such Lock-Box or Collection Account at a future time or upon the occurrence of a future event.
          (m) Material Adverse Effect . (i) The initial Servicer represents and warrants that since December 31, 2004, no event has occurred that would have a material adverse effect on the financial condition or operations of the initial Servicer and its Subsidiaries or the ability of the initial Servicer to perform its obligations under this Agreement, and (ii) Seller represents and warrants that since the date of this Agreement, no event has occurred that would have a material adverse effect on (A) the financial condition or operations of Seller, (B) the ability of Seller to perform its obligations under the Transaction Documents, or (C) the collectibility of the Receivables generally or any material portion of the Receivables.
          (n) Names . The name in which Seller has executed this Agreement is identical to the name of Seller as indicated on the public record of its state of organization which shows Seller to have been organized. In the past five (5) years, Seller has not used any corporate names, trade names or assumed names other than the name in which it has executed this Agreement and the names set forth on Exhibit VI hereto.
          (o) Ownership of Seller . Tenneco Operating owns, directly or indirectly, 100% of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Seller. Such capital stock is validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and there are no options, warrants or other rights to acquire securities of Seller.
          (p) Not a Holding Company or an Investment Company . Such Seller Party is not a “holding company” or a “subsidiary holding company” of a “holding company” within the meaning of the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, as amended, or any successor statute. Such Seller Party is not an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or any successor statute.
          (q) Compliance with Law . Such Seller Party has complied in all respects with all applicable laws, rules, regulations, orders, writs, judgments, injunctions, decrees or awards to which it may be subject, except where the failure to so comply could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each Receivable, together with the Contract related thereto, does not contravene any laws, rules or regulations applicable thereto (including, without limitation, laws, rules and regulations relating to truth in lending, fair credit billing, fair credit reporting, equal credit opportunity, fair debt collection practices and privacy), and no part of

13


 

such Contract is in violation of any such law, rule or regulation, except where such contravention or violation could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          (r) Compliance with Credit and Collection Policy . Such Seller Party has complied with the Credit and Collection Policy with regard to each Receivable and in all material respects with the related Contract, and has not made any change to such Credit and Collection Policy, except such change as to which the Administrative Agent has been notified in accordance with Section 7.1(a)(vii).
          (s) Payments to the Applicable Originator . With respect to each Receivable transferred to Seller under a Receivables Sale Agreement by the applicable Originator, Seller has given reasonably equivalent value to such Originator in consideration therefor and such transfer was not made for or on account of an antecedent debt. No transfer by any Originator of any Receivable under its Receivables Sale Agreement is or may be voidable under any section of the Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978 (11 U.S.C. §§ 101 et seq. ), as amended.
          (t) Enforceability of Contracts . Each Contract with respect to each Receivable is effective to create, and has created, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the related Obligor to pay the Outstanding Balance of the Receivable created thereunder and any accrued interest thereon, enforceable against the Obligor in accordance with its terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).
          (u) Eligible Receivables . Each Receivable included in the Net Receivables Balance as an Eligible Receivable on the date of its purchase under the applicable Receivables Sale Agreement was an Eligible Receivable on such purchase date.
          (v) Net Receivables Balance . Seller has determined that, immediately after giving effect to each purchase hereunder, the Net Receivables Balance is at least equal to the sum of (i) the Aggregate Capital, plus (ii) the Aggregate Reserves.
          (w) Accounting . The manner in which such Seller Party accounts for the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the applicable Receivables Sale Agreement does not jeopardize the true sale analysis.
     Section 5.2 Committed Purchaser Representations and Warranties . Each Committed Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to its applicable Co-Agent, its Conduit, the Administrative Agent and the Seller Parties that:
          (a) Existence and Power . Such Committed Purchaser is a corporation or a banking association duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization, and has all corporate power to perform its obligations hereunder.
          (b) No Conflict . The execution and delivery by such Committed Purchaser of this Agreement and the performance of its obligations hereunder are within its corporate powers, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, do not contravene or violate (i) its

14


 

certificate or articles of incorporation or association or by-laws, (ii) any law, rule or regulation applicable to it, (iii) any restrictions under any agreement, contract or instrument to which it is a party or any of its property is bound, or (iv) any order, writ, judgment, award, injunction or decree binding on or affecting it or its property, and do not result in the creation or imposition of any Adverse Claim on its assets. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Committed Purchaser.
          (c) Governmental Authorization . No authorization or approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any governmental authority or regulatory body is required for the due execution and delivery by such Committed Purchaser of this Agreement and the performance of its obligations hereunder.
          (d) Binding Effect . This Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Committed Purchaser enforceable against such Committed Purchaser in accordance with its terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).
ARTICLE VI.
CONDITIONS OF PURCHASES
     Section 6.1 Conditions Precedent to Amendment and Restatement . The effectiveness of the amendment and restatement evidenced hereby is subject to the conditions precedent that (a) the Administrative Agent shall have received on or before the date of such purchase those documents listed on Schedule B and (b) each of the Agents shall have received all fees and expenses required to be paid on such date pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and the Fee Letter.
     Section 6.2 Conditions Precedent to All Purchases and Reinvestments . Each purchase of a Purchaser Interest and each Reinvestment shall be subject to the further conditions precedent that (a) the Servicer shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date of such purchase or Reinvestment, in form and substance satisfactory to the Agents, all Settlement Reports as and when due under Section 8.5; (b) the Facility Termination Date shall not have occurred; (c) each of the Agents shall have received such other approvals, opinions or documents as it may reasonably request, provided, however , that no Co-Agent shall request additional approvals, opinions or documents pursuant to this Section unless mandated by Standard & Poor’s or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or unless there has been a change in applicable law; and (d) on the date of each such Incremental Purchase or Reinvestment, the following statements shall be true (and acceptance of the proceeds of such Incremental Purchase or Reinvestment shall be deemed a representation and warranty by Seller that such statements are then true):
               (i) the representations and warranties set forth in Section 5.1 excluding, in the case of any Reinvestment, Section 5.1(e) (except as it relates to a Material Adverse Effect of the of the type described in clause (iii) of the definition of such term ) or

15


 

Section 5.1(m), are true and correct on and as of the date of such Incremental Purchase or Reinvestment as though made on and as of such date;
               (ii) no event has occurred and is continuing, or would result from such Incremental Purchase or Reinvestment, that will constitute (A) in the case of an Incremental Purchase, an Amortization Event or an Unmatured Amortization Event and (B) in the case of a Reinvestment, an Amortization Event; and
               (iii) the Aggregate Capital does not exceed the Purchase Limit and the aggregate Purchaser Interests do not exceed 100%.
It is expressly understood that each Reinvestment shall, unless otherwise directed by the applicable Co-Agent or Purchaser, occur automatically on each day that the Servicer shall receive any Collections without the requirement that any further action be taken on the part of any Person and notwithstanding the failure of Seller to satisfy any of the foregoing conditions precedent in respect of such Reinvestment. The failure of Seller to satisfy any of the foregoing conditions precedent in respect of any Reinvestment shall give rise to a right of the Co-Agents, which right may be exercised at any time on demand of the Co-Agents, acting together, to rescind the related purchase and direct Seller to pay to each Co-Agent for the benefit of the Purchasers in its Group an amount equal to such Group’s Percentage of the Collections prior to the Amortization Date that shall have been applied to the affected Reinvestment.
ARTICLE VII.
COVENANTS
     Section 7.1 Affirmative Covenants of the Seller Parties . Until the date on which the Aggregate Unpaids have been indefeasibly paid in full and this Agreement terminates in accordance with its terms, each Seller Party hereby covenants, as to itself, as set forth below:
          (a) Financial Reporting . Such Seller Party will maintain, for itself and each of its Subsidiaries, a system of accounting established and administered in accordance with GAAP, and furnish or cause to be furnished to the Co-Agents:
               (i)  Annual Reporting . (A) As soon as available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of Performance Guarantor, a copy of the audited consolidated balance sheet of Performance Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such year and the related audited consolidated statements of income and of cash flows (or such other similar or additional statement then requested by the SEC for annual reports filed pursuant to the Exchange Act) for the such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year, reported on without a “going concern” or like qualification or exception, or qualification arising out of the scope of the audit, or other material qualification of exception, by independent public accountants of nationally recognized standing, and (B) as soon as available, but in any event within 105 days after the end of each fiscal year of Seller, a copy of the unaudited balance sheet of Seller as at the end of such year and the related unaudited statements of income and of cash flows for the such year, setting forth, in each case, in

16


 

comparative form the figures for the previous year, if applicable, certified by an Authorized Officer of Seller.
               (ii)  Quarterly Reporting . (A) As soon as available, but in any event not later than 45 days after the end of each of the first three quarterly periods of each fiscal year of Performance Guarantor, the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of Performance Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such quarter and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income and of cash flows (or such other or similar or additional statement then required by the SEC for quarterly reports filed pursuant to the Exchange Act) for such quarter and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such quarter, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year, certified by Performance Guarantor’s chief executive officer, president or chief financial officer, and (B) as soon as available, but in any event not later than 60 days after the end of each of the first three quarterly periods of each fiscal year of Seller, analogous unconsolidated unaudited statements for Seller, certified by an Authorized Officer of Seller.
               (iii)  Compliance Certificate . Together with the financial statements required hereunder, a compliance certificate in substantially the form of Exhibit V signed by an Authorized Officer of Performance Guarantor or Seller, as applicable, and dated the date of such annual financial statement or such quarterly financial statement, as the case may be.
               (iv)  Shareholders Statements and Reports . Promptly upon the furnishing thereof to the shareholders of such Seller Party copies of all financial statements, reports and proxy statements so furnished.
               (v)  S.E.C. Filings . Within 60 days after the end of each of the first three (3) fiscal quarters of Performance Guarantor, a narrative discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations of Performance Guarantor and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal quarter and for the period from the beginning of the then current fiscal year to the end of such fiscal quarter, as compared to the comparable periods of the previous year (or such other or similar additional statement then required by the SEC for quarterly reports filed pursuant to the Exchange Act); and within five days after the same are filed, copies of all financial statements and reports that Performance Guarantor may make to, or file with, the SEC.
               (vi)  Copies of Notices . Promptly upon its receipt of any notice, request for consent, financial statements, certification, report or other communication under or in connection with any Transaction Document from any Person other than one of the Agents or Purchasers, copies of the same.
               (vii)  Change in Credit and Collection Policy . At least thirty (30) days prior to the effectiveness of any material change in or material amendment to the Credit and Collection Policy, a copy of the Credit and Collection Policy then in effect and a notice (A) indicating such change or amendment, and (B) if such proposed change or amendment would be reasonably likely to adversely affect the collectibility of the Receivables or decrease the credit quality of any newly created Receivables, requesting the Agents’ consent thereto.

17


 

               (viii)  Other Information . Promptly, from time to time, such other information, documents, records or reports relating to the Receivables or the condition or operations, financial or otherwise, of such Seller Party as any Agent may from time to time reasonably request in order to protect the interests of the Agents and the Purchasers under or as contemplated by this Agreement.
          (b) Notices . Such Seller Party will notify the Agents in writing of any of the following promptly upon learning of the occurrence thereof, describing the same and, if applicable, the steps being taken with respect thereto:
               (i)  Amortization Events or Potential Amortization Events . The occurrence of each Amortization Event and each Potential Amortization Event, by a statement of an Authorized Officer of such Seller Party.
               (ii)  Judgment and Proceedings . (A) (1) The entry against the Performance Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Seller) of one or more judgments or decrees involving in the aggregate for the Performance Guarantor and such Subsidiaries a liability (not paid or fully covered by insurance as to which the relevant insurance company has acknowledged coverage) of $75,000,000 or more, and (2) the institution of any litigation, arbitration proceeding or governmental proceeding against the Performance Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Seller) which, if adversely determined, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (B) the entry of any judgment or decree or the institution of any litigation, arbitration proceeding or governmental proceeding against Seller.
               (iii)  Material Adverse Effect . The occurrence of any event or condition that has had, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.
               (iv)  Purchase Termination Date . The occurrence of the “Purchase Termination Date” under and as defined in any Receivables Sale Agreement.
               (v)  Defaults Under Other Agreements . The occurrence of a default or an event of default under any other financing arrangement pursuant to which such Seller Party is a debtor or an obligor.
               (vi)  Downgrade of Tenneco Automotive . Any downgrade in the rating of any Indebtedness of Tenneco Automotive by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Service, a division of the McGraw-Hill Companies, or by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., setting forth the Indebtedness affected and the nature of such change.
          (c) Compliance with Laws and Preservation of Corporate Existence . Such Seller Party will comply in all respects with all applicable laws, rules, regulations, orders, writs, judgments, injunctions, decrees or awards to which it may be subject, except where the failure to so comply could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Such Seller Party will preserve and maintain its corporate existence, rights, franchises and privileges in the jurisdiction of its incorporation, and qualify and remain qualified in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction where its business is conducted.

18


 

          (d) Audits . Such Seller Party will furnish to the Agents from time to time such information with respect to it and the Receivables as any Agent may reasonably request. Such Seller Party will, from time to time during regular business hours as requested by the Agents, acting together, upon reasonable notice and at the sole cost of such Seller Party, permit a single firm acting for both Co-Agents: (i) to examine and make copies of and abstracts from all Records in the possession or under the control of such Person relating to the Receivables and the Related Security, including, without limitation, the related Contracts, and (ii) to visit the offices and properties of such Person for the purpose of examining such materials described in clause (i) above, and to discuss matters relating to such Person’s financial condition or the Receivables and the Related Security or any Person’s performance under any of the Transaction Documents or any Person’s performance under the Contracts and, in each case, with any of the officers or employees of Seller or the Servicer having knowledge of such matters (the procedures described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) are referred to herein as an “Audit” ); provided, however, that Audits shall be limited to not more than two per calendar year so long as (i) no Amortization Event has occurred and is continuing and (ii) the immediately preceding Audit was satisfactory to the Agents in all material respects.
          (e) Keeping and Marking of Records and Books .
               (i) The Servicer will maintain and implement administrative and operating procedures (including, without limitation, an ability to recreate records evidencing Receivables in the event of the destruction of the originals thereof), and keep and maintain all documents, books, records and other information reasonably necessary or advisable for the collection of all Receivables (including, without limitation, records adequate to permit the immediate identification of each new Receivable and all Collections of and adjustments to each existing Receivable). The Servicer will give the Agents notice of any material change in the administrative and operating procedures referred to in the previous sentence.
               (ii) Such Seller Party will: (A) on or prior to the date hereof, mark its master data processing records and other books and records relating to the Purchaser Interests with a legend, acceptable to the Administrative Agent, describing the Purchaser Interests and (B) upon the request of the Administrative Agent following the occurrence and during the continuance of any Amortization Event: (x) mark each Contract constituting an instrument or chattel paper with a legend describing the Purchaser Interests and (y) deliver to the Administrative Agent all Contracts (including, without limitation, all multiple originals of any such Contract) relating to the Receivables.
          (f) Compliance with Contracts and Credit and Collection Policy . Such Seller Party will timely and fully (i) perform and comply with all material provisions, covenants and other promises required to be observed by it under the Contracts related to the Receivables, and (ii) comply in all respects with the Credit and Collection Policy in regard to each Receivable and the related Contract.
          (g) Performance and Enforcement of Receivables Sale Agreement . Seller will, and will require the applicable Originator to, perform each of their respective obligations and undertakings under and pursuant to the applicable Receivables Sale Agreement, will purchase Receivables thereunder in strict compliance with the terms thereof and will vigorously

19


 

enforce the rights and remedies accorded to Seller under such Receivables Sale Agreement. Seller will take all actions to perfect and enforce its rights and interests (and the rights and interests of the Agents and the Purchasers as assignees of Seller) under the Receivables Sale Agreements as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request, including, without limitation, making claims to which it may be entitled under any indemnity, reimbursement or similar provision contained in the Receivables Sale Agreements.
          (h) Ownership . Seller will, and will require the Originators to, take all necessary action to (i) vest legal and equitable title to the Receivables, the Related Security and the Collections purchased under the Receivables Sale Agreements irrevocably in Seller, free and clear of any Adverse Claims other than Adverse Claims in favor of the Agents and the Purchasers (including, without limitation, the filing of all financing statements or other similar instruments or documents necessary under the UCC (or any comparable law) of all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect Seller’s interest in such Receivables, Related Security and Collections and such other action to perfect, protect or more fully evidence the interest of Seller therein as any Agent may reasonably request), and (ii) establish and maintain, in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Purchasers, a valid and perfected first priority undivided percentage ownership interest (and/or a valid and perfected first priority security interest) in all Receivables, Related Security and Collections to the full extent contemplated herein, free and clear of any Adverse Claims other than Adverse Claims in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Purchasers (including, without limitation, the filing of all financing statements or other similar instruments or documents necessary under the UCC (or any comparable law) of all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect the Administrative Agent’s (for the benefit of the Purchasers) interest in such Receivables, Related Security and Collections and such other action to perfect, protect or more fully evidence the interest of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Purchasers as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request).
          (i) Purchasers’ Reliance . Seller acknowledges that the Purchasers are entering into the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in reliance upon Seller’s identity as a legal entity that is separate from each of the Tenneco Automotive Entities. Therefore, from and after the date of execution and delivery of this Agreement, Seller shall take all reasonable steps, including, without limitation, all steps that any Agent or Purchaser may from time to time reasonably request, to maintain Seller’s identity as a separate legal entity and to make it manifest to third parties that Seller is an entity with assets and liabilities distinct from those of each of the Tenneco Automotive Entities and not just a division of any of the Tenneco Automotive Entities. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and in addition to the other covenants set forth herein:
                    (A) Seller will at all times have a board of directors consisting of at least two members, at least one member of which is an Independent Director, and shall compensate the Independent Director from its own funds;
                    (B) Seller will maintain its own telephone number, stationery, and other business forms separate from those of any other Person (including each Tenneco Automotive Entity) and will conduct business in its own name except that, as a general matter, Obligors will not be informed in the first instance that Tenneco Operating is acting on behalf of Seller as servicer;

20


 

                    (C) Seller will conduct its business at an office separate from the offices of the Originators (which however, may be within the premises of and leased (at a fair market rent) from a Tenneco Automotive Entity in which case such office will be clearly identified (by signage or otherwise));
                    (D) Seller will require that any consolidated financial statements of the Tenneco Automotive Entities that include Seller will contain a footnote to the effect that the Originators have sold the Receivable Assets to Seller, which is a separate legal entity and which has then entered into this Agreement. Separate unaudited balance sheets and statements of income and cash flows (with no footnote disclosures) will also be prepared for Seller. In addition to the aforementioned footnote to any consolidated financial statement, Seller will take (or require the Originators to take) certain actions to disclose publicly Seller’s separate existence and the transactions, including, without limitation, through the filing of UCC financing statements. Seller will not conceal or permit the Originators to conceal from any interested party any transfers contemplated by the Transaction Documents, although Obligors will not be affirmatively informed in the first instance of the transfer of their obligations;
                    (E) Seller will ensure that any allocations of direct, indirect or overhead expenses for items shared between Seller and any Tenneco Automotive Entity that are not included as part of the Servicing Fee will be made among such entities to the extent practical on the basis of actual use or value of services rendered and otherwise on a basis reasonably related to actual use or the value of services rendered;
                    (F) Except as provided in paragraph (E) above regarding the allocation of certain shared overhead items, Seller will pay its own operating expenses and liabilities from its own funds;
                    (G) Seller will ensure that each of the Tenneco Automotive Entities, on the one hand, and Seller, on the other hand, maintain its assets and liabilities in such a manner that it is not costly or difficult to segregate, ascertain or otherwise identify Seller’s individual assets and liabilities from those of the other or from those of any other person or entity. Except as set forth below, Seller will maintain its own books of account and corporate records separate from the Tenneco Automotive Entities. Seller will not commingle or pool its funds (or other assets) or liabilities with those of any except as specifically provided in this Agreement with respect to the temporary commingling of collections of the Receivable Assets and except with respect to Servicer’s retention of Records pertaining to the Receivable Assets. Seller will not maintain joint bank accounts or other depository accounts to which any Tenneco Automotive Entity (other than solely in their capacity as Servicer or, as applicable, a permitted designee of Servicer) has independent access;
                    (H) Seller will strictly observe, and will require each of the Tenneco Automotive Entities to strictly observe, corporate formalities, including with respect to its dealings with each other, and will do all things reasonably necessary to ensure that no transfer of assets between any Originator, on the one hand, and Seller, on the other hand, is made without adherence to corporate formalities;

21


 

                    (I) All distributions made by Seller to Tenneco Operating as its sole shareholder shall be made in accordance with applicable law; and
                    (J) Seller will not enter into any transaction with any of the Tenneco Automotive Entities, even if permitted (although not expressly provided for in) the Transaction Documents, unless such transaction is fair and equitable to Seller, on the one hand, and such Tenneco Automotive Entity on the other hand, and is of the type of transaction that would be entered into by a prudent Person in the position of Seller vis à vis such Tenneco Automotive Entity and that is on terms that are at least favorable as may be obtained from a Person who is not Tenneco Automotive Entity.
          (j) Collections . Such Seller Party will cause (1) all proceeds from all Lock-Boxes to be directly deposited by a Collection Bank into a Collection Account and (2) each Lock-Box and Collection Account to be subject at all times to a Collection Account Agreement that is in full force and effect. In the event any payments relating to Receivables are remitted directly to Seller or any Affiliate of Seller, Seller will remit (or will cause all such payments to be remitted) directly to a Collection Bank and deposited into a Collection Account within two (2) Business Days following receipt thereof, and, at all times prior to such remittance, Seller will itself hold or, if applicable, will cause such payments to be held in trust for the exclusive benefit of the Agents and the Purchasers. Seller will maintain exclusive ownership, dominion and control (subject to the terms of this Agreement) of each Lock-Box and Collection Account and shall not grant the right to take dominion and control of any Lock-Box or Collection Account at a future time or upon the occurrence of a future event to any Person, except to the Administrative Agent as contemplated by this Agreement.
          (k) Taxes . Such Seller Party will file all tax returns and reports required by law to be filed by it and will promptly pay all taxes and governmental charges at any time owing, except any such taxes which are not yet delinquent or are being diligently contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and, in each case, for which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP shall have been set aside on its books. Seller will pay when due any taxes payable in connection with the Receivables, exclusive of taxes on or measured by income or gross receipts of any Agent or any Purchaser.
          (l) Payment to the Applicable Originator . With respect to any Receivable purchased by Seller from an Originator, such sale shall be effected under, and in strict compliance with the terms of, the applicable Receivables Sale Agreement, including, without limitation, the terms relating to the amount and timing of payments to be made to such Originator in respect of the purchase price for such Receivable.
     Section 7.2 Negative Covenants of the Seller Parties . Until the date on which the Aggregate Unpaids have been indefeasibly paid in full and this Agreement terminates in accordance with its terms, each Seller Party hereby covenants, as to itself, that:
          (a) Name Change, Offices and Records . Such Seller Party will not (i) change its name, identity or corporate structure (within the meaning of Article 9 of any applicable enactment of the UCC) or at any time while the location of its chief executive office is relevant to perfection of any interest in the Receivables, relocate its chief executive office or (ii) change

22


 

any office where Records are kept, unless it shall have: (A) given the Administrative Agent at least forty-five (45) days’ prior written notice thereof and (B) delivered to the Administrative Agent all financing statements, instruments and other documents requested by the Agent in connection with such change or relocation.
          (b) Change in Payment Instructions to Obligors . Except as may be required by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 8.2(b), such Seller Party will not add or terminate any bank as a Collection Bank, or make any change in the instructions to Obligors regarding payments to be made to any Lock-Box or Collection Account, unless the Administrative Agent shall have received, at least ten (10) days before the proposed effective date therefor, (i) written notice of such addition, termination or change and (ii) with respect to the addition of a Collection Bank or a Collection Account or Lock-Box, an executed Collection Account Agreement with respect to the new Collection Account or Lock-Box; provided, however, that the Servicer may make changes in instructions to Obligors regarding payments if such new instructions require such Obligor to make payments to another existing Collection Account.
          (c) Modifications to Contracts and Credit and Collection Policy . Such Seller Party will not, without the Agents’ consent, make any change to the Credit and Collection Policy that could reasonably be expected to adversely affect the collectibility of the Receivables or decrease the credit quality of any newly created Receivables. Except as provided in Section 8.2(d), the Servicer will not extend, amend or otherwise modify the terms of any Receivable or any Contract related thereto other than in accordance with the Credit and Collection Policy.
          (d) Sales, Liens . Seller will not sell, assign (by operation of law or otherwise) or otherwise dispose of, or grant any option with respect to, or create or suffer to exist any Adverse Claim upon (including, without limitation, the filing of any financing statement) or with respect to, any Receivable, Related Security or Collections, or upon or with respect to any Contract under which any Receivable arises, or any Lock-Box or Collection Account, or assign any right to receive income with respect thereto (other than, in each case, the creation of the interests therein in favor of the Agents and the Purchasers provided for herein), and Seller will defend the right, title and interest of the Agents and the Purchasers in, to and under any of the foregoing property, against all claims of third parties claiming through or under Seller or any Originator. Seller will not create or suffer to exist any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien, charge or other similar arrangement on any of its inventory.
          (e) Net Receivables Balance . At no time prior to the Amortization Date shall Seller permit the Net Receivables Balance to be less than an amount equal to the sum of (i) the Aggregate Capital plus (ii) the Aggregate Reserves.
          (f) Termination Date Determination . Seller will not designate the “Termination Date” (as such term is defined in any Receivables Sale Agreement), or send any written notice to the Originators in respect thereof, without the prior written consent of the Agents, except with respect to the occurrence of such Termination Date arising pursuant to Section 5.1(d) of any Receivables Sale Agreement.

23


 

          (g) Restricted Junior Payments . From and after the occurrence of any Amortization Event, Seller will not make any Restricted Junior Payment if, after giving effect thereto, Seller would fail to maintain the Required Capital Amount.
ARTICLE VIII.
ADMINISTRATION AND COLLECTION
     Section 8.1 Designation of Servicer . The servicing, administration and collection of the Receivables shall be conducted by such Person (the “Servicer” ) so designated from time to time in accordance with this Section 8.1. Tenneco Operating is hereby designated as, and hereby agrees to perform the duties and obligations of, the Servicer pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. The Co-Agents, acting together, may at any time when an Amortization Event has occurred and is continuing designate as Servicer any Person to succeed Tenneco Operating or any successor Servicer.
     Section 8.2 Duties of Servicer .
          (a) The Servicer shall take or cause to be taken all such actions as may be necessary or advisable to collect each Receivable from time to time, all in accordance with applicable laws, rules and regulations, with reasonable care and diligence, and in accordance with the Credit and Collection Policy.
          (b) The Servicer will instruct Seller or Obligors to pay all Collections directly to a Lock-Box or Collection Account. The Servicer shall effect a Collection Account Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit VI with each bank party to a Collection Account at any time. In the case of any remittances received in any Lock-Box or Collection Account that shall have been identified, to the satisfaction of the Servicer, to not constitute Collections or other proceeds of the Receivables or the Related Security, the Servicer shall promptly remit such items to the Person identified to it as being the owner of such remittances.
          (c) The Servicer shall administer the Collections in accordance with the procedures described herein and in Article II. The Servicer shall set aside and hold in trust for the account of Seller and the Purchasers their respective shares of the Collections in accordance with Article II. The Servicer shall, upon the request of the Administrative Agent after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Amortization Event, segregate, in a manner acceptable to the Administrative Agent, all cash, checks and other instruments received by it from time to time constituting Collections from the general funds of the Servicer or Seller prior to the remittance thereof in accordance with Article II. If the Servicer shall be required to segregate Collections pursuant to the preceding sentence, the Servicer shall segregate and deposit with a bank designated by the Administrative Agent such allocable share of Collections of Receivables set aside for the Purchasers as soon as possible, but no later than two (2) Business Days following receipt by the Servicer of such Collections, duly endorsed or with duly executed instruments of transfer.
          (d) The Servicer may, in accordance with the Credit and Collection Policy, extend the maturity of any Receivable or adjust the Outstanding Balance of any Receivable as

24


 

the Servicer determines to be appropriate to maximize Collections thereof; provided, however, that such extension or adjustment shall not alter the status of such Receivable as a Delinquent Receivable or Charged-Off Receivable or limit the rights of the Agents or the Purchasers under this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein at any time that an Amortization Event has occurred and is continuing, the Administrative Agent shall have the absolute and unlimited right to direct the Servicer to commence or settle any legal action with respect to any Receivable or to foreclose upon or repossess any Related Security.
          (e) The Servicer shall hold in trust for Seller and the Purchasers all Records that (i) evidence or relate to the Receivables, the related Contracts and Related Security or (ii) are otherwise necessary or desirable to collect the Receivables and shall, as soon as practicable upon demand of the Administrative Agent, deliver or make available to the Administrative Agent all such Records, at a place selected by the Administrative Agent. The Servicer shall, as soon as practicable following receipt thereof turn over to Seller any cash collections or other cash proceeds received with respect to Indebtedness not constituting Receivables. The Servicer shall, from time to time at the request of any Purchaser, furnish to the Purchasers (promptly after any such request) a calculation of the amounts set aside for the Purchasers pursuant to Article II.
          (f) Any payment by an Obligor in respect of any indebtedness owed by it to any Originator or Seller shall, except as otherwise specified by such Obligor or otherwise required by contract or law and unless otherwise instructed by the Administrative Agent, be applied as a Collection of any Receivable of such Obligor (starting with the oldest such Receivable) to the extent of any amounts then due and payable thereunder before being applied to any other receivable or other obligation of such Obligor.
     Section 8.3 Collection Notices . The Administrative Agent is authorized at any time to date and to deliver to the Collection Banks the Collection Notices. Seller hereby transfers to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Purchasers, effective when the Administrative Agent delivers such notice, the exclusive ownership and control of each Lock-Box and the Collection Accounts. In case any authorized signatory of Seller whose signature appears on a Collection Account Agreement shall cease to have such authority before the delivery of such notice, such Collection Notice shall nevertheless be valid as if such authority had remained in force. Seller hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent, and agrees that the Administrative Agent shall be entitled after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Amortization Event to (i) endorse Seller’s and the applicable Originator’s name on checks and other instruments representing Collections, (ii) enforce the Receivables, the related Contracts and the Related Security and (iii) take such action as shall be necessary or desirable to cause all cash, checks and other instruments constituting Collections of Receivables to come into the possession of the Administrative Agent rather than Seller. If an Originator identifies, to the satisfaction of the Administrative Agent, any remittances received in any Lock-Box or Collection Account as not constituting Collections or other proceeds of the Receivables and Related Security, the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit (or instruct the applicable Collection Bank to remit) such remittances to such Originator.

25


 

     Section 8.4 Responsibilities of Seller . Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the exercise by the Agents and the Purchasers of their rights hereunder shall not release the Servicer, any Originator or Seller from any of their duties or obligations with respect to any Receivables or under the related Contracts. The Purchasers shall have no obligation or liability with respect to any Receivables or related Contracts, nor shall any of them be obligated to perform the obligations of Seller.
     Section 8.5 Portfolio Reports . The Servicer shall prepare and forward to the Agents (i) on or before each Monthly Reporting Date, a Monthly Report for the month then most recently ended, (ii) during each Level Two Ratings Period, on Monday of each week with respect to and as of the end of the immediately preceding calendar week, a Weekly Report, (iii) during each Level Three Ratings Period, on each Daily Reporting Date with respect to and as of the preceding Business Day, a Daily Report and (iv) at such times as any Agent shall request, a listing by Obligor of all Receivables together with an aging of such Receivables. For purposes of this Section 8.5, if at any time, Tenneco Automotive’s long-term debt ratings fall within different categories and as a result thereof more than one Ratings Period then applies, the Ratings Period corresponding to the lower long-term debt rating shall control.
     Section 8.6 Servicing Fees . In consideration of Tenneco Operating’s agreement to act as Servicer hereunder, the Purchasers hereby agree that, so long as Tenneco Operating shall continue to perform as Servicer hereunder, Seller shall pay over to Tenneco Operating a fee (the “Servicing Fee” ) on the first calendar day of each month, in arrears for the immediately preceding month, equal to 1.00% per annum of the aggregate Outstanding Balance of the Receivables on the last day of such preceding month as compensation for its servicing activities.
ARTICLE IX.
AMORTIZATION EVENTS
     Section 9.1 Amortization Events . The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute an Amortization Event:
          (a) Any Seller Party shall fail (i) to make any payment or deposit required hereunder when due, and, except in the case of a payment of Capital, such failure shall continue for five (5) consecutive days after the date when due, or (ii) to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement hereunder (other than as referred to in clause (i) of this paragraph (a) and paragraph 9.1(e)) and such failure shall continue for ten (10) consecutive Business Days after notice from Buyer or any of its assigns.
          (b) Any representation, warranty, certification or statement made by any Seller Party in this Agreement, any other Transaction Document or in any other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made; provided that the materiality threshold in the preceding clause shall not be applicable with respect to any representation or warranty which itself contains a materiality threshold.

26


 

          (c) The Performance Guarantor, any Seller Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries shall (i) default in making any payment of principal of any Indebtedness (including any Contingent Obligation but excluding the Indebtedness under the Tenneco Credit Agreement which is addressed in paragraph (i) below) on the scheduled or original due date with respect thereto; or (ii) default in making any payment of any interest on any such Indebtedness beyond the period of grace, if any, provided in the instrument or agreement under which such Indebtedness was created; or (iii) default in the observance or performance of any other agreement or condition related to any such Indebtedness or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event shall occur or condition exist, the effect of which default or other event or condition is to cause, or to permit the holder or beneficiary of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or beneficiary) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity or (in the case of any such Indebtedness constituting a Contingent Obligation) to become payable; provided that a default, event or condition described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) of this paragraph (c) shall not at any time constitute an Amortization Event unless, at such time, one or more defaults, events or conditions of the type described in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) of this paragraph (c) shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to Indebtedness the aggregate outstanding principal amount of which exceeds in the aggregate $50,000,000 for the Performance Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.
          (d) (i) The Performance Guarantor, any Seller Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries shall commence any case, proceeding or other action (A) under any existing or future law of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking to have an order for relief entered with respect to it, or seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with respect to it or its debts, or (B) seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee or other similar official for it or any substantial part of its assets, or the Performance Guarantor, any Seller Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries shall make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (ii) there shall be commenced against the Performance Guarantor, any Seller Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries any case, proceeding or other action of a nature referred to in clause (i) above that (A) results in the entry of an order for relief or any such adjudication or appointment or (B) remains undismissed, undischarged or unbonded for a period of 60 days; or (iii) there shall be commenced against the Performance Guarantor, any Seller Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries any case, proceeding or other action seeking issuance of a warrant of attachment, execution, distraint or similar process against all or any substantial part of its assets that results in the entry of an order for any such relief that shall not have been vacated, discharged, or stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days from the entry thereof; or (iv) the Performance Guarantor, any Seller Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries shall take any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the acts set forth in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above; or (v) the Performance Guarantor, any Seller Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries shall generally not, or shall be unable to, or shall admit in writing its inability to, pay its debts as they become due.
          (e) Seller shall fail to comply with the terms of Section 2.6 hereof.
          (f) As at the end of any month:

27


 

               (i) the average of the Delinquency Ratio for each of the three (3) months then most recently ended shall exceed 12.50%,
               (ii) the average of the Loss-to-Liquidation Ratio for each of the three (3) months then most recently ended shall exceed 4.00% , or
               (iii) the average of the Dilution Ratio for each of the three (3) months then most recently ended shall exceed 3.50%.
          (g) A Change of Control shall occur.
          (h) (i) Seller or any Originator shall fail to observe any provision of such Originator’s Receivables Sale Agreement, or (ii) Seller or any Originator shall give up its rights under such Receivables Sale Agreement with regard to any failure of the type described in clause (i) hereof.
          (i) Tenneco shall fail to observe any provision of Section 7.1 of the Tenneco Credit Agreement as in effect on May 4, 2005 (regardless of whether the same remains in effect).
          (j) One or more judgments or decrees shall be entered against any Seller Party or any of its Subsidiaries involving in the aggregate for the Seller Parties and their Subsidiaries a liability (not paid or fully covered by insurance as to which the relevant insurance company has acknowledged coverage) of $75,000,000 or more, and all such judgments or decrees shall not have been vacated, discharged, stayed or bonded pending appeal within 30 days from the entry thereof.
          (k) The “Purchase Termination Date” under and as defined in any Receivables Sale Agreement shall occur or any Originator shall for any reason cease to transfer, or cease to have the legal capacity to transfer, or otherwise be incapable of transferring Receivables to Seller under its Receivables Sale Agreement.
          (l) This Agreement shall terminate in whole or in part (except in accordance with its terms), or shall cease to be effective or to be the legally valid, binding and enforceable obligation of Seller, or the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Purchasers shall cease to have a valid and perfected first priority security interest in the Receivables, the Related Security and the Collections with respect thereto and the Collection Accounts.
          (m) Performance Guarantor shall fail to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement required to be performed by it under the Performance Undertaking, or the Performance Undertaking shall cease to be effective or to be the legally valid, binding and enforceable obligation of Performance Guarantor, or Performance Guarantor shall directly or indirectly contest in any manner such effectiveness, validity, binding nature or enforceability.
     Section 9.2 Remedies . Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Amortization Event, the Administrative Agent may, and upon the direction of either Co-Agent shall, take any of the following actions: (i) replace the Person then acting as Servicer, (ii) declare the Amortization Date to have occurred, whereupon the Amortization Date shall forthwith occur, without demand, protest or further notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived

28


 

by each Seller Party; provided, however, that upon the occurrence of an Amortization Event described in Section 9.1(d)(ii), or of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to any Seller Party under the Federal Bankruptcy Code, the Amortization Date shall automatically occur, without demand, protest or any notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by each Seller Party, (iii) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, if requested by either Co-Agent, declare that the Default Fee shall accrue with respect to any of the Aggregate Unpaids outstanding at such time that are owing to the Purchasers in such Co-Agent’s Group in lieu of any CP Costs or Yield that would otherwise be accruing on such Aggregate Unpaids, (iv) if it has not already done so, deliver the Collection Notices to the Collection Banks, and (v) notify Obligors of the Purchasers’ interest in the Receivables. The aforementioned rights and remedies shall be without limitation, and shall be in addition to all other rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Co-Agents and the Purchasers, otherwise available under any other provision of this Agreement, by operation of law, at equity or otherwise, all of which are hereby expressly preserved, including, without limitation, all rights and remedies provided under the UCC, all of which rights shall be cumulative.
ARTICLE X.
INDEMNIFICATION
     Section 10.1 Indemnities by the Seller Parties . Without limiting any other rights that any Agent or Purchaser may have hereunder or under applicable law, (A) Seller hereby agrees to indemnify (and pay upon demand to) each of the Agents and Purchasers and their respective assigns, officers, directors, agents and employees (each an “Indemnified Party” ) from and against any and all damages, losses, claims, taxes, liabilities, costs, expenses and for all other amounts payable, including reasonable attorneys’ fees (which attorneys may be employees of such Agent or such Purchaser) and disbursements (all of the foregoing being collectively referred to as “Indemnified Amounts” ) awarded against or incurred by any of them arising out of or as a result of this Agreement or the acquisition, either directly or indirectly, by a Purchaser of an interest in the Receivables, and (B) the Servicer hereby agrees to indemnify (and pay upon demand to) each Indemnified Party for Indemnified Amounts awarded against or incurred by any of them arising out of the Servicer’s activities as Servicer hereunder, excluding, however , in all of the foregoing instances under the preceding clauses (A) and (B):
     (a) Indemnified Amounts to the extent a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction holds that such Indemnified Amounts resulted from gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Indemnified Party seeking indemnification;
     (b) Indemnified Amounts to the extent the same includes losses in respect of Receivables that are uncollectible on account of the insolvency, bankruptcy or lack of creditworthiness of the related Obligor; or
     (c) taxes imposed by the jurisdiction in which such Indemnified Party’s principal executive office is located, on or measured by the overall net income of such Indemnified Party to the extent that the computation of such taxes is consistent with the characterization for income tax purposes of the acquisition

29


 

by the Purchasers of Purchaser Interests as a loan or loans by the Purchasers to Seller secured by the Receivables, the Related Security, the Collection Accounts and the Collections;
provided, however, that nothing contained in this sentence shall limit the liability of any Seller Party or limit the recourse of the Purchasers to any Seller Party for amounts otherwise specifically provided to be paid by such Seller Party under the terms of this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing indemnification, Seller shall indemnify the Agents and the Purchasers for Indemnified Amounts relating to or resulting from:
               (i) any representation or warranty made by any Seller Party or any Originator (or any officers of any such Person) under or in connection with this Agreement, any other Transaction Document or any other information or report delivered by any such Person pursuant hereto or thereto, which shall have been false or incorrect in any respect when made or deemed made;
               (ii) the failure by Seller, the Servicer or any Originator to comply with any applicable law, rule or regulation with respect to any Receivable or Contract related thereto, or the nonconformity of any Receivable or Contract included therein with any such applicable law, rule or regulation or any failure of any Originator to keep or perform any of its obligations, express or implied, with respect to any Contract;
               (iii) any failure of Seller, the Servicer or any Originator to perform its duties, covenants or other obligations in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document;
               (iv) any products liability, personal injury or damage suit, or other similar claim arising out of or in connection with merchandise, insurance or services that are the subject of any Contract or any Receivable;
               (v) any dispute, claim, offset or defense (other than discharge in bankruptcy of the Obligor) of the Obligor to the payment of any Receivable (including, without limitation, a defense based on such Receivable or the related Contract not being a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Obligor enforceable against it in accordance with its terms), or any other claim resulting from the sale of the merchandise or service related to such Receivable or the furnishing or failure to furnish such merchandise or services;
               (vi) the commingling of Collections of Receivables at any time with other funds;
               (vii) any investigation, litigation or proceeding related to or arising from this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, the transactions contemplated hereby, the use of the proceeds of an Incremental Purchase or a Reinvestment, the ownership of the Purchaser Interests or any other investigation, litigation or proceeding relating to Seller, the Servicer or any Originator in which any Indemnified Party becomes involved as a result of any of the transactions contemplated hereby;

30


 

               (viii) any inability to litigate any claim against any Obligor in respect of any Receivable as a result of such Obligor being immune from civil and commercial law and suit on the grounds of sovereignty or otherwise from any legal action, suit or proceeding;
               (ix) any Amortization Event described in Section 9.1(d);
               (x) any failure of Seller to acquire and maintain legal and equitable title to, and ownership of any Receivable and the Related Security and Collections with respect thereto from the applicable Originator, free and clear of any Adverse Claim (other than as created hereunder); or any failure of Seller to give reasonably equivalent value to such Originator under the applicable Receivables Sale Agreement in consideration of the transfer by such Originator of any Receivable, or any attempt by any Person to void such transfer under statutory provisions or common law or equitable action;
               (xi) any failure to vest and maintain vested in the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Purchasers, or to transfer to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Purchasers, legal and equitable title to, and ownership of, a first priority perfected undivided percentage ownership interest (to the extent of the Purchaser Interests contemplated hereunder) or security interest in the Receivables, the Related Security and the Collections, free and clear of any Adverse Claim (except as created by the Transaction Documents);
               (xii) the failure to have filed, or any delay in filing, financing statements or other similar instruments or documents under the UCC of any applicable jurisdiction or other applicable laws with respect to any Receivable, the Related Security and Collections with respect thereto, and the proceeds of any thereof, whether at the time of any Incremental Purchase or Reinvestment or at any subsequent time;
               (xiii) any action or omission by any Seller Party which reduces or impairs the rights of the Agents or the Purchasers with respect to any Receivable or the value of any such Receivable;
               (xiv) any attempt by any Person to void any Incremental Purchase or Reinvestment hereunder under statutory provisions or common law or equitable action; and
               (xv) the failure of any Receivable included in the calculation of the Net Receivables Balance as an Eligible Receivable to be an Eligible Receivable at the time so included.
     Section 10.2 Increased Cost and Reduced Return . If after the date hereof, any Funding Source shall be charged any fee, expense or increased cost on account of the adoption of any applicable law, rule or regulation (including any applicable law, rule or regulation regarding capital adequacy) or any change therein, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority, central bank or comparable agency (a “Regulatory Change” ): (i) that subjects any Funding Source to any charge or withholding on or with respect to any Liquidity Agreement or a Funding Source’s obligations under a Liquidity Agreement, or on or with respect to the Receivables, or changes the basis of taxation of

31


 

payments to any Funding Source of any amounts payable under any Liquidity Agreement (except for changes in the rate of tax on the overall net income of a Funding Source or taxes excluded by Section 10.1) or (ii) that imposes, modifies or deems applicable any reserve, assessment, insurance charge, special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of a Funding Source, or credit extended by a Funding Source pursuant to a Liquidity Agreement or (iii) that imposes any other condition the result of which is to increase the cost to a Funding Source of performing its obligations under a Liquidity Agreement, or to reduce the rate of return on a Funding Source’s capital as a consequence of its obligations under a Liquidity Agreement, or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by a Funding Source under a Liquidity Agreement or to require any payment calculated by reference to the amount of interests or loans held or interest received by it (all of the foregoing, “Increased Costs” ), then, upon demand by the applicable Co-Agent, Seller shall pay to such Co-Agent, for the benefit of the relevant Funding Source, such Increased Costs charged to such Funding Source or such amounts to otherwise compensate such Funding Source for such Increased Costs. To the extent that any Liquidity Agreement described in this Section covers facilities in addition to this Agreement, each Conduit shall allocate the liability for any applicable Increased Costs among Seller and other Persons with whom such Conduit has entered into agreements to purchase interests in or finance receivables and other financial assets ( “Other Customers” ). If any Increased Costs are attributable to Seller and not attributable to any Other Customer, Seller shall be solely liable for such Increased Costs. However, if Increased Costs are attributable to Other Customers and not attributable to Seller, such Other Customer shall be solely liable for such Increased Costs. All allocations to be made pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section shall be made by Conduit in its sole discretion and shall be binding on Seller and the Servicer.
     Section 10.3 Other Costs and Expenses . Subject to any limitation on the Liberty Street Group’s reimburseable costs separately agreed to by the Liberty Street Agent and the Seller Parties, Seller shall pay to each of the Agents on demand all reasonable costs and out-of-pocket expenses in connection with the preparation, execution, amendment, delivery and administration of this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby and the other documents to be delivered hereunder, including without limitation, the cost of the applicable Conduit’s auditors auditing the books, records and procedures of Seller, reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of a legal counsel for the Agents (which such counsel may be employees of a Purchaser or an Agent) with respect thereto and with respect to advising such Agent as to its Group’s respective rights and remedies under this Agreement. Seller shall pay to the Administrative Agent on demand any and all reasonable costs and expenses of the Administrative Agent and the Purchasers, if any, including reasonable counsel fees and expenses of a common legal counsel, or if such common legal counsel determines that it cannot continue representation due to a business or ethical conflict, separate legal counsel for the Agents, in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement and the other documents delivered hereunder and in connection with any restructuring or workout of this Agreement or such documents, or the administration of this Agreement following an Amortization Event.

32


 

ARTICLE XI.
THE AGENTS
     Section 11.1 Appointment.
          (a) Each member of the Liberty Street Group hereby irrevocably designates and appoints Scotiabank as Liberty Street Agent hereunder and under the other Transaction Documents to which the Liberty Agent is a party, and authorizes the Liberty Street Agent to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of the Transaction Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to the Liberty Street Agent by the terms of the Transaction Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Each member of the Jupiter Group hereby irrevocably designates and appoints JPMorgan Chase Bank as Jupiter Agent hereunder and under the other Transaction Documents to which the Jupiter Agent is a party, and authorizes the Jupiter Agent to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of the Transaction Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to the Jupiter Agent by the terms of the Transaction Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Each of the Purchasers and the Co-Agents hereby irrevocably designates and appoints JPMorgan Chase as Administrative Agent hereunder and under the Transaction Documents to which the Administrative Agent is a party, and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of the Transaction Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms of the Transaction Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, none of the Agents shall have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth in the Transaction Documents to which it is a party, or any fiduciary relationship with any Purchaser, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities on the part of such Agent shall be read into any Transaction Document or otherwise exist against such Agent.
          (b) The provisions of this Article XI are solely for the benefit of the Agents and the Purchasers, and neither the Seller nor the Servicer shall have any rights as a third-party beneficiary or otherwise under any of the provisions of this Article XI, except that this Article XI shall not affect any obligations which any of the Agents or Purchasers may have to either the Seller or the Servicer under the other provisions of this Agreement. This Article XI is intended solely to govern the relationship between the Agents, on the one hand, and the Purchasers, on the other.
          (c) In performing its functions and duties hereunder, (i) the Liberty Street Agent shall act solely as the agent of the members of the Liberty Street Group and does not assume and shall not be deemed to have assumed any obligation or relationship of trust or agency with or for the Seller or the Servicer or any of their respective successors and assigns, (ii) the Jupiter Agent shall act solely as the agent of the members of the Jupiter Group and does not assume and shall not be deemed to have assumed any obligation or relationship of trust or agency with or for either the Seller or the Servicer or any of their respective successors and assigns, and (iii) the Administrative Agent shall act solely as the agent of the Co-Agents and the Purchasers and does not assume and shall not be deemed to have assumed any obligation or

33


 

relationship of trust or agency with or for the Seller or the Servicer or any of their respective successors and assigns.
     Section 11.2 Delegation of Duties . Each Agent may execute any of its duties under the applicable Transaction Documents by or through agents or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. No Agent shall be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it with reasonable care.
     Section 11.3 Exculpatory Provisions . None of the Agents nor any of its directors, officers, agents or employees shall be (i) liable for any action lawfully taken or omitted to be taken by it or them or any Person described in Section 11.2 under or in connection with this Agreement (except for its, their or such Person’s own bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct), or (ii) responsible in any manner to any of the Purchasers or other Agents for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties made by the Seller contained in this Agreement or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received under or in connection with, this Agreement or for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other document furnished in connection herewith, or for any failure of either the Seller or the Servicer to perform its respective obligations hereunder, or for the satisfaction of any condition specified in Article VI, except receipt of items required to be delivered to such Agent. None of the Agents shall be under any obligation to any other Agent or any Purchaser to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements or covenants contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement, or to inspect the properties, books or records of the Seller or the Servicer.
     Section 11.4 Reliance by Agents . As between the Agents and the Purchasers:
          (a) Each of the Agents shall in all cases be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any note, writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telegram, telecopy or telex message, statement, order or other document or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including, without limitation, counsel to the Seller or the Servicer), independent accountants and other experts selected by such Agent. Each of the Agents shall in all cases be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other document furnished in connection herewith unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of such of the members of its Group, as it shall determine to be appropriate under the relevant circumstances, or it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Committed Purchasers in its Group against any and all liability, cost and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action.
          (b) Any action taken by any of the Agents in accordance with Section 11.4(a) shall be binding upon all of the Agents and the Purchasers.
     Section 11.5 Notice of Seller Defaults . None of the Agents shall be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Amortization Event or Potential Amortization Event unless such Agent has received notice from another Agent, a Purchaser, the Seller or the

34


 

Servicer referring to this Agreement, stating that a Amortization Event or Potential Amortization Event has occurred hereunder and describing such Amortization Event or Potential Amortization Event. In the event that any of the Agents receives such a notice, it shall promptly give notice thereof to the Purchasers and the other Agents. The Administrative Agent may exercise any rights and remedies provided to the Administrative Agent under the Transaction Documents or at law or equity (and at the written request of the Co-Agents acting together, shall exercise any such rights and remedies and take such action as the Co-Agents shall direct) with respect to such Amortization Event or Potential Amortization Event, provided that the Administrative Agent is indemnified to its satisfaction by the Co-Agents and the Committed Purchasers against any and all liability, cost and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of such exercise of rights and remedies and/or taking any such action.
     Section 11.6 Non-Reliance on Other Agents and Purchasers . Each of the Purchasers expressly acknowledges that none of the Agents, nor any of the Agents’ respective officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates has made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by any of the Agents hereafter taken, including, without limitation, any review of the affairs of the Seller, the Servicer or the Originators, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by such Agent. Each of the Purchasers also represents and warrants to the Agents and the other Purchasers that it has, independently and without reliance upon any such Person (or any of their Affiliates) and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, operations, property, prospects, financial and other conditions and creditworthiness of the Seller, the Servicer and the Originators and made its own decision to enter into this Agreement. Each of the Purchasers also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Agents or any other Purchaser, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement, and to make such investigation as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, operations, property, prospects, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Seller, the Servicer and the Originators. The Agents, the Purchasers and their respective Affiliates, shall have no duty or responsibility to provide any party to this Agreement with any credit or other information concerning the business, operations, property, prospects, financial and other condition or creditworthiness of the Seller, the Servicer and the Originators which may come into the possession of such Person or any of its respective officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates, except that each of the Agents shall promptly distribute to the other Agents and the Purchasers, copies of financial and other information expressly provided to it by either of the Seller or the Servicer pursuant to this Agreement.
     Section 11.7 Indemnification of Agents . Each of the Committed Purchasers hereby agrees to indemnify (a) its applicable Co-Agent, (b) the Administrative Agent, and (c) the officers, directors, employees, representatives and agents of each of the foregoing (to the extent not reimbursed by the Seller or the Servicer and without limiting the obligation of the Seller or the Servicer to do so), ratably in accordance with their respective Commitments, from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for such Co-Agent, the Administrative Agent or such Person in connection with any investigative, administrative or judicial proceeding

35


 

commenced or threatened, whether or not such Co-Agent or the Administrative Agent or such Person shall be designated a party thereto) that may at any time be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against such Co-Agent, the Administrative Agent or such Person as a result of, or arising out of, or in any way related to or by reason of, any of the transactions contemplated hereunder or the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement or any other document furnished in connection herewith (but excluding any such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting solely from the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Co-Agent, the Administrative Agent or such Person as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction).
     Section 11.8 Agents in their Individual Capacities . Each of the Agents in its individual capacity and its Affiliates may make loans to, accept deposits from and generally engage in any kind of business with the Seller, the Servicer, the Originators and their Affiliates as though such Agent were not an Agent hereunder. With respect to its Purchaser Interests, if any, pursuant to this Agreement, each of the Agents shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement as any Purchaser and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent, and the terms “Committed Purchaser,” “Committed Purchasers,” “Purchaser” and “Purchasers” shall include each of the Agents in their individual capacities.
     Section 11.9 UCC Filings . Each of the Co-Agents and the Purchasers hereby expressly recognizes and agrees that the Administrative Agent may be listed as the assignee or secured party of record on the various UCC filings required to be made under the Transaction Documents in order to perfect their respective interests in the Receivables, the Collections, each Collection Account and all Related Security, that such listing shall be for administrative convenience only in creating a record or nominee holder to take certain actions hereunder on behalf of the Groups and that such listing will not affect in any way the status of the Purchasers as the true parties in interest with respect to the collateral covered thereby. In addition, such listing shall impose no duties on the Administrative Agent other than those expressly and specifically undertaken in accordance with this Article XI.
     Section 11.10 Successor Agents . If any Agent or its holding company is merged with or into any other Person, such Agent may, upon five days’ notice to the Seller and the other Agents, assign its rights and obligations hereunder to the survivor of such merger or any of its bank Affiliates, in each case, provided that both Standard & Poor’s and Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. have approved the proposed assignee as the successor administrator of such Agent’s Conduit. After the effectiveness of any assigning Agent’s assignment hereunder, the assigning Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Transaction Documents and the provisions of this Article XI and Article X shall continue in effect for its benefit with respect to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was an Agent under this Agreement and under the other Transaction Documents.

36


 

ARTICLE XII.
ASSIGNMENTS; PARTICIPATIONS
     Section 12.1 Assignments .
          (a) Each of the parties hereby agrees and consents to the complete or partial assignment by each Conduit of all or any portion of its rights under, interest in, title to and obligations under this Agreement to (i) its Committed Purchasers pursuant to its Liquidity Agreement, and (ii) another special purpose asset-backed commercial paper issuer administered by a Co-Agent or one of its Affiliates having a short-term debt rating of A-1 or better by Standard & Poor’s and P-1 by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. Upon each such assignment pursuant to this Section 12.1(a) , such Conduit shall be released from its obligations so assigned. Further, each of the other parties hereby agrees that any assignee of a Conduit of this Agreement or all or any of its Purchaser Interests shall have all of the rights and benefits under this Agreement as if references to such Conduit or to a “Purchaser” explicitly referred to such assignee, and no such assignment shall in any way impair the rights and benefits of such Conduit hereunder. Neither of the Seller Parties nor (except as set forth in Section 11.10 ) any Agent shall have the right to assign its rights or obligations under this Agreement.
          (b) Any Committed Purchaser may at any time and from time to time assign to one or more Persons ( “Purchasing Committed Purchasers” ) all or any part of its rights and obligations under this Agreement pursuant to an assignment agreement, in a form and substance satisfactory to the applicable Co-Agent (the “Assignment Agreement” ), executed by such Purchasing Committed Purchaser and such selling Committed Purchaser. The consent of (i) the applicable Conduit and (ii) provided no Servicer Default or Potential Servicer Default exists and is continuing, the Seller (which consent of the Seller shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed but may be conditioned upon a change in the voting rights of the Co-Agents under this Agreement), shall be required prior to the effectiveness of any such assignment. Each assignee of a Committed Purchaser must have a short-term debt rating of A-1 or better by Standard & Poor’s and P-1 by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and must agree to deliver to the applicable Co-Agent, promptly following any request therefor by such Co-Agent or its Conduit, an enforceability opinion in form and substance satisfactory to such Co-Agent and Conduit. Upon delivery of the executed Assignment Agreement to the applicable Co-Agent, such selling Committed Purchaser shall be released from its obligations hereunder to the extent of such assignment. Thereafter the Purchasing Committed Purchaser shall for all purposes be a Committed Purchaser party to this Agreement and shall have all the rights and obligations of a Committed Purchaser under this Agreement to the same extent as if it were an original party hereto and no further consent or action by the Seller, the Purchasers or the Agents shall be required.
          (c) Each of the Committed Purchasers agrees that in the event that it shall cease to have a short-term debt rating of A-1 or better by Standard & Poor’s and P-1 by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (an “Affected Committed Purchaser” ), such Affected Committed Purchaser shall be obliged, at the request of the applicable Conduit or its Co-Agent, to assign all of its rights and obligations hereunder to (x) another Committed Purchaser or (y) another funding entity nominated by the Agent and acceptable to Seller (which approval shall not be

37


 

unreasonably withheld or delayed) and to Conduit, and willing to participate in this Agreement through the Liquidity Termination Date in the place of such Affected Committed Purchaser; provided that the Affected Committed Purchaser receives payment in full, pursuant to an Assignment Agreement, of an amount equal to such Committed Purchaser’s Pro Rata Share of its Group’s Percentage of the Aggregate Capital and Yield owing to the Committed Purchasers and all accrued but unpaid fees and other costs and expenses payable in respect of such Pro Rata Share.
     Section 12.2 Participations . Any Committed Purchaser may, in the ordinary course of its business at any time sell to one or more Persons (each a “Participant” ) participating interests in its Pro Rata Share of the Purchaser Interests of the Committed Purchasers in its Group or any other interest of such Committed Purchaser hereunder. Notwithstanding any such sale by a Committed Purchaser of a participating interest to a Participant, such Committed Purchaser’s rights and obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, such Committed Purchaser shall remain solely responsible for the performance of its obligations hereunder, and Seller, the Purchasers and the Agents shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Committed Purchaser in connection with such Committed Purchaser’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Each Committed Purchaser agrees that any agreement between such Committed Purchaser and any such Participant in respect of such participating interest shall not restrict such Committed Purchaser’s right to agree to any amendment, supplement, waiver or modification to this Agreement, except for any amendment, supplement, waiver or modification described in Section 14.1(b)(i).
ARTICLE XIII.
TERMINATING COMMITTED PURCHASERS
     Section 13.1 Terminating Committed Purchasers .
          (a) (i) Each Committed Purchaser hereby agrees to deliver written notice to the applicable Co-Agent and the Administrative Agent not more than thirty (30) Business Days and not less than five (5) Business Days prior to the Liquidity Termination Date indicating whether such Committed Purchaser intends to renew its Commitment hereunder. If any Committed Purchaser fails to deliver such notice on or prior to the date that is five (5) Business Days prior to the Liquidity Termination Date, such Committed Purchaser will be deemed to have declined to renew its Commitment (each Committed Purchaser which has declined or has been deemed to have declined to renew its Commitment hereunder, a “Non-Renewing Committed Purchaser” ). The applicable Co-Agent shall promptly notify its Conduit of each Non-Renewing Committed Purchaser and such Conduit, in its sole discretion, may upon one (1) Business Day’s notice to such Non-Renewing Committed Purchaser assign to such Non-Renewing Committed Purchaser on a date specified by such Conduit its Pro Rata Share of the aggregate Purchaser Interests then held by such Conduit, subject to, and in accordance with, the applicable Liquidity Agreement.
               (ii) In addition, unless an acceptable assignee can be found in accordance with Section 12.1(c), each Conduit may, in its sole discretion, at any time (x) to the extent of Commitment Availability, declare that any Affected Committed Purchaser’s Commitment shall

38


 

automatically terminate on a date specified by such Conduit or (y) assign to any Affected Committed Purchaser on a date specified by such Conduit its Pro Rata Share of the aggregate Purchaser Interests then held by such Conduit, subject to, and in accordance with, the applicable Liquidity Agreement (each Affected Committed Purchaser or each Non-Renewing Committed Purchaser is hereinafter referred to as a “ Terminating Committed Purchaser” ). The parties hereto expressly acknowledge that any declaration of the termination of any Commitment, any assignment pursuant to this Section 13.1 and the order of priority of any such termination or assignment among Terminating Committed Purchasers shall be made by the applicable Conduit in its sole and absolute discretion.
          (b) Upon any assignment to a Terminating Committed Purchaser as provided in this Section 13.1, any remaining Commitment of such Terminating Committed Purchaser shall automatically terminate. Upon reduction to zero of the Capital of all interests in the Purchaser Interests of a Terminating Committed Purchaser (after application of Collections thereto pursuant to Sections 2.2 and 2.3) all rights and obligations of such Terminating Committed Purchaser hereunder shall be terminated and such Terminating Committed Purchaser shall no longer be a “Committed Purchaser” hereunder; provided, however, that the provisions of Article X shall continue in effect for its benefit with respect to Purchaser Interests held by such Terminating Committed Purchaser prior to its termination as a Committed Purchaser.
ARTICLE XIV.
MISCELLANEOUS
     Section 14.1 Waivers and Amendments .
          (a) No failure or delay on the part of any Agent or any Purchaser in exercising any power, right or remedy under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such power, right or remedy preclude any other further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other power, right or remedy. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and nonexclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law. Any waiver of this Agreement shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given.
          (b) No provision of this Agreement may be amended, supplemented, modified or waived except in writing in accordance with the provisions of this Section 14.1(b). Seller and the Agents may enter into written modifications or waivers of any provisions of this Agreement, provided, however, that no such modification or waiver shall:
               (i) without the consent of each affected Purchaser, (A) extend the applicable Liquidity Termination Date or the date of any payment or deposit of Collections by Seller or the Servicer, (B) reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of Yield or any CP Costs (or any component of Yield or CP Costs), (C) reduce any fee payable to as Co-Agent for the benefit of any Purchaser, (D) except pursuant to Article XII hereof, change the amount of the Capital of any Purchaser, any Committed Purchaser’s Pro Rata Share or any Committed Purchaser’s Commitment, (E) amend, modify or waive any provision of this Section 14.1(b), (F) consent to or permit the assignment or transfer by Seller of any of its rights and obligations under

39


 

this Agreement, (G) change the definition of “Eligible Receivable” or “Loss Reserve,” or (H) amend or modify any defined term (or any defined term used directly or indirectly in such defined term) used in clauses (A) through (G) above in a manner that would circumvent the intention of the restrictions set forth in such clauses; or
               (ii) without the written consent of the then applicable Agent, amend, modify or waive any provision of this Agreement if the effect thereof is to affect the rights or duties of such Agent.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) without the consent of the Committed Purchasers, but with the consent of Seller prior to the occurrence of an Amortization Event (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed but may be conditioned upon a change in the voting rights of the Co-Agents under this Agreement), the Agents may amend this Agreement solely to add additional Persons as Committed Purchasers hereunder and (ii) the Agents and the Purchasers may enter into amendments to modify any of the terms or provisions of Article XI, Article XII, Section 14.13 or any other provision of this Agreement without the consent of Seller, provided that such amendment has no negative impact upon Seller. Any modification or waiver made in accordance with this Section 14.1 shall apply to each of the Purchasers equally and shall be binding upon Seller, the Purchasers and the Agents.
     Section 14.2 Notices . Except as provided in this Section 14.2, all communications and notices provided for hereunder shall be in writing (including bank wire, telecopy or electronic facsimile transmission or similar writing) and shall be given to the other parties hereto at their respective addresses or telecopy numbers set forth on the signature pages hereof or at such other address or telecopy number as such Person may hereafter specify for the purpose of notice to each of the other parties hereto. Each such notice or other communication shall be effective (i) if given by telecopy, upon the receipt thereof, (ii) if given by mail, three (3) Business Days after the time such communication is deposited in the mail with first class postage prepaid or (iii) if given by any other means, when received at the address specified in this Section 14.2. Seller hereby authorizes each of the Co-Agents to effect purchases and Tranche Period and Discount Rate selections based on telephonic notices made by any Person whom such Co-Agent in good faith believes to be acting on behalf of Seller. Seller agrees to deliver promptly to each Co-Agent a written confirmation of each telephonic notice signed by an authorized officer of Seller; provided, however, the absence of such confirmation shall not affect the validity of such notice. If the written confirmation differs from the action taken by such Co-Agent, the records of such Co-Agent shall govern absent manifest error.

40


 

     Section 14.3 Ratable Payments . If any Purchaser, whether by setoff or otherwise, has payment made to it with respect to any portion of the Aggregate Unpaids owing to such Purchaser (other than payments received pursuant to Section 10.2 or 10.3) in a greater proportion than that received by any other Purchaser entitled to receive a ratable share of such Aggregate Unpaids, such Purchaser agrees, promptly upon demand, to purchase for cash without recourse or warranty a portion of such Aggregate Unpaids held by the other Purchasers so that after such purchase each Purchaser will hold its ratable proportion of such Aggregate Unpaids; provided that if all or any portion of such excess amount is thereafter recovered from such Purchaser, such purchase shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.
     Section 14.4 Protection of Ownership Interests of the Purchasers .
          (a) Seller agrees that from time to time, at its expense, it will promptly execute and deliver all instruments and documents, and take all actions, that may be necessary or desirable, or that any Agent may request, to perfect, protect or more fully evidence the Purchaser Interests, or to enable the Agents or the Purchasers to exercise and enforce their rights and remedies hereunder. At any time when an Amortization Event has occurred and is continuing, the Administrative Agent may, or the Administrative Agent may direct Seller or the Servicer to, notify the Obligors of Receivables, at Seller’s expense, of the ownership or security interests of the Purchasers under this Agreement and may also direct that payments of all amounts due or that become due under any or all Receivables be made directly to the Administrative Agent or its designee. Seller or the Servicer (as applicable) shall, at any Purchaser’s request, withhold the identity of such Purchaser in any such notification.
          (b) If any Seller Party fails to perform any of its obligations hereunder, any Agent or any Purchaser may (but shall not be required to) perform, or cause performance of, such obligations, and such Agent’s or such Purchaser’s costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith shall be payable by Seller as provided in Section 10.3. Each Seller Party irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent at any time and from time to time in the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent, and appoints the Administrative Agent as its attorney-in-fact, to act on behalf of such Seller Party (i) to execute on behalf of Seller as debtor (if required) and to file financing statements necessary or desirable in the Administrative Agent’s sole discretion to perfect and to maintain the perfection and priority of the interest of the Purchasers in the Receivables and (ii) to file a carbon, photographic or other reproduction of this Agreement or any financing statement with respect to the Receivables as a financing statement in such offices as the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion deems necessary or desirable to perfect and to maintain the perfection and priority of the interests of the Purchasers in the Receivables. This appointment is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable. Each of the Seller Parties hereby (A) authorizes the Administrative Agent to file financing statements and other filing or recording documents with respect to the Receivables and Related Security (including any amendments thereto, or continuation or termination statements thereof), without the signature or other authorization of such Seller Party, in such form and in such offices as the Administrative Agent reasonably determines appropriate to perfect or maintain the perfection of the security interest of the Agent hereunder, (B) acknowledges and agrees that it is not authorized to, and will not, file financing statements or other filing or recording documents with respect to the Receivables or Related Security (including any amendments thereto, or continuation or termination statements

41


 

thereof), without the express prior written approval by the Agent, consenting to the form and substance of such filing or recording document, and (C) approves, authorizes and ratifies any filings or recordings made by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent in connection with the perfection of the security interest in favor of Seller or the Administrative Agent.
     Section 14.5 Confidentiality .
          (a) Each Seller Party and each Purchaser shall maintain and shall cause each of its employees and officers to maintain the confidentiality of this Agreement and the other confidential or proprietary information with respect to the Agents and Conduits and their respective businesses obtained by it or them in connection with the structuring, negotiating and execution of the transactions contemplated herein, except that such Seller Party and such Purchaser and its officers and employees may disclose such information to such Seller Party’s and such Purchaser’s external accountants and attorneys and as required by any applicable law or order of any judicial or administrative proceeding.
          (b) Each of the Agents and Purchasers agrees to keep confidential all non-public information provided to it by either Seller Party pursuant to this Agreement that is designated by such Seller Party as confidential.
          (c) Each of the Seller Parties, the Agents and the Purchasers hereby consents to the disclosure of any nonpublic information with respect to it (i) to Performance Guarantor, the Agents and the Purchasers, (ii) by a Seller Party, the Agents or the Purchasers to any prospective or actual assignee or participant of any of them; provided that such assignee or participant agrees to be bound by the terms of this Section 14.5 and (iii) by the Agents or Conduits, to any rating agency, Commercial Paper dealer or provider of a surety, guaranty or credit or liquidity enhancement to a Conduit or any entity organized for the purpose of purchasing, or making loans secured by, financial assets for which either of the Co-Agents or one of its Affiliates acts as the administrative agent and to any officers, directors, employees, outside accountants and attorneys of any of the foregoing, provided that each such Person is informed of the confidential nature of such information. In addition, the Purchasers and the Agents may disclose any such nonpublic information pursuant to any law, rule, regulation, direction, request or order of any judicial, administrative or regulatory authority or proceedings (whether or not having the force or effect of law).
     Section 14.6 Bankruptcy Petition . Each of the Seller Parties, the Agents and the Purchasers hereby covenants and agrees that, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of all outstanding senior indebtedness of each Conduit, it will not institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, such Conduit any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings or other similar proceeding under the laws of the United States or any state of the United States.
     Section 14.7 Limitation of Liability . Except with respect to any claim arising out of the willful misconduct or gross negligence of any Agent or Purchaser, no claim may be made by any Seller Party or any other Person against any Agent or Purchaser or their respective Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, attorneys or agents for any special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages in respect of any claim for breach of contract or any other theory of liability

42


 

arising out of or related to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or any act, omission or event occurring in connection therewith; and each Seller Party hereby waives, releases, and agrees not to sue upon any claim for any such damages, whether or not accrued and whether or not known or suspected to exist in its favor. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no Conduit shall have any obligation to pay any amount required to be paid by it hereunder in excess of any amount available to it after paying or making provision for the payment in full of its Commercial Paper. All payment obligations of each Conduit hereunder are contingent on the availability of funds in excess of the amounts necessary to pay in full its Commercial Paper; and each of the other parties hereto agrees that it will not have a claim under Section 101(5) of the Bankruptcy Code if and to the extent that any such payment obligation owed to it by such Conduit exceeds the amount available to such Conduit to pay such amount after paying or making provision for the payment in full of its Commercial Paper. The provisions of this Section 14.7 will survive termination of this Agreement and payment in full of each Conduit’s Commercial Paper.
     Section 14.8 CHOICE OF LAW . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS (AND NOT THE LAW OF CONFLICTS) OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS.
     Section 14.9 CONSENT TO JURISDICTION . EACH SELLER PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR ILLINOIS STATE COURT SITTING IN CHICAGO, ILLINOIS IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY DOCUMENT EXECUTED BY SUCH PERSON PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT AND EACH SELLER PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN ANY SUCH COURT AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE AS TO THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN SUCH A COURT OR THAT SUCH COURT IS AN INCONVENIENT FORUM. NOTHING HEREIN SHALL LIMIT THE RIGHT OF ANY AGENT OR PURCHASER TO BRING PROCEEDINGS AGAINST ANY SELLER PARTY IN THE COURTS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION. ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING BY ANY SELLER PARTY AGAINST ANY AGENT OR PURCHASER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF ANY AGENT OR ANY PURCHASER INVOLVING, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, ANY MATTER IN ANY WAY ARISING OUT OF, RELATED TO, OR CONNECTED WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY DOCUMENT EXECUTED BY SUCH SELLER PARTY PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE BROUGHT ONLY IN A COURT IN CHICAGO, ILLINOIS.
     Section 14.10 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING INVOLVING, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, ANY MATTER (WHETHER SOUNDING IN TORT, CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE) IN ANY WAY ARISING OUT OF, RELATED TO, OR CONNECTED WITH THIS AGREEMENT, ANY DOCUMENT EXECUTED BY ANY SELLER PARTY PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER.

43


 

     Section 14.11 Integration; Binding Effect; Survival of Terms .
          (a) This Agreement and each other Transaction Document contain the final and complete integration of all prior expressions by the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof superseding all prior oral or written understandings.
          (b) This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns (including any trustee in bankruptcy). This Agreement shall create and constitute the continuing obligations of the parties hereto in accordance with its terms and shall remain in full force and effect until terminated in accordance with its terms; provided, however, that the rights and remedies with respect to (i) any breach of any representation and warranty made by any Seller Party pursuant to Article V, (ii) the indemnification and payment provisions of Article X, and Sections 14.5 and 14.6 shall be continuing and shall survive any termination of this Agreement.
     Section 14.12 Counterparts; Severability; Section References . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Any provisions of this Agreement which are prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. Unless otherwise expressly indicated, all references herein to “Article,” “Section,” “Schedule” or “Exhibit” shall mean articles and sections of, and schedules and exhibits to, this Agreement.
     Section 14.13 Co-Agent Roles .
          (a) Each of the Committed Purchasers in the Jupiter Group acknowledges that JPMorgan Chase or one of its Affiliates acts, or may in the future act, (i) as administrative agent for Jupiter or any Committed Purchaser in the Jupiter Group, (ii) as issuing and paying agent for the Commercial Paper of Jupiter, (iii) to provide credit or liquidity enhancement for the timely payment for the Commercial Paper of Jupiter, and (iv) to provide other services from time to time for the various members of the Jupiter Group (collectively, the “JPMorgan Chase Roles” ). Without limiting the generality of this Section 14.13(a), each Committed Purchaser in the Jupiter Group hereby acknowledges and consents to any and all JPMorgan Chase Roles and agrees that in connection with any JPMorgan Chase Role, JPMorgan Chase may take, or refrain from taking, any action that it, in its discretion, deems appropriate, including, without limitation, in its role as administrative agent for Jupiter, and the giving of notice to the Jupiter Agent of a mandatory purchase pursuant to one of Jupiter’s Liquidity Agreements.
          (b) Each of the Committed Purchasers in the Liberty Street Group acknowledges that Scotiabank or one of its Affiliates acts, or may in the future act, (i) as administrative agent for Liberty Street or any Committed Purchaser in the Liberty Street Group, (ii) as issuing and paying agent for the Commercial Paper of Liberty Street, (iii) to provide credit or liquidity enhancement for the timely payment for the Commercial Paper of Liberty Street and

44


 

(iv) to provide other services from time to time for the members of the Liberty Street Group (collectively, the “Scotiabank Roles” ). Without limiting the generality of this Section 14.13(b), each Committed Purchaser in the Liberty Street Group hereby acknowledges and consents to any and all Scotiabank Roles and agrees that in connection with any Scotiabank Role, Scotiabank may take, or refrain from taking, any action that it, in its discretion, deems appropriate, including, without limitation, in its role as administrative agent for Liberty Street, and the giving of notice to the Liberty Street Agent of a mandatory purchase pursuant to one of Liberty Street’s Liquidity Agreements.
     Section 14.14 Characterization .
          (a) It is the intention of the parties hereto that each purchase hereunder shall constitute and be treated as an absolute and irrevocable sale, which purchase shall provide the applicable Purchaser with the full benefits of ownership of an interest in the applicable Purchaser Interest. Except as specifically provided in this Agreement, each sale of a Purchaser Interest hereunder is made without recourse to Seller; provided, however, that (i) Seller shall be liable to each Purchaser and Agent for all representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities made by Seller pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, and (ii) such sale does not constitute and is not intended to result in an assumption by any Purchaser or Agent or any assignee thereof of any obligation of Seller or any Originator or any other Person arising in connection with the Receivables, the Related Security, or the related Contracts, or any other obligations of Seller or any Originator.
          (b) In addition to any ownership interest which the Administrative Agent may from time to time acquire pursuant hereto, Seller hereby grants to the Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of the Purchasers, a valid and perfected security interest in all of Seller’s right, title and interest in, to and under all Receivables now existing or hereafter arising, the Collections, each Lock-Box, each Collection Account, all Related Security, all other rights and payments relating to such Receivables, and all proceeds of any thereof prior to all other liens on and security interests therein to secure the prompt and complete payment of the Aggregate Unpaids. The Agents and the Purchasers shall have, in addition to the rights and remedies that they may have under this Agreement, all other rights and remedies provided to a secured creditor under the UCC and other applicable law, which rights and remedies shall be cumulative.
[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

45


 

           IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers or signatories as of the date hereof.
TENNECO AUTOMOTIVE RSA COMPANY, a Delaware corporation
             
By:   /s/ John E. Kunz    
         
Name:   John E. Kunz    
Title:   President and Treasurer    
Address:   500 North Field Drive    
    Lake Forest, IL 60045    
 
           
 
  Attention:   John E. Kunz    
 
  Phone:   (847) 482-5163    
 
  Fax:   (847) 482-5125    
TENNECO AUTOMOTIVE OPERATING COMPANY INC.,
a Delaware corporation
             
By:   /s/ Gary Silha    
         
Name:   Gary Silha    
Title:   Assistant Treasurer    
Address:   500 North Field Drive    
    Lake Forest, IL 60045    
 
           
 
  Attention:   Gary Silha, Assistant Treasurer    
 
  Phone:   (847) 482-5081    
 
  Fax:   (847) 482-5125    

46


 

JUPITER SECURITIZATION CORPORATION
         
By:
  /s/ John M. Kuhns    
 
 
 
Authorized Signatory
   
             
Address:
      c/o JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Agent    
 
      Asset Backed Securities    
 
      Suite IL1-1729    
 
      1 Bank One Plaza    
 
      Chicago, Illinois 60670-1729    
 
      Fax: (312) 732-1844    
JP MORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as a Committed Purchaser, as Jupiter Agent and as Administrative Agent
         
By:
  /s/ John M. Kuhns    
Name:
 
 
John M. Kuhns
   
Title:
  Vice President    
         
Address:
      JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
 
      Asset Backed Securities
 
      Suite IL1-1729
 
      1 Bank One Plaza
 
      Chicago, Illinois 60670-1729
 
      Fax: (312) 732-4487

47


 

LIBERTY STREET FUNDING CORP.
         
By:
  /s/ Bernard J. Angelo    
Name:
 
 
Bernard J. Angelo
   
Title:
  Vice President    
 
Address:
       
Liberty Street Funding Corp.
c/o Global Securitization Services, LLC
114 West 47th Street, Suite 1715
New York, NY 10036
Attention: Andrew L. Stidd
Telephone: (212) 302-5151
Telecopy:   (212) 302-8767

With a copy to:

The Bank of Nova Scotia
One Liberty Plaza, 26th Floor
New York, NY 10006
Attention: Mike Eden, Director
Tel: (212) 225-5237
Fax: (212) 225-5290

48


 

THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA, as a Committed Purchaser and as Liberty Street Agent
         
By:
  /s/ Michael Eden    
Name:
 
 
Michael Eden
   
Title:
  Director    
 
     
Address:
       
The Bank of Nova Scotia
One Liberty Plaza, 24th Floor
New York, NY 10006

Attention: Kevin Scheinkopf [For Purchase Notices]
Tel: (212) 225-5311
Fax: (212) 225-6465
          and
Attention: Mike Eden, Director [For all other purposes]
Tel: (212) 225-5237
Fax: (212) 225-5290

49


 

EXHIBIT I
DEFINITIONS
          As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined):
           “Accrual Period” means each calendar month.
           “Administrative Agent” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.
           “Adverse Claim” means a lien, security interest, charge or encumbrance, or other right or claim in, of or on any Person’s assets or properties in favor of any other Person.
           “Affected Committed Purchaser” has the meaning specified in Section 12.1(c).
           “Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person. A Person shall be deemed to control another Person if the controlling Person owns 10% or more of any class of voting securities of the controlled Person or possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of the controlled Person, whether through ownership of stock, by contract or otherwise.
           “Agents” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.
           “Aggregate Capital” means, on any date of determination, the aggregate amount of Capital of all Purchaser Interests outstanding on such date.
           “Aggregate Reduction” has the meaning specified in Section 1.3.
           “Aggregate Reserves” means, on any date of determination, the sum of the Loss Reserve, the Dilution Reserve and the Servicer Reserve.
           “Aggregate Unpaids” means, at any time, an amount equal to the sum of all Aggregate Capital plus all accrued and unpaid Recourse Obligations (whether due or accrued) at such time.
           “Agreement” means this Second Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement, as it may be amended or modified and in effect from time to time.
           “Amortization Date” means the earliest to occur of (i) the day on which any of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 6.2 are not satisfied, (ii) the Business Day immediately prior to the occurrence of an Amortization Event set forth in Section 9.1(d)(ii), (iii) the Business Day specified in a written notice from the Administrative Agent following the

50


 

occurrence of any other Amortization Event, and (iv) the date which is thirty (30) Business Days after the Agents’ receipt of written notice from Seller that it wishes to terminate the facility evidenced by this Agreement.
           “Amortization Event” has the meaning specified in Article IX.
           “Applicable Margin” means, on any date of determination, the then “Applicable Margin” (as defined in the Tenneco Credit Agreement).
           “Assignment Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.1(b).
           “Authorized Officer” means, with respect to any Person, its chief executive officer, president, corporate controller, treasurer, assistant treasurer or chief financial officer.
           “Broken Funding Costs” means for any Purchaser Interest which: (i) has its Capital reduced without compliance by Seller with the notice requirements hereunder or (ii) does not become subject to an Aggregate Reduction following the delivery of any Reduction Notice or (iii) is assigned under a Liquidity Agreement or terminated prior to the date on which it was originally scheduled to end; an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (A) the CP Costs or Yield (as applicable) that would have accrued during the remainder of the Tranche Periods or the tranche periods for Commercial Paper of the applicable Conduit determined by the applicable Co-Agent to relate to such Purchaser Interest (as applicable) subsequent to the date of such reduction, assignment or termination (or in respect of clause (ii) above, the date such Aggregate Reduction was designated to occur pursuant to the Reduction Notice) of the Capital of such Purchaser Interest if such reduction, assignment or termination had not occurred or such Reduction Notice had not been delivered, over (B) the sum of (x) to the extent all or a portion of such Capital is allocated to another Purchaser Interest, the amount of CP Costs or Yield actually accrued during the remainder of such period on such Capital for the new Purchaser Interest, and (y) to the extent such Capital is not allocated to another Purchaser Interest, the income, if any, actually received during the remainder of such period by the holder of such Purchaser Interest from investing the portion of such Capital not so allocated. In the event that the amount referred to in clause (B) exceeds the amount referred to in clause (A), the relevant Purchaser or Purchasers agree to pay to Seller the amount of such excess. All Broken Funding Costs shall be due and payable hereunder upon demand.
           “Business Day” means any day on which banks are not authorized or required to close in New York, New York or Chicago, Illinois and The Depository Trust Company of New York is open for business, and, if the applicable Business Day relates to any computation or payment to be made with respect to the LIBO Rate, any day on which dealings in dollar deposits are carried on in the London interbank market.
           “Capital” of any Purchaser Interest means, at any time, (A) the Purchase Price of such Purchaser Interest, minus (B) the sum of the aggregate amount of Collections and other payments received by the applicable Co-Agent which in each case are applied to reduce such Capital in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement; provided that such Capital shall be restored (in accordance with Section 2.5) in the amount of any Collections or

51


 

other payments so received and applied if at any time the distribution of such Collections or payments are rescinded, returned or refunded for any reason.
           “Capital Stock” means any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation, any and all equivalent ownership interests in a Person (other than a corporation) and any and all warrants, rights or options to purchase any of the foregoing.
           “Change of Control” means that (i) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) shall become, or obtain rights (whether by means of warrants, options or otherwise) to become, the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 25% of the outstanding common stock of Tenneco Automotive, (ii) the board of directors of Tenneco Automotive shall cease to consist of a majority of Continuing Directors, (iii) a Specified Change of Control shall occur, or (iv) Tenneco Automotive shall cease to be the beneficial owner (as defined above), directly or indirectly, of 100% of the outstanding common stock of either of the Seller Parties.
           “Charged-Off Receivable” means a Receivable: (i) as to which the Obligor thereof has taken any action, or suffered any event to occur, of the type described in Section 9.1(d) (as if references to Seller Party therein refer to such Obligor); (ii) as to which the Obligor thereof, if a natural person, is deceased, (iii) which, consistent with the Credit and Collection Policy, would be written off Seller’s books as uncollectible, or (iv) which has been identified by Seller as uncollectible.
           “Co-Agent” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.
           “Collection Account” means each concentration account, depositary account, lock-box account or similar account in which any Collections are collected or deposited and which is listed on Exhibit IV.
           “Collection Account Agreement” means an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit VI among an Originator, Seller, the Administrative Agent and a Collection Bank.
           “Collection Bank” means, at any time, any of the banks holding one or more Collection Accounts.
           “Collection Notice” means a notice, in substantially the form of Annex A to Exhibit VI, from the Administrative Agent to a Collection Bank.
           “Collections” means, with respect to any Receivable, all cash collections and other cash proceeds in respect of such Receivable, including, without limitation, all yield, Finance Charges or other related amounts accruing in respect thereof and all cash proceeds of Related Security with respect to such Receivable; provided, however, that Collections will not include any cash collected by means of electronic fund transfer until such cash is actually received by the Servicer.

52


 

           “Commercial Paper” means promissory notes of a Conduit issued by such Conduit in the commercial paper market.
           “Commitment” means, for each Committed Purchaser, the commitment of such Committed Purchaser to purchase interest in Purchaser Interests from Seller in an amount not to exceed (i) in the aggregate, the amount set forth opposite such Committed Purchaser’s name on Schedule A to this Agreement, as such amount may be modified in accordance with the terms hereof and (ii) with respect to any individual purchase hereunder, its Pro Rata Share of its Group’s Percentage of the Purchase Price therefor.
           “Commitment Availability” means, for each Group, the excess (if any) of (i) the aggregate amount of the Commitments of the Committed Purchasers in such Group divided by 1.02, over (ii) the outstanding aggregate Capital of all Purchasers in such Group.
           “Committed Purchasers” means the Liberty Street Committed Purchasers or the Jupiter Committed Purchasers.
           “Concentration Limit” means, at any time, for any Obligor, one-third (1/3) of the Loss Reserve Floor, or such other amount (a “Special Concentration Limit”) for such Obligor designated by the Administrative Agent; provided that in the case of an Obligor and any Affiliate of such Obligor, the Concentration Limit shall be calculated as if such Obligor and such Affiliate are one Obligor; and provided, further, that the Administrative Agent may, upon not less than ten (10) Business Days’ notice to Seller, cancel any Special Concentration Limit. As of the date hereof, and subject to cancellation as described above, any Obligor and its Affiliates shall have a Special Concentration Limit equal to 7% of Eligible Receivables so long as such Obligor’s long term debt ratings equal or exceed “BBB-” from Standard & Poor’s, a division of the McGraw-Hill Companies ( “S&P” ) and “Baa3” from Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. ( “Moody’s” ).
           “Conduit” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.
           “Contingent Obligation” of a Person means any agreement, undertaking or arrangement by which such Person assumes, guarantees, endorses, contingently agrees to purchase or provide funds for the payment of, or otherwise becomes or is contingently liable upon, the obligation or liability of any other Person, or agrees to maintain the net worth or working capital or other financial condition of any other Person, or otherwise assures any creditor of such other Person against loss, including, without limitation, any comfort letter, operating agreement, take-or-pay contract or application for a letter of credit.
           “Continuing Directors” means the directors of Tenneco Automotive on the date of the initial Purchase hereunder and each other director, in each case, such other director’s nomination for election of the board of directors of Tenneco Automotive is recommended by at least a majority of the then Continuing Directors.
           “Contract” means, with respect to any Receivable, any and all instruments, agreements, invoices or other writings pursuant to which such Receivable arises or which evidences such Receivable.

53


 

           “CP Costs” means, for each day for each Conduit, the sum of (i) discount or yield accrued on Pooled Commercial Paper of such Conduit on such day, plus (ii) any and all accrued commissions in respect of such Conduit’s placement agents and Commercial Paper dealers, and issuing and paying agent fees incurred, in respect of such Pooled Commercial Paper for such day, plus (iii) other costs associated with funding small or odd-lot amounts with respect to all receivable purchase facilities which are funded by Pooled Commercial Paper of such Conduit for such day, minus (iv) any accrual of income net of expenses received on such day from investment of collections received under all receivable purchase facilities funded substantially with Pooled Commercial Paper of such Conduit, minus (v) any payment received on such day net of expenses in respect of Broken Funding Costs related to the prepayment of any Purchaser Interest of such Conduit pursuant to the terms of any receivable purchase or financing facilities funded substantially with Pooled Commercial Paper of such Conduit. In addition to the foregoing costs, if Seller shall request any Incremental Purchase during any period of time determined by the applicable Co-Agent in its sole discretion to result in incrementally higher CP Costs applicable to such Incremental Purchase, the Capital associated with any such Incremental Purchase shall, during such period, be deemed to be funded by such Conduit in a special pool (which may include capital associated with other receivable purchase facilities) for purposes of determining such additional CP Costs applicable only to such special pool and charged each day during such period against such Capital. All CP Costs shall be allocated to the Capital of each Conduit under this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.1.
           “Credit and Collection Policy” means Seller’s credit and collection policies and practices relating to Contracts and Receivables existing on the date hereof and summarized in Exhibit VIII hereto, as modified from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.
           “Daily Report” means a report, in substantially the form of Exhibit XI hereto (appropriately completed), furnished by the Servicer to the Agents pursuant to Section 8.5.
           “Daily Reporting Date” means (i) each Business Day on which Aggregate Capital is greater than zero as of the end of such Business Day or (ii) each of the two (2) Business Days immediately prior to the date upon which there is an Incremental Purchase, regardless of whether Aggregate Capital is greater than zero.
           “Deduction” means any Receivable that the applicable Originator books as a new asset on its general ledger which represents an amount withheld by an Obligor from its payment on another Receivable.
           “Deemed Collections” means the aggregate of all amounts Seller shall have been deemed to have received as a Collection of a Receivable. Seller shall be deemed to have received a Collection in full of a Receivable if at any time (i) the Outstanding Balance of any such Receivable is either (x) reduced as a result of any defective or rejected goods or services, any discount or any adjustment or otherwise by Seller (other than as a result of such Receivable becoming a Charged-Off Receivable or such Receivable having any credit issued with respect to it on account of a repurchase pursuant to any Stock-Lift Agreement, on account of any Pass-Through Credit, Price Give-Back Accrual or Warranty Accrual, or to reflect cash Collections on account of the Receivables) or (y) reduced or canceled as a result of a setoff in respect of any claim by any Person (whether such claim arises out of the same or a related transaction or an

54


 

unrelated transaction) or (ii) any of the representations or warranties in Article V are no longer true with respect to any Receivable.
           “Default Fee” means with respect to any amount due and payable by Seller in respect of any Aggregate Unpaids, an amount equal to the greater of (i) $1,000 and (ii) interest on any such unpaid Aggregate Unpaids at a rate per annum equal to 2% above the Prime Rate.
           “Default Ratio” means, on any date of determination, the highest three-month rolling average during the twelve-month period then most recently ended of the percentage equal to (i) the sum of (a) the Outstanding Balance of Receivables which were 91-120 days past due on the last day of the month then most recently ended, plus (b) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Receivables that became Charged-Off Receivables in the prior month at a time when such Receivables were less than 121 days past due, divided by (ii) the aggregate sales of the Originators during the fifth month prior to such date of determination.
           “Delinquency Ratio” means, at any time, a percentage equal to (i) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Receivables that were Delinquent Receivables at such time divided by (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Receivables at such time.
           “Delinquent Receivable” means a Receivable as to which any payment, or part thereof, remains unpaid for 61 days or more after the original due date for such payment.
           “Designated Obligor” means an Obligor indicated by the Administrative Agent to Seller in writing.
           “Dilution Horizon Ratio means cumulative sales of the Originators during the two (2) months most recently ended divided by the Net Receivables Balance as of the last day of the month most recently ended.
           “Dilution Ratio” means, at any time, a percentage equal to (i) the aggregate amount of Dilutions which occurred during the month then most recently ended, divided by (ii) the aggregate sales of the Originators during the month immediately preceding the month then most recently ended.
           “Dilution Reserve” means, on any date of determination, an amount equal to the greater of (a) 10% of the Net Receivables Balance, and (b) the amount determined pursuant to the following formula:
                   { (SF x ED) + [ (DS - ED) x (DS/ED) ] } x DHR x NRB
  where:    
 
  SF   = at any time while the long-term debt of Tenneco Automotive is rated at least “B” by S&P and at least “B2” by Moody’s, 2.25, and (b) at all other times, 2.50;
 
  ED   = Expected Dilution;

55


 

  DS   = Dilution Spike;
 
  DHR   = Dilution Horizon Ratio; and
 
  NRB   = Net Receivables Balance.
           “Dilution Spike” means, at any time, the highest two-month rolling average Dilution Ratio during the twelve months then most recently ended.
           “Dilutions” means, at any time, the aggregate amount of reductions or cancellations described in clause (i) of the definition of “Deemed Collections”.
           “Discount Rate” means, the LIBO Rate, the Transaction Rate or the Prime Rate, as applicable, with respect to each portion of Capital funded by the Committed Purchasers.
           “Eligible Receivable” means, at any time, a Receivable:
               (i) the Obligor of which (a) if a natural person, is a resident of the United States or, if a corporation or other business organization, is organized under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof and has its chief executive office in the United States; (b) is not an Affiliate of any of the parties hereto; (c) is not a Designated Obligor; (d) is not a government or a governmental subdivision or agency; and (e) has not contested the validity of any Receivables Sale Agreement or this Agreement,
               (ii) the Obligor of which is not the Obligor of (A) any Charged-Off Receivable or (B) Receivables more than 25% of the aggregate Outstanding balance of which are Delinquent Receivables,
               (iii) as to which no payment (or part thereof) is more than 60 days past the original due date therefor,
               (iv) which is not a Charged-Off Receivable or a Deduction,
               (v) which by its terms is due and payable within 70 days of the original billing date therefor and has not had its payment terms extended, provided, however, that not more than 10% of the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Receivables may have terms permitting payment to be made within 71-150 days of the original billing date therefor and still be “Eligible Receivables” so long as their payment terms have not been extended,
               (vi) which is an “account” within the meaning of Article 9 of the UCC of all applicable jurisdictions,
               (vii) which is denominated and payable only in United States dollars in the United States,
               (viii) which arises under a Contract which, together with such Receivable, is in full force and effect and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of

56


 

the related Obligor enforceable against such Obligor in accordance with its terms subject to no offset, counterclaim or other defense,
               (ix) which arises under a Contract which (A) does not require the Obligor under such Contract to consent to the transfer, sale or assignment of the rights and duties of the applicable Originator or any of its assignees under such Contract and (B) does not contain a confidentiality provision that purports to restrict the ability of any Purchaser to exercise its rights under this Agreement, including, without limitation, its right to review the Contract,
               (x) which represents an obligation to pay a specified sum of money, contingent only upon the sale of goods or the provision of services by the applicable Originator,
               (xi) which, together with the Contract related thereto, does not contravene any law, rule or regulation applicable thereto (including, without limitation, any law, rule and regulation relating to truth in lending, fair credit billing, fair credit reporting, equal credit opportunity, fair debt collection practices and privacy) and with respect to which no part of the Contract related thereto is in violation of any such law, rule or regulation,
               (xii) which satisfies all applicable requirements of the Credit and Collection Policy,
               (xiii) which was generated in the ordinary course of the applicable Originator’s business,
               (xiv) which arises solely from the sale of goods or the provision of services to the related Obligor by the applicable Originator, and not by any other Person (in whole or in part),
               (xv) as to which the Administrative Agent (at the direction of the Co-Agents) has not notified Seller that the Agents have determined that such Receivable or class of Receivables is not acceptable as an Eligible Receivable, including, without limitation, because such Receivable arises under a Contract that is not acceptable to the Agents,
               (xvi) which is not subject to any right of rescission, set-off, counterclaim, any other defense (including defenses arising out of violations of usury laws) of the applicable Obligor against the applicable Originator or any other Adverse Claim, and the Obligor thereon holds no right as against such Originator to cause such Originator to repurchase the goods or merchandise the sale of which shall have given rise to such Receivable (except with respect to sale discounts effected pursuant to the Contract, or defective goods returned in accordance with the terms of the Contract) ; provided, however, that Receivables of any Obligor which has any accounts payable owing to such Obligor from such Originator (thus giving rise to a potential offset against such Receivables) may be treated as Eligible Receivables if they meet the other criteria set forth in this definition but only to the extent that the aggregate Outstanding Balance of such Receivables exceeds the aggregate outstanding amount of all such payables,
               (xvii) as to which the applicable Originator has satisfied and fully performed all obligations on its part with respect to such Receivable required to be fulfilled by it,

57


 

and no further action is required to be performed by any Person with respect thereto other than payment thereon by the applicable Obligor,
               (xviii) as to which the applicable Obligor has not been the subject of any proceeding of the type described in Section 9.1(d) (as if references therein to any Seller Party were a reference to such Obligor) in the 12 months prior to any date of determination,
               (xix) all right, title and interest to and in which has been validly transferred by the applicable Originator directly to Seller under and in accordance with the applicable Receivables Sale Agreement, and Seller has good and marketable title thereto free and clear of any Adverse Claim except as created hereunder, and
               (xx) which is not subject to a Stock Lift Agreement, provided, however, that Receivables subject to a Stock Lift Agreement may be treated as Eligible Receivables if they meet the other criteria set forth in this definition but only to the extent that the aggregate Outstanding Balance of such Receivables exceeds the aggregate amount of accruals recorded by the Originator, as estimated by Servicer’s sales group, to reflect a potential credit to be provided pursuant to a Stock Lift Agreement.
           “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.
           “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto.
           “Expected Dilution” means the rolling twelve-month average of the Dilution Ratio.
           “Facility Termination Date” means the earlier to occur of (i) the Liquidity Termination Date and (ii) the Amortization Date.
           “Federal Bankruptcy Code” means Title 11 of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy,” as amended and any successor statute thereto.
           “Federal Funds Effective Rate” means, for any period, a fluctuating interest rate per annum for each day during such period equal to (a) the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers, as published for such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, for the preceding Business Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York in the Composite Closing Quotations for U.S. Government Securities; or (b) if such rate is not so published for any day which is a Business Day, the average of the quotations at approximately 10:30 a.m. (Chicago time) for such day on such transactions received by the applicable Co-Agent from three federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.
           “Fee Letter” means the Sixth Amended and Restated Fee Letter dated as of May 4, 2005 by and among Seller and the Agents, as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

58


 

           “Finance Charges” means, with respect to a Contract, any finance, interest, late payment charges or similar charges owing by an Obligor pursuant to such Contract.
           “Funding Source” means (i) any Committed Purchaser or (ii) any insurance company, bank or other funding entity providing liquidity, credit enhancement or back-up purchase support or facilities to a Conduit.
           “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in effect in the United States of America as of the date of this Agreement.
           “Group” means the Jupiter Group or the Liberty Street Group.
           “Incremental Purchase” means a purchase of one or more Purchaser Interests which increases the total outstanding Aggregate Capital hereunder.
           “Indebtedness” of a Person means such Person’s (i) obligations for borrowed money, (ii) obligations representing the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of such Person’s business payable on terms customary in the trade), (iii) obligations, whether or not assumed, secured by liens or payable out of the proceeds or production from property now or hereafter owned or acquired by such Person, (iv) obligations which are evidenced by notes, acceptances, or other instruments, (v) capitalized lease obligations, (vi) net liabilities under interest rate swap, exchange or cap agreements, (vii) Contingent Obligations and (viii) liabilities in respect of unfunded vested benefits under plans covered by Title IV of ERISA.
           “Independent Director” shall mean a member of the board of directors of Seller who is not at such time, and has not been at any time during the preceding five (5) years, (A) a director, officer, employee or affiliate of any Originator, or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates (other than Seller), or (B) the beneficial owner (at the time of such individual’s appointment as an Independent Director or at any time thereafter while serving as an Independent Director) of any of the outstanding common shares of Seller, any Originator, or any of their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates, having general voting rights.
           “JPMorgan Chase” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. in its individual capacity and its successors.
           “Jupiter” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.
           “Jupiter Co-Agent” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.
           “Jupiter Committed Purchasers” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.
           “Jupiter Group” means Jupiter and the Jupiter Committed Purchasers.
           “Jupiter Liquidity Agreement” means that certain Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of May 4, 2005 by and among Jupiter, the Jupiter Co-Agent and JPMorgan Chase, as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

59


 

           “Level One Ratings Period” means any period during which Tenneco Automotive’s long-term debt is rated “BBB-” or higher by S&P and “Baa3” or higher by Moody’s.
           “Level Two Ratings Period” means any period, other than a Level One Ratings Period, during which Tenneco Automotive’s long-term debt is rated “BB-” or higher by S&P and “Ba3” or higher by Moody’s.
           “Level Three Ratings Period” means any period during which Tenneco Automotive’s long-term debt is rated “B+” or lower by S&P or “B1” or lower by Moody’s.
           “Liberty Street” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.
           “Liberty Street Co-Agent” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.
           “Liberty Street Committed Purchasers” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.
           “Liberty Street Group” means Liberty Street and the Liberty Street Committed Purchasers.
           “Liberty Street Liquidity Agreement” means that certain Liquidity Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of May 4, 2005 by and among Liberty Street, the Liberty Street Co-Agent and Scotiabank, as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.
           “LIBO Rate” means the rate per annum equal to the sum of (i) (a) the applicable British Bankers’ Association Interest Settlement Rate for deposits in U.S. dollars appearing on Reuters Screen FRBD as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of the relevant Tranche Period, and having a maturity equal to such Tranche Period, provided that, (i) if Reuters Screen FRBD is not available to a Co-Agent for any reason, the applicable LIBO Rate for the relevant Tranche Period shall instead be the applicable British Bankers’ Association Interest Settlement Rate for deposits in U.S. dollars as reported by any other generally recognized financial information service as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such Tranche Period, and having a maturity equal to such Tranche Period, and (ii) if no such British Bankers’ Association Interest Settlement Rate is available to a Co-Agent, the applicable LIBO Rate for the relevant Tranche Period shall instead be the rate determined by such Co-Agent to be the rate at which such Co-Agent offers to place deposits in U.S. dollars with first-class banks in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such Tranche Period, in the approximate amount to be funded at the LIBO Rate and having a maturity equal to such Tranche Period, divided by (b) one minus the maximum aggregate reserve requirement (including all basic, supplemental, marginal or other reserves) which is imposed against such Co-Agent in respect of Eurocurrency liabilities, as defined in Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as in effect from time to time (expressed as a decimal), applicable to such Tranche Period plus (ii) the “Applicable Margin” that is applicable to “Revolving Loans” that are “Eurodollar Loans” (in each of the foregoing cases, as defined in the

60


 

Tenneco Credit Agreement), per annum. The LIBO Rate shall be rounded, if necessary, to the next higher 1/16 of 1%.
           “Liquidity Agreement” means the Jupiter Liquidity Agreement or the Liberty Street Liquidity Agreement.
           “Liquidity Termination Date” means January 30, 2006.
           “Lock-Box” means each locked postal box with respect to which a bank who has executed a Collection Account Agreement has been granted exclusive access for the purpose of retrieving and processing payments made on the Receivables and which is listed on Exhibit IV.
           “Loss Horizon Ratio” means, on any date of determination, a percentage equal to the quotient of (i) aggregate cumulative sales of the Originator during the three months then most recently ended, divided by (ii) the Net Receivables Balance as of the last day of the month then most recently ended.
           “Loss Reserve” means, on any date, an amount equal to the greater of (A) the Loss Reserve Floor and (B) an amount equal to the product of the Loss Reserve Percentage and the Net Receivables Balance as of such date.
           “Loss Reserve Floor” means (a) at any time while the long-term senior secured debt of Tenneco Automotive is rated at least “B” by S&P and at least “B2” by Moody’s, 18% of the Net Receivables Balance, and (b) at all other times, 21% of the Net Receivables Balance.
           “Loss Reserve Percentage” means a percentage equal to 2.25 times the product of the Default Ratio times the Loss Horizon Ratio.
           “Loss-to-Liquidation Ratio” means, as at the last day of any calendar month, a percentage equal to (a) the sum of (i) Receivables that are 61-90 days past due as of such date, plus (ii) without duplication of amounts included in clause (i), the amount of Charged-Off Receivables which became Charged-Off Receivables during such month, divided by (b) the aggregate amount of Collections during such month.
           “Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on (i) the business, property, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of Performance Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or of either Seller Party, (ii) the ability of either Seller Party to perform its obligations under this Agreement or the Performance Guarantor to perform its obligations under the Performance Undertaking, (iii) the legality, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, (iv) any Purchaser’s interest in the Receivables generally or in any significant portion of the Receivables, the Related Security or the Collections with respect thereto, or (v) the collectibility of the Receivables generally or of any material portion of the Receivables.
           “Monthly Payment Date” means two (2) Business Days after the Monthly Reporting Date.

61


 

           “Monthly Report” means a report, in substantially the form of Exhibit X hereto (appropriately completed), furnished by the Servicer to the Agents pursuant to Section 8.5.
           “Monthly Reporting Date” means the 7 th day of each month hereafter (or, if any such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day thereafter.
           “Net Receivables Balance” means, at any time, the result of (a) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables, minus (b) the Overconcentration Amount, minus (c) the Pass-Through Reserve at such time, minus (d) the Warranty Reserve at such time, minus the (e) Price Give-Back Accrual at such time; provided, however, that the sum of the Pass-Through Reserve, the Price Give-Back Accrual, the Warranty Reserve and the Overconcentration Amount attributable to any Obligor shall not exceed the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables for such Obligor included in the calculation of Net Receivables Balance.
           “New Pass-Through Credits” means, at any time for any Obligor, the balance of Pass-Through Credits that became Pass-Through Credits during the calendar month most recently ended.
           “Obligor” means a Person obligated to make payments pursuant to a Contract.
           “Originator” means (a) Tenneco Operating, and (b) The Pullman Company, a Delaware corporation, each in its capacity as seller under the applicable Receivables Sale Agreement.
           “Outstanding Balance” of any Receivable at any time means the then outstanding principal balance thereof.
           “Overconcentration Amount” means, at any time, the aggregate for all Obligors of the sum, with respect to each Obligor, of the excess, if any, of (a) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables of such Obligor and its Affiliates, after subtracting the Pass-Through Reserve, the Warranty Reserve and the Price Give-Back Accrual, in each case, allocated to the Receivables of such Obligor and its Affiliates, if any, over (b) the Concentration Limit for such Obligor and its Affiliates.
           “Participant” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.2.
           “Pass-Through Credit” means, at any time for any Obligor, the aggregate credit due to such Obligor resulting from the overpayment to any Seller Party of such Obligor’s Receivables because a portion of any such Receivable was payable to a Person other than the Originator of such Receivable.
           “Pass-Through Reserve” means, at any time, the aggregate for all Obligors of the sum, with respect to each Obligor, of the sum of (1) the aggregate of the Pass-Through Credits as of the last day of the month most recently ended and (2) the product of (a) 1.5 and (b) the average of the New Pass-Through Credits for each of the three (3) months then most recently ended.

62


 

           “Percentage” means 55.555556% for the Jupiter Group and 44.444444% for the Liberty Street Group, which percentages shall be adjusted to give effect to the terms and provisions of Section 2.2. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of the initial Purchase after the effective date of this Agreement, the applicable Percentage for the Liberty Street Group shall be increased, and the applicable Percentage for the Jupiter Group shall be decreased, such that after giving effect to such initial Purchase, the outstanding Capital from each Group shall be 55.555556% for the Jupiter Group and 44.444444% for the Liberty Street Group.
           “Performance Guarantor” means Tenneco Automotive.
           “Performance Undertaking” means that certain Third Amended and Restated Performance Undertaking, dated as of May 4, 2005, made by the Performance Guarantor in favor of Seller, substantially in the form of Exhibit XI, as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.
           “Person“ means an individual, partnership, corporation (including a business trust), limited liability company, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture or other entity, or a government or any political subdivision or agency thereof.
           “Pooled Commercial Paper” means Commercial Paper notes of a Conduit subject to any particular pooling arrangement by such Conduit, but excluding Commercial Paper issued by such Conduit for a tenor and in an amount specifically requested by any Person in connection with any agreement effected by such Conduit.
           “Potential Amortization Event” means an event which, with the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute an Amortization Event.
           “Price Give-Back Accrual” means, at any time, the aggregate for all Obligors of the sum, with respect to each Obligor, of all accounting reserve or “contra” entries established on any Originator’s books and records in respect of such Originator’s liability in connection with any discount owed to such Obligor under a sales contract.
           “Prime Rate” means a rate per annum equal to the sum of (a) the “Applicable Margin” that is applicable to “Revolving Loans” that are “ABR Loans” (in each of the foregoing cases, as defined in the Tenneco Credit Agreement), plus (b) the prime rate of interest announced from time to time by the applicable Co-Agent or its parent (which is not necessarily the lowest rate charged to any customer), changing when and as said prime rate changes.
           “Pro Rata Share” means, for each Committed Purchaser, a percentage equal to (i) the Commitment of such Committed Purchaser, divided by (ii) the aggregate amount of the Commitments of all Committed Purchasers in its Group.
           “Proposed Reduction Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.3.
           “Purchase Limit” means $90,000,000.
           “Purchase Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.2.

63


 

           “Purchase Price” means, with respect to any Incremental Purchase of a Purchaser Interest, the amount paid to Seller for such Purchaser Interest which shall not exceed the least of (i) the amount requested by Seller in the applicable Purchase Notice, (ii) the unused portion of the Purchase Limit on the applicable purchase date and (iii) the excess, if any, of the Net Receivables Balance (less the Aggregate Reserves) on the applicable purchase date over the aggregate outstanding amount of Aggregate Capital determined as of the date of the most recent Daily Report or, in the case of the Aggregate Reserves, the most recent Monthly Report, taking into account such proposed Incremental Purchase.
           “Purchaser” means each of the Conduits and Committed Purchasers.
           “Purchaser Interest” means, at any time, an undivided percentage ownership interest (computed as set forth below) associated with a designated amount of Capital, selected pursuant to the terms and conditions hereof in (i) each Receivable arising prior to the time of the most recent computation or recomputation of such undivided interest, (ii) all Related Security with respect to each such Receivable, and (iii) all Collections with respect to, and other proceeds of, each such Receivable. Each such undivided percentage interest shall equal:
         
 
  C    
 
       
 
  NRB – AR    
  where:    
 
  C   = the Capital of such Purchaser Interest.
 
  AR   = the Aggregate Reserves.
 
  NRB   = the Net Receivables Balance.
Such undivided percentage ownership interest shall be initially computed on its date of purchase. Thereafter, until the Amortization Date, each Purchaser Interest shall be automatically recomputed (or deemed to be recomputed) on each day prior to the Amortization Date. The variable percentage represented by any Purchaser Interest as computed (or deemed recomputed) as of the close of the Business Day immediately preceding the Amortization Date shall remain constant at all times thereafter.
           “Purchasing Committed Purchaser” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.1(b).
           “Receivable” means all indebtedness and other obligations owed to Seller or an Originator (at the time it arises, and before giving effect to any transfer or conveyance under a Receivables Sale Agreement or hereunder), excluding any such indebtedness or obligations owed by any Subsidiary of Tenneco Automotive, or in which Seller or an Originator has a security interest or other interest, including, without limitation, any indebtedness, obligation or interest constituting an account, chattel paper, instrument or general intangible, arising in connection with the sale of goods or the rendering of services by such Originator, and further includes, without limitation, the obligation to pay any Finance Charges with respect thereto. Indebtedness and other rights and obligations arising from any one transaction, including, without limitation,

64


 

indebtedness and other rights and obligations represented by an individual invoice, shall constitute a Receivable separate from a Receivable consisting of the indebtedness and other rights and obligations arising from any other transaction; provided further, that any indebtedness, rights or obligations referred to in the immediately preceding sentence shall be a Receivable regardless of whether the account debtor or Seller treats such indebtedness, rights or obligations as a separate payment obligation.
           “Receivables Sale Agreement” means either (a) that certain Receivables Sale Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2000, between Tenneco Operating, as seller, and Seller, as purchaser, or (b) that certain Receivables Sale Agreement, dated as of December 27, 2000, between The Pullman Company, as seller, and Seller, as purchaser, as each of the foregoing may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.
           “Records” means, with respect to any Receivable, all Contracts and other documents, books, records and other information (including, without limitation, computer programs, tapes, disks, punch cards, data processing software and related property and rights) relating to such Receivable, any Related Security therefor and the related Obligor.
           “Recourse Obligations” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.
           “Reduction Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.3.
           “Regulatory Change” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2(a).
           “Reinvestment” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.
           “Related Security” means, with respect to any Receivable:
     (i) all security interests or liens and property subject thereto from time to time, if any, purporting to secure payment of such Receivable, whether pursuant to the Contract related to such Receivable or otherwise, together with all financing statements and security agreements describing any collateral securing such Receivable, but excluding any UCC Article 2 security interest in the goods, the sale of which gave rise to such Receivable,
     (ii) all guaranties, letters of credit, insurance and other agreements or arrangements of whatever character from time to time supporting or securing payment of such Receivable whether pursuant to the Contract related to such Receivable or otherwise,
     (iii) all service contracts and other contracts and agreements associated with such Receivable,
     (iv) all Records related to such Receivable,
     (v) all of Seller’s right, title and interest in, to and under the applicable Receivables Sale Agreement in respect of such Receivable and all of Seller’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Performance Undertaking, and

65


 

     (vi) all proceeds of any of the foregoing.
           “Required Capital Amount” means $30,000,000.
           “Restricted Junior Payment” means (i) any dividend or other distribution, direct or indirect, on account of any shares of any class of capital stock of Seller now or hereafter outstanding, except a dividend payable solely in shares of that class of stock or in any junior class of stock of Seller, (ii) any redemption, retirement, sinking fund or similar payment, purchase or other acquisition for value, direct or indirect, of any shares of any class of capital stock of Seller now or hereafter outstanding, (iii) any payment or prepayment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest, fees or other charges on or with respect to, and any redemption, purchase, retirement, defeasance, sinking fund or similar payment and any claim for rescission with respect to the “Subordinated Loans” (as such term is defined in the Receivables Sale Agreements), (iv) any payment made to redeem, purchase, repurchase or retire, or to obtain the surrender of, any outstanding warrants, options or other rights to acquire shares of any class of capital stock of Seller now or hereafter outstanding, and (v) any payment of management fees by Seller (except for reasonable management fees to any Originator or its Affiliates in reimbursement of actual management services performed).
           “Seller” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.
           “Seller Parties” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.
           “Servicer” means at any time the Person (which may be the Agent) then authorized pursuant to Article VIII to service, administer and collect Receivables.
           “Servicer Reserve” means, on any date, an amount equal to 2% multiplied by the Net Receivables Balance as of the close of business of the Servicer on such date.
           “Servicing Fee” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.6.
           “Settlement Date ”means (A) the Business Day following receipt of each Daily Report or Weekly Report (as applicable), (B) each Monthly Payment Date, and (C) the Business Day on which any Recourse Obligation is not paid when due.
           “Settlement Report” means each Daily Report, Weekly Report or Monthly Report.
           “Specified Change of Control” means the occurrence of one or more of the following events:
     (1) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of Tenneco Automotive to any Person or group of related Persons for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act (a “Group” ), together with any Affiliates thereof;
     (2) the approval by the holders of Capital Stock of Tenneco Automotive of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of Tenneco Automotive;

66


 

     (3) any Person or Group shall become the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of shares representing more than 35% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Capital Stock of Tenneco Automotive; or
     (4) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the board of directors (together with any new directors whose election by such board of directors or whose nomination for election by the stockholders of Tenneco Automotive was approved pursuant to a vote of a majority of the directors then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the board of directors then in office.
           “Stock Lift Agreement” means a Contract that requires the Originator to repurchase existing shelf stock from the applicable Obligor.
           “Subsidiary” of a Person means (i) any corporation more than 50% of the outstanding securities having ordinary voting power of which shall at the time be owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or by one or more of its Subsidiaries or by such Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries, or (ii) any partnership, association, limited liability company, joint venture or similar business organization more than 50% of the ownership interests having ordinary voting power of which shall at the time be so owned or controlled. Unless otherwise expressly provided, all references herein to a “Subsidiary” shall mean a Subsidiary of Seller.
           “Tenneco Automotive” means Tenneco Automotive Inc., a Delaware corporation.
           “Tenneco Automotive Entities” means Tenneco Automotive and each of its Subsidiaries and Affiliates other than Seller.
           “Tenneco Credit Agreement” means that certain Amended And Restated Credit Agreement dated as of December 12, 2003 (amending and restating the credit agreement dated as of September 30,1999) (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time) by and among Tenneco Automotive Inc., the several lenders from time to time parties thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank as Administrative Agent for the lenders, and the other financial institutions named therein as agents for the lenders.
           “Tenneco Operating” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.
           “Terminating Committed Purchaser” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.6(a).
           “Terminating Tranche” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(b).
           “Termination Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.
           “Termination Percentage” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.

67


 

           “Tranche Period” means, with respect to any portion of a Purchaser Interest held by a Committed Purchaser:
     (a) if Yield for such Purchaser Interest is calculated on the basis of the LIBO Rate, a period of one, two, three or six months (or such other period — including but not limited to one or two week(s) — as may be mutually agreeable to the applicable Co-Agent and Seller), commencing on a Business Day selected by Seller or the Agent pursuant to this Agreement. Such Tranche Period shall end on the day in the applicable succeeding calendar month which corresponds numerically to the beginning day of such Tranche Period, provided, however, that if there is no such numerically corresponding day in such succeeding month, such Tranche Period shall end on the last Business Day of such succeeding month; or
     (b) if Yield for such Purchaser Interest is calculated on the basis of a Transaction Rate, a period of up to 30 days commencing and ending on a Business Day selected by the Seller and agreed to by the Agent pursuant to this Agreement; or
     (c) if Yield for such Purchaser Interest is calculated on the basis of the Prime Rate, a period commencing on a Business Day selected by Seller and agreed to by the Agent, provided no such period shall exceed one month.
If any Tranche Period would end on a day which is not a Business Day, such Tranche Period shall end on the next succeeding Business Day, provided, however, that in the case of Tranche Periods corresponding to the LIBO Rate, if such next succeeding Business Day falls in a new month, such Tranche Period shall end on the immediately preceding Business Day. In the case of any Tranche Period for any Purchaser Interest which commences before the Amortization Date and would otherwise end on a date occurring after the Amortization Date, such Tranche Period shall end on the Amortization Date. The duration of each Tranche Period which commences after the Amortization Date shall be of such duration as selected by the Agent.
           “Transaction Documents” means, collectively, this Agreement, each Purchase Notice, each Receivables Sale Agreement, each Collection Account Agreement, the Performance Undertaking, the Fee Letter, the “Subordinated Notes” (as such term is defined in the Receivables Sale Agreements) and all other instruments, documents and agreements executed and delivered in connection herewith.
           “Transaction Rate” means a short-term fixed rate per annum quoted from time to time by a Co-Agent upon request of the Seller for Tranche Periods of up to 30 days, which rate shall include a spread over such Co-Agent’s cost of funds of 325 basis points.
           “UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the specified jurisdiction.
           “Warranty Accrual” means, at any time, the aggregate amount of the accounting reserve or “contra” entries established with respect to the Receivables on any Originator’s books and records in respect of such Originator’s liability in connection with its Warranty Plans.

68


 

           “Warranty Plans” means, collectively, the Originators’ various warranty programs.
           “Warranty Reserve” means, at any time, the greater of (i) the product of (a) 1.5 and (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is the average of the Warranty Accruals during each of the three (3) months then most recently ended, and the denominator of which is the average of the cumulative sales of the Originators during each of the three (3) months then most recently ended and (c) the cumulative sales of the Originators during the month most recently ended and (ii) the amount of Warranty Accruals during the month then most recently ended.
           “Weekly Report” means a report in form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (appropriately completed), furnished by the Servicer to the Agents pursuant to Section 8.5.
           “Weekly Update Date” means the second Business Day following the last day of each week.
           “Yield” means for each respective Tranche Period relating to any portion of a Purchaser Interest that is held on behalf of the Committed Purchasers, an amount equal to the product of the applicable Discount Rate for each Purchaser Interest multiplied by the Capital of such Purchaser Interest for each day elapsed during such Tranche Period, annualized on a 360 day basis in the case of the LIBO Rate or the Transaction Rate and on a 365 (or, when appropriate, 366) day basis in the case of the Prime Rate.
           All accounting terms not specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with GAAP. All terms used in Article 9 of the UCC in the State of Illinois, and not specifically defined herein, are used herein as defined in such Article 9.

69


 

EXHIBIT II
FORM OF PURCHASE NOTICE
[ Date ]
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Jupiter Agent
1 Bank One Plaza, IL1-1729
Asset-Backed Securities
Chicago, Illinois 60670-1729
Attention: Asset-Backed Securities, Jupiter Conduit Administrator
The Bank of Nova Scotia, as Liberty Street Agent
One Liberty Plaza, 24th Floor
New York, NY 10006
Attention: Kevin Scheinkopf
           Re: PURCHASE NOTICE
Ladies and Gentlemen:
          Reference is hereby made to the Second Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 4, 2005, by and among Tenneco Automotive RSA Company, a Delaware corporation (the “Seller” ), Tenneco Automotive Operating Company, as Servicer, the Committed Purchasers, Jupiter Securitization Corporation, Liberty Street Funding Corp., The Bank of Nova Scotia, New York Agency, individually and as Jupiter Agent, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., individually as Jupiter Agent and as Administrative Agent (the “Receivables Purchase Agreement”) . Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Receivables Purchase Agreement.
          The Agent is hereby notified of the following Incremental Purchase:
         
Purchase Price (Total):
  $                                            
 
       
Jupiter Group’s Percentage of Purchase Price:
  $                                            
 
       
Liberty Street Group’s Percentage of Purchase Price:
  $                                            
 
       
Date of Purchase:
                                               

70


 

     
Requested Discount Rate:
  [LIBO Rate] [Prime Rate] [Transaction Rate]
 
  [Pooled Commercial Paper rate]
          Please credit the Purchase Price in immediately available funds to:
          [Account Name]
          [Account No.]
          [Bank Name & Address]
          [ABA#]
          Reference:
          Telephone advice to: [Name] @ tel. no. ( ___)
          Please advise [Name] at telephone no. ( ___)                                           if Conduit will not be making this Purchase.
          In connection with the Incremental Purchase to be made on the above listed “Date of Purchase” (the “Purchase Date” ), the Seller hereby certifies that the following statements are true on the date hereof, and will be true on the Purchase Date (before and after giving effect to the proposed Incremental Purchase):
          (i) the representations and warranties of the Seller set forth in Section 5.1 of the Receivables Purchase Agreement are true and correct on and as of the Purchase Date as though made on and as of such date;
          (ii) no event has occurred and is continuing, or would result from the proposed Incremental Purchase, that will constitute an Amortization Event or a Potential Amortization Event;
          (iii) the Facility Termination Date has not occurred, the Aggregate Capital does not exceed the Purchase Limit and the aggregate Purchaser Interests do not exceed 100%; and
          (iv) the amount of Aggregate Capital is $___ after giving effect to the Incremental Purchase to be made on the Purchase Date.
             
    Very truly yours,    
 
           
    TENNECO AUTOMOTIVE RSA COMPANY,
a Delaware corporation
   
 
           
 
  By:        
 
  Name:  
 
   
 
  Title:        

71


 

EXHIBIT III
PLACES OF BUSINESS OF THE SELLER PARTIES; LOCATIONS OF RECORDS;
FEDERAL EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER(S)
Places of Business and Locations of Records:
  A.   Tenneco Operating:
Chief Executive Office
500 North Field Drive
Lake Forest, IL 60045
Other Place of Business
1 International Drive
Monroe, Michigan 48161
  B.   Seller:
Chief Executive Office
500 North Field Drive
Lake Forest, IL 60045
     
Federal Employer Identification Number:
   
 
   
A. Tenneco Operating:
  74-1933558
B. Seller:
  76-0589054
 
   
Prior Legal Names (in past 5 years):
   
 
   
A. Tenneco Operating:
  Monroe Auto Equipment Company
 
  Tenneco Automotive Inc.
B. Seller:
  n/a
 
   
Trade and Assumed Names:
   
 
   
A. Tenneco Operating:
  EZ Ride or any variation thereof
 
  MAECO or any variation thereof
 
  Monroe or any variation thereof
 
  Walker or any variation thereof
 
  Precision Modular Assembly
 
  Rancho Ind or any variation thereof
 
  Regal Ride or any variation thereof
 
  Tenneco or any variation thereof
 
  NAPA Shocks
 
  DeKoven any variation thereof
 
  Tennessee Gas Pipeline

72


 

     
 
   
 
  DynoMax
NAPA Mufflers
NAS-Walker Manufacturing
 
  National Account Sales
Performance Industries Inc.
 
  Perfection and any variation thereof
 
  Thrush and any variation thereof
B. Seller:
  n/a

73


 

EXHIBIT IV
NAMES OF COLLECTION BANKS; COLLECTION ACCOUNTS
         
Lockbox Address   Related Collection Account
    [All Collections Accounts are at Bank of America,
    N.A. in Chicago, IL]
P.O. Box 98071
    8188303123  
Chicago, Illinois 60693
       
P.O. Box 7498
    8188303123  
Chicago, Illinois 60693
       
P.O. Box 96919
    8188302831  
Chicago, Illinois 60693
       
P.O. Box 98738
    8188903120  
Chicago, Illinois 60693
       
P.O. Box 98990
    8188302034  
Chicago, Illinois 60693
       
P.O. Box 99584
    8188902036  
Chicago, Illinois 60693
       
Tenneco Automotive RSA
    8188504150  
Company Concentration Account
       
Tenneco Automotive RSA
    8188504150  
Company Investment Sweep Account
       

74


 

EXHIBIT V
FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Jupiter Agent
and
The Bank of Nova Scotia, as Liberty Street Agent
     Reference is hereby made to the Second Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 4, 2005, by and among Tenneco Automotive RSA Company, a Delaware corporation (the “ Seller ”), Tenneco Automotive Operating Company, as Servicer, the Committed Purchasers, Jupiter Securitization Corporation, Liberty Street Funding Corp., The Bank of Nova Scotia, New York Agency, individually and as Jupiter Agent, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., individually as Jupiter Agent and as Administrative Agent (the “ Agreement ”). Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Agreement.
     THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT:
     1. I am the duly elected ____ of Seller.
     2. I have reviewed the terms of the Agreement and I have made, or have caused to be made under my supervision, a detailed review of the transactions and conditions of Seller and its Subsidiaries during the accounting period covered by the attached financial statements.
     3. The examinations described in paragraph 2 did not disclose, and I have no knowledge of, the existence of any condition or event which constitutes an Amortization Event or Potential Amortization Event, as each such term is defined under the Agreement, during or at the end of the accounting period covered by the attached financial statements or as of the date of this Certificate[, except as set forth in paragraph 5 below.]
     4. Schedule I attached hereto sets forth financial data and computations evidencing the compliance with certain covenants of the Agreement, all of which data and computations are true, complete and correct.
     [5. Described below are the exceptions, if any, to paragraph 3 by listing, in detail, the nature of the condition or event, the period during which it has existed and the action which Seller has taken, is taking, or proposes to take with respect to each such condition or event:]

75


 

The foregoing certifications, together with the computations set forth in Schedule hereto and the financial statements delivered with this Certificate in support hereof, are made and delivered this ___ day of                      , 20___.
By:                                                               

76


 

SCHEDULE I TO COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
     A. Schedule of Compliance as of                      , ___ with Section 9.1(f) of the Agreement. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms used in this Compliance Certificate have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Agreement.
     This schedule relates to the month ended:                                                               

77


 

EXHIBIT VI
FORM OF COLLECTION ACCOUNT AGREEMENT
[Intentionally Omitted]

78


 

EXHIBIT VII
FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT
[Intentionally Omitted]

79


 

EXHIBIT VIII
CREDIT AND COLLECTION POLICY
See Exhibit V to Receivables Sale Agreement

80


 

EXHIBIT IX
FORM OF DAILY REPORT
[attached]

81


 

Tenneco Automotive RSA
Daily Report
For the days ending:
                                     
        Clevite     Monroe     Walker     Total  
        Daily Update     Daily Update     Daily Update          
A. Portfolio Information:                                
Previously reported Ending Gross Receivables Balance:                                
plus:  
New Receivables (Sales)
                          $  
minus:  
Collections
                             
minus:  
Dilution (Non-Cash Items):
                             
minus:  
Charge-offs
                             
minus:  
Other
                             
plus:  
EDI Timing Differences
                             
plus:  
Reconciling Entries
                             
   
 
                       
   
Ending Gross Receivables Balance:
  $     $     $     $  
                                                                 
    Daily Update             Daily Update             Daily Update                          
B. Summary Aging Schedule
                                                       
Future
                                                            ####
Current
                                                            ####
1-30 days past due
                                                            ####
31-60 days past due
                                                            ####
61-90 days past due
                                                            ####
91-120 days past due
                                                            ####
over 121 days past due
                                                            ####
EDI Timing Differences
                                                            ####
     
Ending Gross Receivables Balance
  $       0 %   $       0 %   $       0 %   $       ####
                                     
        Query     Query     Query          
        Order     Order     Order          
C. Calculation of Eligible Receivables:                                
From A:  
Ending Gross Receivables Balance
  $     $     $     $  
Less:  
Receivables > [61] days past due
    1       1       6        
(For all of the remaining, use only the amount < [60] days past due)                                
Less:  
Rec. from obligors with >25% of rec. 60+ days past due
    2       2       1        
(For all of the remaining, use only the amount < [60] days past due, not included in the cross-age)                              
Less:  
Rec. w/original terms of [70-150] days in excess of [10 ]% of gross A/R
    8       8       2        
Less:  
Rec. w/payment terms beyond net [150] days
    7       7       7        
Less:  
Rec. payable in foreign currency (primarily CAD$)
    9       9       9        
Less:  
Rec. that should have been charged-off
    11       11       12        
Less:  
Rec. from obligors in bankruptcy,
    3       3       3        
Less:  
Rec. from obligors with Defaulted Rec. in prior 12 months
    10       10       13        
Less:  
Rec. from obligors who are non-U.S.
    5       5       4        
Less:  
Rec. from Affiliates
    14       14       14        
Less:  
Rec. from government obligors
    12       12       10        
Less:  
Rec. subject to dispute, claim, defense or offset
    6       6       8        
Less:  
Rec. from Obligors referred to collection
    4       4       5        
Less:  
Lesser of A/P or A/R for customers who are suppliers
    13       13       11        
Less:  
Prototype and Tooling (net of 60 dpd)
                             
Less:  
Changeover/StockLifts
                             
   
 
                       
   
Eligible Receivables (“ER”):
  $     $     $     $  

 


 

* TA merged companies 259 and 260 into 01 16 effective 8/2/2004.
Tenneco Automotive RSA
Daily Report
                             
                        Total  
D. Calculation of Net Receivables Balance:                        
From C:
  Eligible Receivables (“ER”):                   $  —  
Less:
  Excess Concentrations                        
Less:
  Warranty Reserve                        
Less:
  Pass Through Reserve                        
Less:
  Price Give Back Reserve                        
 
                         
 
  Net Receivables Balance:                   $  —  
 
                           
E. Calculation of Available Funding Amount                        
From D:
  Net Receivables Balance (“NRB”):                        
less:
  Loss Reserve (minimum 18%)             18.00 %      
 
  Dilution Reserve             11.06 %      
 
  Servicing/Yield Reserve 2.0%             2.00 %      
 
                         
 
  Available Funding Amount:                      
 
                           
F. Excess Concentration Computation (to D. above)                        
 
  Concentration limit                      
Excess Concentrations (see Note below):
                                                         
                            Less             Special        
                            Pass Through             Concentration     Excess  
Clevite   Monroe   Walker   Clevite   Monroe   Walker     Reserve     Total     Limit     Concentrations  
Ford
  Ford   Ford                           $       7 %     $  —  
 
  NAPA   NAPA                                   6 %      
 
  Advance Stores   Advance Stores                                   6 %      
GM
  GM   GM                                   7 %      
 
      Toyota                                   7 %      
Chrysler
  Chrysler   Chrysler                                   7 %      
 
  Nissan   Nissan                                   6 %      
 
  Ozark Automotive   Ozark Automotive                                   6 %      
 
      Honda                                   6 %      
 
  CSK   CSK                                   6 %      
 
  Sears                                       7 %      
 
  Uni-Select   Uni-Select                                   6 %      
 
                                             
 
          $—   $—   $     $     $             $  —  
G . Compliance
         
4 . Aggregate Receivable Interests 100 %
       
(a) Aggregate Capital Outstanding
  $ 90,000,000  
(b) Aggregate Reserves
  $    
(c) Net Receivables Balance
  $    
(d) (a+b)/c
  #DIV/0!
 
       
5 . Increase (decrease) in Capital :
       
(a) Maximum supportable Capital (Max $90 million)
  $    
(b) Aggregate Capital Outstanding
  $ 90,000,000  
(c) Additional Funding Available
  $    
Liberty Street
       
Falcon
       
(d) Requested Increase in Capital
  $- Check:
Liberty Street
       
Falcon
       
(e) Required Paydown
  $    
Liberty Street
       
Falcon
       
(f) Requested Paydown (rounded)
  $ (13,500,000 )
Liberty Street
       
Falcon
       
(g) Capital Outstanding post-settlement
  $ 76,500,000  
The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the foregoing is a true and accurate accounting in accordance with the Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of October 31, 2000 and that all representations and warranties are restated and reaffirmed.

2


 

Tenneco Automotive RSA
Daily Report
         
Signed by:    
 
 
 
Kathy Lukas
   
 
  Risk Manager    

3


 

EXHIBIT IX
FORM OF MONTHLY REPORT
[attached]

82


 

Tenneco Automotive RSA
Monthly Report
      For the month ending:
                                                 
        Clevite         Monroe         Walker         Total  
A. Portfolio Information:                                            
Previous Months Ending Gross Receivables Balance:                                       $  
plus:  
New Receivables (Sales)
                                         
minus:  
Collections
                                         
minus:  
Dilution (Non-Cash Items):
                                         
minus:  
Expected Dilutive Items
                                         
minus:  
Ineligible items
                                         
minus:  
Other
                                         
minus:  
Charge off
                                         
plus:  
EDI Timing differences
                                         
plus:  
Reconciling Entries
                                           
   
 
                                   
   
Ending Gross Receivables Balance:
  $         $         $         $  
   
 
                                           
B. Summary Aging Schedule                                            
   
Future
                                           
   
Current
                                           
   
1-30 days past due
                                           
   
31-60 days past due
                                           
   
61-90 days past due
                                           
   
91-120 days past due
                                           
   
over 121 days past due
                                           
   
EDI Timing differences
                                           
   
Reconciling Items
                                           
         
   
Ending Gross Receivables Balance
  $         $         $         $  
   
 
                                           
   
 
          Query           Query           Query        
   
 
          Order           Order           Order        
C. Calculation of Eligible Receivables:                                            
From A:  
Ending Gross Receivables Balance
                                      $  
Less:  
Receivables > [61] days past due
          6           6           6      
(For all of the remaining, use only the amount < [60] days past due)                                          
Less:  
Rec. from obligors with >25% of rec. 60+ days past due
          1           1           1      
(For all of the remaining, use only the amount < [60] days past due, not included in the cross-age)
                                         
Less:  
Rec. w/original terms of [70—150] days in excess of [10 ]% of gross A/R
          2           2           2      
Less:  
Rec. w/payment terms beyond net [150] days
          7           7           7      
Less:  
Rec. payable in foreign currency (primarily CAD$)
          9           9           9      
Less:  
Rec. that should have been charged-off
          12           12           12      
Less:  
Rec. from obligors in bankruptcy,
          3           3           3      
Less:  
Rec. from obligors with Defaulted Rec. in prior 12 months
          13           13           13      
Less:  
Rec. from obligors who are non-U.S.
          4           4           4      
Less:  
Rec. from Affiliates
          14           14           14      
Less:  
Rec. from government obligors
          10           10           10      
Less:  
Rec. subject to dispute, claim, defense or offset
          8           8           8      
Less:  
Rec. from Obligors referred to collection
          5           5           5      
Less:  
Lesser of A/P or A/R for customers who are suppliers
          11           11           11      
Less:  
Prototype and Tooling (net of 60 dpd)
                                         
Less:  
Changeover/StockLifts
                                         
   
 
                                   
   
Eligible Receivables (“ER”):
  $         $         $         $  

 


 

Tenneco Automotive RSA
Monthly Report
                             
                        Total  
D. Calculation of Net Receivables Balance:                        
From C:  
Eligible Receivables (“ER”):
                  $  
Less:  
Excess Concentrations
                     
Less:  
Warranty Reserve
                  #REF!
Less:  
Pass Through Reserve
                  #REF!
Less:  
Price Give Back Reserve
                    (596,063 )
   
 
                     
   
Net Receivables Balance:
                  #REF!
   
 
                       
E. Calculation of Available Funding Amount                        
From D:  
Net Receivables Balance (“NRB”):
                       
less:  
Loss Reserve (minimum 18%)
          #REF!   #REF!
   
Dilution Reserve
          #REF!   #REF!
   
Servicing/Yield Reserve 2.0%
            2.00 %   #REF!
   
 
                     
   
Available Funding Amount:
                  #REF!
   
 
                       
F. Excess Concentration Computation (to D, above)                
   
 
                       
   
Concentration limit
  #REF!                
Excess Concentrations (see Note below):
                                                                 
                                    Less             Special        
                                    Pass Through             Concentration     Excess  
Clevite   Monroe   Walker   Clevite     Monroe     Walker     Reserve     Total     Limit     Concentrations  
Ford
  Ford   Ford                                                        
 
  NAPA   NAPA                                                        
 
  Advance Stores   Advance Stores                                                        
GM
  GM   GM                                                        
 
      Toyota                                                        
Chrysler
  Chrysler   Chrysler                                                        
 
  Nissan   Nissan                                                        
 
  Ozark Automotive   Ozark Automotive                                                        
 
      Honda                                                        
 
  CSK   CSK                                                        
 
  Sears                                                            
 
  Uni-Select   Uni-Select                                                        
 
                                                   
 
          $     $     $     $     $             $  

 


 

Tenneco Automotive RSA
Monthly Report
                                                 
            2 Months Prior     Prior Month     Current Month     3 Month Average          
G. Compliance
                                               
1. Loss to Liquidation Ratio: Three Month Average must be less than
    4.00 %                                        
 
                                               
a)     Receivables 61-90 dpd
                                               
b)     Write-offs
                                               
c)     Sum of a + b
                                               
d)     Collections
                                               
 
(e)           Loss to Liquidation Ratio = (c)/(d)
                                  #DIV/0!   #DIV/0!
 
2. Delinquencies: Must be less than
    12.50 %                                        
(a)     Receivables 61-90 dpd
                                               
(b)     Receivables 91+ dpd
                                               
(c) =(a)+ Sum of ABOVE
                                               
(d)     Gross Receivables
                                               
 
                                               
(e)           Delinquency Ratio (c)/(d)
                                          Yes
 
                                               
3. Dilution Ratio: Must be less than
    3.50 %                                        
(a)     Dilution
                                               
(b)     Prior Month Sales
                                               
 
                                               
(e)           Dilution Ratio (a)/(b)
                                          Yes
 
                                               
4. Purchaser Interest ≤ 100%
                                               
(a)          Aggregate Capital Outstanding as of Month End
                                               
(b)          Aggregate Reserves
                                               
(c)          Net Receivables Balance
                                               
(d)          a/(c-b)
                                               
 
                                               
5. Increase (decrease) in Capital:
                                               
(a) Maximum supportable Capital (Max $90 million)
                                               
(b) Aggregate Capital Outstanding as of Reporting Date
                                               
(c) Requested Increase in Capital
                                               
     Liberty Street
                                               
     Falcon
                                               
(d) Required Paydown
                                               
     Liberty Street
                                               
     Falcon
                                               
(e) Voluntary Paydown (rounded)
                                               
     Liberty Street
                                               
     Falcon
                                               
(f) Capital Outstanding post-settlement
                                               
The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the foregoing is a true and accurate accounting in accordance with the Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of October 31, 2000 and that all representations and warranties are restated and reaffirmed.

 


 

Tenneco Automotive RSA
Monthly Report
         
Signed by:
       
 
 
 
Gary Silha
   
 
  Assistant Treasurer    

 


 

EXHIBIT XI
FORM OF PERFORMANCE UNDERTAKING
THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED PERFORMANCE UNDERTAKING
           THIS THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED PERFORMANCE UNDERTAKING (this “Undertaking” ), dated as of May 4, 2005, is executed by Tenneco Automotive Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Performance Guarantor” ) in favor of Tenneco Automotive RSA Company, a Delaware corporation (together with its successors and assigns, “Recipient” ), and amends and restates in its entirety that certain Second Amended and Restated Performance Undertaking dated as of January 31, 2003 by the Performance Guarantor in favor of the Recipient.
RECITALS
1.   Tenneco Automotive Operating Company, a Delaware corporation ( “Tenneco Operating” ), and Recipient have entered into a Receivables Sale Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2000, and The Pullman Company, a Delaware corporation ( “Pullman” ), and Recipient have entered into a Receivables Sale Agreement, dated as of December 27, 2000 (each of the foregoing, as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, a “Sale Agreement” and collectively, the “Sale Agreements” ), pursuant to which Tenneco Operating or Pullman, as the case may be, is selling and/or contributing its right, title and interest in its accounts receivable to Recipient subject to the terms and conditions contained therein.
2.   Performance Guarantor owns, directly or indirectly, one hundred percent (100%) of the capital stock of Tenneco Operating, Pullman and Recipient, and each of Tenneco Operating and Pullman (and, accordingly, Performance Guarantor) is expected to receive substantial direct and indirect benefits from their sale or contribution of receivables to Recipient pursuant to the Sale Agreements (which benefits are hereby acknowledged).
3.   As an inducement for Recipient to acquire Pullman’s accounts receivable, and to continue to acquire Tenneco Operating’s accounts receivable, pursuant to the Sale Agreements, Performance Guarantor has agreed to guaranty the due and punctual performance by each of Tenneco Operating and Pullman of its obligations under the applicable Sale Agreement, as well as Tenneco Operating’s Servicing Related Obligations (as hereinafter defined).
4.   Performance Guarantor wishes to guaranty the due and punctual performance by (a) Tenneco Operating of its obligations to Recipient under or in respect of the Sale Agreement to which Tenneco Operating is a party and its Servicing Related Obligations (as hereinafter defined), as provided herein, and (b) Pullman of its obligations to Recipient under or in respect of the Sale Agreement to which Pullman is a party.

83


 

AGREEMENT
           NOW, THEREFORE, Performance Guarantor hereby agrees as follows:
          Section 1. Definitions . Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein shall have the respective meanings assigned thereto in the Sale Agreements or the Purchase Agreement (as hereinafter defined). In addition:
           “Guaranteed Obligations” means, collectively: (a) all covenants, agreements, terms, conditions and indemnities to be performed and observed by Tenneco Operating or Pullman under and pursuant to the Sale Agreement to which it is a party and each other document executed and delivered by Tenneco Operating or Pullman pursuant to the Sale Agreement to which it is a party, including, without limitation, the due and punctual payment of all sums which are or may become due and owing by Tenneco Operating or Pullman under the Sale Agreement to which it is a party, whether for fees, expenses (including counsel fees), indemnified amounts or otherwise, whether upon any termination or for any other reason and (b) all obligations of Tenneco Operating (i) as Servicer under the Third Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 4, 2005 by and among Recipient, Tenneco Operating, as Servicer, Jupiter Securitization Corporation, Liberty Street Funding Corp., the Committed Purchasers, the Bank of Nova Scotia, New York Agency, as Liberty Street Agent and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Jupiter Agent and Administrative Agent (as amended, restated or otherwise modified, the “Purchase Agreement” and, together with the Sale Agreement, the “Agreements” ) or (ii) which arise pursuant to Sections 8.2, 8.3 or 14.4(a) of the Purchase Agreement as a result of its termination as Servicer (all such obligations under this clause (b), collectively, the “Servicing Related Obligations” ).
          Section 2. Guaranty of Performance of Guaranteed Obligations . Performance Guarantor hereby guarantees to Recipient, the full and punctual payment and performance by each of Tenneco Operating and Pullman of its Guaranteed Obligations. This Undertaking is an absolute, unconditional and continuing guaranty of the full and punctual performance of all Guaranteed Obligations of each of Tenneco Operating and Pullman under the Agreements to which it is a party and each other document executed and delivered by Tenneco Operating or Pullman pursuant to such Agreements and is in no way conditioned upon any requirement that Recipient first attempt to collect any amounts owing by Tenneco Operating or Pullman to Recipient, the Agents or the Purchasers from any other Person or resort to any collateral security, any balance of any deposit account or credit on the books of Recipient, any Agent or any Purchaser in favor of Tenneco Operating or Pullman or any other Person or other means of obtaining payment. Should Tenneco Operating or Pullman default in the payment or performance of any of its Guaranteed Obligations, Recipient (or its assigns) may cause the immediate performance by Performance Guarantor of such Guaranteed Obligations and cause any payment Guaranteed Obligations to become forthwith due and payable to Recipient (or its assigns), without demand or notice of any nature (other than as expressly provided herein), all of which are hereby expressly waived by Performance Guarantor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Undertaking is not a guarantee of the collection of any of the Receivables and Performance Guarantor shall not be responsible for any Guaranteed Obligations to the extent the failure to perform such Guaranteed Obligations by Tenneco Operating or Pullman results from Receivables being uncollectible on account of the insolvency, bankruptcy or lack of

84


 

creditworthiness of the related Obligor; provided that nothing herein shall relieve Tenneco Operating or Pullman from performing in full its Guaranteed Obligations under the Agreements to which it is a party or Performance Guarantor of its undertaking hereunder with respect to the full performance of such duties.
          Section 3. Performance Guarantor’s Further Agreements to Pay . Performance Guarantor further agrees, as the principal obligor and not as a guarantor only, to pay to Recipient (and its assigns), forthwith upon demand in funds immediately available to Recipient, all reasonable costs and expenses (including court costs and reasonable legal expenses) incurred or expended by Recipient in connection with the Guaranteed Obligations, this Undertaking and the enforcement thereof, together with interest on amounts recoverable under this Undertaking from the time when such amounts become due until payment, at a rate of interest (computed for the actual number of days elapsed based on a 365-, or when appropriate, 366-day year) equal to the Prime Rate plus 2% per annum , such rate of interest changing when and as the Prime Rate changes.
          Section 4. Waivers by Performance Guarantor . Performance Guarantor waives notice of acceptance of this Undertaking, notice of any action taken or omitted by Recipient (or its assigns) in reliance on this Undertaking, and any requirement that Recipient (or its assigns) be diligent or prompt in making demands under this Undertaking, giving notice of any Termination Event, Amortization Event, other default or omission by Tenneco Operating or Pullman or asserting any other rights of Recipient under this Undertaking. Performance Guarantor warrants that it has adequate means to obtain from Tenneco Operating or Pullman, as the case may be, on a continuing basis, information concerning the financial condition of Tenneco Operating or Pullman, as applicable, and that it is not relying on Recipient to provide such information, now or in the future. Performance Guarantor also irrevocably waives all defenses (i) that at any time may be available in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations by virtue of any statute of limitations, valuation, stay, moratorium law or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or (ii) that arise under the law of suretyship, including impairment of collateral. Recipient (and its assigns) shall be at liberty, without giving notice to or obtaining the assent of Performance Guarantor and without relieving Performance Guarantor of any liability under this Undertaking, to deal with Tenneco Operating and Pullman and with each other party who now is or after the date hereof becomes liable in any manner for any of the Guaranteed Obligations, in such manner as Recipient in its sole discretion deems fit, and to this end Performance Guarantor agrees that the validity and enforceability of this Undertaking, including without limitation, the provisions of Section 7 hereof, shall not be impaired or affected by any of the following: (a) any extension, modification or renewal of, or indulgence with respect to, or substitutions for, the Guaranteed Obligations or any part thereof or any agreement relating thereto at any time; (b) any failure or omission to enforce any right, power or remedy with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations or any part thereof or any agreement relating thereto, or any collateral securing the Guaranteed Obligations or any part thereof; (c) any waiver of any right, power or remedy or of any Termination Event, Amortization Event, or default with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations or any part thereof or any agreement relating thereto; (d) any release, surrender, compromise, settlement, waiver, subordination or modification, with or without consideration, of any other obligation of any person or entity with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations or any part thereof; (e) the enforceability or validity of the Guaranteed Obligations or any part thereof or the genuineness, enforceability or validity of any agreement relating thereto or with respect to the

85


 

Guaranteed Obligations or any part thereof; (f) the application of payments received from any source to the payment of any payment obligations of Tenneco Operating or Pullman or any part thereof or amounts which are not covered by this Undertaking even though Recipient (or its assigns) might lawfully have elected to apply such payments to any part or all of the payment obligations of Tenneco Operating or Pullman or to amounts which are not covered by this Undertaking; (g) the existence of any claim, setoff or other rights which Performance Guarantor may have at any time against Tenneco Operating or Pullman in connection herewith or any unrelated transaction; (h) any assignment or transfer of the Guaranteed Obligations or any part thereof; or (i) any failure on the part of Tenneco Operating or Pullman to perform or comply with any term of the Agreements or any other document executed in connection therewith or delivered thereunder, all whether or not Performance Guarantor shall have had notice or knowledge of any act or omission referred to in the foregoing clauses (a) through (i) of this Section 4.
          Section 5. Unenforceability of Guaranteed Obligations Against Tenneco Operating or Pullman . Notwithstanding (a) any change of ownership of Tenneco Operating or Pullman or the insolvency, bankruptcy or any other change in the legal status of Tenneco Operating or Pullman; (b) the change in or the imposition of any law, decree, regulation or other governmental act which does or might impair, delay or in any way affect the validity, enforceability or the payment when due of the Guaranteed Obligations; (c) the failure of Tenneco Operating or Pullman or Performance Guarantor to maintain in full force, validity or effect or to obtain or renew when required all governmental and other approvals, licenses or consents required in connection with the Guaranteed Obligations or this Undertaking, or to take any other action required in connection with the performance of all obligations pursuant to the Guaranteed Obligations or this Undertaking; or (d) if any of the moneys included in the Guaranteed Obligations have become irrecoverable from Tenneco Operating or Pullman for any other reason other than final payment in full of the payment Guaranteed Obligations in accordance with their terms, this Undertaking shall nevertheless be binding on Performance Guarantor. This Undertaking shall be in addition to any other guaranty or other security for the Guaranteed Obligations, and it shall not be rendered unenforceable by the invalidity of any such other guaranty or security. In the event that acceleration of the time for payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations is stayed upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of Tenneco Operating or Pullman or for any other reason with respect to Tenneco Operating or Pullman, all such amounts then due and owing with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations under the terms of the Agreements, or any other agreement evidencing, securing or otherwise executed in connection with the Guaranteed Obligations, shall be immediately due and payable by Performance Guarantor.
          Section 6. Representations and Warranties . Performance Guarantor hereby represents and warrants to Recipient that:
          (a) Existence and Standing . Performance Guarantor is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its state of incorporation. Performance Guarantor is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation, and has and holds all corporate power and all governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals required to carry on its business in each jurisdiction in which its business

86


 

is conducted except where the failure to so qualify or so hold could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          (b) Authorization, Execution and Delivery; Binding Effect . The execution and delivery by Performance Guarantor of this Undertaking, and the performance of its obligations hereunder, are within its corporate powers and authority and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on its part. This Undertaking has been duly executed and delivered by Performance Guarantor. This Undertaking constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of Performance Guarantor enforceable against Performance Guarantor in accordance with their respective terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).
          (c) No Conflict; Government Consent . The execution and delivery by Performance Guarantor of this Undertaking, and the performance of its obligations hereunder do not contravene or violate (i) its certificate or articles of incorporation or by-laws, (ii) any law, rule or regulation applicable to it, (iii) any restrictions under any agreement, contract or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound, or (iv) any order, writ, judgment, award, injunction or decree binding on or affecting it or its property, and do not result in the creation or imposition of any Adverse Claim on assets of Performance Guarantor or its Subsidiaries (except as created hereunder) except, in any case, where such contravention or violation could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          (d) Financial Statements . The consolidated financial statements of Performance Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries dated as of December 31, 2004 and March 31, 2005 heretofore delivered to Recipient have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied and fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of Performance Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of such dates and for the periods ended on such dates. Since the later of (i) December 31, 2004 and (ii) the last time this representation was made or deemed made, no event has occurred which would or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          (e) Taxes . Performance Guarantor has filed all United States federal tax returns and all other tax returns which are required to be filed and have paid all taxes due pursuant to said returns or pursuant to any assessment received by Performance Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries, except such taxes, if any, as are being contested in good faith and as to which adequate reserves have been provided. No federal or state tax liens have been filed and no claims are being asserted with respect to any such taxes. The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of Performance Guarantor in respect of any taxes or other governmental charges are adequate.
          (f) Litigation and Contingent Obligations . Except as disclosed in the filings made by Performance Guarantor with the Securities and Exchange Commission, there are no actions, suits or proceedings pending or, to the best of Performance Guarantor’s knowledge threatened against or affecting Performance Guarantor or any of its properties, in or before any

87


 

court, arbitrator or other body, that could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on (i) the business, properties, condition (financial or otherwise) or results of operations of Performance Guarantor and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (ii) the ability of Performance Guarantor to perform its obligations under this Undertaking, or (iii) the validity or enforceability of any of this Undertaking or the rights or remedies of Recipient hereunder. Performance Guarantor does not have any material Contingent Obligations not provided for or disclosed in the financial statements referred to in Section 6(d).
          Section 7. Subrogation; Subordination . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, until the Guaranteed Obligations are paid in full Performance Guarantor: (a) will not enforce or otherwise exercise any right of subrogation to any of the rights of Recipient, any Agent or any Purchaser against Tenneco Operating or Pullman, (b) hereby waives all rights of subrogation (whether contractual, under Section 509 of the United States Bankruptcy Code, at law or in equity or otherwise) to the claims of Recipient, the Agents and the Purchasers against Tenneco Operating or Pullman and all contractual, statutory or legal or equitable rights of contribution, reimbursement, indemnification and similar rights and “claims” (as that term is defined in the United States Bankruptcy Code) which Performance Guarantor might now have or hereafter acquire against Tenneco Operating or Pullman that arise from the existence or performance of Performance Guarantor’s obligations hereunder, (c) will not claim any setoff, recoupment or counterclaim against Tenneco Operating or Pullman in respect of any liability of Performance Guarantor to Tenneco Operating or Pullman and (d) waives any benefit of and any right to participate in any collateral security which may be held by Beneficiaries, the Agents or the Purchasers. The payment of any amounts due with respect to any indebtedness of Tenneco Operating or Pullman now or hereafter owed to Performance Guarantor is hereby subordinated to the prior payment in full of all of the Guaranteed Obligations. Performance Guarantor agrees that, after the occurrence of any default in the payment or performance of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, Performance Guarantor will not demand, sue for or otherwise attempt to collect any such indebtedness of Tenneco Operating or Pullman to Performance Guarantor until all of the Guaranteed Obligations shall have been paid and performed in full. If, notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, Performance Guarantor shall collect, enforce or receive any amounts in respect of such indebtedness while any Guaranteed Obligations are still unperformed or outstanding, such amounts shall be collected, enforced and received by Performance Guarantor as trustee for Recipient (and its assigns) and be paid over to Recipient (or its assigns) on account of the Guaranteed Obligations without affecting in any manner the liability of Performance Guarantor under the other provisions of this Undertaking. The provisions of this Section 7 shall be supplemental to and not in derogation of any rights and remedies of Recipient under any separate subordination agreement which Recipient may at any time and from time to time enter into with Performance Guarantor.
     Section 8. Termination of Performance Undertaking . Performance Guarantor’s obligations hereunder shall continue in full force and effect until all Aggregate Unpaids are finally paid and satisfied in full and the Purchase Agreement is terminated, provided that this Undertaking shall continue to be effective or shall be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment or other satisfaction of any of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned upon the bankruptcy, insolvency, or reorganization of Tenneco Operating or Pullman or otherwise, as though such payment had not been made or other satisfaction occurred, whether or not Recipient (or its assigns) is in possession of this

88


 

Undertaking. No invalidity, irregularity or unenforceability by reason of the federal bankruptcy code or any insolvency or other similar law, or any law or order of any government or agency thereof purporting to reduce, amend or otherwise affect the Guaranteed Obligations shall impair, affect, be a defense to or claim against the obligations of Performance Guarantor under this Undertaking.
          Section 9. Effect of Bankruptcy . This Performance Undertaking shall survive the insolvency of Tenneco Operating or Pullman and the commencement of any case or proceeding by or against Tenneco Operating or Pullman under the federal bankruptcy code or other federal, state or other applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization statutes. No automatic stay under the federal bankruptcy code with respect to Tenneco Operating or Pullman or other federal, state or other applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization statutes to which Tenneco Operating or Pullman is subject shall postpone the obligations of Performance Guarantor under this Undertaking.
          Section 10. Setoff . Regardless of the other means of obtaining payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, Recipient (and its assigns) is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, without notice to Performance Guarantor (any such notice being expressly waived by Performance Guarantor) and to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any deposits and other sums against the obligations of Performance Guarantor under this Undertaking, whether or not Recipient (or any such assign) shall have made any demand under this Undertaking and although such obligations may be contingent or unmatured.
          Section 11. Taxes . All payments to be made by Performance Guarantor hereunder shall be made free and clear of any deduction or withholding. If Performance Guarantor is required by law to make any deduction or withholding on account of tax or otherwise from any such payment, the sum due from it in respect of such payment shall be increased to the extent necessary to ensure that, after the making of such deduction or withholding, Recipient receive a net sum equal to the sum which they would have received had no deduction or withholding been made.
          Section 12. Further Assurances . Performance Guarantor agrees that it will from time to time, at the request of Recipient (or its assigns), provide information relating to the business and affairs of Performance Guarantor as Recipient may reasonably request. Performance Guarantor also agrees to do all such things and execute all such documents as Recipient (or its assigns) may reasonably consider necessary or desirable to give full effect to this Undertaking and to perfect and preserve the rights and powers of Recipient hereunder.
          Section 13. Successors and Assigns . This Performance Undertaking shall be binding upon Performance Guarantor, its successors and permitted assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Recipient and its successors and assigns. Performance Guarantor may not assign or transfer any of its obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each of Recipient and the Agents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, Recipient may assign or otherwise transfer the Agreements, any other documents executed in connection therewith or delivered thereunder or any other agreement or note held by them evidencing, securing or otherwise executed in connection with the Guaranteed Obligations, or sell participations in any interest therein, to any other entity or other person, and such other

89


 

entity or other person shall thereupon become vested, to the extent set forth in the agreement evidencing such assignment, transfer or participation, with all the rights in respect thereof granted to the Beneficiaries herein.
          Section 14. Amendments and Waivers. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Undertaking nor consent to any departure by Performance Guarantor therefrom shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by Recipient, the Agents and Performance Guarantor. No failure on the part of Recipient to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right.
          Section 15. Notices . All notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be made in writing and shall be addressed as follows: if to Performance Guarantor, at the address set forth beneath its signature hereto, and if to Recipient, at the addresses set forth beneath its signature hereto, or at such other addresses as each of Performance Guarantor or any Recipient may designate in writing to the other. Each such notice or other communication shall be effective (1) if given by telecopy, upon the receipt thereof, (2) if given by mail, three (3) Business Days after the time such communication is deposited in the mail with first class postage prepaid or (3) if given by any other means, when received at the address specified in this Section 15.
          Section 16. GOVERNING LAW . THIS UNDERTAKING SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS (AND NOT THE LAW OF CONFLICTS) OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS.
          Section 17. CONSENT TO JURISDICTION . EACH OF PROVIDER AND RECIPIENT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR ILLINOIS STATE COURT SITTING IN CHICAGO IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS UNDERTAKING, THE AGREEMENTS OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT EXECUTED IN CONNECTION THEREWITH OR DELIVERED THEREUNDER AND EACH OF PROVIDER AND RECIPIENT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN ANY SUCH COURT AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE AS TO THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN SUCH A COURT OR THAT SUCH COURT IS AN INCONVENIENT FORUM.
          Section 18. Bankruptcy Petition . Performance Guarantor hereby covenants and agrees that, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of all outstanding senior Indebtedness of each Conduit, it will not institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, such Conduit any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings or other similar proceeding under the laws of the United States or any state of the United States.

90


 

          Section 19. Miscellaneous . This Undertaking constitutes the entire agreement of Performance Guarantor with respect to the matters set forth herein. The rights and remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law or any other agreement, and this Undertaking shall be in addition to any other guaranty of or collateral security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations. The provisions of this Undertaking are severable, and in any action or proceeding involving any state corporate law, or any state or federal bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other law affecting the rights of creditors generally, if the obligations of Performance Guarantor hereunder would otherwise be held or determined to be avoidable, invalid or unenforceable on account of the amount of Performance Guarantor’s liability under this Undertaking, then, notwithstanding any other provision of this Undertaking to the contrary, the amount of such liability shall, without any further action by Performance Guarantor or Recipient, be automatically limited and reduced to the highest amount that is valid and enforceable as determined in such action or proceeding. Any provisions of this Undertaking which are prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. Unless otherwise specified, references herein to “Section” shall mean a reference to sections of this Undertaking.
<signature page follows>

91


 

           IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Performance Guarantor has caused this Undertaking to be executed and delivered as of the date first above written.
             
    TENNECO AUTOMOTIVE INC., a Delaware
corporation
   
 
           
 
  By:        
 
  Name:  
 
   
 
     
 
   
 
  Title:        
 
     
 
   
             
    Address for Notices:
 
        500 North Field Drive
        Lake Forest, IL 60045
 
           
 
      Attention:
  John E. Kunz
 
      Phone:   (847) 482-5163
 
      Fax:   (847) 482-5125

92


 

SCHEDULE A
COMMITMENTS OF COMMITTED PURCHASERS
             
Group   Committed Purchaser   Commitment
Jupiter Group
  JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.   $ 51,000,000  
Liberty Street Group
  The Bank of Nova Scotia, New York Agency   $ 40,800,000  

93


 

SCHEDULE B
DOCUMENTS TO BE DELIVERED TO THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
ON OR PRIOR TO THE EFFECTIVENESS OF THE SECOND AMENDED AND
RESTATED PURCHASE AGREEMENT
1. Second Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 4, 2005 (the “Purchase Agreement” ), among Tenneco Automotive RSA Company, a Delaware corporation, as seller ( “TARSAC” ), Tenneco Automotive Operating Company Inc., a Delaware corporation ( “Tenneco Operating” ), as initial servicer, Jupiter Securitization Corporation, Liberty Street Funding Corp., the Committed Purchasers party thereto, The Bank of Nova Scotia, New York Agency, as Liberty Street Agent and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Jupiter Agent and Administrative Agent.
2. Sixth Amended and Restated Fee Letter dated May 4, 2005 among the Agents and TARSAC.
3. Reliance letters in favor of Liberty Street, Scotiabank and the Liberty Street Agent with respect to each of the opinions of counsel previously rendered in connection with the Existing Agreement and the Receivables Sale Agreement.
4. Third Amended and Restated Performance Undertaking dated May 4, 2005 by Tenneco Automotive Inc., a Delaware corporation ( “Tenneco Automotive” ) in favor of TARSAC and its assigns (the “Performance Undertaking” ).
5. Monthly Report as of March 31, 2005.
6. Jupiter Liquidity Agreement.
7. Liberty Street Liquidity Agreement.

94


 

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED RECEIVABLES
PURCHASE AGREEMENT
           THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT, dated as of July 11, 2005 (this “Amendment” ), is by and among:
     (a) Tenneco Automotive RSA Company, a Delaware corporation ( “Seller” ),
     (b) Tenneco Automotive Operating Company Inc., a Delaware corporation, as initial Servicer (together with Seller, the “Seller Parties” ),
     (c) Jupiter Securitization Corporation, a Delaware corporation ( “Jupiter” or a “Conduit” ), and Liberty Street Funding Corp., a Delaware corporation ( “Liberty Street” or a “Conduit” ),
     (d) The Bank of Nova Scotia, a Canadian chartered bank acting through its New York Agency, individually (together with Liberty Street, the “Liberty Street Group” ), and in its capacity as agent for the Liberty Street Group (a “Co-Agent” ),
     (e) JPMorgan Chase, individually (the “Jupiter Committed Purchaser” and, together with Jupiter, the “Jupiter Group” ), in its capacity as agent for the Jupiter Group (a “Co-Agent” ), and in its capacity as administrative agent for the Jupiter Group, the Liberty Street Group and each Co-Agent (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns, the “Administrative Agent” and, together with each of the Co-Agents, the “Agents” ),
W I T N E S S E T H:
      WHEREAS, the Seller Parties, the Liberty Street Group, the Jupiter Group and the Agents are parties to that certain Second Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of May 4, 2005, as heretofore amended (the “Agreement” ); and
      WHEREAS, the parties wish to amend the Agreement on the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth;
           NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
          1. Defined Terms. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have their meanings as attributed to such terms in the Agreement.

 


 

          2. Amendments.
          2.1. Each of the following definitions in the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read, respectively, as follows:
      “Concentration Limit” means, at any time, for any Obligor, 6% (7% if conditions are such that the Loss Reserve Floor is 21%) of the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables after subtracting the Pass Through Reserve, the Warranty Reserve and the Price Give Back Accrual, or such other amount (a “Special Concentration Limit” ) for such Obligor designated by the Administrative Agent; provided that in the case of an Obligor and any Affiliate of such Obligor, the Concentration Limit shall be calculated as if such Obligor and such Affiliate are one Obligor; and provided, further, that the Administrative Agent may, upon not less than ten (10) Business Days’ notice to Seller, cancel any Special Concentration Limit. As of the date hereof, and subject to cancellation as described above, any Obligor and its Affiliates shall have a Special Concentration Limit equal to 7% of aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables after subtracting the Pass Through Reserve, the Warranty Reserve and the Price Give Back Accrual, so long as such Obligor’s long term debt ratings equal or exceed “BBB-” from Standard & Poor’s, a division of the McGraw-Hill Companies ( S&P ) and “Baa3” from Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. ( “Moody’s” ).
      “Percentage” means 56.52173% for the Jupiter Group and 43.47827% for the Liberty Street Group, which percentages shall be adjusted to give effect to the terms and provisions of Section 2.2. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of the initial Purchase on July 11, 2005, the applicable Percentage for the Liberty Street Group shall be decreased, and the applicable Percentage for the Jupiter Group shall be increased, such that after giving effect to such initial Purchase, the outstanding Capital from each Group shall be 56.52173% for the Jupiter Group and 43.47827% for the Liberty Street Group.
      “Purchase Limit” means $115,000,000.
     2.2. The table in Schedule A to the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
             
Group   Committed Purchaser   Commitment
Jupiter Group
  JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.   $ 65,000,000  
Liberty Street Group
  The Bank of Nova Scotia,
New York Agency
  $ 50,000,000  
          3. Certain Representations. In order to induce the Agents and the Purchasers to enter into this Amendment, each of the Seller Parties hereby represents and warrants to the Agents and the Purchasers that, both before and after giving effect to the amendments contained

2


 

in Section 2 hereof, (a) no Amortization Event or Potential Amortization Event exists and is continuing as of the Effective Date (as defined in Section 4 below), (b) the Agreement, as amended hereby, constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of such Seller Party enforceable against such Seller Party in accordance with its terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law and (c) each of such Seller Party’s representations and warranties contained in this Agreement is true and correct as of the Effective Date as though made on such date (except for such representations and warranties that speak only as of an earlier date).
          4. Effective Date. This Amendment shall become effective as of the date first above written (the “Effective Date” ) upon receipt by the Administrative Agent of counterparts of this Amendment, duly executed by each of the parties hereto, and consented to by the Performance Guarantor in the space provided below.
          5. Ratification. Except as expressly modified hereby, the Agreement, as amended hereby, is hereby ratified, approved and confirmed in all respects.
          6. Reference to Agreement. From and after the Effective Date hereof, each reference in the Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereof”, or “hereunder” or words of like import, and all references to the Agreement in any and all agreements, instruments, documents, notes, certificates and other writings of every kind and nature shall be deemed to mean the Agreement, as amended by this Amendment.
          7. Costs and Expenses. The Seller agrees to pay all reasonable costs, fees, and out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and time charges of attorneys for the Agents, which attorneys may be employees of an Agent) incurred by the Agent in connection with the preparation, execution and enforcement of this Amendment.
          8. CHOICE OF LAW. THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS (AND NOT THE LAW OF CONFLICTS) OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS.
          9. Execution in Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

3


 

           IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.
         
JUPITER SECURITIZATION CORPORATION    
 
       
By:
  /s/ John M. Kuhns     
 
 
 
Authorized Signatory
   
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as a Committed Purchaser, as Jupiter Agent and as Administrative Agent
         
By:
  /s/ John M. Kuhns     
 
       
Name:
  John M. Kuhns    
Title:
  Vice President    
 
       
LIBERTY STREET FUNDING CORP.    
 
       
By:
  /s/ Bernard J. Angelo    
 
       
Name:
  Bernard J. Angelo    
Title:
  Vice President    

4


 

THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA, as a Committed Purchaser and as Liberty Street Agent
         
By:
  /s/ Norman Last     
 
       
Name:
  Norman Last    
Title:
  Managing Director    

5


 

TENNECO AUTOMOTIVE RSA COMPANY, a Delaware corporation
         
By:
  /s/ John E. Kunz     
 
       
Name:
  John E. Kunz    
Title:
  President and Treasurer    
 
       
TENNECO AUTOMOTIVE OPERATING COMPANY INC.,
a Delaware corporation
         
By:
  /s/ Gary Silha     
 
       
Name:
  Gary Silha    
Title:
  Assistant Treasurer    
By its signature below, the undersigned hereby consents to the terms of the foregoing Amendment and hereby confirms that its Performance Undertaking remains unaltered and in full force and effect:
         
TENNECO AUTOMOTIVE INC., a Delaware corporation    
 
       
By:
  /s/ John E. Kunz     
 
       
Name:
  John E. Kunz    
Title:
  Vice President and Treasurer    

6


 

OMNIBUS AMENDMENT NO. 1
AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO RECEIVABLES SALE AGREEMENTS AND
AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED RECEIVABLES
PURCHASE AGREEMENT
           THIS OMNIBUS AMENDMENT NO. 1, dated as of September 21, 2005 (this “Amendment” ), is by and among:
     (a) Tenneco Automotive RSA Company, a Delaware corporation ( “Seller” ),
     (b) The Pullman Company, a Delaware corporation ( “Pullman” ),
     (c) Tenneco Automotive Operating Company Inc., a Delaware corporation, as initial Servicer ( “Tenneco Operating” and, together with Seller and Pullman, the “Companies” ),
     (c) Jupiter Securitization Corporation, a Delaware corporation ( “Jupiter” or a “Conduit” ), and Liberty Street Funding Corp., a Delaware corporation ( “Liberty Street” or a “Conduit” ),
     (d) The Bank of Nova Scotia, a Canadian chartered bank acting through its New York Agency, individually (together with Liberty Street, the “Liberty Street Group” ), and in its capacity as agent for the Liberty Street Group (a “Co-Agent” ),
     (e) JPMorgan Chase, individually (the “Jupiter Committed Purchaser” and, together with Jupiter, the “Jupiter Group” ), in its capacity as agent for the Jupiter Group (a “Co-Agent” ), and in its capacity as administrative agent for the Jupiter Group, the Liberty Street Group and each Co-Agent (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns, the “Administrative Agent” and, together with each of the Co-Agents, the “Agents” ).
W I T N E S S E T H:
      WHEREAS, Tenneco Operating and Seller are parties to that certain Receivables Sale Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2000, between Tenneco Operating, as seller, and Seller, as purchaser, and Pullman and Seller are parties to that certain Receivables Sale Agreement, dated as of December 27, 2000, between Pullman, as seller, and Seller, as purchaser (collectively, the “Receivables Sale Agreements” ); and
      WHEREAS, Seller, Tenneco Operating, the Liberty Street Group, the Jupiter Group and the Agents are parties to that certain Second Amended and

 


 

Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of May 4, 2005, as heretofore amended (the “Receivables Purchase Agreement” and, together with the Receivable Sale Agreements, the “Agreements” ); and
      WHEREAS, the parties wish to amend the Agreements on the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth;
           NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
          1. Defined Terms . Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have their meanings as attributed to such terms in the Agreements.
          2. Amendments .
               2.1. The definition of “Receivable” in the Receivables Purchase Agreement (and as incorporated by reference in the Receivables Sale Agreements) is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
      “Receivable” means all indebtedness and other obligations owed to Seller or an Originator (at the time it arises, and before giving effect to any transfer or conveyance under a Receivables Sale Agreement or hereunder), excluding any such indebtedness or obligations owed by any Subsidiary of Tenneco Automotive or by Delphi Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries, or in which Seller or an Originator has a security interest or other interest, including, without limitation, any indebtedness, obligation or interest constituting an account, chattel paper, instrument or general intangible, arising in connection with the sale of goods or the rendering of services by such Originator, and further includes, without limitation, the obligation to pay any Finance Charges with respect thereto. Indebtedness and other rights and obligations arising from any one transaction, including, without limitation, indebtedness and other rights and obligations represented by an individual invoice, shall constitute a Receivable separate from a Receivable consisting of the indebtedness and other rights and obligations arising from any other transaction; provided further, that any indebtedness, rights or obligations referred to in the immediately preceding sentence shall be a Receivable regardless of whether the account debtor or Seller treats such indebtedness, rights or obligations as a separate payment obligation.
     2.2. Each of the Agents and the Purchasers hereby consents to the sale by Seller to the applicable Originator of all indebtedness and other obligations owing to Seller by Delphi Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries as of September 21, 2005 together with all supporting obligations, records, and collections with respect thereto and proceeds of the foregoing (collectively, the “Delphi Receivable Assets” ). For value received, Seller does hereby sell and assign to the applicable Originator, and the applicable Originator does hereby purchase and accept, all of Seller’s right, title and interest in and to the Delphi Receivable Assets originated by such Originator.

2


 

          3. Certain Representations . In order to induce the Agents and the Purchasers to enter into this Amendment, each of the Companies hereby represents and warrants to the Agents and the Purchasers that, both before and after giving effect to the amendments contained in Section 2 hereof, (a) no Amortization Event or Potential Amortization Event exists and is continuing as of the Effective Date (as defined in Section 4 below), (b) each of the Agreements to which such Company is a party, as amended hereby, constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of such Company enforceable against such Company in accordance with its terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law and (c) each of such Company’s representations and warranties contained in each of the Agreements to which it is a party is true and correct as of the Effective Date as though made on such date (except for such representations and warranties that speak only as of an earlier date).
          4. Effective Date . This Amendment shall become effective as of the date first above written (the “Effective Date” ) upon receipt by the Administrative Agent of counterparts of this Amendment, duly executed by each of the parties hereto, and consented to by the Performance Guarantor in the space provided below.
          5. Ratification . Except as expressly modified hereby, the Agreements, as amended hereby, is hereby ratified, approved and confirmed in all respects.
          6. Reference to Agreement . From and after the Effective Date hereof, each reference in the Agreements to “this Agreement”, “hereof”, or “hereunder” or words of like import, and all references to the Agreements in any and all agreements, instruments, documents, notes, certificates and other writings of every kind and nature shall be deemed to mean the Agreements, as amended by this Amendment.
          7. Costs and Expenses . The Seller agrees to pay all reasonable costs, fees, and out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and time charges of attorneys for the Agents, which attorneys may be employees of an Agent) incurred by the Agent in connection with the preparation, execution and enforcement of this Amendment.
          8. CHOICE OF LAW . THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS (AND NOT THE LAW OF CONFLICTS) OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS.
          9. Execution in Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

3


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.
JUPITER SECURITIZATION CORPORATION
BY: JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., its attorney-in-fact
         
By:
  /s/ John Kuhns     
 
       
Name:
  John Kuhns    
Title:
  Vice President    
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as a Committed Purchaser, as Jupiter Agent and as Administrative Agent
         
By:
  /s/ John Kuhns     
 
       
Name:
  John Kuhns    
Title:
  Vice President    
 
       
LIBERTY STREET FUNDING CORP.    
 
       
By:
  /s/ Bernard J. Angelo    
 
       
Name:
  Bernard J. Angelo    
Title:
  Vice President    

4


 

THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA, as a Committed Purchaser and as Liberty Street Agent
         
By:
  /s/ Norman Last     
 
       
Name:
  Norman Last    
Title:
  Managing Director    

5


 

         
TENNECO AUTOMOTIVE RSA COMPANY, a Delaware corporation    
 
       
By:
  /s/ John E. Kunz     
 
       
Name:
  John E. Kunz    
Title:
  President and Treasurer    
 
       
TENNECO AUTOMOTIVE OPERATING COMPANY INC.,    
a Delaware corporation    
 
       
By:
  /s/ Gary Silha     
 
       
Name:
  Gary Silha    
Title:
  Assistant Treasurer    
 
       
THE PULLMAN COMPANY,    
a Delaware corporation.    
 
       
By:
  /s/ Gary Silha     
 
       
Name:
  Gary Silha    
Title:
  Assistant Treasurer    
By its signature below, the undersigned hereby consents to the terms of the foregoing Amendment and hereby confirms that its Performance Undertaking remains unaltered and in full force and effect:
         
TENNECO AUTOMOTIVE INC., a Delaware corporation    
 
       
By:
  /s/ John E. Kunz     
 
       
Name:
  John E. Kunz    
Title:
  Vice President and Treasurer    

6


 

OMNIBUS AMENDMENT NO. 2
AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO RECEIVABLES SALE AGREEMENTS AND
AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED RECEIVABLES
PURCHASE AGREEMENT
           THIS OMNIBUS AMENDMENT NO. 1, dated as of October 14, 2005 (this “ Amendment” ), is by and among:
     (a) Tenneco Automotive RSA Company, a Delaware corporation (“ Seller ”),
     (b) The Pullman Company, a Delaware corporation (“ Pullman” ),
     (c) Tenneco Automotive Operating Company Inc., a Delaware corporation, as initial Servicer (“Tenneco Operating” and, together with Seller and Pullman, the “ Companies” ),
     (c) Jupiter Securitization Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ Jupiter” or a “ Conduit” ), and Liberty Street Funding Corp., a Delaware corporation (“ Liberty Street” or a “ Conduit” ),
     (d) The Bank of Nova Scotia, a Canadian chartered bank acting through its New York Agency, individually (together with Liberty Street, the “ Liberty Street Group” ), and in its capacity as agent for the Liberty Street Group (a “ Co-Agent” ),
     (e) JPMorgan Chase, individually (the “ Jupiter Committed Purchaser” and, together with Jupiter, the “ Jupiter Group” ), in its capacity as agent for the Jupiter Group (a “ Co-Agent” ), and in its capacity as administrative agent for the Jupiter Group, the Liberty Street Group and each Co-Agent (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns, the “ Administrative Agent” and, together with each of the
Co-Agents, the “ Agents” ).
W I T N E S S E T H :
      WHEREAS, Tenneco Operating and Seller are parties to that certain Receivables Sale Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2000, between Tenneco Operating, as seller, and Seller, as purchaser, and Pullman and Seller are parties to that certain Receivables Sale Agreement, dated as of December 27, 2000, between Pullman, as seller, and Seller, as purchaser (collectively, the “ Receivables Sale Agreements” ); and
      WHEREAS, Seller, Tenneco Operating, the Liberty Street Group, the Jupiter Group and the Agents are parties to that certain Second Amended and

 


 

Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of May 4, 2005, as heretofore amended (the “Receivables Purchase Agreement” and, together with the Receivable Sale Agreements, the “Agreements” ); and
      WHEREAS, the parties wish to amend the Agreements on the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth;
           NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
          1. Defined Terms. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have their meanings as attributed to such terms in the Agreements.
          2. Amendments. The following definitions in the Receivables Purchase Agreement (and as incorporated by reference in the Receivables Sale Agreements) are hereby amended and restated in their entirety to read, respectively, as follows:
      “Receivable” means all indebtedness and other obligations owed to Seller or an Originator (at the time it arises, and before giving effect to any transfer or conveyance under a Receivables Sale Agreement or hereunder) or in which Seller or an Originator has a security interest or other interest, including, without limitation, any indebtedness, obligation or interest constituting an account, chattel paper, instrument or general intangible, arising in connection with the sale of goods or the rendering of services by such Originator and the obligation to pay any Finance Charges with respect thereto; provided, however, in no event shall the term “Receivable” include any such indebtedness or obligations (i) owed by any Subsidiary of Tenneco Automotive at any time, or (ii) owed by Delphi Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries if originated on or prior to October 9, 2005. Indebtedness and other rights and obligations arising from any one transaction, including, without limitation, indebtedness and other rights and obligations represented by an individual invoice, shall constitute a Receivable separate from a Receivable consisting of the indebtedness and other rights and obligations arising from any other transaction; provided further, that any indebtedness, rights or obligations referred to in the immediately preceding sentence shall be a Receivable regardless of whether the account debtor or Seller treats such indebtedness, rights or obligations as a separate payment obligation.
      “Tenneco Automotive” means (a) prior to October 27, 2005, Tenneco Automotive Inc., a Delaware corporation, and (b) from and after October 27, 2005, Tenneco Inc., a Delaware corporation formerly known as Tenneco Automotive Inc.

2


 

          3. Certain Representations. In order to induce the Agents and the Purchasers to enter into this Amendment, each of the Companies hereby represents and warrants to the Agents and the Purchasers that, both before and after giving effect to the amendments contained in Section 2 hereof, (a) no Amortization Event or Potential Amortization Event exists and is continuing as of the Effective Date (as defined in Section 4 below), (b) each of the Agreements to which such Company is a party, as amended hereby, constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of such Company enforceable against such Company in accordance with its terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law and (c) each of such Company’s representations and warranties contained in each of the Agreements to which it is a party is true and correct as of the Effective Date as though made on such date (except for such representations and warranties that speak only as of an earlier date).
          4. Effective Date. This Amendment shall become effective as of the date first above written (the “Effective Date” ) upon receipt by the Administrative Agent of counterparts of this Amendment, duly executed by each of the parties hereto, and consented to by the Performance Guarantor in the space provided below.
          5. Ratification. Except as expressly modified hereby, the Agreements, as amended hereby, is hereby ratified, approved and confirmed in all respects.
          6. Reference to Agreement. From and after the Effective Date hereof, each reference in the Agreements to “this Agreement”, “hereof”, or “hereunder” or words of like import, and all references to the Agreements in any and all agreements, instruments, documents, notes, certificates and other writings of every kind and nature shall be deemed to mean the Agreements, as amended by this Amendment.
          7. Costs and Expenses. The Seller agrees to pay all reasonable costs, fees, and out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and time charges of attorneys for the Agents, which attorneys may be employees of an Agent) incurred by the Agent in connection with the preparation, execution and enforcement of this Amendment.
          8. CHOICE OF LAW. THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS (AND NOT THE LAW OF CONFLICTS) OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS.
          9. Execution in Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

3


 

           IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.
         
JUPITER SECURITIZATION CORPORATION    
 
       
By: JPmorgan Chase Bank, N.A., its attorney-in-fact    
 
       
By:
  /s/ John Kuhns
 
   
Name: John Kuhns    
Title: Vice President    
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as a Committed Purchaser, as Jupiter Agent and as Administrative Agent
         
By:
  /s/ John Kuhns
 
   
Name: John Kuhns    
Title: Vice President    
 
       
LIBERTY STREET FUNDING CORP.    
 
       
By:
  /s/ Bernard J Angelo
 
   
Name:
  Bernard J Angelo    
Title:
  Vice President    

4


 

THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA, as a Committed Purchaser and as Liberty Street agent
         
By:
Name:
  /s/ J. ALAN EDWARDS
 
J. ALAN EDWARDS
   
Title:
  MANAGING DIRECTOR    

5


 

         
TENNECO AUTOMOTIVE RSA COMPANY, a Delaware corporation    
 
       
By:
  /s/ John E. Kunz    
 
       
Name: John E. Kunz    
Title: Vice President and Treasurer    
 
       
TENNECO AUTOMOTIVE OPERATING COMPANY INC.,    
a Delaware corporation    
 
       
By:
  /s/ Gary Silha
 
   
Name: Gary Silha    
Title: Assistant Treasurer    
 
       
THE PULLMAN COMPANY,    
a Delaware corporation    
 
       
By:
  /s/ Gary Silha
 
   
Name: Gary Silha    
Title: Assistant Treasurer    
By its signature below, the undersigned hereby consents to the terms of the foregoing Amendment and hereby confirms that its Performance Undertaking remains unaltered and in full force and effect:
         
TENNECO AUTOMOTIVE INC., a Delaware corporation    
 
       
By:
  /s/ John E. Kunz
 
   
Name: John E. Kunz    
Title: Vice President and Treasurer    

6


 

AMENDMENT NO. 4 TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED RECEIVABLES
PURCHASE AGREEMENT
           THIS AMENDMENT NO. 4 TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT, dated as of January 30, 2006 (this “Amendment” ), is by and among:
     (a) Tenneco Automotive RSA Company, a Delaware corporation (“Seller” ),
     (b) Tenneco Automotive Operating Company Inc., a Delaware corporation, as initial Servicer ( “Tenneco Operating” and, together with Seller, the “Seller Parties” ),
     (c) Jupiter Securitization Corporation, a Delaware corporation ( “Jupiter” or a “Conduit” ), and Liberty Street Funding Corp., a Delaware corporation ( “Liberty Street” or a “Conduit” ),
     (d) The Bank of Nova Scotia, a Canadian chartered bank acting through its New York Agency, individually (together with Liberty Street, the “Liberty Street Group” ), and in its capacity as agent for the Liberty Street Group (a “Co-Agent” ), and
     (e) JPMorgan Chase, individually (the “Jupiter Committed Purchaser” and, together with Jupiter, the “Jupiter Group” ), in its capacity as agent for the Jupiter Group (a “Co-Agent” ), and in its capacity as administrative agent for the Jupiter Group, the Liberty Street Group and each Co-Agent (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns, the “Administrative Agent” and, together with each of the Co-Agents, the “Agents” ).
W I T N E S S E T H:
      WHEREAS, Seller, Tenneco Operating, the Liberty Street Group, the Jupiter Group and the Agents are parties to that certain Second Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of May 4, 2005, as heretofore amended (the “Receivables Purchase Agreement” ); and
      WHEREAS, the parties wish to amend the Receivables Purchase Agreement on the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth;
           NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
          1. Defined Terms . Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have their meanings as attributed to such terms in the Receivables Purchase Agreement.

 


 

          2. Amendments .
          (a) Section 1.3 of the Receivables Purchase Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
     Section 1.3. Decreases. Unless Broken Funding Costs are paid for such reduction, not later than 12:00 noon (Chicago time) on the Business Day prior to a proposed reduction in Aggregate Capital outstanding, Seller shall provide the Co-Agents with written notice of any reduction requested by the Seller of the Aggregate Capital outstanding (a “Reduction Notice” ). Such Reduction Notice shall designate (i) the date (the “Proposed Reduction Date” ) upon which any such reduction of Aggregate Capital shall occur (which date shall not be earlier than one (1) Business Day after the Reduction Notice is given unless Broken Funding Costs are paid for such reduction), and (ii) the amount of Aggregate Capital to be reduced (the “Aggregate Reduction” ), which shall be applied ratably to the Purchaser Interests of each Group in accordance with the amount of Capital owing to each and within each Group, ratably in accordance with the amount of Capital, if any, owing to each member of such Group.
          (b) The following definitions in the Receivables Purchase Agreement are hereby amended and restated in their entirety to read, respectively, as follows:
      “Liquidity Termination Date” means January 29, 2007.
      “Purchase Limit” means $100,000,000.
          (c) Any references in the Receivables Purchase Agreement to “Tenneco Automotive Inc.” are hereby replaced with “Tenneco Inc.”
          (d) Exhibit IV to the Receivables Purchase Agreement is hereby amended to add the following new Lock-Boxes and Collection Accounts thereto:
         
                          Lockbox Address   Related Collection account  
    [The following Collection Accounts are at The  
    Bank of Nova Scotia in Toronto, ON]  
 
       
P.O. Box 8879, Station A
Toronto, Ontario, Canada
M5W 1P8
    476960055719  
 
       
P.O. Box 8895, Station A
Toronto, Ontario, Canada
M5W 1P8
    476960055816  
 
       

2


 

         
                     Lockbox Address   Related Collection Account  
    [The following Collection Accounts are at The  
    Bank of Nova Scotia in Toronto, ON]  
OE Ride Control
Electronic Receipt Account
    476960055913  
 
       
OE Exhaust
Electronic Receipt Account
    476960056014  
 
       
Concentration Account
    476960055611  
          (e) Schedule A to the Receivables Purchase Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
SCHEDULE A
COMMITMENTS OF COMMITTED PURCHASERS
                 
      Group   Committed Purchaser   Commitment
Jupiter Group
  JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.   $ 56,000,000  
 
               
Liberty Street Group
  The Bank of Nova Scotia,New York Agency   $ 44,000,000  
          3. Certain Representations . In order to induce the Agents and the Purchasers to enter into this Amendment, each of the Seller Parties hereby represents and warrants to the Agents and the Purchasers that, both before and after giving effect to the amendments contained in Section 2 hereof, (a) no Amortization Event or Potential Amortization Event exists and is continuing as of the Effective Date (as defined in Section 4 below), (b) the Receivables Purchase Agreement, as amended hereby, constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of such Seller Party enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law and (c) each of such Seller Party’s representations and warranties contained in the Receivables Purchase Agreement is true and correct as of the Effective Date as though made on such date (except for such representations and warranties that speak only as of an earlier date).
          4. Effective Date . This Amendment shall become effective as of the date first above written (the “Effective Date” ) upon receipt by the Administrative Agent of (a) counterparts of this Amendment, duly executed by each of the parties hereto, and consented to by the Performance Guarantor in the space provided below, and (b) a Collection Account Agreement with respect to the Lock-Boxes and Collection Accounts added to Exhibit IV pursuant to this Amendment, duly executed by each of the Seller Parties, The Bank of Nova Scotia, as Collection Bank, and the Administrative Agent.

3


 

          5. Ratification. Except as expressly modified hereby, the Receivables Purchase Agreement, as amended hereby, is hereby ratified, approved and confirmed in all respects.
          6. Reference to Agreement. From and after the Effective Date hereof, each reference in the Receivables Purchase Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereof, or “hereunder” or words of like import, and all references to the Receivables Purchase Agreement in any and all agreements, instruments, documents, notes, certificates and other writings of every kind and nature shall be deemed to mean the Receivables Purchase Agreement, as amended by this Amendment.
          7. Costs and Expenses. The Seller agrees to pay all reasonable costs, fees, and out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and time charges of attorneys for the Agents, which attorneys may be employees of an Agent) incurred by the Agent in connection with the preparation, execution and enforcement of this Amendment.
          8. CHOICE OF LAW. THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS (AND NOT THE LAW OF CONFLICTS) OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS.
          9. Execution in Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

4


 

           IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.
         
JUPITER SECURITIZATION CORPORATION
 
       
By: JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Its Attorney-In-Fact
 
       
By:
Name:
  /s/ John M. Kuhns
 
John M. Kuhns
   
Title:
  Vice President    
 
       
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., As a Committed Purchaser, As Jupiter Agent And As Administrative Agent
 
       
By:
Name:
  /s/ John M. Kuhns
 
John M. Kuhns
   
Title:
  Vice President    
 
       
LIBERTY STREET FUNDING CORP.
 
       
By:
Name:
  /s/ Bernard J. Angelo
 
Bernard J. Angelo
   
Title:
  Vice President    

5


 

         
THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA, as a Committed Purchaser and as Liberty Street Agent
 
       
By:
Name:
  /s/ J. ALAN EDWARDS
 
J. ALAN EDWARDS
   
Title:
  MANAGING DIRECTOR    

6


 

         
TENNECO AUTOMOTIVE RSA COMPANY, a Delaware corporation
 
       
By:
  /s/ John E. Kunz    
Name:
 
 
John E. Kunz
   
Title:
  President and Treasurer    
 
       
TENNECO AUTOMOTIVE OPERATING COMPANY INC.,
a Delaware corporation
 
       
By:
  /s/ Gary Silha    
Name:
 
 
Gary Silha
   
Title:
  Assistant Treasurer    
 
       
By its signature below, the undersigned hereby consents to the terms of the foregoing Amendment and hereby confirms that its Performance Undertaking remains unaltered and in full force and effect;
 
       
TENNECO INC., a Delaware corporation
 
       
By:
  /s/ John E. Kunz    
Name:
 
 
John E. Kunz
   
Title:
  Vice President and Treasurer    

7


 

AMENDMENT NO. 5 TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED RECEIVABLES
PURCHASE AGREEMENT
           THIS AMENDMENT NO. 5 TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT, dated as of April 18, 2006 (this “Amendment” ), is by and among:
     (a) Tenneco Automotive RSA Company, a Delaware corporation ( “Seller” ),
     (b) Tenneco Automotive Operating Company Inc., a Delaware corporation, as initial Servicer ( “Tenneco Operating” and, together with Seller, the “Seller Parties” ) ,
     (c) Jupiter Securitization Corporation, a Delaware corporation ( “Jupiter” or a “Conduit” ) , and Liberty Street Funding Corp., a Delaware corporation ( “Liberty Street” or a “Conduit” ),
     (d) The Bank of Nova Scotia, a Canadian chartered bank acting through its New York Agency, individually (together with Liberty Street, the “Liberty Street Group” ) , and in its capacity as agent for the Liberty Street Group (a “Co-Agent” ) , and
     (e) JPMorgan Chase, individually (the “Jupiter Committed Purchaser” and, together with Jupiter, the “Jupiter Group” ) , in its capacity as agent for the Jupiter Group (a “Co-Agent” ) , and in its capacity as administrative agent for the Jupiter Group, the Liberty Street Group and each Co-Agent (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns, the “Administrative Agent” and, together with each of the Co-Agents, the “Agents” ) .
W I T N E S S E T H:
       WHEREAS, Seller, Tenneco Operating, the Liberty Street Group, the Jupiter Group and the Agents are parties to that certain Second Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of May 4, 2005, as heretofore amended (the “Receivables Purchase Agreement” ); and
      WHEREAS, the parties wish to amend the Receivables Purchase Agreement on the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth;
           NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
          1. Defined Terms . Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have their meanings as attributed to such terms in the Receivables Purchase Agreement.

 


 

          2. Amendment . The definitions of “Deemed Collections” and “Dilutions” in the Receivables Purchase Agreement are hereby amended and restated in their entirety to read, respectively, as follows:
      “Deemed Collections” means the aggregate of all amounts Seller shall have been deemed to have received as a Collection of a Receivable. Seller shall be deemed to have received a Collection in full of a Receivable if at any time (i) the Outstanding Balance of any such Receivable is either (x) reduced as a result of any defective or rejected goods or services, any discount or any adjustment or otherwise by Seller (other than as a result of such Receivable becoming a Charged-Off Receivable or such Receivable having any credit issued with respect to it on account of a repurchase pursuant to any Stock-Lift Agreement, on account of any Pass-Through Credit, Price Give-Back Accrual or Warranty Accrual, or to reflect cash Collections on account of the Receivables) or (y) reduced or canceled as a result of a setoff in respect of any claim by any Person (whether such claim arises out of the same or a related transaction or an unrelated transaction), or (ii) any of the representations or warranties in Article V are no longer true with respect to any Receivable; provided, however, that solely prior to April 15, 2006, the Outstanding Balance of all Receivables arising from the production and shipment of prototypes shall be netted against the amount of Collections Seller is otherwise deemed to have received pursuant to clause (i) above.
      “Dilutions” means, at any time, the aggregate amount of reductions or cancellations described in clause (i) of the definition of “Deemed Collections” less, solely prior to April 15, 2006, the original Outstanding Balance of all Receivables arising from the production and shipment of prototypes.
          3. Certain Representations . In order to induce the Agents and the Purchasers to enter into this Amendment, each of the Seller Parties hereby represents and warrants to the Agents and the Purchasers that after giving effect to the amendment contained in Section 2 hereof, (a) no Amortization Event or Potential Amortization Event exists and is continuing as of the date hereof, (b) the Receivables Purchase Agreement, as amended hereby, constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Seller Party enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law and (c) each of such Seller Party’s representations and warranties contained in the Receivables Purchase Agreement is true and correct as of the date hereof as though made on such date (except for such representations and warranties that speak only as of an earlier date).
          4. Effective Date . This Amendment shall become retroactively effective as of May 4, 2005 (the “Effective Date” ) upon receipt by the Administrative Agent of counterparts of this Amendment, duly executed by each of the parties hereto, and consented to by the Performance Guarantor in the space provided below.

2


 

          5. Ratification . Except as expressly modified hereby, the Receivables Purchase Agreement, as amended hereby, is hereby ratified, approved and confirmed in all respects.
          6. Reference to Agreement . From and after the Effective Date hereof, each reference in the Receivables Purchase Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereof, or “hereunder” or words of like import, and all references to the Receivables Purchase Agreement in any and all agreements, instruments, documents, notes, certificates and other writings of every kind and nature shall be deemed to mean the Receivables Purchase Agreement, as amended by this Amendment.
          7. Costs and Expenses . The Seller agrees to pay all reasonable costs, fees, and out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and time charges of attorneys for the Agents, which attorneys may be employees of an Agent) incurred by the Agent in connection with the preparation, execution and enforcement of this Amendment.
          8. CHOICE OF LAW . THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS (AND NOT THE LAW OF CONFLICTS) OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS.
          9. Execution in Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

3


 

           IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.
   JUPITER SECURITIZATION CORPORATION
   By: JPMorgan Chase Bank , N.A., its attorney-in-fact
         
     
  By:   /s/ John M. Kuhns    
  Name: John M. Kuhns   
  Title: Vice President   
 
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as a Committed Purchaser, as Jupiter Agent and as Administrative Agent
         
  By:   /s/ John M. Kuhns    
  Name: John M. Kuhns   
  Title: Vice President   
 
  LIBERTY STREET FUNDING CORP.
 
 
  By:   /s/ BERNARD J. ANGELO    
  Name: Bernard J. Angelo   
  Title: Vice President   

4


 

         
         
  THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA, as a Committed Purchaser And As Liberty Street Agent  
 
  By:   /s/ J. ALAN EDWARDS    
  Name: J. ALAN EDWARDS   
  Title: MANAGING DIRECTOR   

5


 

         
         
  TENNECO AUTOMOTIVE RSA COMPANY, a Delaware corporation
 
  By:   /s/ John E. Kunz    
  Name:  John E. Kunz   
  Title: President and Treasurer   
 
  TENNECO AUTOMOTIVE OPERATING COMPANY INC., a Delaware corporation
 
  By:   /s/ Gary Silha    
  Name:  Gary Silha   
  Title: Assistant Treasurer   
 
By its signature below, the undersigned hereby consents to the terms of the foregoing Amendment and hereby confirms that its Performance Undertaking remains unaltered and in full force and effect:
         
  TENNECO INC., a Delaware corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ John E. Kunz    
  Name: John E. Kunz   
  Title: Vice President and Treasurer   
 

6


 

AMENDMENT NO. 6 TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED RECEIVABLES
PURCHASE AGREEMENT
           THIS AMENDMENT NO. 6 TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT, dated as of January 29, 2007 (this “Amendment” ), is by and among:
     (a) Tenneco Automotive RSA Company, a Delaware corporation ( “Seller” ),
     (b) Tenneco Automotive Operating Company Inc., a Delaware corporation, as initial Servicer ( “Tenneco Operating” and, together with Seller, the “Seller Parties” ),
     (c) Jupiter Securitization Corporation, a Delaware corporation ( “Jupiter” or a “Conduit” ), and Liberty Street Funding Corp., a Delaware corporation ( “Liberty Street” or a “Conduit” ),
     (d) The Bank of Nova Scotia, a Canadian chartered bank acting through its New York Agency, individually (together with Liberty Street, the “Liberty Street Group” ), and in its capacity as agent for the Liberty Street Group (a “Co-Agent” ), and
     (e) JPMorgan Chase, individually (the “Jupiter Committed Purchaser” and, together with Jupiter, the “Jupiter Group” ), in its capacity as agent for the Jupiter Group (a “Co-Agent” ), and in its capacity as administrative agent for the Jupiter Group, the Liberty Street Group and each Co-Agent (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns, the “Administrative Agent” and, together with each of the Co-Agents, the “Agents” ).
W I T N E S S E T H:
      WHEREAS, Seller, Tenneco Operating, the Liberty Street Group, the Jupiter Group and the Agents are parties to that certain Second Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of May 4, 2005, as heretofore amended (the “Receivables Purchase Agreement” ); and
      WHEREAS, the parties wish to amend the Receivables Purchase Agreement on the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth;
           NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
          1. Defined Terms . Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have their meanings as attributed to such terms in the Receivables Purchase Agreement.

 


 

          2. Amendments .
          (a) The following definitions in the Receivables Purchase Agreement (and as incorporated by reference in the Receivables Sale Agreements) are hereby amended and restated in their entirety to read, respectively, as follows:
      “Net Receivables Balance” means, at any time, the result of (a) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables, minus (b) the Overconcentration Amount, minus (c) the Pass-Through Reserve at such time, minus (d) the Warranty Reserve at such time, minus (e) Price Give-Back Accrual at such time minus (f) the Sales-Promotion Reserve; provided, however, that the sum of the Pass-Through Reserve, the Price Give-Back Accrual, the Warranty Reserve, the Sales-Promotion Reserve and the Overconcentration Amount attributable to any Obligor shall not exceed the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables for such Obligor included in the calculation of Net Receivables Balance.
“Liquidity Termination Date” means January 28, 2008.
          (b) The definition of the term “ Sales-Promotion Reserve ” is hereby added to the Receivables Purchase Agreement in its proper alphabetical order (and as incorporated by reference in the Receivables Sale Agreements) to read in its entirety as follows:
“Sales-Promotion Reserve” means $5,000,000.
          (c) Section 8.5 of the Receivables Purchase Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
     Section 8.5. Portfolio Reports . The Servicer shall prepare and forward to the Agents (i) on or before each Monthly Reporting Date, a Monthly Report for the month then most recently ended, (ii) during each (A) Level Two Ratings Period and (B) Level Three Ratings Period, unless at any time during any such Level Three Ratings Period, any Agent shall have requested that Daily Reports be delivered pursuant to the immediately succeeding clause (iii) of this paragraph, on Monday of each week with respect to and as of the end of the immediately preceding calendar week, a Weekly Report, (iii) during each Level Three Ratings Period with respect to which any Agent shall have requested that Daily Reports be delivered pursuant to this clause (iii) of this paragraph, on each Daily Reporting Date with respect to and as of the preceding Business Day, a Daily Report and (iv) at such times as any Agent shall request, a listing by Obligor of all Receivables together with an aging of such Receivables. For purposes of this Section 8.5, if at any time, Tenneco Automotive’s long-term debt ratings fall within different categories and as a result thereof more than one Ratings Period then applies, the Ratings Period corresponding to the lower long-term debt rating shall control.

2


 

          3. Certain Representations . In order to induce the Agents and the Purchasers to enter into this Amendment, each of the Seller Parties hereby represents and warrants to the Agents and the Purchasers that after giving effect to the amendment contained in Section 2 hereof, (a) no Amortization Event or Potential Amortization Event exists and is continuing as of the date hereof, (b) the Receivables Purchase Agreement, as amended hereby, constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Seller Party enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law and (c) each of such Seller Party’s representations and warranties contained in the Receivables Purchase Agreement is true and correct as of the date hereof as though made on such date (except for such representations and warranties that speak only as of an earlier date).
          4. Effective Date . This Amendment shall become effective as of the date first above written (the “Effective Date” ) upon receipt by the Administrative Agent of counterparts of this Amendment, duly executed by each of the parties hereto, and consented to by the Performance Guarantor in the space provided below.
          5. Ratification . Except as expressly modified hereby, the Receivables Purchase Agreement, as amended hereby, is hereby ratified, approved and confirmed in all respects.
          6. Reference to Agreement . From and after the Effective Date hereof, each reference in the Receivables Purchase Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereof”, or “hereunder” or words of like import, and all references to the Receivables Purchase Agreement in any and all agreements, instruments, documents, notes, certificates and other writings of every kind and nature shall be deemed to mean the Receivables Purchase Agreement, as amended by this Amendment.
          7. Costs and Expenses . The Seller agrees to pay all reasonable costs, fees, and out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and time charges of attorneys for the Agents, which attorneys may be employees of an Agent) incurred by the Agent in connection with the preparation, execution and enforcement of this Amendment.
          8. CHOICE OF LAW . THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS (AND NOT THE LAW OF CONFLICTS) OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS.
          9. Execution in Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

3


 

           IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.
JUPITER SECURITIZATION CORPORATION
By: JPMorgan Chase Bank , N.A., its attorney-in-fact
         
     
  By:   /s/ John M. Kuhns    
  Name: John M. Kuhns   
  Title: Vice President   
 
  JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as a Committed Purchaser, as Jupiter Agent and as Administrative Agent
 
 
  By:   /s/ John M. Kuhns    
  Name: John M. Kuhns   
  Title: Vice President   
 
  LIBERTY STREET FUNDING CORP.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Jill A. Gordon    
  Name: Jill A. Gordon   
  Title: Vice President   

4


 

         
         
  THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA, as a Committed Purchaser and as Liberty Street Agent
 
  By:   /s/ DARREN WARD    
  Name: DARREN WARD   
  Title: DIRECTOR   

5


 

         
         
  TENNECO AUTOMOTIVE RSA COMPANY, a Delaware corporation
 
  By:   /s/ John E. Kunz    
  Name: John E. Kunz   
  Title: President and Treasurer   
 
  TENNECO AUTOMOTIVE OPERATING COMPANY INC. , a Delaware corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ Gary Silha    
  Name: Gary Silha   
  Title: Assistant Treasurer   
 
By its signature below, the undersigned hereby consents to the terms of the foregoing Amendment and hereby confirms that its Performance Undertaking remains unaltered and in full force and effect:
         
  TENNECO INC., a Delaware corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ John E. Kunz    
  Name: John E. Kunz   
  Title: Vice President, Treasurer and Tax   
 

6


 

AMENDMENT NO. 7 TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED RECEIVABLES
PURCHASE AGREEMENT AND WAIVER
                THIS AMENDMENT NO. 7 TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT AND WAIVER, dated as of August 6, 2007 (this “Amendment and Waiver”), is by and among:
          (a) Tenneco Automotive RSA Company, a Delaware corporation (“Seller”),
          (b) The Pullman Company, a Delaware corporation (“Pullman”),
          (c) Tenneco Automotive Operating Company Inc., a Delaware corporation, as initial Servicer (“Tenneco Operating” and, together with Seller and Pullman, the “Seller Parties”),
          (d) Jupiter Securitization Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Jupiter” or a “Conduit”), and Liberty Street Funding Corp., a Delaware corporation (“Liberty Street” or a “Conduit”),
          (e) The Bank of Nova Scotia, a Canadian chartered bank acting through its New York Agency, individually (together with Liberty Street, the “Liberty Street Group”), and in its capacity as agent for the Liberty Street Group (a “Co-Agent”), and
          (f) JPMorgan Chase, individually (the “Jupiter Committed Purchaser” and, together with Jupiter, the “Jupiter Group”), in its capacity as agent for the Jupiter Group (a “Co-Agent”), and in its capacity as administrative agent for the Jupiter Group, the Liberty Street Group and each Co-Agent (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns, the “Administrative Agent” and, together with each of the Co-Agents, the “Agents”).
W I T N E S S E T H :
           WHEREAS, Tenneco Operating and Seller are parties to that certain Receivables Sale Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2000, between Tenneco Operating, as seller, and Seller, as purchaser, and Pullman and Seller are parties to that certain Receivables Sale Agreement, dated as of December 27, 2000, between Pullman, as seller, and Seller, as purchaser, as heretofore amended (collectively, the “Receivables Sale Agreements”) ; and
           WHEREAS, Seller, Tenneco Operating, the Liberty Street Group, the Jupiter Group and the Agents are parties to that certain Second Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of May 4, 2005, as heretofore amended (the “Receivables Purchase Agreement” and, together with the Receivables Sale Agreements, the “Agreements”); and

 


 

           WHEREAS, the Performance Guarantor will restate its financial statements for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2004, December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2006 and for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2007, as more fully described in the Performance Guarantor’s report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 23, 2007 (the “Restatement” );
           WHEREAS, the Seller Parties have requested certain waivers under the Agreements in connection with the Restatement; and
           WHEREAS, the Purchasers and Agents are willing to agree to such waivers and amendments subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein;
                NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
               1.  Defined Terms . Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have their meanings as attributed to such terms in the Agreements.
               2.  Amendment . (a) Section 9.1 (i) of the Receivables Purchase Agreement is hereby amended to replace the text “as in effect on May 4, 2005” with the following:
          “as in effect on March 16, 2007, and as the same has been or may be amended, waived or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, but for this purpose only if the relevant amendment, waiver or other modification was consented to by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and The Bank of Nova Scotia.”
                    (b) The definition of ‘Tenneco Credit Agreement” is hereby amended by substituting the dates “December 12, 2003” and “September 30, 1999” with “March 16, 2007” and “December 12, 2003” respectively.
               3. Waiver, etc . The Purchasers and Agents hereby waive (a) any Termination Event, Potential Termination Event, Amortization Event or Potential Amortization Event requiring an item or calculation to be determined in accordance with GAAP or resulting from the bring-down of representations and warranties by the Performance Guarantor or any Seller Party or satisfaction of conditions in connection with any prior purchase or extension of credit under the Agreements in each case resulting from the Restatement; and (b) through September 30, 2007, delivery of the financial statements and certificates described in Sections 7.1(a)(i)-(iii) of the Receivables Purchase Agreement with respect to the fiscal quarters ended March 31, 2007 and June 30, 3007. From and after the date on which restated consolidated balance sheets of the Performance Guarantor as at December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005 and the related restated consolidated statements of income and cash flows for the fiscal years ended on such dates have been issued pursuant to the Restatement, Section 6(d) of the Performance Undertaking shall be deemed to refer to such restated audited financial statements.

2


 

               4.  Certain Representations . In order to induce the Agents and the Purchasers to enter into this Amendment and Waiver, each of the Seller Parties hereby represents and warrants to the Agents and the Purchasers that after giving effect to the amendment contained in Section 2 hereof and the waiver contained in Section 3 hereof, (a) no Amortization Event or Potential Amortization Event exists and is continuing as of the date hereof, (b) the Receivables Purchase Agreement, as amended hereby, constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Seller Party enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law and (c) each of such Seller Party’s representations and warranties contained in the Receivables Purchase Agreement is true and correct as of the date hereof as though made on such date (except for such representations and warranties that speak only as of an earlier date).
               5.  Effective Date . This Amendment and Waiver shall become effective as of the date first above written (the “Effective Date”) upon receipt by the Administrative Agent of counterparts of this Amendment and Waiver, duly executed by each of the parties hereto, and consented to by the Performance Guarantor in the space provided below.
               6.  Ratification . Except as expressly modified hereby, the Agreements, as amended and waived hereby, are hereby ratified, approved and confirmed in all respects.
               7.  Reference to Agreements . From and after the Effective Date hereof, each reference in the Receivables Purchase Agreement or either of the Receivables Sale Agreements to “this Agreement”, “hereof”, or “hereunder” or words of like import, and all references to the Receivables Purchase Agreement or either of the Receivables Sale Agreements in any and all agreements, instruments, documents, notes, certificates and other writings of every kind and nature shall be deemed to mean the Receivables Purchase Agreement or such Receivables Sale Agreement, as applicable, as amended by this Amendment and Waiver.
               8.  Costs and Expenses . The Seller agrees to pay all reasonable costs, fees, and out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and time charges of attorneys for the Agents, which attorneys may be employees of an Agent) incurred by the Agent in connection with the preparation, execution and enforcement of this Amendment and Waiver.
               9.  CHOICE OF LAW . THIS AMENDMENT AND WAIVER SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS (AND NOT THE LAW OF CONFLICTS) OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS.
               10.  Execution in Counterparts . This Amendment and Waiver may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

3


 

           IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment and Waiver as of the date first above written.
JUPITER SECURITIZATION COMPANY LLC
By: JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Its Attorney-In-Fact
             
By:
Name:
  /s/ Cathleen D. Dettling
 
Cathleen D. Dettling
       
Title:
  Vice President        
 
           
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as a Committed Purchaser,    
as Jupiter Agent and as Administrative Agent        
 
           
By:
  /s/ Cathleen D. Dettling        
 
           
Name:
  Cathleen D. Dettling        
Title:
  Vice President        

 


 

TENNECO AUTOMOTIVE RSA COMPANY.
a Delaware corporation
             
By:
Name:
  /s/ John E. Kunz
 
John E. Kunz
       
Title:
  President and Treasurer        
 
           
TENNECO AUTOMOTIVE OPERATING COMPANY INC.,    
a Delaware corporation    
 
           
By:
Name:
  /s/ John E. Kunz
 
John E. Kunz
       
Title:
  Vice President and Treasurer        
By its signature below, the undersigned hereby consents to the terms of the foregoing Amendment and Waiver and hereby confirms that its Performance Undertaking remains unaltered and in full force and effect:
TENNECO INC., a Delaware corporation
             
By:
Name:
  /s/ John E. Kunz
 
John E. Kunz
       
Title:
  Vice President – Treasurer & Tax        

 


 

LIBERTY STREET FUNDING CORP.
             
By:
  /s/ Jill A. Gordon
 
       
Name:
  Jill A. Gordon        
Title:
  Vice President        
 
           
THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA , as a Committed Purchaser
and as LIBERTY STREET Agent        
 
           
By:
Name:
  /s/ Darren Ward
 
Darren Ward
       
Title:
  Director        

 


 

AMENDMENT NO. 8 TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED RECEIVABLES
PURCHASE AGREEMENT
           THIS AMENDMENT NO. 8 TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT, dated as of January 28, 2008 (this “Amendment”), is by and among:
     (a) Tenneco Automotive RSA Company, a Delaware corporation (“Seller”),
     (b) Tenneco Automotive Operating Company Inc., a Delaware corporation, as initial Servicer (“Tenneco Operating” and, together with Seller,the “Seller Parties”),
     (c) Falcon Asset Securitization Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company as assignee of Jupiter Securitization Company LLC (“Falcon” or a “Conduit”),
     (d) Liberty Street Funding LLC, a Delaware limited liability company formerly known as Liberty Street Funding Corp., a Delaware corporation (“Liberty Street” or a “Conduit”),
     (e) The Bank of Nova Scotia, a Canadian chartered bank acting through its New York Agency, individually (together with Liberty Street,the “Liberty Street Group”), and in its capacity as agent for the Liberty Street Group (a “Co-Agent”), and
     (f) JPMorgan Chase, individually (the “Falcon Committed Purchaser” and, together with Falcon, the “Falcon Group”), in its capacity as agent for the Falcon Group (a “Co-Agent”), and in its capacity as administrative agent for the Falcon Group, the Liberty Street Group and each Co-Agent (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns, the “Administrative Agent” and, together with each of the Co- Agents, the “Agents”).
W I T N E S S E T H :
      WHEREAS, the Seller Parties, the Liberty Street Group, the Falcon Group and the Agents are parties to that certain Second Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of May 4, 2005, as heretofore amended (the “Receivables Purchase Agreement”);
      WHEREAS, the Seller Parties have requested an extension of the facility evidenced by the Receivables Purchase Agreement; and
      WHEREAS, the Purchasers and Agents are willing to agree to such extension on the terms and conditions set forth herein;

1


 

           NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
          1. Defined Terms. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have their meanings as attributed to such terms in the Receivables Purchase Agreement.
          2. Amendments .
          (a) All references in the Receivables Purchase Agreement to “Jupiter Asset Securitization Corporation” or “Jupiter Asset Securitization Company LLC” are hereby replaced with references to “Falcon Asset Securitization Company LLC.” All references in the Receivables Purchase Agreement to “Jupiter,” whether alone or as part of another defined term are hereby replaced with references to “Falcon”. All references in the Receivables Purchase Agreement to “Liberty Street Funding Corp.” are hereby replaced with references to “Liberty Street Funding LLC.”
          (b) The following definitions in the Receivables Purchase Agreement are hereby amended and restated in their entirety to read, respectively, as follows:
“Liquidity Termination Date” means January 26, 2009.

“Purchase Limit” means $120,000,000.
          (c) Schedule A to the Receivables Purchase Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
SCHEDULE A
COMMITMENTS OF COMMITTED PURCHASERS
         
Group   Committed Purchaser   Commitment
Falcon Group   JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A   $67,200,000
Liberty Street Group   The Bank of Nova Scotia,
New York Agency
  $52,800,000
          3. Certain Representations. In order to induce the Agents and the Purchasers to enter into this Amendment, each of the Seller Parties hereby represents and warrants to the Agents and the Purchasers that after giving effect to the amendments contained in Section 2 hereof, (a) no Amortization Event or Potential Amortization Event exists and is continuing as of the date hereof, (b) the Receivables Purchase Agreement, as amended hereby, constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Seller Party enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought

2


 

in a proceeding in equity or at law and (c) each of such Seller Party’s representations and warranties contained in the Receivables Purchase Agreement is true and correct as of the date hereof as though made on such date (except for such representations and warranties that speak only as of an earlier date).
          4. Effective Date. This Amendment shall become effective as of the date first above written (the “Effective Date”) upon (a) receipt by the Administrative Agent of counterparts of this Amendment, duly executed by each of the parties hereto, and consented to by the Performance Guarantor in the space provided below, (b) receipt by the Administrative Agent of counterparts of a seventh amendment and restatement of the Fee Letter, duly executed by the Agents and the seller, (c) receipt by Falcon and the Liberty Street Agent of their applicable Renewal Fee (under and as defined in the Fee Letter), (d) receipt by the Falcon Agent of an amendment to the Falcon Liquidity Agreement, duly executed by the parties thereto, and (e) receipt by the Liberty Street Agent of an amendment to the Liberty Street Liquidity Agreement, duly executed by the parties thereto.
          5. Ratification. Except as expressly modified hereby, the Receivables Purchase Agreement is hereby ratified, approved and confirmed in all respects.
          6. Reference to Agreement. From and after the Effective Date hereof, each reference in the Receivables Purchase Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereof”, or “hereunder” or words of like import, and all references to the Receivables Purchase Agreement in any and all agreements, instruments, documents, notes, certificates and other writings of every kind and nature shall be deemed to mean the Receivables Purchase Agreement, as amended by this Amendment.
          7. Costs and Expenses. The Seller agrees to pay all reasonable costs, fees, and out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and time charges of attorneys for the Agents, which attorneys may be employees of an Agent) incurred by the Agent in connection with the preparation, execution and enforcement of this Amendment.
          8. CHOICE OF LAW. THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS (AND NOT THE LAW OF CONFLICTS) OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS.
          9. Execution in Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

3


 

           IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.
         
FALCON ASSET SECURITIZATION COMPANY LLC    
 
       
By: JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Its Attorney-In-Fact    
 
       
By:
Name:
  /s/ Cathleen D. Dettling
 
Cathleen D. Dettling
   
Title:
  Vice President    
 
       
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. , as a Committed Purchaser,  
as Falcon Agent and as Administrative Agent  
 
       
By:
  /s/ Cathleen D. Dettling
 
   
Name:
  Cathleen D. Dettling    
Title:
  Vice President    

 


 

         
THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA , as a Committed Purchaser    
and as Liberty Street Agent    
 
       
By:
Name:
  /s/ J. Alan Edwards
 
J. Alan Edwards
   
Title:
  Managing Director    
 
       
LIBERTY STREET FUNDING LLC    
 
       
By:
  /s/ J. Alan Edwards    
 
       
Name:
  J. Alane Dwards    
Title:
  Managing Director    

5


 

         
TENNECO AUTOMOTIVE RSA COMPANY,    
a Delaware corporation    
 
       
By:
  /s/ John E. Kunz
 
   
Name:
  John E. Kunz    
Title:
  President and Treasurer    
 
       
TENNECO AUTOMOTIVE OPERATING COMPANY INC.,    
a Delaware corporation    
 
By:
  /s/ Gary Silha    
 
       
Name:
  Gary Silha    
Title:
  Assistant Treasurer    
By its signature below, the undersigned hereby consents to the terms of the foregoing Amendment and hereby confirms that its Performance Undertaking remains unaltered and in full force and effect:
         
TENNECO INC ., a Delaware corporation    
 
       
By:
  /s/ John E. Kunz
 
   
Name:
  John E. Kunz    
Title:
  Vice President Treasurer and Tax    

6


 

Execution Version
AMENDMENT NO. 9 TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED
RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT
           THIS AMENDMENT NO. 9 TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED Receivables Purchase Agreement , dated as of January 26, 2009 (this “Amendment”) , is by and among:
          (a) Tenneco Automotive RSA Company, a Delaware corporation ( “Seller”),
          (b) Tenneco Automotive Operating Company Inc., a Delaware corporation, as initial Servicer (“Tenneco Operating” and, together with Seller, the “SellerParties”),
          (c) Falcon Asset Securitization Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company as assignee of Jupiter Securitization Company LLC ( “Falcon “ or a “Conduit”),
          (d) Liberty Street Funding LLC, a Delaware limited liability company formerly known as Liberty Street Funding Corp., a Delaware corporation ( “Liberty Street” or a “Conduit”),
          (e) The Bank of Nova Scotia, a Canadian chartered bank acting through its New York Agency, individually (together with Liberty Street, the “Liberty Street Group” ), and in its capacity as agent for the Liberty Street Group (a “Co-Agent” ), and
          (f) JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., individually (the “Falcon Committed Purchaser” and, together with Falcon, the “Falcon Group” ), in its capacity as agent for the Falcon Group (a “Co-Agent” ), and in its capacity as administrative agent for the Falcon Group, the Liberty Street Group and each Co-Agent (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns, the “Administrative Agent” and, together with each of the Co-Agents, the “Agents”) .
W I T N E S S E T H :
           WHEREAS, the Seller Parties, the Liberty Street Group, the Falcon Group and the Agents are parties to that certain Second Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of May 4, 2005, as heretofore amended (the “Receivables Purchase Agreement”) ;
           WHEREAS, the parties wish to amend the Receivables Purchase Agreement and extend the facility evidenced thereby on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein; and
           WHEREAS, the Purchasers and Agents are willing to agree to such amendments and extension subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein;
           NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 


 

          1. Defined Terms. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have their meanings as attributed to such terms in the Receivables Purchase Agreement.
          2. Amendments.
               (a) Section 9.1 (f)(i) of the Receivables Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by replacing “12.50%” with “3.00%”.
               (b) Section 9.1 (f)(ii) of the Receivables Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by replacing “4.00%” with “2.00%”.
               (c) Section 9.1 (i) of the Receivables Purchase Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
     “(i) Tenneco shall fail to observe any provision of Section 7.1 of the Tenneco Credit Agreement as in effect on December 23, 2008 (regardless of whether the same remains in effect).”
               (d) Section 10.2 of the Receivables Purchase Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
     “Section 10.2 Increased Cost and Reduced Return: Accounting Based Consolidation Event.
     (a) If after the date hereof, any Affected Entity shall be charged any fee, expense or increased cost on account of the adoption of any applicable law, rule or regulation (including any applicable law, rule or regulation regarding capital adequacy), any accounting principles or any change in any of the foregoing, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by the Financial Accounting Standards Board ( “FASB ”), any governmental authority, any central bank or any comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority or agency (a “Regulatory Change ”): (i) that subjects any Affected Entity to any charge or withholding on or with respect to any Liquidity Agreement or an Affected Entity’s obligations under a Liquidity Agreement, or on or with respect to the Receivables, or changes the basis of taxation of payments to any Affected Entity of any amounts payable under any Liquidity Agreement (except for changes in the rate of tax on the overall net income of an Affected Entity or taxes excluded by Section 10.1) or (ii) that imposes, modifies or deems applicable any reserve, assessment, insurance charge, special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of an Affected Entity, or credit extended by an Affected Entity pursuant to a Liquidity Agreement or (iii) that imposes any other condition the result of which is to increase the cost to an Affected Entity of performing its obligations under a Liquidity Agreement, or to reduce the rate of return on an Affected Entity’s capital as a consequence of its obligations under a Liquidity Agreement, or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by an Affected Entity under a Liquidity Agreement or to require any payment calculated

2


 

by reference to the amount of interests or loans held or interest received by it (all of the foregoing, “Increased Costs”) , then, upon demand by the applicable Co-Agent, Seller shall pay to such Co-Agent, for the benefit of the relevant Affected Entity, such Increased Costs charged to such Affected Entity or such amounts to otherwise compensate such Affected Entity for such Increased Costs. To the extent that any Liquidity Agreement described in this Section covers facilities in addition to this Agreement, each Conduit shall allocate the liability for any applicable Increased Costs among Seller and other Persons with whom such Conduit has entered into agreements to purchase interests in or finance receivables and other financial assets ( “Other Customers ”). If any Increased Costs are attributable to Seller and not attributable to any Other Customer, Seller shall be solely liable for such Increased Costs. However, if Increased Costs are attributable to Other Customers and not attributable to Seller, such Other Customer shall be solely liable for such Increased Costs. All allocations to be made pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section shall be made by such Conduit in its sole discretion and shall be binding on Seller and the Servicer. For the avoidance of doubt, if the issuance of FASB Interpretation No. 46, or any other change in accounting standards or the issuance of any other pronouncement, release or interpretation, causes or requires the consolidation of all or a portion of the assets and liabilities of any Conduit or any Seller Party with the assets and liabilities of any Agent, any Person or any other Affected Entity and such event results in Increased Costs, such event shall constitute a circumstance on which such Affected Entity may base a claim for reimbursement under this Section for such Increased Costs.
     (b) If after the date hereof, any Accounting Based Consolidation Event shall occur which is not the result of a Regulatory Change, then, upon demand by the applicable Co-Agent, Seller shall pay to such Co-Agent, for the benefit of the relevant Affected Entity, such amounts as such Affected Entity reasonably determines will compensate or reimburse such Affected Entity for any resulting (i) Increased Costs, charged to, incurred or otherwise suffered by such Affected Entity, (ii) reduction in the rate of return on such Affected Entity’s capital or reduction in the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Affected Entity or (iii) internal capital charge or other imputed cost, in each case as determined by such Affected Entity to be allocable to Seller or the transactions contemplated in this Agreement in connection therewith; provided, however, that in no event may any Affected Entity (or the applicable Co-Agent on its behalf) with respect to any Conduit claim or receive reimbursement or compensation for amounts under this Section 10.2(b) that would result in the total compensation payable to it and all other Affected Entities with respect to such Conduit (inclusive of Yield and fees) exceeding the total compensation that would have been payable to all such Affected Entities immediately prior to such Accounting Based Consolidation Event if fundings were made on behalf of such Conduit hereunder through its Committed Purchaser purchasing or committing to purchase Purchaser Interest pursuant to Article IV of this Agreement. Amounts under this Section 10.2(b) may be demanded at any time without regard to the timing of issuance of any financial statement by a Seller Party or by any Affected Entity.

3


 

     (c) Payment of any sum pursuant to this Section 10.2 shall be made by the Seller to the applicable Co-Agent, for the benefit of the relevant Affected Entity, not later than ten (10) days after any such demand is made. A certificate of any Affected Entity, signed by an authorized officer claiming compensation under this Section 10.2 and setting forth in reasonable detail the additional amount to be paid for its benefit and explaining the manner in which such amount was determined shall be presumptive evidence of the amount to be paid, absent manifest error. Amounts under this Section 10.2 may be demanded at any time without regard to the timing of issuance of any financial statement by a Conduit or any Affected Entity.”
               (e) Section 14.14 of the Receivables Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by adding a new Section 14.14(c) to the end thereof to read as follows:
     “(c) If, notwithstanding the intention of the parties expressed above, any sale or transfer by Seller hereunder shall be characterized as a secured loan and not a sale or such sale shall for any reason be ineffective or unenforceable (any of the foregoing being a “Recharacterization”) , then this Agreement shall be deemed to constitute a security agreement under the UCC and other applicable law. In the case of any Recharacterization, the Seller represents and warrants that each remittance of Collections to the Agent or the Purchasers hereunder will have been (i) in payment of a debt incurred in the ordinary course of business or financial affairs and (ii) made in the ordinary course of business or financial affairs.”
               (f) Article 14 of the Receivables Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by adding a new Section 14.15 to the end thereof to read as follows:
     “Section 14.15. Federal Reserve. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, any Purchaser may at any time pledge or grant a security interest in all or any portion of its rights (including, without limitation, any Purchaser Interest and any rights to payment of Capital and Yield) under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Purchaser to a Federal Reserve Bank, without notice to or consent of the Seller, any other Purchaser or the Agent; provided that no such pledge or grant of a security interest shall release a Purchaser from any of its obligations hereunder, or substitute any such pledgee or grantee for such Purchaser as a party hereto.”
               (g) The definition of “Applicable Margin in Exhibit I to the Receivables Purchase Agreement is deleted in its entirety.
               (h) The definition of “LIBO Rate” in Exhibit I to the Receivables Purchase Agreement is amended by replacing “(ii) the “Applicable Margin” that is applicable to “Revolving Loans” that are “Eurodollar Loans” (in each of the foregoing cases, as defined in the Tenneco Credit Agreement), per annum” with “(ii) 6.50%, per annum.”

4


 

               (i) The definition of “Loss Reserve Percentage” in Exhibit I to the Receivables Purchase Agreement is amended by replacing “2.25” with “2.50”.
               (j) The following definitions in the Receivables Purchase Agreement are hereby amended and restated in their entirety to read, respectively, as follows:
      “Concentration Limit” means, at any time, for any Obligor, 3.6% of the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables after subtracting the Pass Through Reserve, the Warranty Reserve and the Price Give Back Accrual, or such other higher amount (a “Special Concentration Limit”) for such Obligor designated by the Administrative Agent; provided that in the case of an Obligor and any Affiliate of such Obligor, the Concentration Limit shall be calculated as if such Obligor and such Affiliate are one Obligor; and provided , further , that any Agent may, upon not less than ten (10) Business Days’ notice to Seller, cancel any Special Concentration Limit. As of the Ninth Amendment Effective Date, and subject to cancellation as described above, (i) any Obligor and its Affiliates shall have a Special Concentration Limit equal to 6% of aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables after subtracting the Pass Through Reserve, the Warranty Reserve and the Price Give Back Accrual, so long as such Obligor’s long term debt ratings equal or exceed “BBB-” from Standard & Poor’s, a division of the McGraw-Hill Companies (“S&P”) and “Baa3” from Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) ; and if the Obligor is Genuine Auto Parts (NAPA), so long as an S&P long term debt shadow rating equal to or in excess of “A-” is obtained; and (ii) the Special Concentration Limits of (a) Ford Motor Company and its Affiliates shall be equal to the lesser of 4.5% of Eligible Receivables or 50% of the Loss Reserve Floor, (b) General Motors Corporation and its Affiliates shall be equal to the lesser of 4.5% of Eligible Receivables or 50% of the Loss Reserve Floor and (c) Chrysler Corporation shall be equal to zero (0).
      “Dilution Reserve” means, on any date of determination, an amount equal to the greater of (a) 10% of the Net Receivables Balance, and (b) the amount determined pursuant to the following formula:
{ (SF x ED) + [ (DS – ED) x (DS/ED) ] } x DHR x NRB
where:
SF= 2.50;
ED= Expected Dilution;
DS= Dilution Spike;
DHR= Dilution Horizon Ratio; and
NRB= Net Receivables Balance.

5


 

      “Liquidity Termination Date” means March 2, 2009.
      “Prime Rate” means a rate per annum equal to the greatest of (a) the prime rate of interest announced from time to time by the applicable Co-Agent or its parent (which is not necessarily the lowest rate charged to any customer), changing when and as said prime rate changes, (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate plus 1.50% and (c) the LIBO Rate.
      “Tenneco Credit Agreement” means that certain Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of March 16, 2007 (amending and restating the credit agreement dated as of December 12, 2003 (amending and restating the credit agreement dated as of September 30,1999)) (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time) by and among Tenneco Automotive Inc., the several lenders from time to time parties thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank as Administrative Agent for the lenders, and the other financial institutions named therein as agents for the lenders.
               (k) The following definitions are hereby inserted into Exhibit I to the Receivables Purchase Agreement in their appropriate alphabetical order:
      “AccountingBased Consolidation Event” means the consolidation, for financial and/or regulatory accounting purposes, of all or any portion of the assets and liabilities of any Conduit that is subject to this Agreement or any other Transaction Document with all or any portion of the assets and liabilities of a Funding Source. An Accounting Based Consolidation Event shall be deemed to occur on the date any Funding Source shall acknowledge in writing that any such consolidation of the assets and liabilities of a Conduit shall occur.
      “AffectedEntity” means (i) any Funding Source, (ii) any agent, administrator or manager of a Conduit or (iii) any bank holding company in respect of any of the foregoing.
          3. Certain Representations. In order to induce the Agents and the Purchasers to enter into this Amendment, each of the Seller Parties hereby represents and warrants to the Agents and the Purchasers that after giving effect to the amendments contained in Section 2 hereof, (a) no Amortization Event or Potential Amortization Event exists and is continuing as of the date hereof, (b) the Receivables Purchase Agreement, as amended hereby, constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Seller Party enforceable against it in accordancewith its terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law and (c) each of such Seller Party’s representations and warranties contained in the Receivables Purchase Agreement is true and correct as of the date hereof as though made on such date (except for such representations and warranties that speak only as of an earlier date).
          4. Effective Date. This Amendment shall become effective as of the date first above written (the “Ninth Amendment Effective Date”) upon (a) receipt by the

6


 

Administrative Agent of counterparts of this Amendment, duly executed by each of the parties hereto, and consented to by the Performance Guarantor in the space provided below, (b) receipt by the Administrative Agent of counterparts of an eighth amendment and restatement of the Fee Letter, duly executed by the Agents and the seller, (c) receipt by Falcon and the Liberty Street Agent of their applicable Amendment Fee (under and as defined in the Fee Letter), (d) receipt by the Falcon Agent of an amendment to the Falcon Liquidity Agreement, duly executed by the parties thereto, (e) receipt by the Liberty Street Agent of an amendment and restatement to the Liberty Street Liquidity Agreement, duly executed by the parties thereto, (f) receipt by Administrative Agent of counterparts to the Tenneco Automotive Operating Company Inc. Amendment #1 to Receivables Sale Agreement, duly executed by each of the parties thereto and (g) receipt by Administrative Agent of counterparts to The Pullman Company Amendment #1 to Receivables Sale Agreement, duly executed by each of the parties thereto, and with respect to each of the foregoing, all in form and substance acceptable to the applicable Agents.
          5. Ratification. Except as expressly modified hereby, the Receivables Purchase Agreement is hereby ratified, approved and confirmed in all respects.
          6. Reference to Agreement. From and after the Ninth Amendment Effective Date hereof, each reference in the Receivables Purchase Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereof”, or “hereunder” or words of like import, and all references to the Receivables Purchase Agreement in any and all agreements, instruments, documents, notes, certificates and other writings of every kind and nature shall be deemed to mean the Receivables Purchase Agreement, as amended by this Amendment.
          7. Costs and Expenses. The Seller agrees to pay all reasonable costs, fees, and out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and time charges of attorneys for the Agents, which attorneys may be employees of an Agent) incurred by the Agent in connection with the preparation, execution and enforcement of this Amendment.
          8. CHOICE OF LAW. THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS (AND NOT THE LAW OF CONFLICTS) OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS.
          9. Execution in Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

7


 

           IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.
             
    FALCON ASSET SECURITIZATION    
    COMPANY LLC    
 
           
 
  BY:   JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Its Attorney-In-Fact    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ John M. Kuhns
 
   
 
  Name:   John M. Kuhns    
 
  Title:   Executive Director    
 
           
    JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. , as a    
    Committed Purchaser, as Falcon Agent and as    
    Administrative Agent    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ John M. Kuhns    
 
           
 
  Name:   John M. Kuhns    
 
  Title:   Executive Director    
[Signature Page to Amendment #9 to Second A&R Receivables Purchase Agreement]

 


 

             
    THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA , as a    
    Committed Purchaser and as Liberty Street Agent    
 
           
 
  By:
Name:
  /s/ Darren Ward
 
Darren Ward
   
 
  Title:   Director    
 
           
    LIBERTY STREET FUNDING LLC    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Jill A. Russo    
 
           
 
  Name:   Jill A. Russo    
 
  Title:   Vice President    
[Signature Page to Amendment #9 to Second A&R Receivables Purchase Agreement]

 


 

             
    TENNECO AUTOMOTIVE RSA COMPANY ,    
    a Delaware corporation    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ John E. Kunz
 
   
 
  Name:   John E. Kunz    
 
  Title:   President and Treasurer    
 
           
    TENNECO AUTOMOTIVE OPERATING    
    COMPANY INC., a Delaware corporation    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Gary Silha    
 
           
 
  Name:   Gary Silha    
 
  Title:   Assistant Treasurer    
By its signature below, the undersigned hereby consents to the terms of the foregoing Amendment and hereby confirms that its Performance Undertaking remains unaltered and in full force and effect:
             
    TENNECO INC. , a Delaware corporation    
 
 
  By:   /s/ John E. Kunz
 
   
 
  Name:   John E. Kunz    
 
  Title:   Vice President– Treasurer & Tax    
[Signature Page to Amendment #9 to Second A&R Receivables Purchase Agreement]

 


 

EXECUTION VERSION
AMENDMENT NO. 10 TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED
RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT
           THIS AMENDMENT NO. 10 TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 23, 2009 (this “Amendment”), is by and among:
          (a) Tenneco Automotive RSA Company, a Delaware corporation ( “Seller”),
          (b) Tenneco Automotive Operating Company Inc., a Delaware corporation, as initial Servicer (“Tenneco Operating” and, together with Seller, the “Seller Parties”),
          (c) Falcon Asset Securitization Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company as assignee of Jupiter Securitization Company LLC ( “Falcon” or a “Conduit”),
          (d) Liberty Street Funding LLC, a Delaware limited liability company formerly known as Liberty Street Funding Corp., a Delaware corporation ( “Liberty Street” or a “Conduit”),
          (e) The Bank of Nova Scotia, a Canadian chartered bank acting through its New York Agency, individually (together with Liberty Street, the “Liberty Street Group ”), and in its capacity as agent for the Liberty Street Group (a “Co-Agent”), and
          (f) JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., individually (the “Falcon Committed Purchaser” and, together with Falcon, the “Falcon Group ”), in its capacity as agent for the Falcon Group (a “Co-Agent”), and in its capacity as administrative agent for the Falcon Group, the Liberty Street Group and each Co-Agent (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns, the “Administrative Agent” and, together with each of the Co-Agents, the “Agents”).
W I T N E S S E T H:
           WHEREAS, the Seller Parties, the Liberty Street Group, the Falcon Group and the Agents are parties to that certain Second Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of May 4, 2005, as heretofore amended (the “Receivables Purchase Agreement”);
           WHEREAS, the parties wish to amend the Receivables Purchase Agreement and reduce and extend the facility evidenced thereby on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein; and
           WHEREAS, the Purchasers and Agents are willing to agree to such amendments and extension subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein;
           NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 


 

          1. Defined Terms. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have their meanings as attributed to such terms in the Receivables Purchase Agreement.
          2. Amendments.
               (a) All references in the Receivables Purchase Agreement to “Liberty Street Co-Agent” are hereby replaced with references to “Liberty Street Agent”.
               (b) Section 9.1 (i) of the Receivables Purchase Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
     (i) (x) The Consolidated Net Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Tenneco Credit Agreement) as at the last day of any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of Tenneco Automotive ending with any fiscal quarter during any period set forth below shall exceed the ratio set forth below opposite use period:
         
    Consolidated Net
Period   Leverage Ratio
Fourth Quarter 2008
    4.25 to 1.00  
First Quarter 2009
    5.50 to 1.00  
Second Quarter 2009
    7.35 to 1.00  
Third Quarter 2009
    7.90 to 1.00  
Fourth Quarter 2009
    6.60 to 1.00  
First Quarter 2010
    5.50 to 1.00  
Second Quarter 2010
    5.00 to 1.00  
Third Quarter 2010
    4.75 to 1.00  
Fourth Quarter 2010
    4.50 to 1.00  
First Quarter 2011
    4.00 to 1.00  
Second Quarter 2011
    3.75 to 1.00  
Third and Fourth Quarters 2011
    3.50 to 1.00  
Fiscal Year 2012 and thereafter
    3.50 to 1.00  
          or
          (y) The Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio (as defined in the Tenneco Credit Agreement) for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of Tenneco Automotive ending with any fiscal quarter during any period set forth below to be less than the ratio set forth below opposite such period:
         
    Consolidated
    Interest
Period   Coverage Ratio
Fourth Quarter 2008
    2.10 to 1.00  
First Quarter 2009
    2.25 to 1.00  
Second Quarter 2009
    1.85 to 1.00  
Third Quarter 2009
    1.55 to 1.00  
Fourth Quarter 2009
    1.60 to 1.00  

2


 

         
    Consolidated
    Interest
Period   Coverage Ratio
First Quarter 2010
    2.00 to 1.00  
Second Quarter 2010
    2.25 to 1.00  
Third Quarter 2010
    2.30 to 1.00  
Fourth Quarter 2010
    2.35 to 1.00  
First Quarter 2011
    2.55 to 1.00  
Second Quarter 2011
    2.55 to 1.00  
Third and Fourth Quarters 2011
    2.55 to 1.00  
Fiscal Year 2012 and thereafter
    2.75 to 1.00  
               (c) The following definitions in the Receivables Purchase Agreement are hereby amended and restated in their entirety to read, respectively, as follows:
           “Liquidity Termination Date” means February 22, 2010.
           “Purchase Limit” means $100,000,000.
           “Tenneco Automotive” means Tenneco Inc., a Delaware corporation.
      “Tenneco Credit Agreement” means that certain Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of March 16, 2007 (amending and restating the credit agreement dated as of December 12, 2003 (amending and restating the credit agreement dated as of September 30, 1999)) (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time) by and among Tenneco Automotive, the several lenders from time to time parties thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank as Administrative Agent for the lenders, and the other financial institutions named therein as agents for the lenders.
               (d) Schedule A to the Receivables Purchase Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
SCHEDULE A
COMMITMENTS OF COMMITTED PURCHASERS
                 
Group   Committed Purchaser   Commitment
Falcon Group
  JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.   $ 57,120,000  
Liberty Street Group
  The Bank of Nova Scotia,        
 
  New York Agency   $ 44,880,000  
          3. Waiver. Each of the Agents hereby waives (a) any breach of Section 7.1(a)(i)(A) of the Receivables Purchase Agreement resulting from the existence of a “going

3


 

concern” or like qualification or exception in the auditor’s report accompanying the financial statements delivered pursuant to such Section for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2008 if any such “going concern” or like qualification or exception is based in whole or significant part on conditions in the automotive industry, including without limitation uncertainty regarding Tenneco Automotive’s level of business with certain major customers and (b) any Amortization Event under Section 9.1(a)(ii) of the Receivables Purchase Agreement arising from the non-compliance with Section 7.1(a)(i)(A) of the Receivables Purchase Agreement solely as a result of the existence of a “going concern” or like qualification or exception in the auditor’s report accompanying the financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a)(i)(A) for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2008 if any such “going concern” or like qualification or exception is based in whole or significant part on conditions in the automotive industry, including without limitation uncertainty regarding Tenneco Automotive’s level of business with certain major customers. The limited waivers set forth in this Section 3 of the Amendment are effective solely for the purposes set forth herein and shall not, except as expressly provided herein, be deemed to (i) be a consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of any term or condition of the Receivables Purchase Agreement or of any other Transaction Document, (ii) prejudice any right or rights that the Agents, Conduits or Committed Purchasers may have or may have in the future under or in connection with the Receivables Purchase Agreement or any other Transaction Document, (iii) waive compliance with Section 7.1(a)(i)(A) of the Receivables Purchase Agreement with respect to any other matter for the period ending December 31, 2008 or (iv) waive compliance with Section 7.1(a)(i)(A) of the Receivables Purchase Agreement for any period ending after December 31, 2008.
          4. Certain Representations. In order to induce the Agents and the Purchasers to enter into this Amendment, each of the Seller Parties hereby represents and warrants to the Agents and the Purchasers that after giving effect to the amendments contained in Section 2 hereof and the limited waiver contained in Section 3 hereof, (a) no Amortization Event or Potential Amortization Event exists and is continuing as of the date hereof, (b) the Receivables Purchase Agreement, as amended hereby, constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Seller Party enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law and (c) each of such Seller Party’s representations and warranties contained in the Receivables Purchase Agreement is true and correct as of the date hereof as though made on such date (except for such representations and warranties that speak only as of an earlier date).
          5. Effective Date . This Amendment shall become effective as of the date first above written (the “Tenth Amendment Effective Date ”) upon (a) receipt by the Administrative Agent of counterparts of this Amendment, duly executed by each of the parties hereto, and consented to by the Performance Guarantor in the space provided below, (b) receipt by Falcon of a $273,280 fully-earned, non-refundable extension fee in immediately available funds, (c) receipt by Liberty Street Agent of a $214,720 fully-earned, non-refundable extension fee in immediately available funds, (d) receipt by the Falcon Agent of an amendment to the Falcon Liquidity Agreement, duly executed by the parties thereto, (e) receipt by the Liberty Street Agent of an amendment to the Liberty Street Liquidity Agreement, duly executed by the

4


 

parties thereto, and (f) receipt by Latham & Watkins LLP, special counsel to the Agents, of all of its fees and expenses outstanding with respect to its representation of the Agents.
          6. Ratification . Except as expressly modified hereby, the Receivables Purchase Agreement is hereby ratified, approved and confirmed in all respects.
          7. Reference to Agreement . From and after the Tenth Amendment Effective Date hereof, each reference in the Receivables Purchase Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereof”, or “hereunder” or words of like import, and all references to the Receivables Purchase Agreement in any and all agreements, instruments, documents, notes, certificates and other writings of every kind and nature shall be deemed to mean the Receivables Purchase Agreement, as amended by this Amendment.
          8. Costs and Expenses . The Seller agrees to pay all reasonable costs, fees, and out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and time charges of attorneys for the Agents, which attorneys may be employees of an Agent) incurred by the Agent in connection with the preparation, execution and enforcement of this Amendment.
          9. CHOICE OF LAW . THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS (AND NOT THE LAW OF CONFLICTS) OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS.
          10. Execution in Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

5


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.
             
    FALCON ASSET SECURITIZATION    
    COMPANY LLC    
 
           
    BY: JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Its Attorney-In-Fact    
 
           
 
  By:
Name:
  /s/ John M. Kuhns
 
John M. Kuhns
   
 
  Title:   Executive Director    
 
           
    JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as a    
    Committed Purchaser, as Falcon Agent and as    
    Administrative Agent    
 
           
 
  By:
Name:
  /s/ John M. Kuhns
 
John M. Kuhns
   
 
  Title:   Executive Director    
[Signature Page to Amendment #10 to Second A&R Receivables Purchase Agreement]

 


 

             
    THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA, as a    
    Committed Purchaser and as Liberty Street Agent    
 
           
 
  By:
Name:
  /s/ J. Alan Edwards
 
J. Alan Edwards
   
 
  Title:   Managing Director    
 
           
    LIBERTY STREET FUNDING LLC    
 
           
 
  By:
Name:
  /s/ Jill A. Russo
 
Jill A. Russo
   
 
  Title:   Vice President    
[Signature Page to Amendment #10 to Second A&R Receivables Purchase Agreement]

 


 

             
    TENNECO AUTOMOTIVE RSA COMPANY,    
    a Delaware corporation    
 
           
 
  By:
Name:
  /s/ John E. Kunz
 
John E. Kunz
   
 
  Title:   Pesident and Treasurer    
 
           
    TENNECO AUTOMOTIVE OPERATING    
    COMPANY INC. , a Delaware corporation    
 
           
 
  By:
Name:
  /s/ Gary Silha
 
Gary Silha
   
 
  Title:   Assistant Treasurer    
By its signature below, the undersigned hereby consents to the terms of the foregoing Amendment and hereby confirms that its Performance Undertaking remains unaltered and in full force and effect:
             
    TENNECO INC. , a Delaware corporation    
 
           
 
  By:
Name:
  /s/ John E. Kunz
 
John E. Kunz
   
 
  Title:   Vice President – Treasurer & Tax    
[Signature Page to Amendment #10 to Second A&R Receivables Purchase Agreement]

 

 
EXHIBIT 12
 
TENNECO INC. AND CONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARIES
 
COMBINED WITH 50% OWNED UNCONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARIES
COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
 
                                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006     2005     2004  
          (Dollars in Millions)        
 
Income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
  $ (415 )   $ (5 )   $ 49     $ 56     $ 9  
Add:
                                       
Interest expense
    113       164       136       133       178  
Portion of rentals representative of the interest factor
    15       12       12       12       11  
Income tax expense (benefit) and other taxes on income
    289       83       5       26       (21 )
Minority interest
    10       10       6       2       4  
Amortization of interest capitalized
    3       3       3       2       1  
Undistributed (earnings) losses of affiliated companies in which less than a 50% voting interest is owned
    (2 )     (1 )     (3 )     (1 )      
                                         
Earnings as defined
  $ 13     $ 266     $ 208     $ 230     $ 182  
                                         
Interest expense
  $ 113     $ 164     $ 136     $ 133     $ 178  
Interest capitalized
    6       6       6       3       2  
Portion of rentals representative of the interest factor
    15       12       12       12       11  
                                         
Fixed charges as defined
  $ 134     $ 182     $ 154     $ 148     $ 191  
                                         
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges
    0.10       1.46       1.35       1.55       0.95  
                                         
 
 
NOTE:  Earnings were inadequate to cover fixed charges by $121 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 and by $9 million for the year ended December 31, 2004.


145

Exhibit 21
TENNECO INC.
                                     
Company Name   Ownership Type (a)   Percentage     Primary Jurisdiction                  
Armstrong Hydraulics South Africa (Pty.) Ltd.
  Indirect     <75 %   South Africa                
Armstrong Properties (Pty.) Ltd.
  Indirect     <75 %   South Africa                
Autopartes Walker S.A. de C.V.
  Indirect     100 %   Mexico                
Barasset Corporation
  Indirect     100 %   Ohio                
CED’S Inc.
  Indirect     100 %   Illinois                
Clevite Industries Inc.
  Indirect     100 %   Delaware                
Elagest AB
  Indirect     50 %   Sweden                
Elgira Montagebetrieb fur Abgasanlagen Rastatt GmbH
  Indirect     50 %   Germany                
Fric-Rot S.A.I.C.
  Indirect     >99 %   Argentina                
Futaba Tenneco UK Limited.
  Indirect     49 %   United Kingdom                
Gillet-Abgassysteme Zwickau GmbH
  Indirect     100 %   Germany                
Gillet Exhaust Manufacturing Limited
  Indirect     100 %   United Kingdom                
Gillet Exhaust Technologie Pty Ltd
  Indirect     100 %   South Africa                
Gillet Pressings Cardiff Limited
  Indirect     100 %   United Kingdom                
Gillet Tubes Technologies S.A.S.
  Indirect     100 %   France                
Gillet Unternehmesverwaltungs GmbH
  Indirect     100 %   Germany                
Heinrich Gillet GmbH
  Indirect     100 %   Germany                
J.W. Hartley (Motor Trade) Limited
  Indirect     100 %   United Kingdom                
Kinetic Pty Ltd. (Australia) Ltd
  Indirect     100 %   Australia                
Maco Inversiones S.A.
  Indirect     >99 %   Argentina                
Marzocchi.com S.r.l.
  Indirect     100.00 %   Italy                
McPherson Strut Company Inc.
  Indirect     100 %   Delaware                
Monroe Amortisor imalat ve Ticaret A.S.
  Indirect     >99 %   Turkey                
Monroe Australia Pty. Limited
  Indirect     100 %   Australia                
Monroe Czechia s.r.o.
  Indirect     100 %   Czech Republic                
Monroe Manufacturing (Pty.) Ltd.
  Indirect     <75 %   South Africa                
Monroe Packaging BVBA
  Indirect     100 %   Belgium                
Monroe Springs (New Zealand) Pty. Ltd.
  Indirect     100 %   New Zealand                
Monroe Springs Australia Pty. Ltd.
  Indirect     100 %   Australia                
Monroe-Mexico S.A. de C.V.
  Indirect     100 %   Mexico                
Montagewerk Abgastechnik Emden GmbH
  Indirect     50 %   Germany                
Peabody Galion Corporation
  Indirect     100 %   Delaware                
Peabody Gordon-Piatt, Inc.
  Indirect     100 %   Delaware                
Peabody International Corporation
  Indirect     !00 %   Delaware                
Peabody N.E., Inc.
  Indirect     100 %   Delaware                
Peabody-Myers Corporation
  Indirect     100 %   Illinois                
Precision Modular Assembly Corp.
  Indirect     100 %   Delaware                
Proveedora Walker S. de R.L. de C.V.
  Indirect     100 %   Mexico                
Pullman Canada Ltd.
  Indirect     100 %   Canada                
Pullman Standard Inc.
  Indirect     100 %   Delaware                
Renowned Auto Products Manufacturers Ltd.
  Indirect     >98 %   India                
Shanghai Tenneco Exhaust System Co., Ltd.
  Indirect     55 %   China (PRC)                
Tenneco Asheville Inc.
  Indirect     100 %   Delaware                
Tenneco Asia Inc.
  Indirect     100 %   Delaware                
Tenneco Australia Group Pty. Ltd.
  Indirect     100 %   Australia                
Tenneco Automotive Brasil Ltda.
  Indirect     100 %   Brazil                
Tenneco Automotive China Company (Shanghai) Ltd.
  Indirect     100 %   China (PRC)                

 


 

TENNECO INC.
                                     
Company Name   Ownership Type (a)   Percentage     Primary Jurisdiction                  
Tenneco Automotive China Inc.
  Indirect     100 %   Delaware                
Tenneco Automotive Deutschland GmbH
  Indirect     100 %   Germany                
Tenneco Automotive Eastern Europe Sp. zo.o.
  Indirect     100 %   Poland                
Tenneco Automotive Europe Coordination Center BVBA
  Indirect     100 %   Belgium                
Tenneco Automotive Europe N.V
  Indirect     100 %   Belgium                
Tenneco Automotive Foreign Sales Corporation Limited
  Indirect     100 %   Jamaica                
Tenneco Automotive France S.A.S.
  Indirect     100 %   France                
Tenneco Automotive Holdings South Africa Pty. Ltd.
  Indirect     <75 %   South Africa                
Tenneco Automotive Iberica, S.A.
  Indirect     100 %   Spain                
Tenneco Automotive Inc. Nevada
  Indirect     100 %   Nevada                
Tenneco Automotive India Private Limited
  Indirect     100 %   India                
Tenneco Automotive Italia S.r.l.
  Indirect     100 %   Italy                
Tenneco Automotive Japan Ltd.
  Indirect     100 %   Japan                
Tenneco Automotive Nederland B.V.
  Indirect     100 %   Netherlands                
Tenneco Automotive Operating Company Inc.
  Direct     100 %   Delaware                
Tenneco Automotive Polska Sp. z.o.o.
  Indirect     100 %   Poland                
Tenneco Automotive Port Elizabeth (Pty) Limited
  Indirect     100 %   South Africa                
Tenneco Automotive Portugal — Componentes para Automovel, Unipessoal, Lda
  Indirect     100 %   Portugal                
Tenneco Automotive Romania Srl
  Indirect     100 %   Romania                
Tenneco Automotive RSA Company
  Indirect     100 %   Delaware                
Tenneco Automotive Services SAS
  Indirect     100 %   France                
Tenneco Automotive Servicios de Mexico, S.A. de C.V.
  Indirect     100 %   Mexico                
Tenneco Automotive Sverige A.B.
  Indirect     100 %   Sweden                
Tenneco Automotive (Thailand) Ltd.
  Indirect     100 %   Thailand                
Tenneco Automotive Trading Company
  Indirect     100 %   Delaware                
Tenneco Automotive UK Limited
  Indirect     100 %   United Kingdom                
Tenneco Automotive Volga LLC
  Indirect     100 %   Russia                
Tenneco Automotive Walker Inc.
  Indirect     100 %   Delaware                
Tenneco (Beijing) Ride Control System Co., Ltd.
  Indirect     65 %   China (PRC)                
Tenneco Brake Inc.
  Indirect     100 %   Delaware                
Tenneco Brazil Ltda.
  Indirect     >99 %   Brazil                
Tenneco Canada Inc.
  Indirect     100 %   Canada                
Tenneco Deutschland Holdinggesellschaft mbH
  Indirect     100 %   Germany                
Tenneco-Eberspacher (Dalian) Exhaust System Co.
  Indirect     55 %   China (PRC)    
Tenneco Europe Limited
  Indirect     100 %   Delaware                
Tenneco Exhaust India Private Limited
  Indirect     100 %   India                
Tenneco Global Holdings Inc.
  Indirect     100 %   Delaware                
Tenneco Holdings Danmark ApS.
  Indirect     100 %   Denmark                
Tenneco Hong Kong Holdings Limited
  Indirect     100 %   Hong Kong                
Tenneco India Eng. & Shared Services Private Limited
  Indirect     >99 %   India                
Tenneco International Holding Corp.
  Indirect     100 %   Delaware                
Tenneco International Luxembourg S.A.
  Indirect     100 %   Luxembourg                
Tenneco Korea Limited
  Indirect     100 %   Korea                
Tenneco Lingchuan (Chongqing) Exhaust System Co. Ltd.
  Indirect     60 %   China (PRC)                
Tenneco Management (Europe) Limited
  Indirect     100 %   United Kingdom                
Tenneco Marzocchi S.r.l.
  Indirect     100 %   Italy                
Tenneco Marzocchi Suspension Canada Inc.
  Indirect     100 %   Canada (BC)                

 


 

TENNECO INC.
                                     
Company Name   Ownership Type (a)   Percentage     Primary Jurisdiction                  
Tenneco Marzocchi U.S.A.
  Indirect     100 %   California                
Tenneco Marzocchi Asia Ltd.
  Indirect     100 %   China (RoC)                
Tenneco Mauritius China Holding Limited
  Indirect     100 %   Mauritius                
Tenneco Mauritius Holdings Ltd.
  Indirect     100 %   Mauritius                
Tenneco Mauritius Limited
  Indirect     100 %   Mauritius                
Tenneco RC India Private Limited
  Indirect     100 %   India                
Tenneco (Suzhou) Co., Ltd.
  Indirect     >99 %   China (PRC)                
Tenneco Tongtai (Dalian) Exhaust System Co., Ltd.
  Indirect     55 %   China (PRC)                
Tenneco-Walker (U.K.) Limited
  Indirect     100 %   United Kingdom                
TGH Inc
  Indirect     100 %   Delaware                
The Pullman Company
  Indirect     100 %   Delaware                
The Tenneco Automotive (UK) Pension Scheme Trustee Limited
  Indirect     100 %   United Kingdom                
Thompson and Stammers (Dunmow) Number 6 Limited
  Indirect     100 %   United Kingdom                
Thompson and Stammers (Dunmow) Number 7 Limited
  Indirect     100 %   United Kingdom                
TMC Texas Inc.
  Indirect     100 %   Delaware                
Walker Australia Pty. Limited
  Indirect     100 %   Australia                
Walker Danmark ApS
  Indirect     100 %   Denmark                
Walker Electronic Silencing Inc.
  Indirect     100 %   Delaware                
Walker Europe, Inc.
  Indirect     100 %   Delaware                
Walker Exhaust (Thailand) Co. Ltd.
  Indirect     75 %   Thailand                
Walker Gillet (Europe) GmbH
  Indirect     100 %   Germany                
Walker Limited
  Indirect     100 %   United Kingdom                
Walker Manufacturing Company
  Indirect     100 %   Delaware                
Walker UK Limited
  Indirect     100 %   United Kingdom                
Wimetal S.A.S.
  Indirect     100 %   France                
(a) Ownership type indicates whether each subsidiary or affiliate is directly owned by Tenneco Inc, indirectly owned by a subsidiary of Tenneco Inc., or a combination thereof.

 

EXHIBIT 23
 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement Nos. 333-17485, 333-30933, 333-17487, 333-41535, 333-27279, 333-23249, 333-27281, 333-41537, 333-48777, 333-76261, 333-33442, 333-33934, 333-58056, 333-101973, 333-113705, 333-142475 and 333-142473 on Form S-8, and Registration Statement No. 333-24291 on Form S-3 of our reports dated February 27, 2009, relating to the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule of Tenneco Inc. and consolidated subsidiaries (which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes explanatory paragraphs regarding the Company’s adoption of the measurement date provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans — an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R)” on January 1, 2007 and the Company’s adoption of the recognition and disclosure provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158, “Employer’s Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and other Postretirement Plans — an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132(R)” on December 31, 2006) and Tenneco’s internal control over financial reporting appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Tenneco Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2008.
 
Deloitte & Touche, Llp
Chicago, Illinois
February 27, 2009

Exhibit 24
TENNECO INC.
POWER OF ATTORNEY
     The undersigned does hereby appoint David A. Wardell, Kenneth R. Trammell and Paul D. Novas, and each of them, with full power to act alone, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to execute the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 of Tenneco Inc., including any and all amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any one of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
     IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this instrument this 24 th day of February, 2009.
         
     
  /s/ Gregg M. Sherrill    
  Name:   Gregg M. Sherrill   
     

 


 

         
TENNECO INC.
POWER OF ATTORNEY
     The undersigned does hereby appoint David A. Wardell and Paul D. Novas, and each of them, with full power to act alone, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to execute the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 of Tenneco Inc., including any and all amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any one of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
     IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this instrument this 24 th day of February, 2009.
         
     
  /s/ Kenneth R. Trammell    
  Name:   Kenneth R. Trammell   
     

 


 

         
TENNECO INC.
POWER OF ATTORNEY
     The undersigned does hereby appoint David A. Wardell and Kenneth R. Trammell, and each of them, with full power to act alone, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to execute the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 of Tenneco Inc., including any and all amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any one of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
     IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this instrument this 24 th day of February, 2009.
         
     
  /s/ Paul D. Novas    
  Name:   Paul D. Novas   
     

 


 

         
TENNECO INC.
POWER OF ATTORNEY
     The undersigned does hereby appoint David A. Wardell, Kenneth R. Trammell and Paul D. Novas, and each of them, with full power to act alone, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to execute the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 of Tenneco Inc., including any and all amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any one of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
     IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this instrument this 13th day of February, 2009.
         
     
  /s/ Charles W. Cramb    
  Name:   Charles W. Cramb   
     

 


 

         
TENNECO INC.
POWER OF ATTORNEY
     The undersigned does hereby appoint David A. Wardell, Kenneth R. Trammell and Paul D. Novas, and each of them, with full power to act alone, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to execute the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 of Tenneco Inc., including any and all amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any one of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
     IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this instrument this 11th day of February, 2009.
         
     
  /s/ Dennis J. Letham    
  Name:   Dennis J. Letham   
     

 


 

         
TENNECO INC.
POWER OF ATTORNEY
     The undersigned does hereby appoint David A. Wardell, Kenneth R. Trammell and Paul D. Novas, and each of them, with full power to act alone, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to execute the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 of Tenneco Inc., including any and all amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any one of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
     IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this instrument this 24 th day of February, 2009.
         
     
  /s/ Frank E. Macher    
  Name:   Frank E. Macher   
     

 


 

         
TENNECO INC.
POWER OF ATTORNEY
     The undersigned does hereby appoint David A. Wardell, Kenneth R. Trammell and Paul D. Novas, and each of them, with full power to act alone, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to execute the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 of Tenneco Inc., including any and all amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any one of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
     IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this instrument this 24 th day of February, 2009.
         
     
  /s/ Roger B. Porter    
  Name:   Roger B. Porter   
     

 


 

         
TENNECO INC.
POWER OF ATTORNEY
     The undersigned does hereby appoint David A. Wardell, Kenneth R. Trammell and Paul D. Novas, and each of them, with full power to act alone, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to execute the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 of Tenneco Inc., including any and all amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any one of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
     IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this instrument this 10 th day of February, 2009.
         
     
  /s/ David B. Price, Jr.    
  Name:   David B. Price, Jr.   
     

 


 

         
TENNECO INC.
POWER OF ATTORNEY
     The undersigned does hereby appoint David A. Wardell, Kenneth R. Trammell and Paul D. Novas, and each of them, with full power to act alone, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to execute the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 of Tenneco Inc., including any and all amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any one of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
     IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this instrument this 24 th day of February, 2009.
         
     
  /s/ Paul T. Stecko    
  Name:   Paul T. Stecko   
     

 


 

         
TENNECO INC.
POWER OF ATTORNEY
     The undersigned does hereby appoint David A. Wardell, Kenneth R. Trammell and Paul D. Novas, and each of them, with full power to act alone, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to execute the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 of Tenneco Inc., including any and all amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any one of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
     IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this instrument this 19 th day of February, 2009.
         
     
  /s/ Mitsunobu Takeuchi    
  Name:   Mitsunobu Takeuchi   
     
 

 


 

TENNECO INC.
POWER OF ATTORNEY
     The undersigned does hereby appoint David A. Wardell, Kenneth R. Trammell and Paul D. Novas, and each of them, with full power to act alone, as her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for her and in her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to execute the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 of Tenneco Inc., including any and all amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any one of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
     IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this instrument this 12 th day of February, 2009.
         
     
  /s/ Jane L. Warner    
  Name:   Jane L. Warner   
     
 

 

EXHIBIT 31.1
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT
 
I, Gregg M. Sherrill, certify that:
 
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Tenneco Inc.;
 
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15 (f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
 
5. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
/s/   Gregg M. Sherrill
Gregg M. Sherrill
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
 
Dated: February 27, 2009


146

EXHIBIT 31.2
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT
 
I, Kenneth R. Trammell, certify that:
 
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Tenneco Inc.;
 
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15 (f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
 
5. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
/s/   Kenneth R. Trammell
Kenneth R. Trammell
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 
Dated: February 27, 2009


147

EXHIBIT 32.1
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
 
In connection with the accompanying Annual Report on Form 10-K of Tenneco Inc. (the “Company”) for the period ended December 31, 2008, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), and pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, Gregg M. Sherrill, as Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and Kenneth R. Trammell, as Chief Financial Officer of the Company, hereby certify that:
 
(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
 
/s/   Gregg M. Sherrill
Gregg M. Sherrill
Chief Executive Officer
 
/s/   Kenneth R. Trammell
Kenneth R. Trammell
Chief Financial Officer
 
February 27, 2009
 
This certification shall not be deemed “filed” by the Company for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. In addition, this certification shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Exchange Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
 
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.


148